i \ . ■>. $j** RECOMMENDATIONS. Mount Pleasant, Ohio, April 1Uh, 1846. I hate carefully examined Mr. James E. Carroll's MS. Key to Mitchell's Geography. The design of the work is well conceived and ably executed. The author, who is a practical teacher, has not only answered the questions demanded by the Geography, but, with great research, he has added much additional information, from the most authentic sources. Important changes have been made in some countries, and interesting dis- coveries in others, since Mitchell's Geography was compiled ; but, both in that work, and this Key, these changes are very properly noticed. In view both of the plan and of the manner in which that plan is carried out, I think the Key before us will be a valuable acquisition to teachers, to private students, and to families generally. ELISHA BATES. I cordially concur in the above recommendation. B. MITCHELL, Pastor of the Presbyterian Church, Mt. Pleasant, Ohio. I most cheerfully concur in the above recommendations. I. BARNES, Minister of M. P. Church, Mt. Pleasant, Ohio. Wheeling, Va., April 24, 1846. This may certify, that having carefully examined (in manuscript) Mr. Carroll's Key to Mitchell's School Geography, I am much pleased with it. This Key is one of those happy " hits" which come " once in a thousand," and astonish us in no way but by its extreme simplicity, the beauty of its arrangement, and its amazing utility. The remarkable accuracy of- this Key, and the unquestionable authority of the works chiefly consulted in its compilation, speak highly for the zeal and discretion of its author, and com- mend his work as a safe and infallible guide. It strikes me that this Key is a work which will be extensively introduced, and sought after by teachers, and that it is to be regarded as a valuable accession to the catalogue of books for Common Schools. J. P. STUART, A. M. West Alexander, Pa., April 27, 1846. On a careful examination of the submitted manuscript copy of the Key to Mitchell's School Geography, by Mr. James E. Carroll, I am fully satisfied that it is a work worthy of extensive patronage. It is admirably adapted to the wants of all, either studying or teaching the important branch of Geo- graphical science. The plan of the work greatly facilitates the teacher, and gives interest to the pupil in acquiring a knowledge of his lesson, and confidence in himself at the time of recitation. We know of no work that is more needed in this day, as an academic, family, or Common School book, than this ; nothing (1) RECOMMENDATIONS. of the kind having ever been published. From its design, pian and execu- tion, I judge it truly worthy, and cordially wish it a wide circulation. JOHN McCLUSKY, A. M., Principal of the West Alexander Academy, and pastor of the Presbyterian Church. Bethany College, Va., April 25, 1846. Having in rather a cursory way examined the design and execution of Mr. J. E. Carroll's Key to Mitchell's Geography, still I cannot withhold my commendation of it as a work of very considerable merit, as a valuable compilation of a great variety and amount of information, an accurate know- ledge on the subjects of which it treats, and as greatly facilitating the labours of school teachers in the communication of instruction in this most useful science. We cannot but desire for this valuable work an extensive circu- lation amongst the amateurs of the science of Geography, as the teachers of the book whose Key of interpretation, and statement of accurate responses it is. A. CAMPBELL, Pres. Bethany College. Bethany College, 28th April, 1846. I consider the Key to Mitchell's Geography, by Mr. J. E. Carroll, a work deserving encouragement. J. P. MASON, A. M., Prof, of Mathematics and Mechanics. To those who desire to avail themselves of the aid of such a work, I have no hesitation in recommending Mr. Jas. E. Carroll's « Key to Mitchell's Geography," as containing a large amount of valuable Geographical and statistical information, compiled with much care and arranged in a perspi- cuous manner. R. RICHARDSON, M. D., April 29th, 1846. Prof Chem. in Bethany College. I have examined with some attention a portion of a work, in manuscript, by Mr. James E. Carroll, entitled, « A Key to Mitchell's School Geography," &c, and have formed a very favourable impression with regard to the design and execution of the work. It presents the subject with about that degree of amplification necessary for an instructor who employs Mitchell's work as a text-book for his classes, and furnishes additional matter in the proper place, compiled from the latest and best authorities, which is thus rendered at once available to the teacher for the purposes of recitation. The undersigned is strongly impressed with the belief that much additional interest would be given to the study of Geography, by the use of Such a work by teachers, and that it would likewise form a convenient manual for parents, in giving in- struction to their children in this branch of useful knowledge, and with these impressions he would recommend the work to public patronage. A. F. ROSS, A. M., 29th April, 1846, Prof Languages of Bethany College, Va. Washington College, April 30th, 1846. From a partial examination of Mr. James E. Carroll's Key to « Mitchell's School Geography," I am persuaded that it is precisely what its title-page RECOMMENDATIONS. Ill imports: « A complete Key to S. Augustus Mitchell's School Geography, containing full answers to all the questions on the maps, with much addi- tional information from the most recent and authentic sources." I cheerfully recommend it to all private students, as a valuable aid in ac- quiring an accurate knowledge of this most useful science. ROBERT MILLIGAN, A. M„ Prof. ofEng. Literature, in Washington College, Pa. I can concur in the above recommendation. RICHARD H. LEE, A. M., Prof, of Belles Lettres and Biblical Economy in Washington College, Pa. I also concur in the above recommendation. W. P. ALRICH, A. M., Prof, of Math., Chem., and Nat. Phil., Washington College, Pa. I also cheerfully concur in the foregoing recommendation. N. MURRAY, A. M., Prof, of Languages, Washington College, Pa. May 1st, 1846. Having examined a considerable portion of Mr. J. E. Carroll's " Key to Mitchell's School Geography," I am fully satisfied that it is peculiarly adapt- ed to the use of teachers of private students of Geography, and of parents giving instruction to their children at home. It contains a vast amount of information in a small compass, is well arranged, accurate, and brings up the science to the present time. Great care has evidently been bestowed on its preparation, and the author has, in my opinion, happily succeeded in producing an invaluable aid to that class of persons for whom the work is designed. S. R. WILLIAMS, A. M., Prof. Nat. Philos., Astron., and Chemistry, in Jefferson College, Canonsburg, Penna. I cheerfully concur in the above recommendation. A. B. BROWN, A. M., Prof. Rhetoric, Logic, and General History, Jeff'n College. From a brief examination of some parts of the aforementioned work, I concur in the preceding recommendations. T. BEVERIDGE, D. D., Professor of Eccl. Hist, and Biblical Criticism, Ass. TheoL Seminary, Canonsburg, Pa. June 3d, 1846. Having cursorily examined Mr. Carroll's Geographical Key, (in manu- script), I have no hesitation in saying that I regard it as a valuable work. The materials have been drawn from sources of the highest authority, and arranged with much care. To parents desirous of examining the progress of their children, to private students, and to young and inexperienced teachers, this work will be found of great value. ' I feel assured its publication will aid very much in promot- ing the study of Geography. JOSEPH RAY, M. D., Professor of Mathematics and Natural Philosophy, Woodward j * College, Cincinnati. 1 V RECOMMEN DATIONS. Franklin College, June 25th, 1846. From a cursory examination of the subjoined « Key," I am satisfied it is all it imports. It is a valuable contribution to the science of Geography, affording ample facilities to all engaged in the study, of acquiring a full and accurate knowledge of the elements of Geographical science. It gives evi- dence of careful and extended research on the part of the author 5 and is cordially recommended to the patronage of all friends of Literature. JOSEPH GORDON, A. M., Prof, of Math, and Nat. Phil., Franklin College, New Athens, Ohio. We concur in the above recommendation most cheerfully. A. M. BLACK, A. M., Professor of Languages. A. D. CLARK, A. M., Pres. of Franklin College, New Athens, Ohio. Mt. Pleasant, Jeff. Co., 0., August 3d, 1846. Having with considerable care examined (in manuscript,) the Key to Mitchell's Geography, compiled by Mr. Jas. E. Carroll, I am fully satisfied it is not only all that its title imports, a " Complete Key to Mitchell's Geo- graphy," but in addition, contains a large amount of Geographical informa- tion, drawn from the most unquestionable sources, and so arranged and in- terspersed throughout the body of the work, as to become a valuable acces- sory, not only to private students and teachers generally, but also to parents, desirous of examining the progress of their children in this most necessary and interesting branch of Education. As a valuable and cheap reference, also, this Key will doubtless find its way to many private libraries. GEO. R. JENKINS, A. M., Principal of the Mt. Pleasant High School. Philadelphia, Sept. 7th, 1846. From a copious examination of the Key to Mitchell's School Geography and Atlas, by Mr. James E. Carroll, of Mount Pleasant, Ohio, I am satisfied that it is compiled with much care, in strict conformity with the work from which it is derived, and that it is a valuable adjunct thereto. In its general arrangement, it is eminently characterised by that quality so valuable in all elementary works, viz., simplicity and distinctness, and I have no doubt that it will be found to be a useful assistant, in attaining such a knowledge of the earth as may be acquired by an attentive study of our best geographies. I observe that all the recent discoveries noticed in the Geography and Atlas, have also been carefully noted in the Key ; and the latest political changes in our own, as well as in other parts of the globe, are correctly embodied in it. The various additional facts in statistics appear to be derived from the latest sources, and are calculated to increase the utility of the work. In conclusion, I feel satisfied that Mr. Carroll's treatise will be found, in conjunction with the work with which it is connected, one of the best prac- tical books in the science of Geography, for the use of teachers, heads of families, and private pupils, yet published in the United States, and trust that it may be justly appreciated and liberally patronized. S. AUGUSTUS MITCHELL. COMPLETE KEY TO MITCHELL'S SCHOOL GEOGRAPHY, CONTAIN INS FULL ANSWERS TO ALL THE QUESTIONS ON THE MAPS; WITH MUCH ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, FROM THE MOST RECENT AND AUTHENTIC SOURCES. PRINCIPALLY DESIGNED AS AN AID TO TEACHERS IN HEARING THE RECITATIONS, BUT EQUALLY ADAPTED TO THE USE OF PRIVATE STUDENTS AND FAMILIES, BY JAMES E. CARROL. i j i W PHILADELPHIA: THOMAS, COWPERTHWAIT & CO. 1847. Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1846, by JAMES E. CARROLL, in the clerk's office of the District Court of the United States for the District of Ohio. i STEREOTYPED BY J. FAGAN. PRINTED BY SMITH AND PETERS. %w m PREFACE There are perhaps few stronger tokens of the growth of edu- cation in the United States, than the increased demand for element- ary works, especially those which treat of Geography. The study of this science has, in fact, become almost universal throughout our country ; and its importance is so generally felt, that we seldom find a youth, of even a common education, who has not made it more or less a study. A thorough knowledge of geography is doubtless, to a considerable degree, a substitute for extensive travelling, and personal observation of the various countries of the earth. He that would become acquainted with the world, with the endless variety of human character and condition, with the manners, customs, laws, and institutions of every nation, and the productions, whether animal, vegetable, or mineral, of every land and every clime, finds his quickest and surest method to be the study of this science. We shall now briefly state the Design of the present Work. It is intended chiefly for the aid of teachers, but it may be con- sulted with profit by private students of geography, and also by parents giving instruction to their children at home. Not that we consider the usual questions of geography of difficult solution, from any particular abstruseness, and that therefore a key is necessary. But the difficulty experienced in teaching this science is of a rather peculiar nature. Geography, as now taught, abounds in an end- less variety of details, having seldom any logical relation to each other ; and the successful teacher should have a ready and accurate answer to each of these ten thousand questions; or else, on the other hand, be embarrassed and impeded in the midst of his recitation. And in order to this, he should have an ade- quate Key, or otherwise devote an amount of time to the lessons of his classes, which few teachers can spare. In fact, no one can expect to retain in his memory every one of the details of the ordinary lessons in geography ; any more than he could the vii V111 PREFACE, answers to a number of pages of problems in common arithmetic. It is, therefore, as reasonable that the teacher should be supplied with a Key in the one case as in the other ; and yet we believe no work of the kind has, hitherto, appeared in our country. This desi- deratum has been mentioned to the author, by many teachers ; and a desire manifested that it should, at an early day, be supplied. Impressed with this view, he has been induced to prepare the present work and offer it to the public. He believes that it con- tains a complete answer to every question in the most approved school geography of our country, and that it will at once relieve the teacher from embarrassment and perplexity, in teaching or reviewing his classes. This leads us to speak of the Plan of the Work. The plan is simple, and may be briefly stated. It is adapted to the last edition of Mitchell's School Geography, but it will answer any edition of that work, inasmuch as no material changes have been made in it from the first. Mitchell's Geography is chosen, because, after comparing all the school geographies in common use with one another, and with several of the best and most recent authorities, both American and European, his work was thought to be more accurate than any other; and also better arranged, and better adapted for teaching. The Key, however, will be valuable to those who use any of the school geographies extant ; although teachers who have it, would do well to procure Mit- chell's work also, as the former is designed to be used in connexion with the latter. It is, at the same time, so arranged that it may be used by itself with profit and convenience. The Key, as will be seen, is printed in type of different sizes. Full answers to all Mitchell's questions will be found in the larger type. In the smaller type, there is an amplification of the same matter from the other authorities which have been consulted. Condensed views of the various countries of the earth, drawn from the most respectable authors, with copious details of their statistics, are thus thrown before the eye of the teacher, at the very point where such aid will be the most welcome and useful. In this part of the work, there is a large amount of valuable matter, which the teacher can easily make available in oral instruction, and in occasional remarks to his classes. PREFACE. ix There are here given the boundaries, extent, latitude, longitude, and population of all the Empires, Countries, Kingdoms, Repub- lics, States, Provinces and Islands ; the boundaries, latitude, lon- gitude, and extent of the principal Peninsulas ; a description of the principal Capes and Promontories ; the latitude, longitude, and extent of the principal Oceans, Seas, Archipelagoes, Bays, Gulfs? Sounds, Straits, Channels, and Lakes ; a description of the prin- cipal Rivers and Mountains ; and the population of many of the principal Cities and Towns in the World. Also the boundaries, latitude, longitude, length, breadth, extent in square miles and in acres, and the population of every state in the Union are added. Likewise, an aggregate of the population of each state, for every ten years, since 1790 ; with the number of white males and females, of colored males and females, and of slaves ; of those engaged in the learned professions ; in agriculture ; in commerce ; in manufactures and trades ; in navigating the ocean, lakes, rivers, and canals, in each state, district, and territory ; and also the name and population of each county, parish, district, town- ship, town, &c, in the United States. The boundaries are first given, as far as indicated by the initials of the same, appended to Mitchell's questions ; and afterwards more fully and in greater detail by the author. The area and population also, of countries imperfectly known, and whose statistics depend on calculation, are frequently given, in addition to the statements made in Mitchell's work. In fact, without in any way diminishing the utility of this work as a Key, there has been added a great amount of statistical information, which will render it valuable, as a cheap and conve- nient book of reference. We are thus led to speak of the Uses of the Work. But little need be said on that point, as its utility, we think, is evident. If teaching were pursued generally as a profession in our coun- try ; if teachers looked forward to no other business, a treatise of this kind would be less necessary than at present. But with most instructors, teaching is but an occasional or temporary business. While giving instruction in a variety of branches, the majority of teachers are preparing themselves for other pursuits, and have but little time for studying the very branches which they are teaching ; X P REF ACE. consequently, they need every aid of this kind which they can command. This Key, we believe, surmounts every material difficulty in teaching geography, and makes it a pleasure rather than a task. This abundantly appears from the fact, that it contains a full answer to every question on the maps of Mitchell's Atlas, with much additional instruction ; all of which is so arranged that the teacher need not be at any loss in conducting the most difficult recitation. By its means, also, parents may ascertain the progress of their children at school, and may give them correct instruction at home. It will likewise be useful to persons advanced in life, who may wish to refresh their memoiy in geography, as well as for those who, under any circumstances, wish to study this sci- ence without the aid of an instructor. The information, statistical, &c, contained in this Key, has been drawn from the most authentic sources, and nothing has been allowed to pass without the most careful revision and comparison of from eight to ten authors. The corroboration of such a variety of authorities will very much lessen the probability of error. The works chiefly consulted are the following : — " Encyclopae- dia of Geography," by Hugh Murray, F.R.S.E., (London, 1840.) Balbi's " Abrege de Geographie," (last edition, 1842.) " Penny Cyclopaedia." McCulloch's "Universal Gazetteer," (New York, 1845.) "Descriptive and Statistical Gazetteer of the United States of America*" by Haskel and Smith, (New York, 1845,) and the " Universal Pronouncing Gazetteer," by Thomas Baldwin, (Philadelphia, 1845.) Believing, as he does, that few branches of common education are better calculated to expand the mental powers, and to lay the foundation for higher attainments, and for a mature and well- balanced mind, than the study of Geography ; he hopes that this humble offering to the cause may not be in vain ; and that the work may meet his expectation in becoming the means of abating, in some measure, the toils and perplexities of Teachers. TO TEACHERS. Teachers will observe, that the figures at the beginning of the lessons in the Key, refer to the page, lesson, and map, in Mitchell's Geography and Atlas. Also in describing Rivers, Lakes, Mountains, Boundaries, &c, on the Maps of N. America and the U. States, frequent reference is made to the various other Maps in the Atlas, where those countries are exhibited on a larger scale. The same course is pursued in regard to the Map of Europe, from which frequent reference is made to the Maps exhibiting the countries under con- sideration, on a larger scale; as, for example, to Map No. 19, of Great Bri- tain ; to Map No. 20, of Germany, Switzerland, and Northern Italy. In " Descriptive Geography" the Key has been arranged to correspond with Mitchell's « Observations on the Questions," which see on pages 84 and 85 of his « School Geography." (xi) EXPLANATION OF THE ABBREVIATIONS EMPLOYED IN THIS WORK. There are several abbreviations used throughout this work, in order that a greater amount of matter may be reduced to a small compass. The fol- lowing are the principal, — and will, by a little attention, become familiar. Ala Alabama. Anc Anciently. Arab Arabic. Ark Arkansas. C. H Court House. cap capital. co county. Conn Connecticut. cr. creek. Del Delaware. dep department. E East or Eastern. Flor Florida. Fr French. ft feet. Ga Georgia. Ger German. gov government. Gr Greek. Hung Hungarian. Ill Illinois. la Indiana. Io Iowa. Ky Kentucky. La Louisiana. lat Latitude, Latin. long longitude. m. ms mile, miles. M. A Mitchell's Atlas. M. G Mitchell's Geography. Me Maine. Mass Massachusetts. Md Maryland. Mich Michigan. Miss Mississippi. Mo Missouri. mt., mts Mount, Mountains. N North or Northern. N. C North Carolina. nat native. N. H New Hampshire. N. J New Jersey. N. Y. ....... New York. Oo Ohio. Pa.. Pennsylvania. pop population. Port Portuguese. prov. provs.. . province, provinces. pron pronunciation. R. r River, river. R. I Rhode Island. Russ Russian. S South or Southern. sq. ms square miles. S. C South Carolina. Sp Spanish. Sw Swedish. Tenn Tennessee. Ter Territory. Turk Turkish. U. S United States. Va Virginia. Vt Vermont. W West or Western. Wis Wisconsin. C Following a num- ^ ber, Washington ( City. f North, South, East I West, and so of j other points of the I compass. W N. S. E. W. (xii) CONTENTS To Teachers Page xi Explanation of the Abbreviations xii PART FIRST. GEOGRAPHICAL EXERCISES. EASTERN AND WESTERN HEMISPHERES. Questions on the different zones 21 Questions on the Map of the World, No. 1 23 Northern and Southern Hemispheres 25 NORTH AMERICA 26 Oceans, Seas, Gulfs, Bays 26 Straits, Sounds 27 Lakes, Rivers 28 Peninsulas, Islands 29 Capes, Mountains 30 Deserts, Divisions 31 Capitals, Tropics, Circles, and Zones 32 United States 33 Gulfs, Lakes, Rivers 33 Capes, Bays, Sounds 34 Islands, Mountains, States 35 States continued , , , , , 37 2 (xiii) XIV CONTENTS. SOUTH AMERICA 38 Mountains, Rivers, Capes 39 Gulfs and Bays, Islands 40 Lakes, Grassy Plains 41 Divisions 41 Capitals 42 Equator, Tropics and Zones 42 Latitude and Longitude 43 EUROPE 43 Seas 43 Islands 44 Gulfs, Channels 45 Straits 45 Mountains, Capes 46 Rivers, Peninsulas 47 Divisions, Capitals 48 Latitude, Longitude, &c 49 ASIA , 50 Seas .50 Mountains, Gulfs , .51 Capes, Rivers 52 Islands, Straits 53 Peninsulas 53 Isthmuses, Lakes 54 Divisions 54 Capitals 55 Circles, Zones 56 Latitude, &c 56 AFRICA 57 Straits, Gulfs, Bays 57 Channels, Capes 57 Rivers 58 Lakes, Islands 59 Mountains 60 Divisions 60 CONTENTS. XV Deserts, Oases 61 Capitals 62 Tropics, Zones 63 Latitude, &c 63 OCEANICA 64 Malaysia — Divisions . . , 64 [slands, Straits, &c 64 Australasia 64 Colonies, Straits, Gulfs, Islands, &c 65 Polynesia — Archipelagoes, and islands 66 Tropics, Zones, &c 67 PART SECOND. DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. NORTH AMERICA 68 Divisions 68 Gulfs 71 Bays 72 Sounds 74 Straits, Lakes 75 Peninsulas 78 Capes 80 [slands 81 Mountains 86 Rivers 88 Distances 91 Population of Cities 91 Russian America 92 Greenland 92 British America 93 New Britain 94 Canada West 95 XVI CONTENTS. Canada East 96 New Brunswick 97 Nova Scotia 98 Newfoundland 99 United States 99 Lakes 100 Bays 103 Sounds, Rivers 106 Capes 117 Islands 118 Mountains 120 Population of Cities 122 Distances, &c 122 Eastern or New England States 122 Maine 124 New Hampshire 1 27 Vermont 128 Massachusetts 129 Rhode Island 132 Connecticut 133 Middle States 136 New York 137 New Jersey 1 40 Pennsylvania 142 Delaware 145 Southern States 146 Maryland 146 District of Columbia 148 Virginia . 149 North Carolina 153 South Carolina 156 Georgia 158 Florida 160 Alabama 162 Mississippi 164 Louisiana 167 Texas 169 CONTENTS. XV11 Western States 170 Ohio 171 Kentucky 175 Tennessee 177 Michigan 179 Indiana 181 Illinois 184 Missouri 187 Arkansas 189 Wisconsin 191 Iowa 193 Indian Territory 195 Missouri Territory 1 96 Oregon Territory 197 Upper or New California 199 Mexico 201 Guatimala or Central America 202 West Indies 203 SOUTH AMERICA '. 204 Divisions 204 Rivers -. 208 Gulfs, Bays 209 Islands 210 Straits 211 Cities, Capes 212 Distances 213 New Grenada 213 Venezuela 214 Ecuador 215 Guiana, Peru • • 216 Bolivia 217 Chili 218 Brazil 219 Buenos Ayres 220 Paraguay 222 Uruguay 222 Patagonia 223 2* XV111 CONTENTS. EUROPE 224 Divisions 224 Seas 242 Gulfs 245 Channels 246 Straits, Rivers 247 Lakes 256 Peninsulas 258 Capes, Islands 259 Mountains 272 Distances 274 Norway J 274 Sweden 275 Russia 276 Denmark \ 278 Holland 279 Belgium 279 England 280 Wales 286 Scotland 287 Ireland 296 France 306 Spain 308 Portugal 310 Germany 311 German Provinces of Austria 316 German Provinces of Prussia 319 Germanic Confederation 329 Switzerland 330 Italy 332 Kingdom of Sardinia 334 Monaco 335 Lombardy and Venice, or Austrian Italy 336 Parma, Modena , 337 Lucca, Tuscany, States of the Church 338 San Marino 339 Kingdom of Naples , 340 CONTENTS. XIX Greece 341 Turkey in Europe 342 ASIA 344 Divisions 344 Seas , 354 Gulfs 359 Straits 361 Capes, Rivers 362 Islands 370 Lakes 377 Mountains 378 Peninsulas 381 Deserts 383 Latitude, Longitude, &c 384 Siberia 384 Turkey in Asia 386 Syria 387 Palestine 388 Arabia 389 Persia 399 Afghanistan 400 Beloochistan 401 Independent Tartary 402 Chinese Tartary 403 Hindoostan 409 Chin India, or Farther India 412 China 413 Thibet and Corea 415 Empire of Japan 416 AFRICA 418 Divisions : . 418 Gulfs, Bays, Straits, &c 430 Capes 431 Rivers 432 Mountains 436 Islands 437 XX CONTENTS, Deserts 440 Tropics, Zones, &c 441 Morocco 441 Algiers, or Algeria 442 Tunis 442 Tripoli 443 Barca 443 Beled-el-Jerid 444 Egypt 444 Nubia, &c 445 Abyssinia 446 Senegambia 447 Liberia 448 Upper and Lower Guinea 448 Southern Africa 449 Eastern Africa 450 Soudan 451 African Islands 451 OCEANICA 452 Malaysia 452 Australasia 454 Polynesia 455 PART FIRST. GEOGRAPHICAL EXERCISES. EASTERN AND WESTERN HEMISPHERES. QUESTIONS ON THE DIFFERENT ZONES. Pages 34-5. — Lesson 21s/. — Map of the World, No. 1. Question. On map of the World No. 1 , Western Hemisphere, point out the countries that are in the Torrid Zone. Answer. They are part of Mexico, the whole of Guatimala, Colombia, Guiana, Peru, and Brazil. Q. Point out the islands in the Torrid Zone, beginning at the left-hand side of the map. A. They are the Sandwich, the Mulgrave, the Navigator's, the Friendly, the Fejee, New Caledonia, the Society, the Georgian, the Marquesas, the Gallapagos, the West Indies, and the Cape Verde. Q. Point out the countries in the Torrid Zone, on the map of the Eastern Hemisphere. A. They are part of the Great Desert, the whole of Senegambia, Guinea, Lower Guinea, Soudan, Ethiopia, Zanguebar, part of Arabia, part of Hindoostan, Siam, and part of China. Q. Point out the islands in the Torrid Zone, in the Eastern Hemisphere, beginning at the left hand. A. They are St. Helena, part of Madagascar, the Mascarenha, Ceylon, Sumatra, Java, part of Formosa, Hainan, the Philippine, the Ladrone, the Caroline, Borneo, Celebes, the Spice, Timor, New Guinea, New Ireland, New Britain, Louisiade, and part of Australia. Q. Point out the countries in the North Temperate Zone of the Western Hemisphere. A. They are a part of Asia, part of New Britain, Labrador, part of Greenland, Canada, United States, and part of Mexico. Q. Point out the Islands in the North Temperate Zone of the Western Hemisphere. A. They are the Aleutian, Vancouver's, Newfoundland, and the Azores. 121) 22 EASTERN AND WESTERN HEMISPHERES. Q. Point out the countries in the North Temperate Zone, of the Eastern Hemisphere. A. They are a part of Siberia, France, Spain, Barbary, part of the Great Desert, Egypt, Austria, Italy, Turkey, Persia, part of Arabia, Tartary, part of Hindoostan, Thibet, and part of China. Q. Point out the Islands in the North Temperate Zone of the Eastern Hemisphere. A. They are Iceland, the British Islands, Seghalien, Jesso, Niphon, Kiusiu, the Loochoo, and part of Formosa. Q. Point out the countries in the South Temperate Zone, of the Western Hemisphere. A. They are Chili, Buenos Ayres, and Patagonia. Q. Point out the Islands in the South Temperate Zone, of the Western Hemisphere. A. They are New Zealand, Chiloe, Falkland, Terra del Fuego, South Shetland, South Orkney, Sandwich Land, and part of Graham's Land. Q. Point out the countries in the South Temperate Zone, of the Eastern ^Hemisphere. A. They are Cape Colony, and CafFraria. Q. Point out the Islands in the South Temperate Zone, of the Eastern Hemisphere. A. They are Tristan d'Acunha, Marian and Crozet's, Kergue- len's Land, part of Madagascar, part of Australia, and Van Die- men's Land. The countries in the North Frigid Zone of the Western Hemi- sphere, are part of Asia, part of New Britain, and part of Green- land. The countries in the North Frigid Zone of the Eastern Hemi- sphere, are Lapland, part of Asia, with the Islands of Spitzbergen, Nova Zembla, and New Siberia. The only land in the South Frigid Zone of the Western Hemi- sphere, is a part of Graham's Land, and Victoria Land ; and in the South Frigid Zone of the Eastern Hemisphere, there is Enderby's Land, and the Antarctic Continent. Q. In what Zone does the United States He ? A. North Temperate. Q. What Zone contains the largest animals ? A. Torrid. Q. Which Zones contain the most useful animals ? A. Temperate. Q. Which Zones produce the most hardy animals ? A. Frigid. Q. Which Zone is most subject to violent storms of wind ? A. Torrid. EASTERN AND WESTERN HEMISPHERES. 23 Q. In which Zone are the people the most industrious ? A. North Temperate. Q. Which Zone is the most subject to earthquakes ? A. Torrid. Q. In which Zones is the climate most healthy ? A. Temperate. Q. Which of the Temperate Zones contains the most powerful and civilized nations ? A. North Temperate. EASTERN AND WESTERN HEMISPHERE. Page 50.— Lesson 33.— Map of the World, No. 1. Q. Of what Hemispheres does this map consist ? A. Eastern and Western. Q. What does the Eastern Hemisphere comprise ? A. All that part of the earth lying east of longitude 20 degrees west from Greenwich. Hemisphere signifies half a globe. Q. What great divisions does the Eastern Hemisphere contain ? A. Europe, Asia, and Africa. These divisions form the Eastern Continent, or Old World. Q. What does the Western Continent comprise ? A. All that part of the earth lying west of longitude 20 degrees west from Greenwich. Q. What great divisions does the Western Hemisphere contain ? A. North America, and South America. These divisions form the Western Continent, or the New World. Q. What is a continent 1 A. A great extent of land, containing many countries. Ame- rica is a continent. (M. G. p. 14.) Q. What great division lies partly in the Eastern and partly in the Western Hemisphere ? A. Oceanica. This division is composed chiefly of Islands. (M. G. p. 50.) Q. Which Hemisphere contains the greatest amount of land ? A. Eastern. Q. Which Hemisphere contains the greatest amount of water ? A. Western. Q. Which Hemisphere contains the largest Islands ? A. Eastern. Q. Which is the largest Island in the world ? A. Australia, or New Holland. 24 EASTERN AND WESTERN HEMISPHERES. Q. Which are the two next largest ? A. Borneo, and New Guinea. Q. Which is the largest division of the Eastern Hemisphere ? A. Asia. Q. Which is the smallest division of the Eastern Hemisphere ? A. Europe. Q. Which division of the Eastern Hemisphere extends farthest south ? A. Africa. Q. Which extends farthest to the north? A. Asia. Q. Which extends farthest south, Europe or Asia? A. Asia. Q. Which extends farthest west? A. Africa. Q. Which extends farthest east ? A. Asia. Pages 50-1.— Lesson 34. — Map of the World No. 1. Q. Which is the most southern land in the Eastern Hemisphere ? A. Enderby's Land, and Antarctic Continent. Q. Which is the most southern land in the Western Hemi- sphere ? A. Victoria Land, and Graham's Land. Q. What is an Ocean ? A. It is a vast body of salt water. (M. G. p. 51.) Q. What five Oceans are in the Eastern Hemisphere ? A. Northern, Southern, Pacific, Atlantic, and Indian ? Q. What four Oceans are in the Western Hemisphere ? A. Northern, Southern, Pacific, and Atlantic. There are only five Oceans, of which four extend into both Hemispheres. The Indian, is the only Ocean that is wholly in one Hemisphere. (M. G. p. 51.) Q. Which is the largest Ocean? A. Pacific. Q. Which is the second in extent? A. Atlantic. Q. Which is the third in extent? A. Indian. Q. Which is the fourth in extent? A. Southern, or Antarctic. Q. Which is the fifth in extent? A. Northern, or Arctic. Q. Which is the largest division of the Western Hemisphere ? A. North America. NORTHERN AND SOUTHERN HEMISPHERES. 25 Q. Which extends farthest east? A. South America. Q. Which extends farthest west? A. North America. Q. Is North America in north or south latitude ? A. North latitude. Q. Why is it in north latitude ? A. Because it is north of the Equator. (M. G. p. 24.) Q. Is South America mostly in north or in south latitude ? A. It is mostly in south latitude. Q. Why is it mostly in south latitude? A. Because it is mostly south of the Equator. (M. G. p. 24.) Q. In what direction does South America He from North America ? A. South, or more strictly, S. S. E. Q. What regions lie south and south-east of South America ? A. South Shetland, South Orkney, Sandwich Land, and Gra- ham's Land. Q. What region lies south-west of South America ? A. Victoria Land. NORTHERN AND SOUTHERN HEMISPHERES. Pages 51-2.— Lesson m.—Map of the World No. 2. Q. What Hemispheres does this map comprise ? A. Northern and Southern. Q. Which Hemisphere contains the greatest quantity of land ? A. Northern. Q. Which Hemisphere contains the greatest quantity of water ? A. Southern. Q. What great divisions are wholly in the Northern Hemi- sphere ? A. Asia, Europe, and North America. Q. What great divisions are partly in the Northern Hemisphere ? A. Africa, South America, and Oceanica. Q. What does the Northern Hemisphere comprise ? A. All that part of the earth north of the Equator. ' Q. What does the Southern Hemisphere comprise? A. All that part of the earth south of the Equator. Q. What great divisions are partly in the Southern Hemisphere ? A. Asia, South America, and Oceanica. Q. What four regions lie nearest the North Pole ? A. New Siberia, Nova Zembla, Spitzbergen, and Greenland. Q. What four regions lie nearest the South Pole ? A. Victoria Land, Antarctic Continent, Graham's Land, and Enderby's Land. 3 26 NORTH AMERICA. Q. What navigator has sailed nearest the South Pole ? A. Captain James C. Ross, in 1840. (M. G. p. 52.) Q. What other navigator sailed nearly as far south ? A. Captain James Weddell, in 1823. (M. G. p. 52.) NORTH AMERICA. Pages 5&-3.— Lesson 36.— Map No. 4. OCEANS. Q. What Ocean bounds North America on the east ? A. Atlantic. Q. What Ocean bounds it on the west? A. Pacific. Q. What Ocean bounds it on the north? A. Arctic, or Northern. An Ocean is a vast body of salt water. (M. G. p. 52.) SEAS. Q, What sea is north of British and Russian America ? A. Polar. Q. What sea between the West Indies and South America ? A. Caribbean. Q. Tell what a Sea is. A. It is a collection of water smaller than an Ocean, and sur- rounded by land, as the Mediterranean Sea, the Black Sea, &c. (M. G. p. 9.) GULFS. Q. What great Gulf lies" east of Mexico ? A. Gulf of Mexico. Q. What Gulf between Mexico and California? A. Gulf of California. Q. What Gulf west of Newfoundland? A. Gulf of St. Lawrence. Q. What Gulf south-east of Boothia Felix ? A. Gulf of Boothia. BAYS. Q. What great Bay separates Prince William's Land from Greenland ? A. Baffin's Bay. Q. What great Bay is south-west of Prince William's Land ? A. Hudson's Bay. Q. What Bay south of Hudson's Bay ? A. James' Bay. NORTH AMERICA. *Z l Q. What Bay between Nova Scotia and New Brunswick ? A. Bay of Fundy. Q. What two Bays on the east coast of the United States ? A. Delaware and Chesapeake. Q. What Bay east of Yucatan? A. Bay of Honduras. Q. What Bay west of Yucatan? A. Bay of Campeche. Q. What Bay east of Guatimala? A. Bay of Guatimala. Q. What Bay west of Alaska ? A. Bristol Bay. Q. Describe a Bay. A. It is a part of the sea extending into the land, as the Gulf of Mexico, Hudson's Bay. (M. G. p. 10.) STRAITS. Q. What Straits between America and Asia? A. Bhering's. Q. What Strait west of Greenland? A. Davis'. Q. What does it connect? A. Baffin's Bay and the Atlantic Ocean. Q. What three Straits north of Labrador? A. Hudson's, Frobisher's, and Cumberland. Q. What Strait separates Newfoundland from Labrador ? A. Strait of Belle Isle. Q. What is a Strait? A. It is a narrow passage connecting different bodies of water, as the Strait of Gibraltar, &c. (M. G. p. 10.) SOUNDS. Q. What two Sounds in Baffin's Bay? A. Smith's and Lancaster's. Q. What Sound on the east coast of Greenland ? A. Davy's. Q. What two Sounds in Russian America? A. Norton and Prince William's. Q. What Sound between Washington or Queen Charlotte's, and Quadra and Vancouver's Island ? A. Queen Charlotte's. Q. What Sound north of Cape Hatteras ? A. Albemarle. Q. Describe a Sound. A. It is a small or narrow sea, so shallow that its depth may be measured by a line dropped from the surface to the bottom, as Long Island Sound, Pamlico Sound. (M. G. p. 10.) NORTH AMERICA. LAKES. Q. What five Lakes are in the northern part of the United States ? A. Superior, Michigan, Huron, Erie, and Ontario. Q. What river do they all flow into ? A. St. Lawrence. Q. Name the principal Lakes in British America. A. Winnipeg, Athabasca, Great Slave, and Great Bear. Q. What Lake in the northern part of California ? A. Great Salt Lake. Q. What Lake is in the southern part of Guatimala ? A. Lake Nicaragua. Q. Tell what a Lake is. A. It is a collection of water surrounded by land, as Lake Superior, Lake Winnipeg, or the Lake of Geneva, in Switzer- land. (M. G. p. 10-11.) Pages 53-4. — Lesson 37. — Map No. 4. RIVERS. Q. What River flows into the Polar Sea ? A. Mackenzie's. Q. Which are the two chief Rivers that flow into Hudson's Bay? A. Nelson, and Churchill. Q. What River of the United States flows into the Pacific Ocean ? A. Columbia. Q. What River flows into the Gulf of California ? A. Colorado. Q. Which two large Rivers flow into the Gulf of Mexico ? A. Mississippi, and Rio del Norte. Q. What River flows into the Gulf of St. Lawrence ? A. St. Lawrence. Q. What River flows into the Gulf of Georgia ? A. Frazer's. Q. What River flows into Ungava Bay ? A. Koksah. Q. What River flows from Lake Chapala ? A. Grande, or Rio Grande de Santiago. Q. What River flows from Lake Nicaragua ? A. San Juan. Q. Describe a River. A. It is a stream of fresh water, running from springs or from NORTH AMERICA. 29 lakes, into the Ocean, as the Mississippi, the Amazon, &c. (M. G. P. HO Q. How are Rivers shown on Maps ? A. By black lines, winding according to their course, (M. G. p. 38.) PENINSULAS. Q. What Peninsula is in the south part of Russian America ? A. Alaska. Q. What Peninsula north of Hudson's Bay ? A. Melville. Q. What Peninsula in the southern part of British America ? A. Nova Scotia. Q. What Peninsula in the southern part of the United States ? A. Florida. Q. What Peninsula in the western part of Mexico ? A. California. Q. What Peninsula in the eastern part of Mexico ? A. Yucatan. Q. What is a Peninsula ! A. It 'is a portion of land, nearly surrounded by water. Africa and South America are Peninsulas. (M. G. p. 14.) ISLANDS. Q. What Island lies east of Greenland ? A. Iceland. Q. What Island west of Greenland? A. Disco. Q. What Island in Hudson's Bay? A. Southampton. Q. What four Islands in the Gulf of St. Lawrence ? A. Newfoundland, Anticosti, Cape Breton, and Prince Ed- ward's. Q. What Islands east of Savannah? A. Bermudas. Q. What Islands south-east from Florida? A. Bahamas. Q. What Islands between North and South America? A. West Indies. Q. Which are the four largest of the West India Islands ? A. Cuba, Hayti, Jamaica, and Porto Rico. These are called the Great Antilles. Q. Which are the two chief Islands on the west coast of Bri- tish America ? A. Quadra and Vancouver's, and Washington or Q,ueen Char- lotte's. 3* 31) NORTH AMERICA. Q. Tell what Islands are. A. They are portions of land, entirely surrounded by water, as the British Islands, or Newfoundland. (M. G. p. 14.) CAPES. Q. Which is the most western Cape of North America ? A. Prince of Wales. Q. Which is the most eastern Cape? A. Race. Q. Which is the most southern Cape? A. Gorda. Q. Which is the most southern Cape of Greenland ? A. Farewell. Q. What three Capes on the east coast of the United States ? A. Cod, Hatteras, and Cannaveral. Q. Which is the most southern Cape of the United States ? A. Sable. Q. The most southern Cape of California ? A. St. Lucas. Q. The most eastern Cape of Guatimala ? A. Gracias a Dios. Q. What is a Cape? A. It is a point of land extending into the sea, as the Cape of Good Hope, Cape Horn, &c. (M. G. p. 14.) Pages 54-5-6. — Lesson 38. — Map No. 4. MOUNTAINS. Q. What Mountains extend through the whole of North Ame- rica ? A. Rocky. Q. What are they called in Mexico ? A. Mexican Cordilleras. Q. What Mountains extend along the west coast of Upper California ? A. The coast range, and the Sierra Nevada. Q. What Mountains extend through the eastern part of the United States ? A. Alleghany. Q. What two Mountains are in the southern part of Russian America ? A. St. Elias and Fairweather. Q. What two Mountains are in the western part of British America ? A. Brown and Hooker. NORTH AMERICA. 31 Q. What is a Mountain? A. It is a portion of land, raised up to a great height. Q. What Highlands are in the northern part of Greenland ? A. Arctic Highlands. Mountains and Hills are often called Highlands. (M. G. p. 55.) Q. What two Peaks are in the western part of the United States ? A. Fremont's,* Long's, and Pike's. Mountains that are higher than those around them are some- times called Peaks. (M. G. p. 55.) Q. What Peaks are in the northern part of Mexico ? A. Spanish. Q. What Volcano is in the southern part of Mexico ? A. Popocatepetl. Q. What two Volcanoes are in Guatimala ? A. Water and Consiguina. Q. What is a Volcano? A. It is a burning mountain, with an opening at the top, which is called a crater. (M. G. p. 15.) DESERTS. Q. What Desert lies in the western part of the United States ? A. Great American. Q. What Desert lies west of the Colorado River ? A. Sandy. Q. What is a Desert? A. Plains covered with sand are denominated deserts ; some are also covered with stones and gravel. Deserts are generally- destitute of water. (M. G. p. 17.) DIVISIONS. Q. Which is the most south-western division of North America? A. Russian America. This is called Russian America because it belongs to Russia. Q. Which is the most eastern division of North America ? A. Greenland. This is sometimes called Danish America because it belongs to Denmark. Q. Which is the largest division in the North ? A. British America. This is called British America because it belongs to Great Britain. Q. Which is the largest division in the centre ? A. United States. * Fremont's Peak is named after Captain Fremont of the U. S. army. In the year 1842 that officer ascended to its summit, and ascertained its height. (M. G. p. 55.) 32 NORTH AMERICA. Q. Which is the largest division in the south ? A. Mexico. Q. Which division lies south of Mexico ? A. Guatimala. This division is likewise called Central America. Q. What small division lies north of Guatimala ? A. Balize. Q. What great Archipelago lies east of Mexico and Guatimala? A. West Indies. Q. What is an Archipelago? A. It is a sea filled with Islands, as the Grecian Archipelago, east of Greece, or the West Indies, which is sometimes called the Colombian Archipelago. (M. G. p. 10.) CAPITALS. Q. What is the capital of British America ? A. Montreal. (Quebec was formerly the capital.) Q. What is the capital of the United States ? A. Washington. Q. What is the capital of Mexico ? A. Mexico. . Q. What is the capital of Guatimala ? A. San Salvador. TROPICS, CIRCLES, AND ZONES. Q. What part of North America is crossed by the Tropic of Cancer ? A. Mexico. Q. What parts are crossed by the Arctic Circle ? A. Greenland, British America, and Russian America. Q. In what Zone is the middle part of North America ? A. North Temperate. Q. In what Zone is the southern part ? A. Torrid. Q. In what Zone is the northern part ? A. North Frigid. Q. What countries of North America are in the North Frigid Zone? A. Greenland, British America, and Russian America. Q. What countries are in the North Temperate Zone ? A. British America, United States, and Mexico. Q. What countries are in the Torrid Zone ? A. Mexico, Guatimala, and the West Indies. Q. In what Zone is the largest part of North America ? A. North Temperate. UNITED STATES. 3*5 UNITED STATES. Page 56. — Lesson 39. — Map No. 5. Q. What country bounds the United States on the north ? A. British America. Q. What Ocean bounds it on the east ? A. Atlantic. Q. What Ocean bounds it on the west ? A. Pacific. Q. What Gulf bounds it on the South ? A. Gulf of Mexico. GULFS, &C. Q. What Gulf separates Gluadra and Vancouver's Island from Oregon ? A. Gulf of Georgia. Q. What Republic lies south-west of the United States ? A. Mexico. LAKES. Q. What five great Lakes are in the northern part of the United States. A. Superior, Huron, Michigan, Erie, and Ontario. Q. What is the name of the eastern part of Lake Huron ? A. Manatouline Lake. — (In some maps Georgian Bay.) Q. What Lake lies east of Lake Ontario ? A. Champlain. Q. What Lake lies north-west of Lake Superior ? A, Lake of the Woods. RIVERS. Q. What great River extends through the middle of the United States? A. Mississippi. Q. Which are its three great western branches ? A. Missouri, Arkansas, and Red. Q. Which is its principal eastern branch ? A. Ohio. Q. Into what Gulf does the Mississippi flow 1 A. Gulf of Mexico. Q. What River with two names m the western part of the United States? A. Oregon, or Columbia. Q. What are its two principal branches ? A. Lewis, and Clarke's. Q. What three Rivers flow into the Atlantic Ocean north of Cape Cod ? A. Penobscot, Kennebec, and Merrimack, 34 UNITED STATES. Q. What three between Cape Cod and Cape Charles ? A. Connecticut, Hudson, and Delaware. Q. What three flow into Chesapeake Bay ? A. Susquehanna, Potomac, and James. Q. What River flows into Albemarle Sound ? A. Roanoke. Q. What two flow into Pamlico Sound ? A. Tar, and Neuse. Q. What seven Rivers flow into the Atlantic between Cape Lookout and Cape Cannaveral ? A. Cape Fear, Great Pedee, Santee, Savannah, Alatamaha, St. Mary's, and St. John's. Q. What three Rivers flow into the Gulf of Mexico east of the mouth of the Mississippi ? A. Pearl, Pascagoula, and Apalachicola. Pages 56-7. — Lesson 40. — Map No. 5. CAPES. There are eight Capes on the Atlantic coast of the United States. Q. What are they ? A. Cod, Malabar, Charles, Henry, Hatteras, Lookout, Fear, and Cannaveral. Q. What two Capes are on the west side of Florida ? A. Romans, and Sable. Q. What Cape west of Apalachee Bay ? A. St. Bias. Q. What four Capes are on the Pacific coast of the United States ? A. Flattery, Foulweather, Orford, and Mendocino. BAYS. Q. What Bays between Cape Cod and Cape Hatteras. A. New York, Delaware, and Chesapeake. Q. Wjiat four Bays are on the west coast of Florida ? A. Chatham, Tampa, Vacassar, and Apalachee. Q. What three bays between Cape St. Bias and the mouths of the Mississippi River ? A. Pensacola, Mobile, and Black. Q. What Bays on the coast of Texas ? A. Galveston, Matagorda, Espiritu Santo, and Nueces. Q. What Sounds between Cape Lookout and Cape Cod ? A. Pamlico, Albemarle, and Long Island. Q. What sound on the coast of Quadra and Vancouver's Island ? A. Nootka. UNITED STATES. 35 ISLANDS. Q. What Island is there on the coast of Maine ? A. Mount Desert. Q. What two Islands lie south of Massachusetts ? A. Nantucket and Martha's Vineyard. Q. What Island lies south of Rhode Island? A. Block. Q. What Island lies south of Connecticut ? A. Long Island. Q. What Islands He south of Florida ? A. Florida Reefs, and Tortugas Islands. Q. What Island is separated from Oregon Territory by the Gulf of Georgia ? A. Q,uadra and Vancouver's. MOUNTAINS. Q. What range of Mountains is in the western part of the United States ? A. Rocky. Q. What range near the coast of the Pacific ? A. Cascade range. Q. What three ranges of Mountains are in the eastern part of the United States ? A. Cumberland, Alleghany, and Blue Ridge. These three ranges are called sometimes the Apalachian Mountains. (M. G. p. 57.) Q. In what state is the Black Mountain ? A. North Carolina. This is the highest mountain in the eastern part of the United States. (M. G. p. 57.) Q. What Mountains are in Pennsylvania and New Jersey ? A. Blue. Q. What Mountains are in Vermont and New Hampshire ? A. Green, and White. The White Mountains are the highest in New England. (M. G. p. 57.) Q. What Mountains are in Arkansas and Missouri ? A. Ozark. Pages 57-8. — Lesson 41. — Map No. 5. STATES. Q. How many States are there in the United States ? A. Thirty. » Q. How many Territories ? A. Five. (Wisconsin, Iowa, Indian, Missouri, and Oregon.) 36 UNITED STATES. The first two comprise what remains of the late Territories of the same names, after the formation of the new States of Wisconsin and Iowa, in 1846. They are not yet organized, but will doubt- 1 less be known by their old appellations. There is also a District, called the District of Columbia, which you will see on Map No. 11. It contains Washington City, the Capital of the United States. Thus the United States contain 36 separate divisions. (M. G. p. 57.) There are 14 States lying along the Atlantic Ocean, between New Brunswick and the Florida Reef. Q. What are they ? A. Me., N. H., Mass., R. I., Conn., N. Y., N. J., Del., Md., Va., N. C, S. C, Ga., and Flor. Q. What State lies north of Long Island Sound ? A. Conn. Q. To what State does Long Island belong ? A, To N. Y. Q. What five States lie on the Gulf of Mexico ? A. Texas, La., Miss., Ala., and Flor. Q. What two States lie west of the Mississippi River ? A. Ark., and Mo. Q. What Territories between the Mississippi and the Rocky Mountains? A. la., Mo., and Indian. Q. What Territory lies north-west of the State of Wisconsin ? A. Wis. Q. What five States lie directly east of the Mississippi River ? A. Miss., Tenn., Ky., 111., and Wis. Q. What State lies on both sides of the Mississippi ? A. La. Q. What State is bounded in part by Lakes Huron, Michigan, and Superior ? A. Mich. Q. What three States are bounded in part by Lake Erie ? A. N. Y., Pa., and Oo. Q. What State is bounded in part by Lake Ontario ? A. N. Y. Q. What two States does Lake Champlain separate ? A. N. Y., and Vt. Q. What two States are separated by the Connecticut River ? A. N. H., and Vt. Q. What two States are separated by the Delaware River ? A. Pa., and N. J. Q. What two States are separated by the Potomac River ? A. Va., and Md. UNITED STATES. 37 Q. What two States are separated by the Savannah River ? A. S. C., and Ga. Q. What two States are separated by the Chattahoochee River ? A, Ga., and Ala. Q. What five States are bounded in part by the Ohio River ? A. la., 111., Oo., Ky., and Va. Q. What two States are separated in part by the Cumberland Mountains ? A. Va., and Ky. Q. What two States are separated by the Alleghany Mountains ? A. N. C, and Tenn. Pages 58-9. — Lesson 42. — Map No. 5. STATES, &C. Q. Which is the largest State ? A. Texas. Q. The smallest? A. R. I. Q. What is the Capital of the United States ? A. Washington. Q. Which of the Eastern States have each two Capitals ? A. Conn., and R. I. The six Eastern States are Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and Connecticut. Q. What is the Capital of each ? A. Me., Augusta ; N. H., Concord ; Vt., Montpelier ; Mass., Boston ; R. I., Newport and Providence ; Conn., Hartford and New Haven. The four Middle States are New York, New Jersey, Pennsyl- vania, and Delaware. Q. What is the Capital of each ? A. N. Y., Albany ; N. J., Trenton ; Pa., Harrisburg ; Del., Dover. The ten Southern States are Maryland, Virginia, North Caro- lina, South Carolina, Georgia, Florida, Alabama, Mississippi, Louisiana, and Texas. Q. What is the Capital of each ? A. Md., Annapolis ; Va., Richmond ; N. C, Raleigh ; S. C, Columbia ; Ga., Milledgeville ; Flor., Tallahassee ; Ala., Tusca- loosa ; Miss., Jackson ; La., New Orleans ; Texas, Austin. The ten Western States are Ohio, Kentucky, Tennessee, Michigan, Indiana, Illinois, Missouri, Arkansas, Wisconsin, and Iowa. 4 38 SOUTH AMERICA. Q. What is the Capital of each ? , A. Oo., Columbus ; Ky., Frankfort ; Term., Nashville ; Mich., Detroit ; la., Indianapolis ; 111., Springfield ; Mo., Jefferson City ; Ark., Little Rock ; Wisconsin, Madison ; Iowa, Iowa City. Q. Through what States does the 40th parallel of latitude pass ? A. N. J., Pa., Va., Oo., la., 111., and Mo. Q. Through what Territory does it pass ? A. Indian. Q. Through or near what Cities and Towns does it pass ? A. Philadelphia, Lancaster, Bedford, Wheeling, Zanesville, Columbus, Beardstown, and Gluincy. These places have all the same, or very nearly the same latitude. Q. What six places have nearly the same latitude as Washington City? A. Woodstock, Portsmouth, Madison, Vincennes, Vandalia, and St. Charles. By placing a ruler on the map directly on the place named, keeping it parallel with the lines that cross the map from east to west, the learner will see at once all those places that have the same latitude. (M. G. p. 59.) Q. What places have the same latitude as the City of New York? «#. Newark, Beaver, Bolivar, Peru, Logansport, Peoria, and Burlington. Q. What places have the same latitude as Boston ? A. Worcester, Detroit, St. Joseph, and Galena. Q. Through what States does the meridian of Washington pass ? A. N. Y., Pa., Md., Va., and N. C. Q. Through or near what Cities or Towns does it pass ? A. Elmira and Geneva. These places therefore have the same longitude as Washington City. (M. G. p. 59.) Q. What four places have about the same longitude as Boston ? A. Salem, Newburyport, Portsmouth, and Dover. SOUTH AMERICA. Pages 59-60.— Lesson 43.— Map No. 17. Q. What Ocean bounds South America on the east ? A. Atlantic. Q. What on the west? A. Pacific. Q. What Sea bounds it on the north ? A. Caribbean. SOUTH AMERICA. 39 MOUNTAINS. Q. What are the principal Mountains of South America ? A. Andes. Q. What is their length? A. 4,800 miles. (See map No. 17.) The highest peak, Mount Sorato, is nearly 5 miles high. It is the highest .Mountain in America. (M. G. p. 59.) Q. What is the next highest Mountain ? A. Illimani. Q. On what side of South America are the Andes ? A. West. Q. What Mountains are on the east? A. Brazilian. Q. How long are they? A. 2,100 miles. (See map No. 17.) Q. What Mountains are in the west part of Brazil ? A. Geral. Q. What Mountains are between Brazil and Guiana? A. Acary. RIVERS. Q. Which is the largest River in South America ? A. Amazon. Q. Which is its largest branch? A. Madeira. Q. Which is the second River in length? A. Rio de la Plata. Q. Which is the third ? A. Orinoco. Q. Which is the fourth? A. St. Francisco. Q. Into what Ocean do these flow? A. Atlantic. Q. What River flows into the Caribbean Sea? A. Magdalena. CAPES. Q. Which is the most northern Cape of South America ? A, Gallinas. Q. Which is the most southern Cape? A. Horn. Q. Which is the most eastern? A. St. Roque. Q. Which is the most western? A. Blanco. 40 SOUTH AMERICA. GULFS AND BAYS. Q. What two Gulfs are on the Caribbean Sea ? A. Darien and Venezuela. Q. What two are on the west coast? A. Guayaquil and Penas. Q. What are the principal Bays on the west coast ? A. Panama and Choco. Q. What are the principal Bays on the east coast ? A. All Saints, St. Matthias, and St George. ISLANDS. Q. What Islands are in the Caribbean Sea ? A. Buen Ayre and Margarita. These are a part of the Little Antilles, which form the southern division of the West Indies. Margarita belongs to Venezuela, and is the only West Indian Island that is owned by a South American power. (M. G. p. 60.) Q. What five Islands north of South America ? A. Trinidad, Tobago, Grenada, Barbadoes, and St. Vincent. These form a part of the Caribbee Islands. (M. G. p. 60.) Q. What Island lies between the Amazon and Para Rivers ? A. Joannes. Q. What Islands on the coast of Brazil, south of the Equator ? A. Itamaraca, Abrolhos, St. Sebastian, Cananea, St. Catharina, and Taramandi. Q. What Islands east of Patagonia ? A. Falkland. Q. What Island south of Patagonia ? A. Terra del Fuego. Q. What Island east of Terra del Fuego 1 A. Staten Land. Q. What Island east of Staten Land ? A. South Georgia, Q. What Islands south of Terra del Fuego ? A. Camden. Q. What Island south of Chili ? A. Chiloe. Q. What three Archipelagoes south of Chiloe ? A. Chonos, Madre de Dios, and Glueen Adelaide's. Q. What Island south of the Gulf of Penas ? A. Wellington. Q. What Islands west of Chili? A. Juan Fernandez and St. Felix. Q. What Island in the Gulf of Guayaquil ? A, Puno. SOUTH AMERICA. 41 Pages 61-2. — Lesson 44. — Map No. 17. LAKES. Q. What Lake lies in the north-west part of Venezuela ? A. Maracaybo. Q. What Lake forms part 6f the boundary between Peru and Bolivia ? A. Titicaca. Q. What two Lakes are in Bolivia ? A. Ubahy and Xarayes. Q. What three Lakes are in Buenos Ayres ? A. Del Valle, Porongos, and Ibera. Q. What two Lakes are in the southern part of Brazil ? A. Dos Patos and Mi rim. Q. What Lake in Peru forms the source of the Amazon River ? A. Reyes. GRASSY PLAINS. Q. What are the extensive grassy plains in the east part of Brazil called ? A. The Sert'am. Q. What are the elevated plains in the west part of Brazil called ? A. Campos Parexis. Point out in Venezuela the word Llanos, and in Buenos Ayres the word Pampas. These are the names given to extensive plains in those parts of South. America. They are, like the Sertam in Brazil, the Prairies in North America, and the Steppes of Asia, covered with grass, on which vast herds of cattle roam and feed. (M. G. p. 61.) DIVISIONS. The three most northern divisions on the west side of South America are called the Colombian States. Q. Which are they? A. Venezuela, New Grenada, and Ecuador. The next two lying immediately south of these are called the Peruvian States. Q. What are their names ? A. Peru, and Bolivia. Q. Which is the largest division of South America ? A. Brazil. Q. Which is the smallest division ? A. Paraguay. Q. Which division belongs to the British, Dutch, and French? A. Guiana. Q. Which is the most northern division of South America ? A. New Grenada ? 4* 42 SOUTH AMERICA. Q. Which is the most western division ? A. Ecuador. Q. Which is the most eastern division ? A. Brazil. Q. W T hich is the most southern division ? A. Patagonia. Q. Which two divisions are separated by the Andes ? A. Buenos Ayres, and Chili. CAPITALS. Q. What is the Capital of New Grenada ? A. Bogota. Q. What is the Capital of Venezuela 1 A. . Caraccas. Q. What is the Capital of Ecuador ? A, Quito. Q. What is the Capital of Peru ? A. Lima. Q. What is the Capital of Bolivia ? A. Chuquisaca. Q. What is the Capital of Brazil ? A. Rio Janeiro. Q. Of Paraguay ? A. Assumption. • Q* Of Uruguay ? A. Montevideo. Q. Of Buenos Ayres ? A. Buenos Ayres. Q. Of Chili ? A. Santiago. EQUATOR, TROPIC, AND ZONES. Q. What States does the Equator pass through 1 A. Brazil, Venezuela, New Grenada, and Ecuador. Q. What is the Equator ? A. It is an imaginary great circle, extending from east to west round the globe, at an equal distance from each pole. (M. G. p. 22.) Q. What States does the Tropic of Capricorn pass through ? A. Brazil, Paraguay, Buenos Ayres, and Bolivia. Q. In what Zone is that part of South America, that lies north of the Tropic of Capricorn ? A. Torrid. Q. In what Zone is that part south of the Tropic of Capricorn? A. South Temperate. Q. What portion of South America is in the Torrid Zone, the . largest or smallest ? A. Largest. EUROPE. 43 Q. How do you know it is in the Torrid Zone 1 A. Because it lies on both sides of the Equator, and between the Tropic of Cancer and the Tropic of Capricorn. (M. G. p. 29.) LATITUDE AND LONGITUDE. Q. In what Latitude is the greatest part of South America ? A. South Latitude. Q. Why is it in South Latitude ? A. Because it is mostly south of the Equator. (M. G. p. 24.) Q. What is Latitude ? A. It is distance from the Equator either north or south. (M. G. p. 24.) Q. In what Longitude is South America, reckoning from Greenwich ? A. West Longitude. Q. How do you know it is in West Longitude ? A. Because the numbers increase towards the left hand. (M. G. p. 26.) Q. What is Longitude ? A. It is distance east or west from an established meridian. (M. G. p. 25.) EUROPE. Pages 62-3.— Lesson 45.— Map No. 18. Q. What Ocean bounds Europe on the West ? A. Atlantic. Q. What Ocean bounds it on the North ? A. Arctic. Q. What Sea bounds it on the south ? Jl. Mediterranean. Q. What Mountains bound it on the east ? A. Ural. SEAS. There are eight Seas in Europe. Q. What are they ? A. White, Baltic, North, Irish, Mediterranean, Marmora, Black, and Azov. Q. What Sea is on the north of Russia ? A. White. Q. What Sea between Russia and Sweden 1 A. Baltic. Q. What Sea between Scotland and Denmark ? A. North. Q. What Sea between England and Ireland ? A. Irish. 44 EUROPE. Q. What Sea between Europe and Africa ? A. Mediterranean. Q. What Sea south of Turkey ? A. Marmora. Q. What two Seas south of Russia ? A. Black, and Azov. Q. What is the name of the Sea between Greece and Asia ? A. Archipelago. Q. What is an Archipelago 1 A. It is a sea filled with Islands, as the Grecian Archipelago, east of Greece ; or the West Indies, which is sometimes called the Colombian Archipelago. (M. G. p. 10.) ISLANDS. Q. What large Islands lie west of Europe ? A. British. The Island containing England, Scotland, and Wales, is called Great Britain. Q. What Island lies west of Great Britain ? A. Ireland. Q. What four groups of Islands are west and north of the British Isles ? A. Hebrides or Western, Orkney, Shetland, and Faroe? Q. What large Island lies west of Norway ? A. Iceland. Q. What Islands are in the Baltic Sea ? A. Aland, Dago, Oesel, Gothland, Oland^Rugen, Zealand, and Funen. Q. What Islands in the Mediterranean belong to Spain ? A. Balearic. Q. What Island belongs to France ? A. Corsica. Q. What Islands belong to Great Britain ? A. Malta, and Ionian. Q. What Island belongs to Egypt ? A. Candia. Q. What Island south of Italy ? A. Sicily. Q. What Mountain do you observe on it ? A. Etna. Q. What Island east of Greece ? A. Negropont. Q. What small Island between Tuscany and Corsica ? A. Elba. This Island is remarkable for being the place to which Napo- leon Buonaparte was banished in 1814. (M. G. p. 63.) EUROPE. 45 Q. What Island bears the same name as a kingdom in Italy ? A. Sardinia. Q. What small Island between England and Ireland ? A. Isle of Man. GULFS. Q. What gulf between Sweden and Russia ? A. Bothnia. Q. What two Gulfs in the Baltic Sea ? A. Finland, and Riga. Q. What Gulf south of France ? A. Lyons. Q. What Gulf south of the Kingdom of Sardinia ? A. Genoa. Q. What Gulf east of Italy 1 A. Venice. Q. What Gulf in the Black Sea ? A. Burgas. Q. What Bay north of Spain ? A. Biscay. Pages 63-4. — Lesson 46.— Map No. 18. CHANNELS. Q. What Channel between France and England ? A. English. Q. What Channel between Wales and Ireland ? A. St. George's. Q. What Channel between Ireland and Scotland ? A. North. Q. What Channel between Denmark and Norway ? A. Skager Rack. Q. What Channel between Denmark and Sweden 1 A. Cattegat. Q. What Channel between the Marmora and Black Seas ? A. Constantinople. STRAITS. Q. What Strait between France and England ? A. Dover. Q. What Strait between Europe and Africa? A. Gibraltar. Q. What Strait between Corsica and Sardinia ? A. Bonifacio. Q. What Strait between the Mediterranean and the Sea of Marmora ? A. Dardanelles. 46 EUROPE, Q. What Strait between the Black Sea and the Sea of Azov ? A. Enikale. Q. What Strait between Italy and Turkey ? A. Otranto. MOUNTAINS. Q. What Mountains form the boundary between Europe and Asia ? A. Ural. Q. What Mountains divide Sweden and Norway ? A. Dofrafield. Q. What Mountains divide France and Spain ? A. Pyrenees. Q. What Mountains in France ? A. Cevennes and Auvergne. Q. What Mountains in the north of Spain ? A. Cantabrian. Q. What Mountains in the south of Spain ? A. Sierra Morena and Sierra Nevada. Q. What Mountains in Switzerland ? A. Alps. These are the highest in Europe. Mt. Blanc is the highest of the Alps, being nearly three miles high. (M. G. p. 64.) Q. What Mountains extend through Italy ? A. Apennine. Q. What Mountains in the jeast of Austria ? A. Carpathian. Q. What Mountains extend through Turkey ? A. Balkan. CAPES. Q. Which is the most northern Cape of Europe? A. North Cape. Q. Which is the most southern ? A. Matapan. Q. Which is the most southern Cape of Norway ? A. The Naze. Q. Which is the most southern Cape of England ? A. Lizard Point. Q. Which is the most southern Cape of Ireland ? A. Cape Clear. Q. Which is the most northern Cape of Spain ? A. Ortegal. Q. Which is the most western Cape of Spain ? A. Finisterre. (The name is from the Latin finis terrse, which is equivalent to the English "Land's-end.") EUROPE. 47 Q. Which is the most southern cape of Portugal ? A. St. Vincent. Q. Which is the most southern cape of Greece ? A. Matapan. RIVERS. Q. What Rivers flow into the White Sea ? A. Onega, Dwina, and Mezene. Q. What Rivers flow into the Gulf of Bothnia ? A. Umea, Tornea Kalix, Lulea, Skelleftea, Indal, Lutsna and Dal. Q. What Rivers flow into the Baltic Sea ? A. Duna, Niemen, Vistula, and Oder. Q. What Rivers flow into the North Sea ? A. Elbe, Weser, Ems, and Rhine. Q. What Rivers flow into the Atlantic Ocean ? A. Shannon, Seine, Loire, Gironde, Minho, Douro, Tagus, Guadiana, and Guadalquivir. Q. What Rivers flow into the Mediterranean Sea ? A. Ebro, Rhone, and Tiber. Q. What River flows into the Gulf of Venice ? A. Po. Q. What Rivers flow into the Black Sea ? A, Danube, Dniester, Bog, and Dnieper. Q. What River flows into the Sea of Azov ? A. Don. EUROPE. Pages 64-5. — Lesson 47.~-Map No. 18. PENINSULAS. Q. What Peninsula lies west of the Baltic Sea and the Gulf of Bothnia ? A. Sweden and Norway.* Q. What Peninsula lies south of Norway ? A. Denmark. ~ Q. What Peninsula lies south of France ? A. Spain and Portugal. Q. What Peninsula lies west of the Gulf of Venice ? A. Italy. Q. What Peninsula lies south of Turkey ? A. Greece. Q. What Peninsula lies west of the sea of Azov ? A. Crimea. * Called the Scandinavian Peninsula. 48 EUROPE. DIVISIONS. Q. What grand division of the earth lies east of Europe ? A. Asia. Q. What country lies east of the Urai Mountains ? A, Siberia. Q. Which is the largest division in Europe ? A. Russia. Q. What divisions lie west of the Baltic Sea and the Gulf of Bothnia ? A. Sweden and Norway. Q. What division lies south of the Baltic Sea ? A. Prussia. Q. What division lies west of the Black Sea? A. Turkey. Q. What division lies west of the Archipelago ? A. Greece. Q. What division lies west of the Gulf of Venice ? A. Italy. Q. What division lies north of the Gulf of Venice ? A. Austria. Q. What division lies north of the Mediterranean Sea ? A. France. Q. What divisions lie west of the Mediterranean Sea ? A. Spain and Portugal. Q. What divisions lie on the Black Sea ? A. Turkey and Russia. Q. What seven divisions he on the North Sea ? A. Norway, Scotland, England, Denmark, Hanover, Holland, and Belgium. Q. What divisions lie on the Baltic Sea ? A. Sweden, Denmark, Russia, and Prussia. Q. What divisions lie on the Atlantic Ocean ? A. Norway, Scotland, Ireland, France, Spain, and Portugal. Q. What divisions lie on the Mediterranean Sea ? A. Spain, France, Italy, and Greece. CAPITALS. Q. What is the Capital of Sweden ? A. Stockholm. Q. Of Russia? A. St. Petersburg. Q. Of Denmark ? A. Copenhagen. Q. Of Hanover ? A. Hanover. EUROPE. 49 Q. Of England ? A. London. Q. Of Holland ? A. Hague. Q. Of Belgium? A. Brussels. Q. Of Prussia? A. Berlin. Q. Of Saxony? A. Dresden. Q. Of Wirtemburg ? A. Stuttgard. Q. Of Bavaria ? *#. Munich. Q. Of Switzerland ? .#. Berne.* Q. Of France ? A. Paris. #. Of Spain? A. Madrid. #. Of Portugal? w5. Lisbon. Q. Of Sardinia? A. Turin. Q. Of Tuscany? A. Florence? Q. Of the Popedom ? «/?. Rome. Q. Of Naples? A. Naples. Q. Of Austria? A. Vienna. Q. Of Turkey? A. Constantinople. Q. Of Greece? A. Athens. LATITUDE, LONGITUDE, &C. Q. In what Latitude is Europe ? A. North Latitude. Q. How do you know it is in North Latitude ? A. Because it is north of the Equator. Q. In what Longitude is it mostly ? A. East Longitude. * Berne is usually considered the capital of Switzerland ; but Zurich and Lucerne share with it that honour, each being alternately the seat of govern- ment for two years at a time. (M. G.) 5 50 ASIA. Q. How do you know it is in East Longitude ? A. Because the numbers increase towards the right hand. Q. What parts of Europe are in West Longitude ? A. Portugal, Spain, France, England, Scotland, and Ireland. Q. Which is the most northern country of Europe 1 A. Norway. Q. Which is the most southern ? A. Greece? Q. Which is the most eastern ? A. Russia. Q. Which is the most western ? A. Ireland. ASIA. Pages 65-6-7.— Lesson 48.— Map No. 23. Q. What great division bounds Asia on the west ? A, Europe. Q. What great division bounds Asia on the North-east ? A, North America.* Q What great division bounds it on the South-west ? A. Africa. Q. What Ocean bounds it on the north ? A. Arctic, or Northern. Q. What Ocean bounds it on the south ? A. Indian. Q. What Ocean bounds it on the east ? A. Pacific. SEAS. Q. What Sea divides Asia from Africa ? A. Red. Q. What Sea separates Hindostan from Arabia ? A. Arabian. Q. What Sea lies west of Syria ? A. Mediterranean. Q. What two Seas lie north of Turkey ? A. Marmora, and Black. Q. What Sea lies east of Nova Zembla ? A. Kara. Q. What Sea lies east of Kamtschatka ? A. Kamtschatka. Q. What Sea lies west of Kamtschatka ? A. Ochotsk. Q. What Sea lies west of the Kurile Islands ? A. Jesso. * Separated from Asia by Bhcring's Strait, 40 ms. wide. ASIA. 51 Q. What Sea lies between Niphon and Corea ? A. Japan. Q. What Sea lies west of Gorea ? A. Yellow. Q. What Sea lies east of Cochin China ? A. China. Asia contains three interior seas : Q. Which are they ? A. Caspian, Aral, and Dead. MOUNTAINS. Q. What Mountains separate Europe from Asia ? A. Ural. Q. What Mountains bound Siberia on the south ? A. Little Altai, and Great Altai. Q. What Mountains extend through Mongolia ? A. Thian-Chan. Q. What Mountains bound Thibet on the north ? A. Kuen-lun. Q. What Mountains bound Hindoostan on the north-east ? A. Himmaleh. (Spelled also Himala and Himalaya.) Q. Which is the highest of the mountains, and its height ? A. Choumalarie, 29,000 feet high.* (M. A.) Q. What Mountains in the southern part of Hindoostan ? A, Ghaut. Q. W T hat Mountains are in Turkey ? A. Taurus. Q. What Mountains are in Persia ? A. Elborz. Q. What Mountains bound Independent Tartary on the south ? A. Hindoo Koosh. Q. What Mountains are in China ? A. Peling, and Meling. Q. What Mountains separate Circassia from Georgia ? A. Caucasus. GULFS. Q. What three Gulfs are in the north part of Siberia ? A. Obi, Yenisei, and Lena. Q. What two Gulfs between Persia and Arabia? A. Persian, and Ormus. Q. What two Gulfs on the west coast of Hindoostan ? A. Cutch, and Cambay. Q. What Gulf separates Hindoostan from Ceylon 1 A. Manaar. * This is the highest mountain in the world ; it is 5$ ms. high. (M. A.) 52 ASIA Q. What Gulf south of Birmah ? A, Martaban. Q. What Gulf between Siam and Cambodia 1 A. Siam. Q. What Gulf east of Anam? A. Tonquin. Q. What Gulf near the Yellow Sea ? A. Petchelee. Q. What Gulf north of Kamtschatka? A. Anadir. CAPES. Q. Which is the most northern Cape of Asia ? A. Cevero Vostochnoi. Q. Which is the most southern Cape ? A. Romania. Q. Which is the most eastern Cape ? A. East Cape. Q. Which are the most southern capes of Hindoostan and Birmah ? A. The most southern Cape of Hindoostan is Comorin ; of Birmah, Negrais. Pages 67-8.— Lesson 49.— Map No. 23. RIVERS. Q. What three great Rivers flow into the Northern Ocean ? A. Obi, Yenisei, and Lena. Q. What River flows into the channel of Tartary ? A. Amoor. Q. What two large Rivers flow through China ? A. Hoang-Ho, and Yang-tse-Kiang. Q. What River separates Cochin China from Cambodia ? A. Cambodia. Q. What River flows into the Gulf of Martaban ? A. Irrawaddy. Q. What two Rivers flow into the Bay of Bengal ? A. Ganges, and Burrampooter.* Q. What River bounds Hindoostan on the west ? A. Indus. Q. What two Rivers unite and flow into the Persian Gulf? A. Euphrates, and Tigris. Q. What Rivers flow into the Caspian Sea ? A. Volga, and Ural. Q. What two Rivers flow into the Sea of Aral ? A. Amoo and Sihon. * This river is also sometimes spelled Brahmapootra, and sometimes Brahmaputra. ASIA. 53 Q. What River flows through Little Bokhara ? A. Cashgar. ISLANDS. Q. What Island west of Syria ? A, Cyprus. Q. What Island south of Hindoostan ? A. Ceylon. Q. What Islands in the Bay of Bengal ? A. Andaman, and Nicobar. Q. What Island west of Malacca ? A. Pulo Pinang. Q. What Island south of China? A. Hainan. Q. What Islands east of China ? A, Formosa, and Loo-choo. Q. What Islands form the Empire of Japan ? A. Jesso, Niphon, Sikoke, and Kiusiu. Q. What Island east of Mantchooria ? * A. Saghaiien. Q. What Islands south of Kamtschatka ? A. Kurile. Q. What range of Islands east of Kamtschatka ? A. Aleutian, or Fox. Q. What three Islands north of Siberia ? A. Kotelnoi, LiaghofF, and New Siberia. STRAITS. Q. What Strait separates Asia from North America ? A. Bhering's. Q. What Strait between the Islands of Jesso and Niphon ? A. Matsmay. Q. What Strait between Corea and Japan ? A. Corea. Q. What Strait between China and Formosa ? A. Formosa. Q. What Strait between Malacca and Sumatra ? A. Malacca. Q. What Strait between Arabia and Abyssinia ? A. Babelmandeb. Q. What two great divisions does this Strait separate ? A. Asia and Africa. PENINSULAS. Q. What Peninsula lies between the Persian Gulf and the Bed Sea? A. Arabia, 5* 54 ASIA. Q. What Peninsula south of Siam ? A. Malacca. Q. What Peninsula between the Yellow Sea and the Sea of Japan ? A. Corea. Q. What Peninsula between the seas of Ochotsk and Kamt- schatka ? A. Kamtschatka. ISTHMUSES. Q. What Isthmus between the Red Sea and the Mediterranean Sea? A. Suez. Q. What two great divisions does it unite ? A. Asia and Africa. Q. What Isthmus west of the Gulf of Siam ? A. Kraw. Pages 68-9.— Lesson bO.—Map No. 23. LAKES. Q. What three Lakes are in the southern part of Siberia? A. Tchany, Altyn, and Baikal. Q. What two are in Soongaria ? A. Balcash and Zaizan Nor. The w r ord Nor, in Central or Middle Asia, appears to mean IjBke. (M. G. p. 68.) Q. What Lake is in Little Bokhara ? A. Lop-Nor. Q. What three Lakes in China ? A. Koko-Nor, Yonting, and Poyang. Q. What Lake in Afghanistan ? A. Zurrah. The Caspian, Aral, and Dead Seas, are in fact Lakes, but have been called Seas, because their waters are salt. (M. G. p. 68.) DIVISIONS. Q. To what Empire do the northern parts of Asia belong ? A. Russian. Q. What Empire in the middle and eastern parts of Asia ? A, Chinese. Q. What great division in the south of Asia ? A. India. Q. What country north of the Altai Mountains ? A. Siberia. Q. What great division south of the Altai Mountains ? A. Chinese Tartary. ASIA. 55 Q. What great division east of the Caspian Sea ? A. Independent Tartary. Q. What country south of the Black Sea ? A. Turkey. Q. What country east of the Mediterranean Sea ? A. Syria. Q. What country east of the Red Sea ? A. Arabia. Q. What country south of the Caspian Sea ? A, Persia. Q. What countries east of Persia ? A. Afghanistan and Beloochistan. Q. What country between the Arabian Sea and the Bay of Bengal ? A. Hindoostan. (This is often written Hindostan.) Q. What countries east of the Bay of Bengal ? A. Birmah and Siam. Q. What division east of the Cambodia River ? A. Anam. Q. What countries are included in Anam ? A. Cambodia, Cochin China, Tonquin, and part of Laos. Q. What country north of Anam ? A. China. The Chinese Empire includes nine different countries. Q. What are they ? A. Soongaria, Mongolia, Mantchooria, Little Bokhara, Little Thibet, Thibet, Bootan, Corea, and China. Independent Tartary includes six different countries. Q. What are they ? A. Kirguis, Turcomania, Khiva, Khokan, Bokhara, and Koon- dooz. Afghanistan includes two different States. Q. What are they? A. Herat and Cabul. Q. What Empire lies east of the Chinese Empire ? A. Japan. CAPITALS. Q. What is the capital of Siberia ? A. Tobolsk. Q. Of the Tartar States, Khokan, Khiva, and Bokhara? A. Khokan, Khiva, and Bokhara. Q. Of Persia? A. Teheran. 56 ASIA. Q. Of the Arabian States, Hedjaz, Yemen, Nedsjed, and Oman ? A. Hedjaz, Mecca ; Yemen, Sana ; Nedsjed, Deraia ; Oman, Muscat. Q. Of Herat? A. Herat. Q. Of Cabul ? A. Cabul. Q. Of Lahore ? A. Lahore. Q. Of Hindoostan ? A. Calcutta. This city is more properly the capital of British India. There are several capitals of native states, but Calcutta is the seat of the ruling power in Hindoostan. Q. Of Thibet? A. Lassa. Q. Of Birmah? A. Ava. Q. Of Siam ? A. Bankok. Q. Of Anam ? A. Hue. Q. Of China? A. Pekin. Q. Of Corea? A. Kingkitao. Q. Of Japan? A. Jedo. CIRCLES, ZONES, LATITUDE, &C. Q. What country in Asia does the Arctic Circle pass through? A. Siberia. Q. What countries does the Tropic of Cancer pass through ? A, Arabia, Hindoostan, Birmah, and China. Q. In what zone is the northern part of Asia ? A. North Frigid. Q. In what zone is the central part of Asia ? A. North Temperate. Q. In what zone is the southern part of Asia ? A. Torrid. Q. In what Latitude is Asia wholly ? A. North Latitude. Q. How do you know it is in North Latitude ? A. Because the numbers increase from the bottom towards the top of the Map. (M. G. p. 24-5.) AFRICA. 57 Q. In what Longitude is Asia from Greenwich 1 A. East Longitude. Q. How do you know it is in East Longitude ? A. Because the numbers increase towards the right hand. (M G. p. 26.) AFRICA. Pages 69-70.— Lesson 51. — Map No. 25. Q. What Sea bounds Africa on the north ? A. Mediterranean. Q. What Sea bounds it on the east ? .tf.-Red. Q. What Ocean bounds it on the east 1 A. Indian. t Q. What Ocean bounds it on the West ? A. Atlantic; STRAITS. Q. What Strait separates Morocco from Spain ? A. Gibraltar. Q. What Strait separates Abyssinia from Arabia ? A. Babelmandeb. GULFS. Q. What Gulf between Tripoli and Barca ? A. Sidra. Q. What Gulf between Berbera and Arabia ? A. Aden. Q. What Gulf south of Upper Guinea ? A. Gulf of Guinea. BAYS. Q. What Bays on the southern part of the west coast ? A. Great Fish, Walwisch, Santa Cruz, and St. Helena. Q. What Bay on the east coast north of CafFraria ? A. Delagoa. CHANNELS. Q. What Channel between Madagascar and Mozambique ? A. Mozambique. CAPES. Q. Which is the most northern Cape of Africa ? A, Bon. (Sometimes written Bona.) Q. Which is the most southern Cape ? A. Agulhas. Q. Which is the most eastern Cape ? A. Guardafui, 58 AFRICA. Q. Which is the most western Cape ? A. Verde. Q. What celebrated Cape near the southern extremity of Africa? A. Cape of Good Hope. Q. What two Capes on the Desert coast 1 A. Bojador, and Blanco. Q. What Cape at the southern extremity of Liberia ? A. Palmas. Q. What Cape at the northern extremity of Mozambique ? A. Delgado. Q. What Cape at the northern extremity of Zanguebar ? A. Bassas. RIVERS. Q. Which is the principal River in Africa ? A. Nile. The Nile is remarkable for flowing 1600 miles without receiv- ing the smallest tributary. (M. G. p. 70.) Q. Into what Sea does the Nile empty ? A. Mediterranean. Q. What are its three chief branches ? A. El Abiad, Bahr el Azrek or Abawi, and Tacazze. Q. What three Rivers empty into the Atlantic Ocean on the west coast of Africa ? A. Senegal, Gambia, and Rio Grande. Q. What River in Liberia ? A. St. Paul's. Q. What River empties into the Gulf of Guinea ? A. Niger. This is a very remarkable river ; though heard of 20 centuries ago, its source and mouth were discovered only a few years since. (M. G. p. 70.) Q. What River between Angola and Benguela ? A. Coanza. Q. What River between Loango and Congo ? A. Congo. Q. What River south of Benguela ? A. Bembaroughe. Q. What River runs through the country of the Hottentots ? A. Orange. Q. What River flows into Delagoa Bay ? A. Manice. Q. What River flows into the Mozambique Channel ? A. Zambeze. Q. What Rivers run through Zanguebar ? A, Ozee and Webbe. AFRICA. Q. What Rivers flow into Lake Tchad ? A. Yeou and Shary. LAKES. Q. What two Lakes in Soudan ? A. Tchad and Fittre. Q. What Lake north of Bambarra ? A. Dibbie. Q. What Lake in Abyssinia ? «#. Dembea. #. What Lake in Barbary ? .#. Lowdeah. Q. What Lake west of Zanguebar and Mozambique A. Maravi. (Salt.) Pages 70-1.— Lesson 52.— Map No. 25. ISLANDS. 59 Q. What three groups of Islands in the Atlantic Ocean belong to Portugal ? A. Azore, Madeira, and Cape Verde. Q. What group of Islands belong to Spain 1 A. Canary. Q. What "three Islands in the Gulf of Guinea belong to Portugal ? A. Prince's, St. Thomas's, and Annobon. Q. Which is the most northern Island in the Gulf of Guinea ? A. Fernando Po. Q. What two Islands south of the Equator belong to Great Britain ? A. Ascension and St. Helena. St. Helena is remarkable for being the place of imprisonment and burial of Napoleon Buonaparte. He died here in 1821, after a residence of six years. In the year 1840 his remairJs were taken to France. (M. G. p. 70.) Q. What great Archipelago in the Indian Ocean ? A. Ethiopian. Q. Which are its principal Islands and groups ? A. Madagascar, Comoro, Seychelle, Almirante and Masca- renha. Q. Which are the Mascarenha Islands ? A. Bourbon and Mauritius. The latter is often called the Isle of France. Q. What Islands belong to Great Britain ? A. Mauritius, Seychelle, and Almirante. Q. What Island belongs to France ? A. Bourbon. GO AFRICA. Q. What Islands belong to Muscat ? A. Pemba, Zanzibar, and Monfia. Q. What Islands between Madagascar and Mozambique ? A. Comoro. Q. What Islands north-east of Cape Gardafui ? A. Socotra, and Abd' el Curia. Q. To what power does Socotra belong ? A. To Keshin. (This is a petty state on the southern coast of Arabia.) MOUNTAINS. Q. What Mountains extend through Barbary? A. Atlas. Q. Which is the highest Peak of the Atlas Mountains ? A. Mt. Miltsin. Q. How high is it? A. 11,900 feet. (M. A.) Q. What Mountains between Soudan and Guinea ? A. Kong. Q. What Mountains between Soudan and Ethiopia ? A. Mountains of the Moon, or Jibbel el Kumri. Q. What Mountains in Congo ? A, Crystal. Q. What Mountains in Cape Colony ? A. Snow, or Sneeuw Bergen. Q. What Mountains west of Mozambique ? A. Lupata. These Mountains have been called by Geographers the Back- Bone of the world, but their very existence is now considered doubtful. (M. G. p. 7i.) Q. What Mountains in Madagascar ? A. Radama, and Red. DIVISIONS. Q. What great division occupies the northern part of Africa ? A. Barbary. Q. What States does Barbary include ? A. Morocco, Algiers, Tunis, Tripoli, and Beled-el-Jerid. Q. What great division lies south of Barbary ? A. Great Desert. Q. What great divisions lie south of the Great Desert ? A. Soudan, and Senegambia. Q. What great divisions lie south of Soudan ? A. Upper Guinea, Lower Guinea, and Ethiopia. Q. What great division lies west of Soudan ? A, Senegambia. AFRICA. 61 Q. What great division on the west coast, on both sides of the Equator ? A. Lower Guinea. Q. What great division on the east coast, on both sides of the Equator ? A. Zanguebar. Q. What great division lies south of the Mountains of the Moon ? A. Ethiopia. Q. What colony occupies the southern extremity of Africa ? A, Cape Colony. Q. What two races of men inhabit the country north of Cape Colony ? A. Hottentots, and Boshuanas. Pages 71-2.— Lesson 53.— Map No. 25. Q. What countries lie on the Red Sea ? A. Egypt, Nubia, and Abyssinia. Q. In what country are the mouths of the river Nile situated ? A. Egypt. Q. What is the district comprised between the outlets of the river Nile called ? A. Delta. Q. What is a Delta ? A. It is a term applied to those districts embraced by the out- lets of rivers. The Nile, Niger, Ganges, Mississippi, and other great streams, have each their respective deltas. (M. G. p. 72.) DESERTS. Q. What Desert occupies a large portion of the north of Africa ? A. Great Desert. Q. What Desert between the river Nile and the Red Sea ? A. Nubian. A. What Desert is crossed by the Tropic of Capricorn ? A. Challahengah. Q. How long and wide is the Great Desert ? A. It is 3,000 miles long, and 1,000 wide. (M. A.) This is the largest Desert in the world ; and though extremely hot, and in most places destitute of water, yet contains a number of fertile spots called Oases, all of which are inhabited. (M. G. p. 72.) OASES. Q Which are the five principal Oases ? A. Fezzan, Tuat, Agdass, Bilmah, and Tibesty. There are four other Oases. Q. Which are they ? A. Augela, Siwah, El Dakhel, and El Khargeh. 6 KyZ AFRICA. Q. What is the western part of the Great Desert called ? A. Sahara. CAPITALS. Q. What is the Capital of Morocco ? A. Morocco. Q. Of Algiers ? (Called Algeria by the French. The name is now becoming familiar with us.) A. Algiers. Q. Of Tunis ? A. Tunis. Q. Of Tripoli? A. Tripoli. q. Of Fezzan ? A. Mourzuk. q. Of Egypt? A. Cairo. q. Of Nubia? A. New Dongola. q. Of Foota Jallon ? A. Timboo. q. Of Ashantee? A. Coomassie. q. Of Dahomey ? A. Abomey? q. Of Benin ? *#. Benin. q. Of Kaarta? .#. Kemmoo. q. Of Timbuctoo ? A, Timbuctoo. q. Of Bambarra ? « . .#. Sego. q. Of Houssa ? .#. Kashna. Soccatoo, or Sackatoo, the chief city of the Fellatahs, the ruling people "in Soudan, is perhaps more properly the capital of Houssa. q. Of Yaribba? A. Eyeo. q. Of Bornou ? A. Kouka. q. Of Bergoo ? A. W~ara. q. Of Darfur ? A. Cobbc. AFRICA. 03 Q. Of Kordofan ? A. Ibeit. Q. Of Abyssinia? A, Gondar. Q. Of Congo ? .#. St. Salvador. Q. Of Angola ? .#. St. Paul de Loando. #. Of Benguela ? .#. St. Felipe de Benguela. Q. Of Cazembe ? A. Cazembe. Q. Of Monomotapa ? ♦ ./?. Zimbao. Q. Of Mozambique? .#. Mozambique. Q. Of Cape Colony ? A. Cape Town. #. Of Imerina ? .#. Tananarivou. TROPICS, ZONES, LATITUDE, &C. Q. What parts of Africa are crossed by the Tropic of Cancer ? A. The Great Desert, and Egypt. Q. What parts by the Equator ? A. Lower Guinea, Ethiopia, and Zanguebar. Q. What parts by the Tropic of Capricorn ? A. Hottentot country, Desert of Challahengari, Boshuana country, and Mozambique. Q. In what Zone is Africa mostly ? A. Torrid. Q. In what Zone is that part of it north of the Tropic of Cancer? A. North Temperate. Q. In what Zone is that part of it south of the Tropic of Capricorn ? A. South Temperate. Africa comprises about 37 degrees of North Latitude, and 35 degrees of South Latitude. Q. In what Latitude then is it mostly situated ? A. North Latitude. Africa comprises more than 50 degrees of East Longitude, and about 18 degrees of West Longitude. Q. It what Longitude is it then mostly ? A, East Longitude, 64 OCEANIC A. OCEAMCA. Pages 72-3.— Lesson ZA.—Map No, 28. DIVISIONS. Q. Which are the three grand divisions of Oceanica ? A. Malaysia, Australasia, and Polynesia. Q. Which is the largest division of Oceanica ? A. Polynesia. Q. Which is the smallest division of Oceanica ? A. Malaysia. ISLANDS. Q. What three considerable Islands does the Equator pass through in Malaysia ? A, Sumatra, Borneo, and Celebes. • Q. What Island lies south-east of Sumatra ? A. Java. Q. What five Islands east of Java ? A. Bally, Sumbawa, Jeendana, Floris, and Timor. Q. What Islands east of Celebes ? A. Spice. Q. What Islands east of the China Sea ? A. Philippine. Q. Which are the the two largest of the Philippine Islands ? A. Luzon, and Mindanao. STRAITS. Q. What Strait separates Sumatra from Malacca ? A. Malacca. Q. What Strait separates Sumatra from Java ? A. Sunda. American vessels generally pass through the Straits of Sunda, on going to or returning from China. (M. G. p. 73.) Q. What Strait between Borneo and Celebes ? A, Macassar. ISLANDS. Q. What Islands between Borneo and Mindanao ? A. Sooloo. MOUNTAIN. Q. What Mountain in Sumatra directly under the Equator ? A. Mount Ophir. ISLANDS. Q. Which is the largest Island of Australasia 1 A. Australia, or New Holland. Q. What are its divisions? A. North Australia, South Australia, West Australia, and New Be uth Wales. OCEANICA. 65 COLONIES. Q. What Colony on the east coast of Australia ? A. Botany Bay. Q. What Colony on the west coast ? A. Swan River. Q. W T hat Colony on the South ? A, South Australia. ISLAND. Q. What Island south of Australia ? A, Van Diemen's Land or Tasmania. STRAITS. Q. What Strait separates Australia from Van Diemen's Land ? A. Bass'. Q.. What Strait separates Australia from Papua or New Guinea? A. Torres'. GULFS. Q. What two Gulfs on opposite sides of Australia? A. Carpentaria, and Spencer's. river, &c. Q. Which is the principal River in Australia ? A. Murray. Q. Which are the principal Mountains in Australia ? A. Blue, and Berkeley's. (The southern part of the Blue Mountains is called the Australian Alps.) Q. Which is the principal town ? A. Sydney; ISLANDS, &c. Q. What large Island north of Australia ? A. Papua or New Guinea. Q. What Islands north-east of Australia ? A. Solomon's Archipelago, New Georgia, New Ireland, New Britain, and Louisiade. Q. What Islands east of Australia ? A. New Hebrides, New Caledonia, and Norfolk. Q. What Sea between Australia and New Hebrides ? A. Coral. Q. What Islands south-east of Australia? A. New Zealand. Q. What Strait between the two largest Islands of New Zea- land ? A. Cook's. Q. What Strait between the middle and southernmost Islands of New Zealand ? A. Foveaux. 6* 66 OCEANICA. Q. What Bays in the northern part of New Zealand ? A. Bay of Islands and Bay of Plenty. Page 74.— Lesson 55.— Map No. 28. ARCHIPELAGOES AND ISLANDS. Q. Which Archipelago of Polynesia does the Equator pass through ? A. Central. Q. Which are the principal Archipelagoes and Islands of Poly- nesia, north of the Equator ? A. Magellan's Archipelago, Anson's Archipelago, Caroline Islands, Ladrone Islands, Sandwich Islands, and America Islands. Q. What Archipelago lies on the 140th meridian of Longitude west from Greenwich ? A. Mendana's. Q. What groups of Islands does it contain ? A. Washington Islands, and Marquesas Islands. Q. Which are the principal Islands east of the 160th meridian of Longitude west from Greenwich, and south of the Equator. A. Society Islands, Georgian Islands, Cook's or Hervey's Islands, Austral Islands, Palliser's Islands, Paumotu or Pearl Islands, Gambier Islands, Prince of Wales Islands, and King George's Islands. Q. Which are the principal Islands that lie west of the 160th meridian of Longitude west from Greenwich, and south of the Equator ? A. Navigator's Islands, Friendly Islands, Fejee Islands, Habaii Islands, Tonga Islands, and Kermadec Isles. Q. Which is the most northern Island of Polynesia ? A. Mellishes. Q. Which are the most southern Isles of Polynesia ? A. Kermadec. Q. Which is the most eastern Island of Polynesia ? A. Easter. Q. Which are the most western Islands of Polynesia ? A. St. Andrew's. The most important group of Islands belonging to Polynesia is on the 20th parallel of North Latitude. Q. Which is it ? A. Sandwich. Q. Which is the principal of the Sandwich Islands ? A. Hawaii or Owhyhee. Q. What high mountain is on the Island of Hawaii and its height ? A. Mouna Roah, Mt., 16,000 feet high. (M. A.) OCEANICA. 67 Q. What distinguished personage was killed here in the year 1779? A. Captain Cook. TROPICS, ZONES, &C. Q. What Tropic crosses the northern part of Oceanica ? A. Tropic of Cancer. Q. What Tropic crosses the southern part ? A. Tropic of Capricorn ? Q. What great circle crosses the central or middle part ? A. Equator. Q. In what Zone is the northern part of Oceanica ? A. North Temperate. Q. In what Zone is the middle part ? A, Torrid. Q. In what Zone is the southern part ? A. South Temperate. Oceanica comprises 50 degrees of South Latitude, and 40 North Latitude. Q. In what Latitude, then, is it mostly ? A. South Latitude. Oceanica comprises about 85 degrees of east, and 72 of west longitude from Greenwich. Q. In what Longitude, then, is it mostly ? A. East. PART SECOND. DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. NORTH AMERICA. Pages 85-6. — Lesson 62. — Map No. 4. DIVISIONS. Q. How is Russian America bounded ? A. It is bounded N. by the Arctic Ocean, E. by British Ame- rica, from which it is separated by the 141° of longitude W. from Greenwich ; S. by the Pacific Ocean and British America ; and W. by Bhering's Strait and the Pacific Ocean. (M. A.) Q. Capital? A. New Archangel. (This is merely a fortified trading post, on Sitcha island, with a small village attached to it.) Russian America comprehends the N. W. part of N. America, being that part of it adjacent to Asia, between 54° 40' and 71° 20' N. lat., and 130° and 168° W. long. Area estimated at 500,000 sq. ms., including the Aleutian islands and several other groups. Pop., according to Balbi, 60,000. Q. How is British America bounded ? A. This country, taken in its full extent, is bounded N. by the Arctic Ocean, N. E. and E. by Baffin's Bay, Davis' Strait, and the Atlantic Ocean ; S. by the U. S. and the Atlantic Ocean ; and W. by Russian America and the Pacific Ocean. (M. A.) Q. Capital? A. Montreal. That part of America now belonging to Great Britain, is an assemblage of vast, ill-defined, and straggling territories, the remnant of that mighty empire of which the American revolution deprived her. Their great extent and resources will, however, one day enable them to equal some of the most potent of the now existing states. Area, 2,310,000 sq. ms.— Pop. 1,690,000. (M. A.) Q. How are the United States bounded ? A. They occupy the middle division of N. America, and are bounded N. by British America, E. by New Brunswick and the Atlantic Ocean, S. by the Gulf of Mexico, Mexico, and Upper California, and W. by the Pacific Ocean. (M. A.) Q. Capital? V J A. Washington. (68) NORTH AMERICA. 69 The territory of the United States lies between 25° and 49° of N. lat., and between 66° 50' and 125° W. long, from Greenwich; or between 9° 35' E., and 48° 20' W. long, from Washington. Its greatest length is 3000 ms., and its greatest breadth is 1700 rns., containing, exclusive of Texas, about 2,300,000 sq. ms. It has a frontier line of about 10,000 ms.; a sea-coast of 3600 ; and a lake coast of 1200 ms. It contains about one-twentieth of the habitable land of the whole earth. The population in 1790 was 3,929,328; in 1800, 5,309,758; in 1810, 7,239,903; in 1820, 9,638,166 ; in 1830, 12,856.165 ; in 1840, 17,062,666; of which 2,487,116 were slaves. Employed in agriculture, 3,717,756 ; in commerce, 117,575 ; in manufactures and tradesj 791,545; navigating the ocean, 56,025; navigating rivers, lakes, canals, &c, 33,067 ; in mining, 15,203 ; learned professions, 65,236. The foregoing statement excludes the Indians, who are never reckoned in the population of the U. S. It excludes Texas also, the latest census being that of 1840. The population of the U. S. is now (1846) estimated at 20 millions. Q. How is Mexico bounded ? A. It is bounded N. by Upper California and the U. States ; E. by the U. S. and the Gulf of Mexico ; S. E. by the Caribbean Sea ; S. by Guatimala ; and S. W. and W. by the Pacific Ocean. (M. A.) Q. Capital? A, Mexico. Mexico was until recently an extensive territory, but of late years it has been much abridged. Texas has been separated from it since 1836, and Upper California was taken possession of by the United States in 1846. Originally it was a native empire ; afterwards it became the principal of the Spanish viceroyalties ; it was for some time a federal, but is now a central republic of North America, situated chiefly in the southern part. When entire, it lay between 16° 40' and 42° N. lat., and 86° 40' and 124° 30' W. long. Extreme length from S. E. to N. W., about 2700 ms. ; greatest breadth, from E. to W., near 1000 ms. The area was estimated at about 1,656,000 sq. ms., but now it is reduced to from 920,000 to 980,000 sq. ms., or four and a half times the extent of France. The best authorities reckon the population at about 7,000,000. Q. How is Guatimala bounded ? A. It is bounded N. by Mexico, Yucatan, Balize, and the Bay of Honduras ; E. by the Caribbean Sea ; S. E. by the Colombian province of the Isthmus ; and S. and S. W. by the Pacific. (M. A.) Q. Capital? A. San Salvador. Guatimala, or Central America. Under this term is included the long and comparatively narrow tract of country connecting the continents of N. and S. America, lying between lat. 8° 5' and 16° 60' N., and long. 80° 50' and 94° 12' W. Length N. W. to S. E., about 1000 ms., breadth varying from 90 to 250 ms. The area has been estimated at 200,500 sq. ms. Pop. 2,000,000. As in all the Spanish American States, the proportion of whites to the entire population is small ; the native Indians and the half- breeds form a great majority. 70 NORTH AMERICA. Q. How is Balize bounded ? A. It is bounded N. and E. by the Bay of Honduras ; S. by Guatimala ; and W. and N. W. by Yucatan. (M. A.) Q. Capital ? A. Balize. Baxize or British Honduras, is a settlement belonging to Great Britain, on the E. side of the peninsula of Yucatan, chiefly between 16° and 18° 25' N. lat. and 88° 15' and 89° 35' W. long. It is extensive, for its popu- lation, the latter is about 4000, of whom only 300 are whites. The felling and exporting of mahogany and logwood are the chief pursuits. A. How is North America bounded ? A. It is bounded N. by the Arctic Ocean ; E. by the Atlantic Ocean, which separates it from Europe and Africa ; S. and W. by the Pacific Ocean, which separates it from Asia, Australasia, and Polynesia. (M. A.) North America comprises that portion of the New World extending northward from the Isthmus of Darien. The area of this vast region is estimated at from 7,400,000, to 7,950,000 sq. ms. Its sea-coast has an extent of about 9500 ms. on the eastern and somewhat less on the western side, ex- clusive of that on the frozen shores of the northern borders. America, or the New World, is one of the great divisions of the globe, surpassing all the others in magnitude, with the exception of Asia, to which, however, it is but little inferior. This vast continent stretches N. and S. a distance of about 9000 ms., or from about 71° N. lat., to Cape Horn, in about 56° S. lat., and from 35° to 168' W. long, from Greenwich. Where broadest, N. America, excluding Greenland, is about 3200 ms. across, and S. America is about the same width. It is very irregularly shaped, being divided by the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea into the two enormous peninsulas of N. and S. America, united by the Isthmus of Darien, not more than 36 ms. across. The estimates that have been formed of the area of America differ widely. Balbi supposes it to amount to 14,790,000 sq. ms., and Hassel, about 16,500,000 sq. ms. The following estimate, which is that given in the article America in the new edition of the Encyclopaedia Bri- tannica, does not differ materially from Balbi's ; and the ability with which the article referred to is written, renders its statements of the highest authority. sq. Eng. ms. North America 7,400,000 South America 6,500,000 Islands 150,000 Greenland and the islands connected ~> Qnft ftnf with it N. of Hudson's Straits. $ * yuu ' uuu Total 14,950,000 In Mitchell's Atlas, the area of America is estimated at 15 millions sq. ms., which seems to be about a fair average of the different authorities. In 1838, the population was estimated by McCulloch at 46,931,000. Some authors of the same period do not carry it beyond 40,000,000, though this is obviously a low calculation. (In 1846, according to M. A., the popu- lation is 50,465,000 ; this is estimating the U. S. at 20,000,000.) NORTH AMERICA. 71 GULFS. Q. Where is Coronation Gulf? A. It is on the N. coast of British America, and leads into the Polar Sea. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Gulf of Boothia ? A. It is in the N. part of British America; having Prince William's Land on the N., Melville Peninsula on the E M Boothia Felix on the N. W., and leads into Prince Regent's Inlet, and the Polar Sea. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Gulf of St. Lawrence ? A. It is bounded N. by Canada East and Labrador, S. by Nova Scotia and Cape Breton Island, E. by Newfoundland, and W. by New Brunswick and the peninsula of Gaspe (Canada East), and leads into the Atlantic Ocean. (M. A.) This gulf lies chiefly between the 46th and 51st degs. of N. lat., and the 57th and 65th of W. long. At its N. W. extremity it receives the River St. Lawrence ; and it communicates with the Atlantic on the N. E. by the Strait of Belleisle, between Labrador and Newfoundland; on the S. E. by its principal outlet, the Channel called St. Paul's, between Newfoundland and Cape Breton ; and on the S. by the Gut of Canso, between Cape Breton and Nova Scotia. It contains the large Islands of Anticosti and Prince Edward ; and the Magdalen Islands, a group about lat. 47° 30', and between long. 61° 27' and 62° W., inhabited by perhaps 1000 Canadian, French, English, and Irish settlers, who carry on a profitable fishery. The Is. of St. Pierre and Miquelon, which lie E. of the Magdalen group, belong to France. Q. Where is Welcome Gulf? A. It is in the N. part of Hudson's Bay ; having N. Melville Peninsula, E. Southampton Island, and leads into Fox Channel. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Gulf of Georgia ? A. It separates Quadra and Vancouver's Island from Oregon Territory, and leads into the Pacific Ocean. (M. A.) This gulf is about 120 ms. in length from'N. to S., but the breadth varies from 6 to 20 ms. It contains several clusters of islands, and branches ofFinto a great number of canals, most of which were examined by Captain Van- couver and his officers. On the N. it is connected with the Pacific by Queen Charlotte's Sound, and on the S. by the Straits of Juan de Fuca. Q, Where is the Gulf of California ? A. It is on the W. Coast of Mexico, between Mexico and the Peninsula of Old California, and leads into the Pacific Ocean. (M. A.) This gulf extends from about 23° 30' to 32° N. lat. Its length is above 700 ms, ; its breadth varies from about 40 to 150 ms. It is sometimes called Vermillion Sea, also the Sea of Cortez. Q. Where is the Gulf of Mexico ? A. It is S. of the U. S., and E. of Mexico ; bounded N. W., N., and N. E. by the U. S., E. by Cuba, S. E. by the Peninsula 72 NORTH AMERICA. of Yucatan, and S. and W. by Mexico, and leads into the Atlantic Ocean. (M. A.) This is a large inland sea, on the S. E. coast of N. America, connected by the Florida channel with the Atlantic Ocean, and by the channel of Yucatan with the Caribbean Sea, situated between lat. 18° 10' and 30° 20' N., and between long. 81° and 98° W. Length from E. to W. 1000 ms., breadth 800 ms., area about 800,000 sq. ms. Q. Where is the Gulf of Tehuantepec ? A. It is a semi-elliptical indentation of that part of the Pacific Ocean, stretching between Guatimala and the state of Oaxaca in Mexico. (M. A.) Q. WhaUsaGulf or Bay? A. It is a part of the sea extending into the land, as the Gulf of Mexico, Hudson's Bay, &c. (M. G. p. 10.) BAYS. Q. Where is Bristol Bay? A. It is W. of the Peninsula of Alaska, and leads into tho Pacific Ocean. (M. A.) Q. Where is Melville Bay ? A. It is on the W. coast of Greenland, and leads into Baffin'* Bay. (M. A.) Q. Where is Hudson's Bay? A. It is a large bay, extending from the Atlantic Ocean west ward nearly into the centre of British America, having East Maine on the E., James' Bay on the S., and New South Wales and New North Wales on the S. W. and W., and leads into the Atlantic Ocean. (M. A.) This is a large Bay or inland sea, extending between 51° and 64° N. lat., and 76° and 95° 30' W. long., and surrounded on all sides by the partially explored British territories. Its length from S. S. E. to N. N. W. is nearly 1200 ms.; greatest breadth estimated at 600 ms.; area, probably near 350,000 sq. ms. It is connected with the Atlantic by Hudson's Straits, a sea about 500 ms. in length, and generally upwards of 100 ms. in breadth. The southern part, extending from about 51° to 55° N. lat., is called James' Bay. Q. Where is Musquito Bay? A. It is in the E. part of Hudson's Bay. (M. A.) Q. Where is Ungava Bay? A. It is on the N. coast of Labrador, and leads by Hudson's Strait into the Atlantic Ocean. (M. A.) Q. Where is James' Bay ? A. It is the southern extension of Hudson's Bay, lying N. of Canada West. (M. A.) Q. Where is San Francisco Bay ? A. It is on the coast of Upper California, and leads into tho Pacific Ocean. (M. A.) NORTH AMERICA. 73 Q. Where is the Bay of Fundy ? A. It is between Nova Scotia and New Brunswick, and leads into the Atlantic Ocean. (M. A.) This bay sets up between Cape Sable, the S. point of Nova Scotia, and Mount Desert Island, in Me., a distance of 150 ras. From Eastport to St. Johns, New Brunswick, is 60 ras. The Bay is divided, in its N. E. part, into 2 branches, the N. W. called Chignecto Bay, the head of which is 170 ms. from Eastport. The S. E. part is called the Basin of Mines, 150 ms. from Eastport. Q. Where is Delaware Bay? A. It is on the E. coast of the U. S., situated between the States of N. J. and Del., and leads into the Atlantic Ocean. (M. A.) This is a large arm of the sea, at the mouth of Delaware r., 65 ms. long, and 18 ms. across at its mouth, between Cape May on the N., and Cape Henlopen on the S. In the middle it is 30 ms. across. At the mouth of the Bay is the Dela- ware Breakwater, a fine artificial harbour, erected by the General Government. Q. Where is Chesapeake Bay? A. It is on the E. coast of the U. S., situated in the E. part of Md. and Va., and leads into the Atlantic Ocean. (M. A.) This bay has. its entrance wholly in Va., between Cape Charles on the N., and Cape Henry on the S., which are about 12 ms. apart. But the Bay lies mostly # in Md., dividing the State into two parts, called the Eastern and the Western shore. It is about 200 ms. long,* and from 7 to 20 broad, and generally 9 fathoms deep, being the largest bay in the U. S. The Susque- hanna r. at its N. extremity, the Potomac r. on the W., and James r. near its mouth, are the largest rivers which flow into it. The entire surface of country drained by the rivers which flow into the Chesapeake Bay, is estimated at 70,000 sq. ms. Q. Where is Tampa Bay ? A. It is on the W. coast of Flor., and leads into the Gulf of Mexico. (M. A.) Q. Where is Galveston Bay ? A. It is in the S. E. part of Texas, lying N. of the island of Galveston, setting up, from the Gulf of Mexico, inland. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Bay of Campeche ? A. It is the southern extension of the Gulf of Mexico, having the Mexican State of Yucatan on the E., and those of Tabasco and Vera Cruz on the S. and W. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Bay of Honduras ? A. It is in the W. part of the Caribbean Sea, having Guati mala on the S., and Balize and Yucatan on the W. (M. A.) This bay is situated on the E. coast of Central America, between the Cape of Honduras, near 1 6° N. lat., and 86° W. long., and Cape Catoche, •According to Mitchell it is 190 ms. long. 74 NORTH AMERICA. in about 21° 35' N. lat., and 87° W. long. The approach to the coasts of this Bay is very dangerous, especially during the prevalence of the northerly winds. Q. Where is the Bay of Guatimala ? A. It is on the E. coast of Guatimala, and leads into the Ca- ribbean Sea. (M. A.) SOUNDS. Q. Where is Norton's Sound ? A. It is on the W. coast of Russian America, and leads into the Pacific Ocean. (M. A.) Q. Where is Prince William's Sound ? A. It is on the S. coast of Russian America, and leads into the Pacific Ocean. (M. A.) Q. Where is Smith's Sound? A. It is in the N. part of Baffin's Bay, between Greenland, and the North Georgian Islands. (M. A.) Q. Where is Lancaster's Sound ? A. It separates N. Devon from Prince William's Land, and connects Baffin's Bay and the Polar Sea. (M. A.) This sound was by Parry called Barrow's Strait. It is the Sir James Lan- caster's Sound of Baffin, and is the connecting channel between Baffin's Bay on the E. and the Polar Sea on the W. It lies in a direction parallel to the Equator, between the latitudes of 73° 45' and 74° 40' N., its mouth in Baffin's Bay, being nearly on the 80th meridian. It is therefore, about 200 ms. in length from E. to W., and between 60 and 70 ms. in average width. Both shores are broken by a great number of Inlets, and that .of the Prince Regent, on the S., is of very considerable extent. The latter was found by Ross to terminate in a great Gulf, which he called Boothia. Its shores are desolate and barren, and are covered with ice and snow. Q. Where is Davy's Sound ? A. It is on the E. coast of Greenland, and leads into the Atlan- tic Ocean. (M. A.) Q. Where is Queen Charlotte's Sound ? A. It is on the W. coast of British America, between Wash- ington or Glueen Charlotte's, and Quadra and Vancouver Island, and leads into the Pacific Ocean. (M. A.) Q. Where is Albemarle Sound ? A. It is on the E. coast of the U. S., on the coast of N. C, in the N. E. part of the State, and leads into the Atlantic Ocean. (M. A.) This is a large Inlet from the Ocean, extending 60 ms. from E. to W., and is from 4 to 15 ms. wide. It communicates with Pamlico Sound on the S., and the Ocean E., by several narrow Inlets ; and with Chesapeake Bay by a canal through the Dismal Swamp. It receives the waters of the Roa- noke, Chowan, and some smaller rivers. Q. What is a Sound ? A. It is a narrow sea, so shallow that its depth may be mea- NORTH AMERICA. 75 sured by a line dropped from the surface to the bottom, as Long Island Sound, Pamlico Sound. (M. G. p. 40.) STRAITS. Q. Where is Bhering's Strait ? A. It separates America from Asia, and connects the Pacific with the Arctic Ocean. (M. A.) Q. Where is Davis' Strait ? A. It separates Greenland on the E. from Prince William's Land on the W., and connects Baffin's Bay with the Atlantic Ocean. (M. A.) This strait stretches N. N. W. and S. S. E., and where narrowest under .the Arctic Circle, it is from 150 to 160 ms. across ; but its length is not accurately determined. It derives its name from John Davis, an English navigator, by whom it was discovered between 1585 and 15S7. Q. Where are Cumberland, Frobisher's and Hudson's Straits ? A. They separate Prince William's Land from Labrador, and connect Hudson's Bay with the Atlantic Ocean. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Strait of Belleisle ? A. It separates Labrador from Newfoundland, and connects the Gulf of St. Lawrence, on the N. E., with the Atlantic Ocean. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Gut or Strait of Canso ? A. It separates Cape Breton Island from the peninsula of Nova Scotia, and connects the Gulf of St. Lawrence on the S. with the Atlantic Ocean. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Strait of Juan de Fuca? A. It separates Quadra and Vancouver's Island on the S. from Oregon Ter., and connects the Gulf of Georgia with the Pacific Ocean. (M. A.) Q. How wide is Bhering's Strait ? A. Forty miles. (M. A.) Q. Where is Prince Regent's Inlet ? A. It separates Boothia Felix from Prince William's Land, and connects the Gulf of Boothia with Barrow's Strait. (M. A.) Q. What is a Strait ? A. It is a narrow passage connecting different bodies of water, as the Strait of Gibraltar, &c. (M. G. p, 10.) LAKES. Q. Where is Great Bear Lake ? A. It is in the N. W. part of British America, and flows by the Bear Lake R. into Mackenzie's R. (M. A.) This is a very irregularly shaped and extensive sheet of fresh water ; be- tween about 65° and 67° N. Iat.,and under the 120th deg. of W. long. It is 1 60 ms. in length. 76 NORTH AMERICA. Q. Where is Great Slave Lake ? A. It is in British America, S. E. of Great Bear Lake, and flows into Mackenzie's R. (M. A.) This Lake is 300 ms. in length from E. to W. and from 60 to 100 ms. in width. It is full of wooded islands, and its outlet at the W. extremity, in long. 119° 30' W. lat. 61° 30' N., flows N. W. into the Polar Sea. Q. Where is Athabasca Lake ? A. It is in British America, S. E. of Great Slave Lake, and flows by the Slave R. into Great Slave Lake. (M. A.) This is an extensive Lake, being about 200 ms. in length, and from 14 to 15 ms. in average width. Fort Chippewyan, at its W.S.W. extremity, is in lat. 58° 42' N. long. 111° 18' W. It receives the Athabasca R. • and the Slave R. flows from it into Great Slave Lake, lying about 170 ms. N. E. Its N. shore is high and rocky, whence it is sometimes called the Lake of the Hills. Q. Where is Winnipeg Lake ? A. It is in the S. part of British America, S. E. of Athabasca Lake, and N. W. of Lake Superior, and flows by Nelson R. into Hudson's Bay. (M. A.) This Lake is between 50° 30' and 54° N. lat., and 95° 30' and 99° 30' W. long. Length about 250 ms. ; greatest breadth 70 ms. It receives the waters of several small lakes in every direction, and contains a number of small islands. Q. Where is Lake Superior ? A. It is between the U. S. and Canada West, and flows by St. Mary's Strait or River into Lake Huron. (M. A.) This is the largest and most westerly of the five great lakes, which are connected with the St. Lawrence R., and supposed to be the largest body of fresh water in the world. It lies between 46° 35' and 49° N. lat. and 84° 30' and 92° 20' W. long. Its length, following the bend of the lake, is about 430 ms. ; greatest breadth, above 160 ms. It is about 1200 or 1500 ms. in circumference., 900 ft. deep, and 641 ft. above the level of the Ocean. Area estimated at 28,000 sq. ms. The boundary between the U. S. and Canada passes through its central part. It contains many considerable islands, one of the largest of which, Isle Royal, is about 100 ms. long, and 40 ms. broad. Q. Where is Lake Huron 1 A. It lies on the boundary between the U. S. and Canada West, and between Lake Superior on the N. W., Lake Michigan on the N. W. and W., and Lakes Erie and Ontario on the S. and S.E., and flows by St. Clair River into Lake St. Clair, whence it flows by Detroit River into Lake Erie. (M. A.) This is one of the five great lakes of N. America, and its shape is so irregular that it is difficult accurately to determine its exact dimensions. It lies between 43° 5' and 46° 15' N. lat. and 80° and 84° 50' W. long. Its length, from S. S. E. to N.N. W., following the curve, is about 280 ms. ; its greatest breadth from E. to W. exclusive of Manitouline Lake, or NORTH AMERICA. 77 Georgian Bay, is near 100 ms. Area estimated at about 19,000 sq. ms. The greatest depth is at least 1000 ft. Lake Huron is divided into two un- equal portions by a long peninsula and the Manitouline chain of islands ; the parts to the N. and E. are called North Channel and Georgian Bay. The islands of Lake Huron are said to amount to 32,000. The bound- ary between the U. S. and Canada passes along the middle of the main Huron 225 ms. and between lesser Manitouline and Drummond's islands, by what is called the middle passage, and curves round to the N. and W. 25 ms. to the entrance of St. Mary's River. Q. Where is Lake Michigan ? Ji. It is in the N. part of the U. S., and the N.E. extremity communicates with the N. W. end of Lake Huron, by the Strait of Michilimacinac, or Mackinaw, by which, and its N. part, it separates the two peninsulas of the state of Michigan. (M. A.) This is one of the five great lakes of N. America connected with the R. St. Lawrence, and is the third in size, being inferior only to Lake Superior and Lake Huron. It lies wholly in the U, S., between 41° 38' 58" and I C° N. lat., and between 85° 50' and 88° W. long. Its length, about 320, but following the curve of the lake, is near 350 ms. ; its greatest breadth, about 90 ms. ; containing about 16,9SL sq. ms. The principal bays are Green Bay, on the N. W., and Great and Little Traverse Bays, on the E. It contains several islands in its N. part. The surface of this lake is about 600 ft. above the level of the sea ; its depth is stated to be 900 ft. Q. Where is Lake Erie ? A. It lies between the U. S. and Canada West ; it has the peninsula of Canada West on the N., and the States of Oo., Pa., and N.Y., on the S. and S.E., and flows, by Niagara R., into Lake Ontario. (M. A.) This is one of the five great lakes of N. America, between 41° 25' and 42° 55' N. lat., and between 78° 55' and 83° 34' W. long. It constitutes part of the boundary between the U. S. and Canada, has an elliptical shape, and is about 250 ms. long, and varies in its breadth from 10 to 63 ms. It receives at its W. end, through Detroit R., the discharge of water from the great upper lakes, and discharges its own waters through Niagara R., cele- brated for its stupendous water-fall, into Lake Ontario. Its surface is ele- vated 565 ft. above tide-water at Albany, 52 ft. below Lakes Michigan and Huron, and 322 ft. above the level of Lake Ontario. Its waters are more shallow than those of the other great lakes. The greatest depth which has been obtained by sounding, is 270 ft. Its mean depth is not over 120 ft. A little N. W. of the mouth of Sandusky Bay, is a group of Islands, called North, Middle and South Bass Islands. In the N. part of the S. Island, is Put-in Bay, which has 12 ft. of water, and affords the best harbour on the Lake, and is easily accessible. Into this harbour Commodore Perry brought his prizes, after the battle of Lake Erie. The battle was fought a little to the N.W. of this, Sept. 10th, 1813. Q. Where is Lake Ontario ? A. It is between the State of N. Y. and Canada West, and flows into the R. St. Lawrence, (M. A.) 78 NORTH AMERICA. This is the smallest and most easterly of the five great lakes of N. Ame- rica, which communicate with the R. St. Lawrence, situated between 43° 10' and 44° 10' N. lat., and 76° and 80° W. long. It receives Niagara R., the great outlet of the upper lakes, in its S.W. part, and has its outlet by St. Lawrence R. in its N. E. part ; in which, immediately below the lake, is the cluster denominated " the Thousand Islands." Its shape approaches to a long and narrow ellipse, being 190 ms. long, and 55 ms. wide in its widest part, and about 480 ms. in circumference. Area estimated at 5400 sq. ms. The boundary between the U. S. and Canada passes through the middle of the lake. The surface is about 334 ft. below that of Lake Erie, and 231 ft. above the tide-water in the St. Lawrence and Hudson. The greatest depth is upwards of 600 ft., so that its bottom is considerably below the level of the Atlantic. Lake Ontario is nearly 1000 ms. distant from the Atlantic Ocean. Q. Where is Lake Chapala ? A. It is in the S. part of Mexico, and flows by the River Grande into the Pacific Ocean. (M. A.) This lake is 90 ms. in length and 30 in breadth, and its E. end is about 200 ms. N.W. of the city of Mexico. Q. Where is Lake Nicaragua ? A. It is in the S. part of Guatimala, or Central America, and flows by the R. St. Juan into the Caribbean Sea. (M. A.) This is the most considerable lake of Central America, comprised within the State of Nicaragua, and extending principally between the 11th and 12th degs. of N. lat., and the 84th and 86th of W. long., about 12 ms. in a direct line from the Pacific, and 90 ms. from the Caribbean Sea. It is of an oval shape : length, N.W. to S. E., about 120 ms. ; average breadth, per- haps, about 40 ms. It has numerous creeks and harbours, and several islands. The surface of the lake is about 134 ft. and its bottom 42^ ft. (Eng.) above the level of the Pacific. At its W. extremity, the Lake cf Nicaragua is connected by a small r. with the Lake of Leon. The latter is 40 ms. in length by 20 in breadth, and is but 13 ms. from the Pacific, and 5 from the R. Tosta, which enters that ocean. Q. What are the lengths of the first four and of the last Lake ? Jl. According to Mitchell's Atlas, — Great Bear Lake is 160 ms. long ; Great Slave, 300 ; Athabasca, 200 ; Winnipeg, 300 ; Ni- caragua, 120. Q. What is a Lake? Jl. It is a collection of water, surrounded by land, as Lake Superior, Lake Winnipeg, or the Lake of Geneva, in Switzer- land. (M. G., p. 10.) PENINSULAS. Q. Where is the Peninsula of Alaska ? Jl. It is in the S. part of Russian America, and is surrounded by the Pacific Ocean. (M. A.) Q. Where is Melville Peninsula? A. It is in the N. part of British America, N. of Hudson's NORTH AMERICA. 79 Bay ; having Fox Channel on the S. E., Fury and Hecla Strait on the N., and the Gulf of Boothia on the W. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Peninsula of Greenland ? A. It is in the N. E. part of N. America, having S. and E. the Atlantic Ocean, and W. Baffin's Bay and Davis' Strait. (M. A.) Various concurrent accounts render it probable that Greenland is not, as was formerly supposed, a peninsula of the new continent, but an insular group, consisting of two or three large islands, surrounded by several other smaller ones. That portion which is best known is situated between Iceland and the American continent. The most southern point is Cape Farewell, in lat. 59° 49' N., long. 43° 54' W. A large portion of the eastern, as well as the whole northern coast, is still unexplored. The whole country may be re- garded as one enormous mass of rocks ; in many places it rises close to the water's edge into precipitous and lofty mountains, crowned with inaccessible cliffs. The climate is extremely cold, but very healthy. Pop. variously estimated at from 6000 to 20,000, all Esquimaux, except about 150 Euro- peans. Greenland belongs to Denmark. Q. Where is the Peninsula of Nova Scotia ? A. It is in the S. part of British America, having the Bay of Fundy and the Gulf of St. Lawrence on the N., and the Atlantic Ocean on the S. (M. A.) Nova Scotia (or New Scotland) is one of the British colonies of N. America, consisting of an oblong-shaped peninsula, between 43° 20' N. lat., and 61° and 66° 20' W. long. ; connected with New Brunswick by a low sandy isthmus, only 9 ms. across, and separated from Cape Breton by the narrow strait called the Gut of Canso. Its length, from Cape Canso on the E. to Cape St. Mary on the W., is above 260 ms. ; its greatest breadth, measuring on a line at right angles with the preceding, is about 100 ms. Area estimated at 15,620 sq. ms., about l-5th part of which consists of lakes, rivers, and salt-water inlets. Pop. in 1838, 155,000, now about 180,000. The government of Nova Scotia comprehends, in addition to the above peninsula, the island of Cape Breton. Q. Where is the Peninsula of Florida ? A. It is in the S. part of the U. S., having the Atlantic on the E., and the Gulf of Mexico on the S. and W. (M. A.) For a further description, see Florida, Lesson 109, Maps No. 5 and 12, — Key, pages 161-2. Q. Where is the Peninsula of Yucatan ? A. It forms the most E. part of Mexico, having the Caribbean Sea and the Bay of Honduras on the E., and the Gulf of Mexico and the Bay of Campeche on the N. and W. (M. A.) This Peninsula is principally included in the Mexican state of Yucatan, between 16° and 21° 40' N. lat., and 86° 45' and 91° W. long. Q. Where is the Peninsula of California ? A. It extends along the W. coast of N. America, having the Gulf of California on the E., and the Pacific Ocean on the S. and W. (M. A.) 80 NORTH AMERICA. This Peninsula is called Lower California. Upper California extend* from the extremity of the Gulf to the 42d parallel of N. lat. Q. Where is the Peninsula of Boothia Felix ? A. It is in the N. part of British America, having Prince Re- gent's Inlet on the E., the Gulf of Boothia on the S. E. and S., and the Polar Sea on the W. (M. A.) From the exploration of Messrs. Simpson and Dease, of the Hudson's Bay Company, it seems highly probable that Boothia Felix is an island, and not a peninsula. During the summer of 1839, these gentlemen traversed the unexplored coast of the Arctic Ocean, extending from Cape Turnagain, the eastern cape of Bathurst Inlet, and the easternmost point reached by Captain Franklin in 1821, to the Gulf of Boothia, an extent of about 400 miles. This exploration, with those previously made by Franklin, Beechey, and Ross, added to the earlier efforts of Hearne, Cook, and Mackenzie, has served to make known the continental shores of North America lying on the Arctic Ocean, stretching from Bhering's Straits to the Gulf of Boothia, a distance of 2500 miles. All these coasts are rugged and irregular, and are broken into innumerable bays and inlets. The climate is of the most rigorous character; the seas are thickly coated with ice, except during the three or four months of the short summer, during which time also the waters are filled with icy fragments, tossed about. The musk-ox, the wolf, and the fox, are the only animals which endure the rigour of winter in these regions ; the deer take their flight into milder climates. The shores, however, are often crowded with the walrus and the seal. A few scattered families of Esqui- maux wander along the shores and islands, constantly employed in providing for their wants, and defending themselves against the rigour of the climate, in which they display no small degree of industry, and even ingenuity. Q. What is a Peninsula ? A. It is a portion of land nearly surrounded by water. Africa and South America are Peninsulas. (M. G. p. 14.) CAPES. Q. Where is Cape Prince of Wales ? A. It is the W. extremity of America, on the E. side of Bhe- ring's Strait, opposite East Cape, on the shore of Asia. (M. A.) Q. Where is Cape Bathurst •? A. It is on the N. coast of British America. (M. A.) Q. Where is Cape Brewster ? A. It is on the E. coast of Greenland. (M. A.) Q. Where is Cape Farewell? A. It is the S. extremity of Greenland, at the entrance of Davis' Strait. (M. A.) Q. Where is Cape St. Lewis ? A. It is on the E. coast of Labrador, in British America. (M. A.) Q. Where is Cape Race ? A. It is the E. extremity of Newfoundland, and of N. Ame- rica. (M. A.) NORTH AMERICA. . 81 Q. Where is Cape Sable ? A. It is the S. extremity of Nova Scotia. (M. A.) Q. Where is Cape Cod ? A. It is on the E. coast of the U. S., being a Peninsula of Mass., on the S. side of Mass. Bay. (M. A.) This Cape lies S. and E. of a bay of the same name. (M. A.) Q. Where is Cape Hatteras 1 A. It is on the E. coast of the U. S. (M. A.) Q. Where is Cape Sable ? A. It is on the W. coast of Fa. (M. A.) Q. Where is Cape St. Antonio ? A. It is the W. extremity of Cuba. (M. A.) Q. Where is Cape Gracias a Dios ?* A. It is the most E. point of Guatimala. (M. A.) Q. Where is Cape Mendocino ? A. It is on the coast of Upper California. (M. A.) Q. Where is Moro Hermoso ? A. It is on the W. coast of Lower, or Old California. (M. A.) Q. Where is Cape St. Lucas? A. It is the most S. point of Lower, or Old California. (M. A.) Q. Where is Cape Gorda ? A. It is the most S. point of N. America. (M. A.) Q. Where is Point De Witt Clinton ? A. It is on the N. coast of British America. (M. A.) Q. Where is Point Beechy ? A. It is on the N. coast of Russian America. (M. A.) Q. Where is Point Barrow ? A. It is the N. extremity of Russian America. (M. A.) Capes are frequently called Points. (M. G., p. 86.) Q. What is a Cape or Point ? A. It is a point of land extending into the sea, as the Cape of Good Hope, Cape Horn, &c. (M. G., p. 14.) ISLANDS. Q. Where is Nunnivack Island ? A. It is in the Pacific Ocean, off the W. coast of Russian America. (M. A.) Q. Where is Kodiak Island ? A. It. is in the Pacific Ocean, off the S. coast of Russian Ame- rica, and E. of the Peninsula of Alaska. (M. A.) Q. W'here is Sitcha Island ? A. It is in the Archipelago of George III., which lies W. of the S. E. part of Russian America. (M. A.) * That is, « Grace of God." 82 NORTH AMERICA. Q. Where is Washington. or Queen Charlotte's Island? A. It is in the Pacific Ocean, off the W. coast of British Ame- rica. (M. A.) Q. Where is Quadra and Vancouver's Island ? A. It is in the Pacific Ocean, on the W. coast of British Ame- rica, separated from the mainland by the Gulf of Georgia, and from the U. S. by the Strait of Juan de Fuca. (M. A.) This island is 300 ms. in length, and 80 in its greatest breadth. Q. Where are the North Georgian Islands ? A. They are in the Arctic Ocean, lying to the N. of British America. (M. A.) Melville Island, the most westerly of these, upwards of 100 ms. both in length and breadth, and in lat. 75° N., is memorable as containing the spot where Captain Parry spent two years, and braved with success the extremest rigour of an arctic winter. The sun disappeared on the 4th of November, and was not seen till the 3d of February following. A succession of islands extends eastward from the one now described ; first the small one of Byam Martin, then that of Bathurst, almost equal to Melville; and nextCornwallis, also of considerable size. Only the southern coasts were seen by Captain Parry, (their discoverer,) as he sailed along ; and their aspect appears closely to resemble Melville Island. Cornwallis is separated by Wellington Channel from an extensive coast, which received the name of North Devon, and reaches to the shores of Baffin's Bay ; hut whether it forms a continuous tract with Greenland, or is composed of one or more islands, remains yet to be discovered. Q. Where is Southampton Island ? A. It is in the N. part of Hudson's Bay. (M. A.) Q. Where is Disco Island ? A. It is in Disco Bay, on the W. coast of Greenland. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Island of Newfoundland? A. It is situated in the Atlantic Ocean, S. E. of Labrador, from which it is separated by the narrow Strait of Belleisle. This is a large island of British America, between lat. 46° 40' and 51° 37' N., and long. 52° 25' and 59° 15' W. Its form approaches that of a triangle. Length of a curved line passing through its centre, 420 ms. ; greatest breadth, near 300 ms. Area estimated at 56,000 sq. ms. Pop. fluc- tuating, in consequence of many persons, who visit the island in the fishing season, leaving it during winter: according to the census of 1836, it amounted to 73,705, but is now estimated at 82,000. Q. Where is Anticosti Island ? A. It is in the mouth of the St. Lawrence R. ; N. of Prince Edward's Island, and W. of Newfoundland. (M. A.) This Island is about 130 ms. long, and 30 broad. It is uncultivated and uninhabited, with the exception of two families, who have been established here for the purpose of assisting persons cast away on the coast. Q. Where is Prince Edward's Island ? A. It is in the S. W. part of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, lying NORTH AMERICA. 83 N. of the Peninsula of Nova Scotia, S. of Anticosti Island, W. of Cape Breton Island, and E. of New Brunswick. (M. A.) This Island belongs to Great Britain, and lies between 45° 56' and 47° 5' N. lat., and 62° and 64° 25' W. long. Length from east to west about 100 ms., and of a curved line passing through its centre, 140 ms.; greatest breadth, 37 ms. Pop. about 35,000. Q. Where is Cape Breton Island ? A. It is in the S. extremity of the Gulf of St. Lawrence ; lying E. of Prince Edward's Island, and between the N. end of Nova Scotia, from which it is separated by the Gut of Canso, and the S. W. point of Newfoundland, from which it is separated by the principal entrance into the Gulf of St. Lawrence. (M. A.) This island lies between 45° 27' and 47° 4' N. lat. and 59° 45' and 61° 38' W. long. Its length is about 110 ms., its greatest breadth, 85 ms. The area is probably about 4000 sq. ms. Pop. in 1827, 18,700; now, 20,000. It extends in a N. by E. direction, forming a barrier between the Atlantic Ocean and the Gulf, which it completely landlocks, and forms into a large inland sea. It belongs to Great Britain. Q. Where are the Bermudas Islands ? A. They are in the Atlantic Ocean, lying E. of the U. S. (M. A.) The Bermudas or Somers' Islands, are a group in the Atlantic Ocean, belonging to Great Britain, said to be above 350 in number ; in about lat. 32° 20' N., and long. 04° 50' W. ; 645 ms. N. E. of Atwood's Keys, the nearest of the W. India Islands, and 580 ms. from Cape Hatteras, in N. C, and 900 ms. E. of Savannah. The principal islands are St. George's, St. David's, Long Island (or Bermuda), Somerset, and Ireland. The Bermudas are estimated to contain about 20 sq. ms. or from 12,000 to 13,000 acres. White pop. in 1837, 4033 ; coloured and free blacks, 4422, the whole now estimated at 9000. The climate of the Bermudas is that of perpetual spring. The name is derived from the supposed discoverer, Bermudez, a Spaniard, who is said to have touched here in 1522. Q. Where are the Bahama Islands? A. The Bahamas, or Lueayos, are a chain of low islands in the Atlantic Ocean, extending in a S. E. and N. W. direction, between the N. side of Hayti in the W. Indies, and the coast of E. Fa., in the U. S. and are the most N. group of the W. Indies. (M. A.) The Bahamas consist of several hundred islands, of various magnitudes, extending nearly 600 ms. from Turk's Island, in 21° 23', to the Mautanilla reef, in 27° 50' N. lat., and from 71° 5' to 79° 5' W. long. Some of the largest islands, as the Great Bahama, and Lucayo (now called Abaco), with many smaller ones, remain without inhabitants. They belong to Great Britain. Guanahani, St. Salvador, or Cat, one of these islands, was the first land discovered by Columbus, on the 1 2th of Oct., 1492. Like the neigh- bouring islands, it was densely peopled by Indians, who were harmless and inoffensive. The total number of sq. ms. in the Bahamas, including all the islands from New Providence to Key Sal and Anguilla, is, according to Porter's 84 NORTH AMERICA. Tables, 5424. The pop. in 1832, was 4674 whites, 4069 colored and free blacks, and 9765 slaves. In 1837 the total pop. was 19,943 ; it is now about 22,000. Q. Where are the West Indies ? A, They are situated in the wide interval of sea between N. and S. America, extending in a curve from the shore of Fa., on the N. peninsula of America, to the shores of Venezuela on the southern. On the E. and N. they are bounded by the Atlantic ; on the S. the Caribbean Sea separates them from the coast of Colombia ; on the W. the broad expanse of the Gulf of Mexico is interposed between them and that part of the continent. (M. A.) West Indies is the name given to the Archipelago which separates the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea from the Atlantic, situated between 10° and 27° N. lat. and 59° 30' and 85° W. long. The W. Indian Archipelago is divided into three principal groups, the Bahamas, the Great Antilles, and the Little Antilles. The individual islands, with the excep- tion of Hayti (which is independent), are owned by different European powers. The Spanish possessions are the largest, comprehending more than half the area of the archipelago. They are Cuba, Porto Rico, with the little island of Culebra, and the Isle of Pines. The French possess Guadaloupe, Martinique, and Mariegalante, with a few adjacent islets, and part of St. Martin's ; to the Danes belong St. John, St. Thomas, and Santa Cruz ; to the Dutch, the three little islands of St. Eustatia, Saba, and St. Martin's ;* to the Swedes, the small island of St. Bartholomew. The English possess the Bahamas, Jamaica, Anguilla, Barbuda, Antigua, St. Christopher, Nevis, Montserrat, Dominica, St. Lucia, Barbadoes, St. Vincent, Grenada, Tcbago, and Trinidad, besides some smaller islands. Q. Where is the Island of Cuba 1 Ji. It is in the West Indies, lying S. of the U. S., E. of Mexico, and N. of Jamaica, being the largest of the Great Antilles. (M. A.) Cuba is an island belonging to Spain, being the largest, most flourishing and important of the W. Indian Isles. Its figure is long and narrow, approach- ing to that of a crescent, with its convex side looking towards the Arctic Pole ; its W. portion, lying between Fa. and the peninsula of Yucatan, leaves two entrances into the Gulf of Mexico. It is situated between 19° 47' and 23° 9' N. Iat., and 74° and 85° W. long. Length, following the curve of the island, about 760 ms. ; its breadth, which is very irregular, varies from 130 to 25 ms. The area is computed at 42,212 sq. ms. Pop. in 1831, 830,000; estimated in 1846 at 1,128,000. Cuba was discovered by Colum- bus, on his first voyage, in 1492 ; in 1511 the Spauiards made their first settlement, since which time it has remained in their possession. Havana is the chief town, and seat of government. Q. Where is the Island of Hayti ? A. It is in the W. Indies, and next to Cuba, the largest of the Great Antilles ; having N. the Atlantic Ocean, E. the Mona passage, separating it from Porto Rico; S. the Caribbean Sea, * St. Martin's belongs jointly to the Dutch and French. NORTH AMERICA. 85 and W. the Windward passage, which lies between it and Cuba and Jamaica. (M. A.) Hatti, or Haiti, called also St. Domingo and Hispaniola, next to Cuba the largest of the W. India Islands, is situated between 17° 41' and 19° 59' N. lat., and 68° 25' and 74° 34' W. long. Its shape is somewhat triangu- lar, the apex directed eastward ; but it has several considerable peninsulas and promontories, which render its outline very irregular. Its extreme length, from E. to W., is about 400 ms. ; its breadth varies from 40 ms., near its E. extremity, to 155 ms. about its centre. The area is computed at about 25,000 sq. ms. The pop., in 1826, was, according to Balbi, 800,000, but some others estimate it considerably higher. This island was discovered by Columbus, in his first voyage, and from him received the name of His- paiiola, that is, « Little Spain." It was called, afterwards, St. Domingo, from the town of this name, which was one of the first settlements made on the island. The name of Haiti was given to it by Dessalines, the first Hay- tien emperor, after he had expelled the French, in 1803. It is said to be the original Indian name of the island, and to signify « mountainous." Hayti forms a Republic, with a President, chosen for life, and assisted by a legislature, consisting of two houses, a senate and a house of representatives. On the expulsion of the late president, Boyer, the eastern, or Spanish portion of the island, separated itself from the former government, and now consti- tutes the Independent Republic of St. Domingo. Port au Prince is the capital of the old, and St. Domingo of the new Republic. Q. Where is the Island of Jamaica ? A. It is in the West Indies, and the third in point of size of the Great Antilles; lying S. of Cuba, W. of Hayti, and N. E. of Guatimala. (M.*A.) Jamaica (Nat. Xaymdcd) is the largest of the British W. India Islands. It lies in the Caribbean Sea, between lat. 17° 44' and 18° 30' N., and long. 76° 12' and 78° 25' W. ; about 100 ms. S. of Cuba, and 120 ms. W. of Hayti, from which it is separated by the Windward Channel. Shape nearly oval ; greatest length, E. to W., 150 ms. ; average breadth, nearly 40 ms. Area estimated at 6250 sq. ms. As no complete census has ever been taken, the pop. is not accurately known ; it is, however, estimated at 375,000. In 1834, there were 297,186 negro slaves, all of whom were set free on the 1st of August, 1838. Spanish Town is the capital. Q. Where is the Island of Porto Rico ? A. It is in the W. Indies, being the smallest and most easterly of the Great Antilles ; having N. the Atlantic Ocean, and S. the Caribbean Sea, separated on the E. from the Virgin Islands by the Virgin Passage, and from Hayti on the W. by Mona Passage, 80 ms. across. (M. A.) Porto Rico (Span. Puerto Rico, i. e. "rich port,") is one of the W. India islands, belonging to Spain, and deriving its name from its chief town, St. Johns, or San Juan de Porto Rico, situated between 17° 50' and 18° 32' N. lat., and 65° 43' and 67° 20' W. long. Its form is almost a paral- lelogram, the N. and S. coast-lines running nearly due E. and W. Length, E. to W., 100 ms. ; greatest breadth about 40 ms. Area, 3700 sq.ms. Un- der the old colonial system of Spain, in 1788, the pop. did not exceed 8 OD NORTH AMERICA. 80,650; whereas'it amounted, in 1836, according to the official returns, to 357,086, of whom only 41,818 were slaves. It has doubtless increased in pop. since that time, but we have no information in regard to the amount. Q. Where are the Caribbee Islands ? A. They are a series of small islands, being the most eastern group of the W. Indies, situated in the Caribbean Sea, and ex- tending from Porto Rico to Trinidad, which is included. (M. A.) Caribbee Islands is the name of that portion of the W. Indies that includes the vast chain of islands which extends, in a circular sweep, from Porto Rico on the N. to Trinidad on the S. They comprise the Windward and Leeward Islands. The principal islands, reckoning from the N., are Santa Cruz, St. Christopher's * Antigua, Guadeloupe, Dominica, Martinico or Martinique, St. Lucia, Barbadoes, St. Vincent, Grenada, Tobago, and Trini- dad. The name is derived from the Caribs, or Caribbees, a tribe of S. Ame- rican aborigines, who, when Columbus discovered America, were in posses- sion of the smaller W. India Islands ; from which, however, they have been nearly extirpated by the Europeans. The Caribbee Islands are divided into the Leeward and Windward groups ; the first consists of the islands that lie between Porto Rico and Martinico, the latter included. The Windward Islands comprise the remainder of the Caribbees. The most northern of the Leeward Islands, viz. Anegada, Virgin Gorda, Tortola, St. Thomas', St. John's, Culebra, and Bicque, are called the Virgin Islands. Q. Where are the Islands of Curacoa, Margarita, Buen Ayre, Oruba, Tortuga, and Orchilla ? A. They are situated in the Caribbean Sea ; lying off the N. coast of S. America, being the islands that form the Little Antilles. (M. A.) Clhacoa is situated in the Caribbean Sea, in about lat. 12° 6' N., and long. 69° W. Its length is 35 ms. ; its greatest breadth 6 ms. It was ori- ginally settled by the Spaniards, but at present it belongs to Holland. Margabtta is in the Caribbean Sea, off the N. coast of S. America, and belongs to Venezuela. Lat. about 11° N., long. 64° W. Length about 45 ms. ; greatest breadth above 20 ms. Q. What are Islands 1 A. They are portions of land, entirely surrounded by water, as the British Islands, or Newfoundland. (M. G. p. 14.) NORTH AMERICA. Page 87. — Lesson 63. —Map No. 4. MOUNTAINS. Q. Where are the Rocky Mts., and what is their length?. A. The Rocky Mts., called also Chippewyan Mts., is a chain in the W. part of N. America, which commences in the N. part * Called by sailors, familiarly, St. Kitt's. NORTH AMERICA. 87 of Mexico, and runs, nearly N. N. W., through the whole extent of the continent ; or, in other words, they extend through Russian America, British America, and the U. States, and are 4000 ms. in length. (M. A.) This chain, though forming a part of the vast mountain system, which extends through the whole length of America, is not, as was formerly sup- posed, continuous with the Cordilleras of Mexico. With a large part of the Rocky Mountains we are but very imperfectly acquainted. Mount Brown and Mount Hooker, situated near 53° N. lat., and between 115° and 117° W. long., are the highest of this chain that have yet been measured, the for- mer having an elevation of near 16,000 ft., the latter of 15,700 ft. Between 42° and 42° 40' N. lat., and near 110° W. long., there is a break in this mountain chain, called the South Pass, or Fremont's Pass, through which there is an easy road, the ascent and descent being so gradual that it is scarcely perceptible. Q. Where is the Sierra Nevada or Snowy Range ? A. It is in the W. part of Upper or New California. (M. A.) This range of mountains was first explored by Captain, now Colonel Fremont, U. S. A. During the winter of 1843-4, he travelled along its base for a distance of 1000 miles : he estimates its loftiest peaks at 15,500 feet in height. It is constantly covered with snow, hence its name. Q. Where are the Alleghany Mts. ? and what is their length ? A. They are in the E. part of the U. S., extending from the Catskill Mts. in N. Y., in a S. W. direction to Ga. and Ala., where they sink to elevated hills ; they separate Tenn. and N. C, and are 900 miles long. They run in separate and somewhat parallel ridges, with a breadth of from 50 to 200 ms., and at a distance from the Atlantic of from 50 to 130 ms., and terminate in the Catskill Mts. E. of the Hudson R., though some choose to extend them much farther to the N. E., reaching to the White Mts. in N. H., and even farther. But N. E. of the Catskill the range is not continuous and well defined. They are also sometimes called the Appala- chian Mts. They consist of a number of ridges, denominated the Blue Ridge, North Mountain, Jackson's Mountain, Laurel Mountain, Cumber- land Mountain, &c. This great chain divides the waters which flow into the Atlantic on the E., from those which flow into the Mississippi and the Lakes to the N. and W. Q. Where are the Arctic Highlands ? A. They are in the N. part of Greenland. (M. A.) Q. Where are the Mexican Cordilleras ? A. They extend through the central part of Mexico. (M. A.) This is the name given to the Mexican portion of the great mountain chain which traverses the American continent from N. to S. The highest sum- mits are Popocatepetl and the peak of Orizaba. Q. Where is Mount St. Elias ? A. It is in the S. E. part of Russian America. (M. A.) £8 NORTH AMERICA. Q. Where is Mount Brown ? A. It is the highest Peak in the Rocky Mts. that has yet been measured, in the W. part of British America. (M. A.) Q. Where is Mount Hooker ? A. It is in the W. part of British America, S. of Mount Brown, being, next to it, the highest peak of the Rocky Mts. that has yet been measured. (M. A.) Q. Tell the heights of the last three Mts. A. Mount St. Elias is 17,900ft. ; Mount Brown, 16,000; Mt. Hooker, 15,700. (M. A.) Q. Where is Fremont's Peak ? A. It is on the boundary between Missouri, and Oregon terri- tories. (M. A.) This mountain, which is elevated 13,570 feet above the Gulf of Mexico, is named after Captain, now Colonel. Fremont, U. S. A., who ascended to its summit, August 15th, 1842, and determined its height and character. Q. Where is Long's Peak ? A. It is in the W. part of the U. States. (M. A.) Q. Where is Pike's Peak? A. It is in the W. part of the U. States, S. E. of Long's. Q. Where are the Spanish Peaks ? A. They are in the N. W. part of Texas. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Volcano of Popocatpetl ? A. It is in the S. part of Mexico. (M. A.) This is the most elevated mountain summit in N. America, among those which have been measured with any accuracy. Height 17,723 ft. Lat.- about 19° N., long. 98° 33' W. Q. Where is the Water Volcano ? A. It is in the N. W. part of Guatimala. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Volcano of Consiguina 1 A. It is in the S. part of Guatimala. (M. A.) Q. What is a Volcano ? A. It is a burning mountain, with an opening at the top, called a crater. (M. G. p. 15.) RIVERS. Q. Where is Mackenzie's River ? A. It is in British America. It originates in the Great Slave Lake, and, flowing north-westerly, empties itself into the Polar Sea, in about 69° N. lat., and 135° W. long. (M. A.) Q. Where is Great Fish River ? A. It is in British America, rises N. E. of Great Slave Lake, flows first E., then N. E., and empties into the Gulf of Boothia. (M. A.) Q. Where is Churchill River ? A. It is in British America, rises S. of Athabasca Lake, flows in a general course N. E., and empties into Hudson's Bay. (M. A. ) NORTH AMERICA. 89 Q. Where is Nelson River ? A. It is in British America ; it forms the outlet of Lake Win- nipeg, flows N. E., and empties into Hudson's Bay. (M. A.) Nelson R. may be regarded as the lower portion of the Saskatchawan, which rises in the Rocky Mts. and flows into Lake Winnipeg. Q. Where is the St. Lawrence River ? A. It issues from Lake Ontario, in about 44° 10' N. lat., and 78° 30' W. long., and flowing north-easterly, falls into the Gulf of St. Lawrence, in about 49° 30' N. lat., and 64° W. long. (M. A.) During a part of its course it forms the boundary line between the British N. American territories and those of the U. S. (M. A.) For a further description, see Key, pages 114, 115. Q. Where is Frazer's River ? A. It is in British America, rises in the Rocky Mts., flows first N. W., then S. and W., and empties into Howe's Sound, a tributary of the Gulf of Georgia, in 49° 7' N. lat. (M. A.) Q. Where is Columbia River ? A. It is chiefly in Oregon territory ; its N. branch rises in the Rocky Mts., in 50° N. lat., and 116° W. long., and thence pursues a northern route to near McGillivray's pass in the Rocky Mts. It then turns S. and proceeds to Fort Colville. To the S. of this it tends to the W. Thence it pursues a westerly course for 60 ms. It thence passes to the southward until it reaches Wallawalla, in 45° N. lat. It now takes its last turn to the westward, and empties into the Pacific Ocean between Cape Disappointment and Point Adams. (M. A.) Q. Where is Sacramento River ? (Rio Sacramento.) A. It is in the N. W. part of Upper or New California ; rises in Winter Range, in the S. part of Oregon, and flows first S. W., and afterwards E. of S., and empties itself into S. Francisco Bay. Q. Where is Colorado River ? A. It is in Upper or New California ; rises in the Mexican Cordilleras, flows S. S. W., and empties into the Gulf of Cali- fornia. (M. A.) It is called Rio Colorado, or Red River, because, owing to the fall of rains upon the red clayey soil of which its banks consist, its waters assume that colour. Q. Where is the Rio Grande del Norte ? A. Through the whole of its course, it forms the boundary between the U. S. and Mexico ; rises in the Mexican Cordilleras, and, flowing in a general south-easterly direction, falls into the Gulf of Mexico, near 28° N. lat. and 97° 20' W, long. (M. A.) This river is also called the Rio Bravo, or Rio Bravo Del Norte, that is, the « rapid river of the North," but is now best known as the Rio Grande. 8* 90 NORTH AMERICA. Q. Where is the Brazos River ? A. It is in Texas, rises in about lat. 33° N., flows in a general course nearly S. E., and empties into the Gulf of Mexico, in about 28° 50' N. lat., and 95° 20' W. long. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Mississippi River ? A. It extends through the middle of the U. S., and forms, with the Missouri, its principal affluent, the longest river in the world. It rises from two small lakes, in about 47° 10' N. lat., and 95° 54' W. long., and, after pursuing a S. E. course of about 600 ms., reaches the falls of St. Anthony, where it descends perpendicu- larly 16 ft., and where are 58 ft. of rapids. Thence it flows a south-easterly, and then southerly direction; and, after forming the boundary between Mo., Ark., and La., on the.W., and 111., Ky., Tenn., and Miss., on the E., discharges its waters, through many mouths,* into the Gulf of Mexico. (M. A.) This is the largest river in the U. S., and it is undoubtedly also one of the noblest in the world; whether we consider its great length, its vast tributaries, the extent of country which it drains, and the distance to which it is navigable, it well deserves the title, which the Indians give it, of the " father of waters." The import in the Algonquin Indian language, which prevails in its upper parts, of Missi Sepe, the name by which it is desig- nated, is Great River. It drains a country of over 1,000,000 sq. ms. in extent, eminently fertile, sending through it to its destined market a vast amount of produce, and receiving in return the productions of other parts of the world. Its reputed source was discovered by Schoolcraft, July 13th, 1832, to be Itasca Lake, in 47° 10' N. lat., and 95° 54' W. long., at an elevation of 1500 ft. above the ocean, and 2800 ms.f from its entrance into the Gulf of Mexico. J. N. Nicollet, in his map and report of the Basin of the Upper Mississippi river, published by order of the U. S. Senate, 1843, lays down the actual source in a small lake about 5 ms. S. S.W. of lake Itasca. About half-way from its source, it receives the Missouri, a river much longer than itself, and which ought clearly to be considered as the main stream ; for our capricious nomenclature cannot alter the relations of nature. But the Mississippi, having been first discovered and explored, has retained its name to the Gulf of Mexico. This error being now past remedy, the Missouri must be considered as a tributary of the Mississippi. Q. Give the lengths of all these rivers, and the parts of the Ocean into which they flow. A. Mackenzie's R. is 2500 ms. long, and flows into the S. part of the Polar Sea : — Great Fish R. is 600, and flows into tiie W. part of the Gulf of Boothia : — Churchill R. is 900, and flows into the W. part of Hudson's Bay: — Nelson R. is 1600, and flows * The principal of which are called the Balize, or North-east Pass, in 29° 7' N. lat., and 89° 10' W. long., and the South-west Pass, in 29° N. lat., and 89° 25' W. long. \ Or, if we measure from the head of the Missouri, which may be regarded as its true source, it will amount to 4100 ms. NORTH AMERICA. 91 into the S.W. part of Hudson's Bay : — St. Lawrence R. is 2200 (including the lakes), and flows into the N. W. part of the Gulf of St. Lawrence : — Frazer's R. is 750, and flows into the E. part of the Gulf of Georgia : — Columbia R. is 1200, and flows into the North Pacific Ocean : — Rio Sacramento R. is 400, and flows into the N. E. part of S. Francisco Bay : — Colorado R. is 1100, and flows into the N. part of the Gulf of California : — Rio Grande is 1800, and flows into the W. part of the Gulf of Mexico : — Brazos R. is 650, and flows into the N. W. part of the Gulf of Mexico : — Mississippi R., including the Missouri, is 4100, and flows into the N. part of the Gulf of Mexico. (M. A.) Q. What is a River ? A. It is a stream of fresh water, running from springs or from lakes, into the ocean, as the Mississippi, the Amazon, &c. (M. a, P . ii.) Q. What stream do you observe extending along the east coast of the U. States from Florida to the Grand Bank of Newfoundland ? A. Gulf Stream. (M. A.) DISTANCES. Q. How many miles is it from Labrador to Russia ? A. 3400. (M. A.) Q. From Labrador to Denmark ? A. 2600. (M. A.) Q. From Quadra and Vancouver's island to Mongolia ? A. 4100. (M. A.) Q. From California to Corea ? A. 5200. (M. A.) Q. From California to Thibet? A. 9500. (M. A.) Q. From California to Hindostan ? A. 10,600. (M. A.) Q. From the U. States to Greece ? A. 5000. (M. A.) Q. From the Bermudas to Madeira ? A. 2800. (M. A.) Q. From the U. States to Egypt ? A. 6600. (M. A.) Q. From Guatimala to Hindostan ? A. 12,200. (M.A.) POPULATION OF CITIES. Q. Which are the seven largest cities in North America? The population of these is 80,000 and upwards. A. Boston, New York, Philadelphia, Baltimore, New-Orleans, Havana, and Mexico. (M. A.) 92 RUSSIAN AMERICA. There are ten cities that contain between 40,000 and 60,000 inhabitants each. Q. "Which are they ? A. Montreal, Cincinnati, San Luis Potosi, Guadalaxara, Oaxaca, and Guanaxuato, Queretaro, La Puebla, New Guatimala, and Puerto Principe. (M. A.) There are seventeen cities that contain between 20,000 and 38,000 inhabitants each. Q. Which are they ? A. Quebec, St. John's, N. B., Albany, Washington, Richmond, Pittsburg, Louisville, Charleston, Zacetecas, Durango, Valladolid, Leon, Cartago, St. Jago, Kingston, St. John's, P. R., and Mata- moras. (M. A.) Q. What is a city ? A. It is a large collection of houses and inhabitants. (M. G. p. 37.) RUSSIAN AMERICA. Page 88.— Lesson 64.— Map No. 4. Q. What Sea bounds Russian America on the north ? A. Polar. Q. What Ocean on the south ? A. Pacific. Q. What country on the east ? A. British America. Q. What is the most northern point ? A. Point Barrow. Q. The most western cape ? A. Prince of Wales. Q. What peninsula in the south ? A. Alaska. Q. What two mountains in the south-east ? A. Mount St. Elias, and Mount Fairweather. Q. On what island is New Archangel situated ? A. Sitcha. For a further description see Key, page 81. GREENLAND. Page 89. — Lesson 65. — Map No. 4. Q. What Bay bounds Greenland on the west ? A. Baffin's. BRITISH AMERICA. 93 Q. What Ocean on the east ? A. Atlantic. Q. What is its southern Cape ? A. Farewell. Q. What missionary stations on the west coast ? A. Holsteinborg, Sukkertop, New Hernhut, Lichtenfels, Julian- shaab, and Lichtenau. Q. What land on the east coast ? A. Scoresby's. Q. Does the largest or smallest part of Greenland lie north of the Arctic circle ? A. Largest. • Q. What Zone then is it in ? A. North Frigid. For a further description see Key, page 32. BRITISH AMERICA. Page 90.— Lesson 66.— Map No. 4. Q. What bounds' British America on the north ? A. Polar Sea. Q. On the west 1 A. Russian America. Q. On the south ? A. U. S. Q. On the east ? A. Atlantic Ocean. Q. What separates it from Greenland ? A. Baffin's Bay. Q. In what continent is British America ? A. Western. Q. What circle extends through the north part ? A. Arctic. Q. In what zone is that part of it which lies north of the Arctic Circle ? A. North Frigid. Q. In what zone is the southern part ? A. North Temperate. Q. In what latitude is British America ? A. North Latitude. Q. In what longitude from Greenwich ? A. West Longitude. For a further description see Key, page 68. 94 NEW BRITAIN. NEW BRITAIN. Pages 91-2. — Lesson 67. — Map No. 4. Q. What territory on the east coast ? A. Labrador. Q. On the west ? A. New Caledonia. Q. East side of Hudson's Bay ? A. East Main. Q. West side ? .#. New North Wales, and New South Wales. Q. On the coast of Baffin's Bay ? A. Prince William's Land. Q. West of the Gulf of Boothia? A. Boothia Felix. Q. East of Bathurst Inlet ? A. Victoriana. Q. What large bay in New Britain ? A. Hudson's. Q. How long and wide is it ? A. 1200 ms. long, and 600 wide. (M. A.) Q. Between New Britain and Greenland ? A. Baffin's. Q. How wide is it ? A. 350 ms. (M. A.) Q. Name the four largest lakes in New Britain. A. Great Bear, Great Slave, Athabasca, and Winnipeg. Q. The length of each. A. Great Bear, 160 ms. ; Great Slave, 300 ; Athabasca, 200 ; Winnipeg, 300. (M. A.) Q. What large river flows into the Polar Sea ? A. Mackenzie's. Q. Its length? A. 2500 ms. (M. A.) Q. What two rivers flow into Lake Athabasca ? A. Peace, and Athabasca. Q. Their lengths ? A. Peace, 800 ; Athabasca, 600. (M. A.) Q. What river flows into Lake Winnipeg ? A. Saskatchawan. Q. Its length ? A. 1200 ms. (M. A.) Q. What river connects Lake Winnipeg with Hudson's Bay ? A. Nelson. CANADA WEST. ' 95 Q. Which are the principal forts ? A. York, Reliance, Resolution, Churchill, Severn, Albany, and Moose. Fort York is the chief station of the Hudson's Bay Company, and the residence of the Governor. Q. The principal Indian tribes ? A. Copper Indians, Dog Rib, Chipewayans, Knistineaux, Black Feet, and Abbitibbes. Q. What mountains are in the west part of New Britain ? A. Rocky. Q. Their length ? A. 4000 ms. Q. Which are the two highest ? A. Mt. Brown, and Mt. Hooker. Q. The height of each ? A. Mt. Brown, 16,000 ft. ; Mt. Hooker, 15,700. (M. A.) Area of New Britain in sq. ms. 1,852,000.— Pop., 40,000. CANADA WEST. Page 93.— Lesson 68.— Map No. 5. Q. What lakes separate Canada West from the U. States ? A. Ontario, Erie, Huron, and Superior. Q. What river, in part, from New York ? A. St. Lawrence. Q. What river from Canada East ? A. Ottawa. Q. What is the eastern part of Lake Huron called ? A. Manitouline Lake, or Georgian Bay. Q. What isles in the north part? A. Manitouline. Q. What island in the western part of Lake Superior? A. Royale. Q. What is the length of Lakes Superior, Huron, Erie, and Ontario ? A. Superior, 430 ms. ; Huron, 280; Erie, 250; Ontario, 190. (M. A.) Q. On Map No. 14, tell who was defeated on the River Thames, in 1813. A. Proctor, (a British General). Q. Who was killed there ? A. Tecumseh. He was a celebrated Indian chief. 96 CANADA EAST. Q. On Map No. 11, tell what battles were fought in 1814, near the Falls of Niagara. A. Fort Erie, and Chippewa. (M. A.) CANADA EAST. Page 95.— Lesson 69. — Map No, 5. Q. What country lies west of Canada East ? A. Canada West. Q. What two States lie south ? A. N. Y., and Vt. Q. What State lies east ? A. Me. Q. The principal river ? A. St. Lawrence. Q. Its length ? A. 2200 ms. {This includes the lakes.) (M. A.) Q. What Lake does the Saguenay flow from ? A. St. John's. Q. The length of the Saguenay ? ^. 400 ms. (M. A.) Q. The Ottawa? A. 600 ms. (M. A.) Q. What River unites Lakes Champlain and St. Peter's ? A. Sorelle. This river is known also by the names of the Chambly and Richelieu. Q. The population of Quebec ? A. 30,000. (M. A.) Q. Of Montreal ? A. 40,000. (M. A.) Q. What three Lakes are in Lower Canada (Canada East) ? A. St. John's, St. Peter's, and Temiscanning. Canada is a vast territory of N. America, belonging to Great Britain, lying principally in a N. E. and S. W. direction, along the N. side of the St. Lawrence, and the N. and E. sides of Lakes Ontario, Erie, Huron, and Superior, extending from 64° 15' to near 91° W. long., and from 41° 45' to 52° N. lat. The other portion of Canada, or that on the S. side of the St. Lawrence, is of comparatively limited dimensions : it stretches along the river from near Montreal to point Gaspe, at its embouchure, having on the S. the territory of the U. S. and New Brunswick. On the N., Canada has Labrador and the inhospitable territories belonging to the Hudson's Bay Company, the boundary in this direction being the elevated ground, or water-shed, separating the rivers which run S. to the St. Lawrence and tho great lakes from those which run N. to Davis's Strait and Hudson's Bay.* * Or, it is bounded N. by the British possessions round Hudson's Bay and by Labrador, E. by the Gulf of St. Lawrence, S.. by New Brunswick NEW BRUNSWICK. 97 Canada was formerly divided into Upper and Lower, or, as they might have been designated, English and French Canada, but the two provinces were united under one government in 1841, by act of the British parliament. At the same time the name of the Upper Province was changed to Canada West, and of the Lower to Canada East, without, however, any change of boundaries. The Ottowa or Grand R., which has its sources in about 48° 30' N. lat., and 80' W. long., and flows in an E. S. E. direction till it unites with the St. Law- rence, near Montreal, forms, nearly in its whole extent, the line of demarcation between the two provinces ; Lower Canada (Canada East) comprises the whole territory lying N. E. of the Ottowa, on both sides of the St. Lawrence, to its mouth, in the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Area estimated at 200,000 sq. ms. Pop. in 1830, 511,917, in 1846, 694,000. Upper Canada (Canada West) comprises all the territory lying S. and W. of the Ottawa R., and extends westward along the chain of the great lakes. Area vaguely estimated at 145,000 sq. ms. Pop. in 1835, 336,461, in 1846, 515,000. Chief town, Toronto. Canada West is entirely an inland province ; but, from its having the great lakes and a part of the St. Lawrence for its boundary, it has a vast command of internal navigation, and by means of the Welland and Rideau Canals, a ready access to the ocean. More than three-fourths of the inhabit- ants of Canada East are of French descent, and French is the prevailing lan- guage. Quebec was formerly the capital of this province and of all the British possessions in N. America. The entire pop. of Canada is now, 1846, about 1,200,000. Montreal is now the seat of government NEW BRUNSWICK. Page 95. — Lesson 70. — Map No. 7. Q. Which is the chief River ? A. St. John's. Q. What Island lies near New Brunswick ? A. Prince Edward's. Q. What Gulf to the eastward ? A. St. Lawrence. Q. What two Bays north-east? A. Chaleurs and Miramichi. Q. What Bay on the south ? A. Fundy. Q. What Peninsula south-east? A. Nova Scotia. Q. What is the population of St. John's ? A. 25,000. (M. A.) Q. Of Frederickton ? A. 3000. (M. A.) and the U. States, and W. by the British territories, between which and Canada the limits do not appear to be accurately defined. 9 UO NOVA SCOTIA. Q. Of St. Andrew's ? A. 4000. (M. A.) Q. Of Chatham ? A. 2000. (M. A.) Q. Of New Castle ? A. 2000. (M. A.) #. On what River is the city of St. John's ? A. St. John's. New Brunswick is a province of British America, lying on the W. side of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, between lat. 45° 5' and 48° 5' N., and long. 63° 47' and 67° 53' W., bounded N. by Lower Canada, S. by Nova Scotia and the Bay of Fundy, and W. by the state of Me. Extreme length, from N. to S., 180 ms. : average breadth, 150 ms. : probable area, 28,000 sq. ms. Pop. in 1834, 119,557; estimated in 1846 at 130,000. NOVA SCOTIA. Page 96. — Lesson 71. — Map No. 7. Q. What Islands lie east and south-east of Nova Scotia ? A. Cape Breton, and Sable. Q. What Island north? A. Prince Edward's. Q. What separates Nova Scotia and Cape Breton ? A. Gut of Canso. Q. What Ocean on the south-east ? A. Atlantic. Q. What Bay on the north-west ? A. Fundy. Q. What is the population of Halifax ? A. 18,000. (M. A.) Q. Of Lunenburg ? A. 4000. (M. A.) Q. Of Liverpool? A. 3000. (M. A.) Q. Of Arechat? A. 2000. Q. Of Yarmouth? A. 5000. (M. A.) Q. The southern Cape of Nova Scotia ? A. Sable. For a further description, see Key, page 79. NEWFOUNDLAND — UNITED STATES. 99 NEWFOUNDLAND. Page 97.— Lesson 72.— Map No. 7. Q. What separates Prince Edward's Island from New Bruns- wick? A. Northumberland Strait. Q. What bounds Newfoundland on the east ? A. Atlantic Ocean. Q. On the west? A. Gulf of St. Lawrence ? Q. What Strait separates it from Labrador ? A. Bellisle. Q. What banks are near the Island ? A. Grand Bank, and Green Bank. Q. How long and wide is the Grand Bank ? A. It is 600 ms. long, and 200 wide. (M. A.) Q. Newfoundland? A. It is 420 ms. long, and from 45 to 300 wide. (M. A.) Q. What is the population of St. John's ? A. 11,000. (M. A.) Q. Of Harbour Grace ? A. 6000. (M. A.) Q. Of Placentia? Q. 2000. (M. A.) For a further description, see Key, page 82. UNITED STATES. Page 104. — Lesson 77. — Map No. 5. Q. How are the United States bounded ? A. They occupy the middle division of N. America, and are bounded N. by British America, E. by New Brunswick and the Atlantic Ocean, S. by the Gulf of Mexico, Mexico, and Upper or New California, and W. by the Pacific Ocean. Q. What is the capital of the United States ? A. Washington. For the extent, fyc., of the United States, see Key, pages 68- 9. The capitals of countries, the scholar will perceive by the ex- planation on the map, are made 03^ a large dot with eight small ones around it; and the capitals of states on maps No. 4 and 5, are made by a small ring or circle with a dot in the middle of it. (M. G.) Q. Which are the six Eastern States ? A. They are Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., R. I., and Conn. 100 UNITED STATES. Q. Point out their capitals. A. Me., Augusta ; N. H., Concord ; Vt., Montpelier ; Mass., Boston ; R. I., Newport and Providence ; Conn., Hartford and New Haven. Q. Which are the four Middle States ? A. They are N. Y., N. J., Pa., and Del. Q. Point out their capitals. A. N. Y., Albany ; N. J., Trenton ; Pa., Harrisburg ; Del., Dover. Q. Which are the ten Southern States ? A, They are xMd., Va., N.C., S. C, Ga., Flor., Ala., Miss., La., and Texas. Q. Point out their capitals. A. Md., Annapolis ; Va., Richmond ; N. C, Raleigh ; S. C, "Columbia ; Ga., Milledgeville ; Flor., Tallahassee ; Ala., Tusca- loosa ; Miss., Jackson ; La., New Orleans ; Texas, Austin. Q. Which are the ten Western States ? A. They are, Ark., Tenn., Ky., Mo., 111., la., Oo., Mich., Wis., and Io. Q. Point out their capitals. A. Ark., Little Rock ; Tenn., Nashville ; Ky., Frankfort ; Mo., Jefferson City ; 111., Springfield ; la., Indianapolis ; Oo., Columbus ; Mich., Detroit ; Wis., Madison ; Iowa, Iowa City. Q. Which are the Territories of the U. States ? A. They are, Wis., Io., Indian, Mo., and Oregon. Q. How many States are there ? A. Thirty. Q. How many Territories? A. Five. Q. How many States and Territories are there altogether 1 A. Thirty-five. Besides these, the District of Columbia contains the seat of government ; so that the whole of the divisions of the U. S. are thirty-six in number. (M. G. p. 104.) LAKES. Q. Where is Lake Superior ? A. It is between the U. S. and Canada West, and flows by St. Mary's Strait or River into Lake Huron. (M. A.) For a further description, see Key, page 76. Q. Where is Lake Huron ? A. It lies on the boundary between the U. S. and Canada West, and between Lake Superior on the N.W., Lake Michigan on the N.W. and W., and Lakes Erie and Ontario on the S. and S. E., and flows by St. Clair River into Lake St. Clair, whence it is conducted by Detroit River into Lake Erie. (M. A.) For a further description, see Key, pages 70-7, UNITED STATES. 101 Q Where is Lake Michigan ? A. It is in the N. part of the U. S., and the N. E. extremity communicates with the N.W. end of Lake Huron, by the Strait of Michilimackinac, or Mackinaw, by which, and its N. part, it separates the two peninsulas of the state of Mich. (M. A.) For a further description, see Key, page 77. Q. Where is Lake Erie ? A. It lies between the U. S. and Canada West; it has the Peninsula of Canada West on the N., and the States of Oo., Pa., and N. Y. on the S. and S. E., and flows by Niagara R. into Lake Ontario. (M. A.) For a further description, see Key, page T7. Q. Where is Lake Ontario ? A. It is between N. Y. and Canada West, and flows into the R. St. Lawrence. (M. A.) For a further description, see Key, pages 77-78. Q. Where is Lake Champlain ? A. It lies between the states of N. Y. and Vt., and flows into the Sorelle or Richelieu R., by which it discharges its waters into the St. Lawrence. (M. A.) This lake extends from the town of Whitehall, N. Y., to the 45° N. lat. 116 ms. and extends about four miles further into Canada, making its whole length 120 ms. It is navigated to St. John's, Canada, 20 ms. from the line. The breadth is from half a mile to 10 ms. ; but including the expanse which contains its large islands, it is 15 ms. wide. Its broadest part unobstructed by islands, is opposite to Burlington, Vermont. Its chief islands are North Hero, South Hero, and La Motte, which, with some smaller islands, and the peninsula of Alburg, constitute Grand Isle county, Vermont. The super- ficial extent is between 600 and 700 sq. ms. This lake was discovered by Champlain, a French navigator, in 1609. It was the theatre of many im- portant military operations, in the French, the Revolutionary, and our last war with Great Britain. Q. Where is the Lake of the Woods ? A. It lies between Lake Winnipeg and Lake Superior, chiefly in Canada West, but the S. part extends into the N. part of Wis. Territory, and flows by a small stream into Rainy Lake. (M. A.) Q. Tell the length of each lake. A. Superior is 430 ms. long ; Huron, 280 ; Michigan, 320 ; Erie, 250 ; Ontario, 190 ; Champlain, 120 ; Lake of the Woods, 100. (M. A.) Q. Which two are wholly in the U. States ? A. Michigan, and Champlain. Q. Where is Manitouline Lake ? A. It is in Canada West, being- the E. part of Lake Huron, (M. A.) 9* 102 UNITED STATES. Q. Where is Moosehead Lake 1 A. It is in the W. part of Me., and is the source of the E. branch of the Kennebec R. (M. A.) This is the largest lake in Me., situated between the counties of Somerset and Piscataquis. Its form is very irregular. The length is about 35 ms. ; the breadth varies from about 10 to 15 ms., and it contains 100,000 acres. Q. Where is Chesuncook Lake 1 A. It is in the W. part of Me,, 10 ms. N. E. of Moosehead Lake. The Penobscot R. passes through it. (M. A.) Q. Where is Timiscouata Lake ? A. It is in the N. part of Me., and flows into Madawaska R., by which it discharges its waters into the St. John's. (M. A.) Q. Where is Lake Memphramagog ? A. It is in the N. part of Vt., and S. part of Canada East, but lies mostly in Canada, and flows into the R. St. Francis. (M. A.) This Lake is about 30 ms. long, and from 2 to 3 broad, and lies mostly in Canada. About 7 or 8 ms. of the S. part extend into Vt. It contains about 15 sq. ms. in Vt., and receives Clyde, Barton, and Black Rivers. It discharges its waters through St. Francis R. into Lake St. Peter's, an expansion of St. Lawrence R., 15 ms. below the mouth of Sorelle or Richelieu R. Q. Where is Lake George ? A. It is in the E.N.E. part of N. Y., situated between the counties of Washington and Warren, and has its outlet into Lake Champlain. (M. A.) Lake George, or Horicon, is 230 ft. above the Hudson R.: it is 33 ms. long, from 2 to 3 wide, and is said to have as many islands as there are days in the year. One of them, called twelve-mile island, it being that distance from Caldwell, situated in the middle of the lake, contains 20 acres, elevated 30 or 40 ft. above its surface. In picturesque scenery it is unsurpassed in the U. S., perhaps in the world. On account of the purity of its waters, the French colled this lake Lac Sacrament, the bottom being visible to the depth of 30 or 40 feet. Its shores contain the remains of several old forts, memo- rable in the revolutionary wars. Its outlet, which is 3 ms. long, connects with Lake Champlain. Q. Where is Lake Okee-cho-bee ? A. It is in the S. part of Flor. (M. A.) Q. Where is Lake Pontchartrain ? A. It is in the S. E. part of La., communicating, by several outlets, called the Rigolets, with Lake Borgne. (M. A.) This Lake is 45 ms. long, and 25 ms. broad : it communicates with Lake Maurepas on the W., and Lake Borgne, through the Rigolets on the E., and with New Orleans through St. John's bayou, and a canal. It receives several rivers on the N., and is the outlet of considerable commerce from New Orleans. UNITED STATES. 103 Q. Where is Lake Pepin ? A. It is an expansion of the Mississippi R., between Wis. and Io. (M. A.) Q. Where is Itasca Lake ? A. It is in the N. E. part of Io., and is the source of the Mississippi R. (M. A.) Q. Where is Rainy Lake ? A. It lies between Wis. and British America, N.W. of Lake Superior, S. E. of Lake of the Woods, and flows into Lake Supe- rior. (M. A.) Q. Where is Red Lake ? A. It is between Io. and Wis., lying S. W. of the Lake of the Woods, and flows into Red R. (M. A.) Q. Where is St. Croix Lake ? A. It is in the W. part of Wis., and flows into the Missis- sippi R. (M. A.) Q. Where is Winnebago Lake ? A. It is in Wis., between Fond du Lac and Calumet counties, and flows into Fox R., by which it discharges its waters into Green Bay. (M. A.) This lake is 24 ms. long and 10 broad. The water is clear. Its outlet, in the N.W. part, is Fox R., which also enters it on the W. side, and is a large stream, flowing into Green Bay. Q. Where is Flat Bow Lake ? A. It is in the S. part of British America, and flows into McGil- livray's R. (M. A.) Q. Where is Kulluspelm Lake ? A. It is in the N. E. part of Oregon, S. of Flat Bow Lake, formed by Clark's or Flathead R. (M. A.) Page 105. — Lesson 78. — Map No, 5. BAYS. Q. Where is Passamaquoddy Bay ? A. It lies partly in the State of Me., and partly in the British province of New Brunswick, and leads into the Atlantic Ocean. (M. A.) The entrance of this bay is about 6 ms. wide from N. to S., and its length is about 12 ms. Campobello Island divides the entrance into two passages. It also contains Deer Island. The bay is well sheltered, has everywhere a sufficient depth of water for the largest vessels, and is never closed by ice. The boundary of the U. S. passes on the W. side of Cam- pobello Island, into the St. Croix R., which enters the N.W. part of this bay. Q. Where is Penobscot Bay ? A, It is on the S. coast of Me., and leads into the Atlantic Ocean. (M. A.) 104 UNITED STATES. Penobscot Bay is a fine body of water, extending from the ocean at Owl's Head, 20 ms. to Belfast Bay ; and across the mouth of the bay, from Owl's Head to Burnt Coat Island, it is about 30 ms. wide. It embosoms a num- ber of islands, the principal of which are Deer Island, Fox Islands, Isle au Haut, Long Island, and others. From an elevated summit back of Camden, and from other points, this bay, with its beautiful islands, and numerous vessels under sail, presents a delightful prospect. The bay and Penobscot R. contain many fine harbours, the principal of which are those of Castine, Belfast, Frankfort, Bucksport, Bangor, and others. The total tonnage of the district above Belfast, in 1840, was 37,130 ; of Belfast, 38,218. Q. Where is Casco Bay ? A. It is in Cumberland county, on the S. coast of Me., and leads into the Atlantic Ocean. (M. A.) This bay sets up from the Atlantic Ocean, between Cape Elizabeth and Cape Small Point, 20 ms. apart, and affords fine anchorage. It contains 300 islands, mostly small, but generally very productive. Q. Where is New York Bay ? A. It is between N. J. and Long Island, and leads into the Atlantic Ocean. (M. A.) Q. Where is Delaware Bay ? A. It is on the E. coast of the U. S., situated between the States of New Jersey and Delaware, and leads into the Atlantic Ocean. (M. A.) For a further description, see Key, page 73. Q. Where is Chesapeake Bay ? A. It is on the E. coast of the U. S., situated in the E. part of Md. and Virginia, and leads into the Atlantic Ocean. (M. A.) For a further description, see Key, page 73. Q. Where is Chatham Bay ? A. It is on the W. coast of Flor., and leads into the Gulf of Mexico. (M. A.) Q. Where is Tampa Bay ? A. It is on the W. coast of Flor., and leads into the Gulf of Mexico. (M. A.) This is a large bay in the Gulf of Mexico, and is called by the Spaniards Espiritu Santo. It is 40 ms. long, and in one place 35 ms. wide, with from 15 to 20 ft. of water on the bar. It is easy of access, and affords a safe anchorage for any number of vessels. Little Tampa Bay, in its N. part, is an elliptical basin, 10 ms. in diameter, but very shallow. There are nume- rous islands at the mouth of Tampa Bay, and it abounds with fish and water-fowls. Q. Where is Apalachee Bay ? A. It is on the W. coast of Flor., and leads into the Gulf of Mexico. (M. A.) Through this bay is a passage 10 ft. deep, which is gradually reduced to UNITED STATES. 105 8 ft., by which St. Mark's is reached. It furnishes the best anchorage ground along the coast for the distance of 230 ms. Q. Where is Pensacola Bay ? A. It is on the W. coast of Flor., and leads into the Gulf of Mexico. (M. A.) This bay sets up from the Gulf of Mexico about 1 1 ms. from the Gulf, and is divided into three parts. The W. arm, called Escambia Bay, is 11 ms. long and 4 broad, and receives Escambia R. from the N. The middle arm is called Yellow Water Bay, of about the size of Escambia, and receives Yellow Water R., through several mouths. Black Water Bay, 7 ms. long and 2 broad, is attached to the N.W. end of Yellow Water Bay, is full of islands, and receives Black Water R. and Cedar Creek. East Bay is 7 ms. long, where it tapers to a small r., near St. Rosa's Sound. This admits fri- gates of the largest class, and is entirely sheltered from all winds. Its entrance, between Fort Barancas and the W. end of St. Rosa Island, is about three-fourths of a mile wide, and is well defended. This harbour has 22 ft. water on the bar at low tide, is completely land-locked, and is the best on the Gulf of Mexico, q. Where is Mobile Bay ? A. It is on the coast of Ala., and leads into the Gulf of Mexico. (M. A.) This bay sets up from the Gulf of Mexico, and is 30 ms. long, and, on an average, 12 ms. broad. It communicates with the gulf by two straits, one on each side of Dauphin Island. The strait on the W. side will not admit of vessels drawing more than 5 ft. water ; that on the E. side, between the island and Mobile Point, has 18 ft. water, and the channel passes within a few yards of the point. There is a bar across the bay, near its upper end, which has only 11 ft. water. Q. Where is Black Bay ? A. It is in the parish of Plaquemine, in the S. E. part of La., and leads into the Gulf of Mexico. (M. A.) Q. Where is Barataria Bay ? A. It is on the S. coast of Louisiana, and leads into the Gulf of Mexico. (M. A.) Q. Where is Galveston Bay ? A. It is in the S. E. part of Texas, lying N. of the island of Galveston, setting up from the Gulf of Mexico, and penetrating inland. (M. A.) Q. Where is Matagorda Bay ? A. It is in the S. part of Texas, formed by the Gulf of Mexico. (M. A.) Q. Where is Espiritu Santo Bay ? A. It is in the S. part of Texas, setting up from the Gulf of Mexico inland. (M. A.) Q. Where is Nueces Bay 1 A. It is in the S. part of Texas, and leads into the Gulf of Mexico. (M. A.) 106 UNITED STATES. Q. On the great lakes, where is Saginaw Bay ? A. It is in the state of Michigan, and is a branch of Lake Huron, situated about the centre of the N.W. side. (M. A.) This Bay is 60 ms. long, and 30 wide, containing a number of islands, the largest of which is Shawangunk Island, near the centre. It is navigable for vessels of any burden, and numerous coves, protected by islands, afford some of the best harbours on the lake. It receives Saginaw R. Q. Where is Thunder Bay ? A. It is in the state of Mich., on the N.W. side of Lake Huron, N. of Saginaw Bay. (M. A.) Q. Where is Green Bay ? A. It is partly in Wis. and partly in Mich., lies N.W. of Lake Michigan, and connected with it by a broad opening, and running parallel with it. (M. A.) This bay is 100 ms. long, and from 15 to 30 broad. At its entrance is a string of islands, called Grand Traverse Islands, extending for 30 ms. It is navigable for vessels of 200 tons to its head, and receives Fox and Menno- monie Rivers. SOUNDS. Q. Where is Long Island Sound ? A. It extends the entire length of Long Island, and separates it from Conn. It communicates with the Atlantic on the E. by a rapid strait, and W. by East R. and New York Bay. (M. A.) It is 120 ms. long, and from 2 to 20 ms. broad. Q. Where is Albemarle Sound? A. It is on the E. coast of the U. S., on the coast of N. C, in the N. E. part of the state, and leads into the Atlantic Ocean. (M. A.) For a further description, see Key, p. 74. Q. Where is Pamlico Sound ? A. It is in the E. part of N. C, and communicates with the Atlantic Ocean by New, Ocracock, and Cedar Inlets, and is con- nected with Albemarle Sound in its N. part. (M. A.) This is a shallow body of water 80 ms. long, and from 8 to 30 ms. wide. It is separated from the ocean by long sandy islands, scarcely one mile wide, covered with bushes, the outer point of one of which is Cape Hatteras. The principal entrance to it is Ocracock inlet. The land around it is low, and in some places marshy. It receives Tar and Neuse Rivers. Q. How many miles long are each of these ? ( See Map No. 1 1 . ) A. Long Island Sound is 120 ms. ; Albemarle, 60 ; Pamlico, 80. (M. A.) Q. How long is Chesapeake Bay 1 A. It is 190 ms. (See Map No. 11.) (M. A.) Q. Where is the Mississippi River ? A. It extends through the middle of the U. S. UNITED STATES. 107 Q. Where does it rise ? A. In Itasca Lake. (M. A.) Q. Where does it empty ? A. Into the Gulf of Mexico. Q. How many miles long is it ? A. The Mississippi proper is 2800 ms., but from the source of the Missouri to the sea it is 4100 ms. (M. A.) Q. What are its chief tributaries and their length ? A. Missouri, 2900 ; Arkansas, 2000 ; Red, 1200 ; (these are its three great W. branches) ; Ohio, 1300 ; (this is its principal E. branch). (M. A.) For a further description, see Key, p. 90. Q. Where is the Missouri River ? A. It is in the N.W. part of the Mississippi valley,* and is formed of three principal branches, denominated the Jefferson, Madison, and Gallatin, which take their rise from the Rocky Mts. Its course is northerly to the Great Falls ; thence easterly to the White Earth R.; thence it runs first S., and then S. E., and enters the Mississippi R. 18 ms. above St. Louis, in about 38° 50' N. lat., and 90° 10' W.long. (M. A.) The waters of this r. are remarkably turbid, from which circumstance, it is said, the name, signifying " mud river," is derived. Q. Where is Yellow Stone River ? A. It is in Mo. Territory, rises from Sublettes Lake in the Rocky Mts., and, flowing in a general north-easterly course, falls into the Missouri, near 48° N. lat., and 104° W. long. (M. A.) Q. Where is Big Horn River ? A. It is in Mo. Territory, rises at the eastern base of Fremont's Peak, flows N. N. E., and empties into Yellow Stone R. (M. A.) Q. Where is Platte or Nebraska River ? A. It is in Indian Territory, and is one of the large tributaries of the Missouri R. ; rises by two branches called the North and South Forks, on the E. declivity of the Rocky Mts., which unite about 520 ms. from the source of the N. Fork. Flowing east- wardly it empties into the Missouri R., 700 ms. from the Missis- sippi, near 41° N. lat., and 95° 40' W. long. (M. A.) Q. Where is Kanzas River ? A. It is in Indian Territory, rises between the Platte and the Arkansas rivers, near the Rocky Mts., flows E. across the Indian Territory, and enters Missouri R. at the W. boundary of the State of Missouri. (M. A.) Q. Where is Arkansas River ? A. It is in the State of Ark. and the Indian Territory, and is, next to the Missouri, the largest affluent of the Mississippi. It rises in * The Mississippi Valley comprises all the country that is watered by the Mississippi river and its branches. / 108 UNITED STATES. the Rocky Mts., near the sources of the Rio Grande, and near the boundary between the U. S. and Mexico, and for some distance forms the boundary in part between the Indian Territory and Texas. It flows in a general course, E. S. E., through the Indian Territory and the central part of Ark., and empties into the Mis- sissippi, in lat 33° 54' N., long. 91° 10' W.* (M. A.) Q. Where is the Canadian River ? A. It is in the Indian Territory and Texas, and is the great south-western branch of Arkansas R., rises by two large branches in the Mts. of New Mexico, which unite at lat. 35° N., and long. 18° W. from Washington. It thence flows E. and empties into the Arkansas R. (M. A.) Q. Where is Red River 1 A. It is in La. and Ark., and is one of the large affluents of the Mississippi, and the first large r. which enters it above its mouth. It rises at the base of the range of the Rocky Mts., near Santa Fe in Mexico. The south bank of it forms, for a distance of about 350 ms., the boundary between the Indian Territory and Texas, and, flowing at first easterly and afterwards south-easterly, joins the "Great River" (Mississippi) in Louisiana, in about 31° N. lat., and 91° 50' W. long. (M. A.) Q. Where is Osage River 1 A. It is principally in Mo., rises in the Indian Territory, and flows into the State of Mo., and after a winding easterly course, joins the Missouri R., 133 ms. above the Mississippi. (M. A.) Q. Where is Des Moines River ? A. It is in Io., rises in the Coteau des Prairies, and flows in a S. E. direction through the S. part of the state, and, forming a part of the S. E. boundary, enters Mississippi R., at the foot of Des Moines rapids, on the boundary between Io. and Mo. (M. A.) Q. Where is St. Peter's River ? A. It is in Io., rises near the sources of Red R., flows first S. E., then N. E., and enters the Mississippi R. (M. A.) Q. Where is Wisconsin River? (Formerly written Ouisconsin.) A. It rises in and flows through Wis., first S., then W. S. W., and enters the Mississippi R. near 43° N. lat., and 91° W. long. (M. AJ Q. Where is Rock River ? A. It is in Wis. and 111. Its principal head is in a region of lakes and swamps, towards Fox K. of Green Bay. Another head is Catfish R.,a stream in Wisconsin, that connects the " Fourlakes" the head waters of which commence in a swamp, a few miles S. of Fort Winnebago. Its course is first S. and then S. W. through the N. W. part of 111., and falls into the Mississippi R., near 41° 30 / N. lat., and 90° 30' W . long. (M. A.) * The source of this river has not yet been expl^- UNITED STATES. 109 Q. Where is Illinois River ? A. It is in 111., formed by the union of Kankakee and Des Plaines Rivers, and flowing in a general S. W. and S. direction, unites with the Mississippi R., in 38° 58' 23" N. lat.; and 90° 18' W. long., 20 ms. above the entrance of the Missouri. (M. A.) Q. Where is Wabash River ? A. It is in la., rises in Darke county, Oo., and flowing into la., pursues a N. W. course to Huntington county, la., thence it crosses the state in a W. and S. W. direction, and a little below Terre Haute it becomes the boundary between la. and 111., to its entrance into the Ohio R., 127 ms. above the Mississippi, and 68 ms. above the mouth of Cumberland R., near 37° 50' N. lat., and 88° W. long. (M. A.) Q. Where is Maumee River ? A. It is in Oo., and first assumes this name in the N. E. part of la., and flowing through the N. W. part of Oo., in a N. E. direction, enters Lake Erie, through Maumee Bay. It is formed by the junction of Little St. Joseph's, St. Mary's, and Great and Little Auglaize Rivers. (M. A.) Q, Where is Ohio River ? A. It is in the eastern part of the Mississippi Valley, and is formed by the confluence of the Alleghany from the N. and the Monongahela from the S. at Pittsburg, in the W. part of Pa., in lat. 40° 28' N., and long. 80° 8' W. It flows in a direction W. S. W., separating the states of Va. and Ky., on the S., from Oo., la., and 111., on the N., and enters the Mississippi in 37° N. lat. and about 89° 10' W. long. (M. A.) This river (" La Belle Riviere" of the French, the beautiful Ohio,) if we take into view its length, the richness and populousness, present and pros- pective, of the vast country which it drains, and the extent of its navigation, is second only to the Mississippi. The great valley drained by this river and its tributaries contains over 200,000 sq. ms., and has 5000 ms. of navigable rivers, with a population of over 3,000,000, which is rapidly increasing. Q. Where is the Alleghany River ? A. It rises in McKean and Potter counties, Pa., and after the union of its head branches, passes N. W. into the state of N. Y., and thence, by a considerable bend, it returns again into Pa., and proceeds in a S. W. course until it unites with the Monongahela R. at Pittsburg, to form the Ohio. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Monongahela River ? A. It is in Va. and Pa., rises in Randolph co., Va., at the foot of the Laurel Mts., and after a course, in a N. direction, of 300 ms., unites with the Alleghany R. at Pittsburg, to form the Ohio R. (M. A.) Q. Where is Kanawha River ? A. It is chiefly in Va., rises in the N. W. part of N. C, and, 10 110 UNITED STATES. flowing N. and N. W., falls into the Ohio R. 252 ms. below Pitts- burg, in about 38° 50' N. lat. In the upper part of its course it is called New River. (M. A.) Q. Where is Cumberland River ? A. It is a large river of Ky. and Tenn., rises in Cumberland Mts., near the boundary between Va. and Ky., and pursuing a westerly and south-westerly course, enters the state of Tenn., and after an extensive sweep to the S. it turns north-westwardly and northerly, and flowing through the western part of Ky., enters the Ohio R. 11! ms. above the mouth of the Tennessee R., and 59 ms. above the mouth of the Ohio. (M.A.) Q. Where is Tennessee River ? A. It is a large river of Tenn., and is the largest tributary of the Ohio. Its most remote sources are Clinch R. and Holston R., which rise in the Alleghany Mts. in Va., and unite about 45 ms. S. of W. from Knoxville, forming the Tennessee proper, which then pursues a S. W. direction across the state, and enters the state of Ala., in which it pursues a westerly course for 200 ms., and then turns N. and crosses the state of Tenn., and the western part of Ky., and enters the Ohio R. \\\ ms. below the mouth of Cumberland R. and 47 i ms. above the entrance of the Ohio into the Mississippi, by the course of the R., near 37° N. lat. and 88° 35' W. long. (M. A.) Q. Where is White River ? A. It is in Ark., rises by the Buffalo fork in Washington county, Ark., and flows N. E. into Mo., and by a broad sweep to the N. and E. it turns southwardly and again enters Ark. Its course is thence S. E. to its junction with Big Black R., which proceeds from the N. in Mo. The junction takes place on the W. border of Jackson county. It then flows S. by E., and enters Mississippi R. about 20 ms. above the mouth of the Arkansas R. (M. A.) Five miles from the mouth of White R. there is a bayou or branch which connects it with the Arkansas R., 25 ms. from its mouth, in which the current sets alternately from the one r. to the other/ as the flood in either pre- dominates. Q. Where is Washita River ? A. It is in Ark. and La., rises in the W. part of the former, and flows nearly E. as far as Hot Springs, where it turns S. and flows S. by E. till it enters La. in lat. 33° N., and thence flows S. by E. to its junction with Tensas R. to form Black R., which flows into Red R. (M. A.) Q. Where is Yazoo River ? A. It is in Miss., formed by the junction of Tallahatchie and Yalabusha Rivers in Carroll co., and flows S.S. W. into the Mississippi R., 12 ms. above Vicksburg. (M. A.) UNITED STATES. Ill Q. Where is Rio Grande ? A. Through a great part of its course, it forms the boundary between Texas and Mexico, rises in the Mexican Cordilleras, and, flowing in a general south-easterly direction, falls into the Gulf of Mexico, near 26° N. lat., and 97° 20' W. long. (M. A.) Q. Where is Nueces River ? A. It is in Texas, rises in Lake de las Yuntas, flows in a gene- ral course S. E., and empties into Nueces Bay. (M. A.) Q. Where is Colorado River? A. It is in the central part of Texas, rises by several branches in the Guadalupe Mts., and flows a S. E. course into Matagorda Bay, which connects with the Gulf of Mexico. (M. A.) Q. Where is Brazos River ? A. It is in Texas, rises in about lat. 33° N., flows in a general course nearly S. E. and empties into the Gulf of Mexico, in about 28° 59' N. lat., and 95° 20' W. long. (M. A.) Q. Where is Trinity River ? A. It is in, and rises in Texas, flows first S. E., then S., and empties into Galveston Bay. (M. A.) Q. Where is Sabine River ? A. It rises in Texas, and, flowing at first south-easterly, then southerly, forms, from lat. 32° N. to the Gulf of Mexico, the boun- dary between Texas and La. It discharges its waters into Sabine Lake. (M. A.) Q. Where is Pearl River ? A. It is in Miss, and La., rises, by several branches, in the N. E. central part of Miss., and, flowing S., it joins, by several mouths, the Rigolets, which form a communication between Lakes Pontchartrain and Borgne. From lat. 31° N., it forms the divid- ing line between the States of Miss, and La. (M. A.) Q. Where is Tombigbee River ? A. It is in Miss, and Ala., rises in several sources in Tisho- mingo co., in the N. E. part of Miss., and flowing S., passes Co- lumbus, Miss., in Lowndes co., and in the lower part of the co. it passes into Ala. ; and proceeding in a winding course S., it joins the Alabama R. to form Mobile R., 45 ms. above the head of Mobile Bay, and about 70 ms. from the Gulf of Mexico. (M.A.) Q. Where is Alabama River ? A. It is in Ala., formed by the junction of the Coosa and the Tallapoosa, and flowing S. S.W., it unites with the Tombigbee R., 45 ms. above Mobile Bay, and, after the junction, has the name of Mobile R. (M. A.) Q. Where is Chattahoochee River ? A. It is in Ga. and Ala., rises in the Apalachian Mts., in Ha- bersham co., Ga., and, flowing S. W., it reaches the border of Ala. 112 UNITED STATES. at Miller's bend, from which it flows nearly S., forming, for 200 ms., the boundary between Ga. and Ala., to its junction with Flint R., to form Apalachicola R. • (M. A.) Q. Where is St. John's River ? A. This r. which is in Flor., rises in an immense marsh, and flows northwardly nearly parallel with the Atlantic, until it turns suddenly to the E. and flows into the Atlantic. (M.A.) This river receives, in the upper part of its course, the Ocklawaha, a large branch, previous to which it passes through Lake George. Its whole course is about 250 ms. It often spreads from 3 to 5 ms. in width, though in other places it is not more than one-fourth of a mile wide. Vessels draw- ing 8 ft. water enter Lake George and Dunn's Lake, 150 ms. from its mouth. At its entrance there is 12 ft. water on the bar, and it is here only 1 m. wide. There is a light-house on the S. side of the r. at its entrance. Q. Where is Aiatamaha River ? A. It is in Ga., and is formed by the union of the Ocmulgee and the Oconee. After the junction, the Aiatamaha becomes a large r., flowing S. E., with a gentle current, through forests and plains, upwards of 100 ms., and enters, by several outlets, into Altamaha Sound, through which it passes into the Atlantic, 60 ms. S. S.W. of Savannah. This river is sometimes called the Alta- maha. (M. A.) Q. Where is Savannah River 1 A. It is in Ga., and forms the N. E. boundary of the State, separating it from S. C. It is formed by the union of Tugaloo and Seneca Rivers, near the S. E. corner of Franklin co., Ga., and flowing S. E., it enters the Atlantic through Tybee Sound, near 32° N. lat., and 81° W. long. (M. A.) Q. Where is Santee River ? A. It is in S. C, is one of the largest rivers of the State, and is formed by the union of Congaree and Wateree Rivers, about 25 ms. S. E. of Columbia. Both these branches rise by different names, in N. C, where the main branch of the Wateree is called Catawba R., and of the Congaree,* Broad R. It flows S. E., and enters the Atlantic by two mouths, about 20 ms. below George- town, in about 33° 6' N. lat., and 79° 20' W. long. (M. A.) Q. Where is Great Pedee River ? A. It is in N. C. and S. C, rises chiefly in Wilkes co., in the N.W. part of N. C, where it bears, for a great distance, the name of Yadkin R. After it enters S. C, it is called the Great Pedee R., and it flows in a general south-easterly direction until, uniting with Waccamaw R., it enters and forms Winyaw Bay, a little below Georgetown, and communicates with the Atlantic 12 ms. below Georgetown, near 33° 1C N. lat. (M. A.) *The Congaree is formed by the Saluda and Broad. UNITED STATES. 113 Q. Where is Cape Fear River ? A. It is N. C, and is the largest and most important r. in the State ; it is formed by the union of Deep and Haw Rivers ; the former rises in Guilford co., and the latter in Rockingham co. After their junction in the S. E. part of Chatham co., the united stream flows in a general south-easterly direction, and empties into the Atlantic through a broad estuary by two channels, one on each side of Smith's Island, in about 33° 55' N. lat., and 78° 5' W. long. (M. A.) Q. Where is Neuse River ? A. It is in N. C, rises in Person co., and flowing S. S. E., through Orange, Granville, Wake, and Johnson, enters Wayne co. Here it turns S. E. by E. through Wayne, Lenoir, and Cra- ven counties, and opens by a wide estuary into Pamlico Sound. (M. A.) Q. Where is Tar River 1 A. It is in N. C, rises in Granville co., and flowing in a gene- ral course, S. E. by E., below Washington it expands into a wide estuary, which is denominated Pamlico R., until it enters Pam- lico Sound, near 35° 15' N. lat., and 76° 3(K W. long. (M. A.) Q. Where is Roanoke River ? A. It is in Va. and N. C, formed by the junction of Staunton and Dan Rivers, near the S. boundary of Va., and flowing in a general south-easterly direction, passes into N. C, and falls into the head of Albemarle Sound, near 36° N. lat., and 76° 40' W. long. (M. A.) Q. Where is James River ? A. It is in Va., formed by the union of Jackson's and Cowpas- ture Rivers, in the Alleghany Mts., and flowing in a general course easterly, enters Hampton Roads near the mouth of Chesapeake Bay, a little S. of the 37th parallel of N. lat. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Potomac River ? A. It is in Md. and Va., rises in two branches, the N. and the S., in and near the Alleghany Mts., and, flowing at first north- easterly, and afterwards in a general south-easterly direction, forms, in its whole course, the boundary between Md. and Va. It enters Chesapeake Bay between Point Lookout and Smith's Point, by a mouth 10 ms. wide, in about 38° N. lat., and 76° 10' W. long. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Susquehanna River? A. It is the largest R. in Pa., and among the largest of the Atlantic rivers of the U. S., and is formed by two main branches, the North Branch and the West Branch. The northern branch rises in Otsego co., in the S. E. central part of N. Y., and one of its sources constitutes the outlet of Otsego Lake. Proceeding W. and S. W., it crosses into Pa., and 7 ms. below the line it turns 10* 114 UNITED STATES. and flows S. E. and then S.W., until, at Northumberland, it receives the W. branch, its largest tributary, which rises in Cam- bria co., Pa. : their united waters then flow S. to the junction of the Juniata R. from the W. ; its direction is then S. E. until its entrance into the N. extremity of Chesapeake Bay, in the N. E. corner of Maryland. (M. A.) Q. Where is Delaware River ? Ji. It rises by two principal branches on the W. side of the Catskill Mts., N. Y. The Oquago branch flows S. W. across Delaware Co., and turning S. E., it reaches the Pa. line in lat. 42° N., and proceeding 7 ms. on the line between that state and N. Y., it receives the Popachton branch, which also proceeds from the Catskill Mts., in a S. W. direction, to its junction. After the union of these streams, the river pursues a winding course to the S. E., till it touches the N. W. corner of N. J., and then turns to the S. W., till it passes through the Kittatinny or Blue Mts. Thence it flows, first S. E., then S. W., till near Delaware Bay, which it enters in a S. E. direction, forming the boundaries of the States of N. Y. and N. J. on one side, and Pa. and Del. on the other. (M. A.) Q. Where is Hudson River ? Ji. It is in the State of N. Y., being one of the finest and most important rivers in the U. S. It rises by two main branches, in the mountainous regions of Hamilton and Essex Counties, W. of Lakes Champlain and George. The E. branch from the N. passes through Schroon Lake, and is sometimes called Schroon branch ; and the W. branch rises farther W. in Hamilton co., by various branches, and is considered as the main branch or Hudson. About 40 ms. from the source of each, they unite in the S. part of Warren Co. It thence flows 15 ms. S., then E. of S. 15 ms. to Had ley's Falls, thence it flows 20 ms. N. by E. to Glen's Falls. It then flows S. 40 ms., and receives from the W. its principal tributary, Mohawk R. Thence running a little W. of S. 156 ms., it enters the Atlantic Ocean at Sandy-Hook, at the mouth of New York Bay. (M. A.) Q. Where is Mohawk River ? Ji. It is in the State of N. Y., rises in Lewis co., and, after a course, first S. and then E. by S., it enters the Hudson R. by several mouths, at Waterford, 8 or 10 ms. above Albany. (M. A.) Q. Where is the St. Lawrence River ?* Ji. It issues from Lake Ontario, in about 44° 10' N. lat., and 76° 30' W. long., and flowing north-easterly, falls into the Gulf of St. Lawrence, in about 49° 30' N. lat., and 64° W. long. (M. A.) * Length of the St. Lawrence from Ontario to the sea, nearly 1000 ms. UNITED STATES. 115 St. Lawrence, the principal river of N. America, and when considered, as it should be, in connexion with the chain of lakes or inland seas, of which it is the outlet, is one of the largest rivers in the world, extending from W. to E., through about 27° of long., and about 8° of lat. Regarding then the St. Lawrence in this point of view, or as a general name for the connecting link of that great river, or water system, that unites with the Atlantic in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, its most remote source will probably be found to be the St. Louis, an affluent of Lake Superior, rising in the table-land of the Huron country, near the sources of the Mississippi, flowing S., and of the Red R., flowing N. It receives different names in different parts of its course, being, as already seen, at first the St. Louis ; between Lake Superior and Lake Huron, the St. Mary ; between Lakes Huron and Erie, the St. Clair and Detroit ; between Lakes Erie and Ontario, the Niagara ; and from Ontario to Montreal it is sometimes called the Cataraqui or Iroquois; and from Montreal to the sea, being the St. Lawrence, properly so called. But it is now usually called the St. Lawrence from Lake Ontario to the sea. Considered in this point of view, its entire course, from its source to its mouth in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, in about lat. 49° 30' N., long. 64° W., may be estimated at 2200 ms. Besides traversing Lakes Superior, Huron, Erie, and Ontario, the Lake St. Clair, and some similar sheets of water, are merely enlargements of its bed. Lake Michigan, also, is included within its basin $ the whole is roughly estimated by Darby to comprise an area of about 18,000 sq. ms., including the largest collection of fresh water to be found on the surface of the globe. The basin of the St. Lawrence is supposed by Darby to contain " more than half of all the fresh water on this planet !" Taking the area, mean depth of the lakes, &c, their solid contents will amount to 1,547,011,792,360,000 cubic feet of water, being sufficient to envelope the entire earth with a watery covering not less than three inches in depth. Q. Where is Connecticut River ? A. It is the largest r. in New England, has its source in the highlands on the N. border of N. H., and its W. branch forms the boundary, by treaty, between the U. S. and Canada, to the 45° of N. lat. Its general course is S. by W. ; and, dividing N. H. and Vt., it passes through the western part of Mass. and the central part of Conn. ; and below Middletown, proceeding in a S. S. E. direction, it enters Long Island Sound, between Saybrooke and Lyme. (M. A.) Q. Where is Merrimack River ? A. It is in N. H., and is one of the large rivers of New Eng- land. It is formed by the union of Pemigewasset R., which rises near the Notch in the White Mts., with Winnipiseogee R., which proceeds from Winnipiseogee Lake. The junction takes place near Sanbornton, 70 ms. below the source of the former, which is the main stream. Its general course is S. by E. until it enters the state of Mass., where it curves to a general course of nearly N. E. and E., until it falls into the Atlantic, a little below New- buryport. (M. A.) 116 UNITED STATES. Q. Where is Kennebec River ? A. It is in Me., and next to the Penobscot the most important r. in the state ; has its principal source in the outlet of Moosehead Lake ; but 20 ms. below it receives Dead R., which is a longer branch, and rises within 5 ms. of the Chaudiere, which flows into the St. Lawrence. Its general course is S. by E., with several considerable curves, until it empties into the Atlantic Ocean, about 25 ms. E. of Portland. (M. A.) Q. Where is Penobscot River? A. It is the largest r. of Me., and rises by two main branches. The larger or western branch rises in the highlands, in the western part of Me., and divides it from Canada. After flowing a con- siderable distance E. and N., it enters and passes through Chesuncook Lake, whence flowing S. E., and through Bame- dumpkok and other Lakes, it unites with the eastern branch. This branch, called the Seboois, rises in some small lakes near the head waters of the Aroostook R., and flows nearly S. to the junction. After the junction the river proceeds in a S. E. direction until it receives the Mattawamkeag R. from the N. E. Its direction is then S. S. W., until the entrance of the Piscataquis, and thence S. by W. to its entrance into Penobscot Bay, at Owl's Head, in about 44° N. lat., and 69° W. long. (M. A.) Q. Where is St. John's River ?* A. It is in Me. and New Brunswick, and is the principal stream in the latter, and, after the St. Lawrence, perhaps the finest in British America. It rises by several branches, some of which are in Somerset co. Me., and others in Canada East ; its head waters approach near to those of the Chaudiere in Canada, and the Penobscot in Me. ; by a broad sweep it passes through the N. part of Me., and below the entrance of St. Francis R. it forms the N. boundary of Me. until it crosses the U. S. boundary into New Brunswick, in about lat. 47° N., where it pursues a S. and S. E. course until it enters the Bay of Fundy, in about 45° 10' N. lat., and 66° 3' W. long. (M. A.) Q. Where is Columbia or Oregon River ? A. It is in Oregon Territory ; its N. branch rises in the Rocky Mts. in 50° N. lat., and 116° W. long., and thence pursues a northern route to near McGillivray's pass in the Rocky Mts. It then turns S. and proceeds to Fort Colville. To the S. of this it tends to the W. Thence it pursues a westerly course for 60 ms. It thence passes to the southward until it reaches Wallawalla in 46° N. lat. It now takes its last turn to the westward, and empties into the Pacific Ocean between Cape Disappointment and Point Adams. (M. A.) * Called by the Indians Looshtook, or the " long river." UNITED STATES. 117 Q. Where is Lewis or Snake River ? A. It is in Oregon Ter., has its source in the Rocky Mts., in the S. E. part, whence it flows in a general course first S. W., then N. W., and empties into Oregon or Columbia R. (M. A.) Q. Where is Clarke's River ? A. It is in Oregon Ter., rises near the Rocky Mts., flows first S. E., then N.,and afterwards N.W., passing through Kuiluspelm Lake, and empties into Oregon or Columbia R. *(M. A.) Q. Where is Frazer's River ? A. It is in British America, rises in the Rocky Mts., flows first N. W., then S. and W., and empties into Howe's Sound, a tributary of the Gulf of Georgia, in 49° 7 N. lat. (M. A.) Q. Where is Klamet River ? A, It is in Oregon Territory and Upper or New California ; rises in Klamet Lake, in the S. W. part of Oregon, flows first S., then a little N. of W., and empties into the Pacific Ocean. (M. A.) Q. Tell how long each of these Rivers is. A. Mississippi Proper is 2800 ms., with, the Missouri, 4100 ms. ; Missouri, 2900 ; Yellow Stone, 800 ; Big Horn, 600 ; Platte or Nebraska, 1000 ; Kanzas, 700 ; Arkansas, 2000 ; Canadian, 900; Red, 1200; Osajje, 450; Des Moines, 450; St. Peter's, 300; Wisconsin, 400 TRock, 300 ; Illinois, 500 ; Wabash, 500 -, Maumee, 300 ; Ohio, 1300 ; Alleghany, 350 ; Monongahela, 300 ; Kanawha, 400 ; Cumberland, 600 ; Tennessee, 900 ; White, 600 ; Washita, 500 ; Yazoo, 400 ; Rio Grande, 1800 ; Nueces, 350 ; Colorado, 700 ; Brazos, 650 ; Trinity, 450 ; Sabine, 350 ; Pearl, 350 ; Tombigbee, 500 ; Alabama, 600 ; Chattahoochee, 450 ; St. John's (Florida), 250 ; Alatamaha, 400 ; Savannah, 500 ; Santee, 450; Great Pedee, 450; Cape Fear, 350; Neuse, 300; Tar, 200 ; Roanoke, 500 ; James, 500 ; Potomac, 500 ; Susquehanna, 500; Delaware, 400; Hudson, 350; Mohawk, 200; St. Lawrence (including the lakes), 2200 ;* Connecticut, 450 ; Merrimack, 200 ; Kennebec, 300 ; Penobscot, 350; St. John's (Maine), 450 ; Oregon or Columbia, 1200; Lewis, 800; Clarke's, 600 ; Frazer's, 750 ; Klamet, 250. (M. A.) CAPES. Q. Where is Cape Cod ? A. It is on the E. coast of the U. S., being a Peninsula of Mass., on the S. side of Mass. Bay. (M. A.) The whole peninsula comprises Barnstable co., and projects from the S. shores of Mass., curving inward, something in the shape of the arm of a man, bent inward at the elbow and the wrist. It is 65 ms. long, and from 1 to 20 broad. * The St. Lawrence R., from Lake Ontario to the Atlantic, is nearly 1000 miles long. 118 UNITED STATES. Q. Where is Cape Malabar ? A. It is on the E. coast of the U. S., lying S. of Cape Cod, on the S. shore of the peninsula of Barnstable co., Mass. (M. A.) Q. Where is Cape Charles ? A. It is on the coast of Va., situated on the N. side of the en- trance into Chesapeake Bay, 12 ms. N. of Cape Henry, opposite, in about 37° 12' N. lat., and 75° 58' W. long. (M. A.) Q. Where is Cape Henry ? A. It is on the coast of Va., being the point on the S. side of the entrance of Chesapeake Bay, 12 ms. of Cape Charles, oppo- site. (M. A.) Q. Where is Cape Hatteras ? A. It is on the E. coast of N. C, on the S. E. point of an island, composed of sand and rock, which encloses Pamlico Sound. (M. A.) This Cape is the dread of Navigators, and has occasioned many ship- wrecks. Lat. 35° 15' N. ; long. 75° 30' W. Q. Where is Cape Fear ? A. It is on the S. E. coast of N.C., on the S. point of Smith's Island, near the mouth of Cape Fear R. (M. A.) This Cape has a dangerous shoal, called, from its form, the frying-pan. The Cape is in lat. 33° 48' N., and long. 78° 9' W. Q. Where is Cape Lookout 1 A. It is on the S. E. coast of N. C, on the S. point of an Island which encloses Core Sound, in 34° 42' N. lat., and 76° 37' W. long. (M. A.) Q. Where is Cape Cannaveral ? A. It is on the E. coast of Flor., N. lat. 28° 22'. (M. A.) It was off this Cape, April 29th, 1814, that the British brig Epervier, of 22 guns, and 128 men, was captured by the U. S. sloop Peacock, Captain Warrington, after an action of 42 minutes. Q. Where is Cape Sable ? A. It is on the W. coast of Flor. (M. A.) Q. Where is Cape Romans? A. It is on the W. coast of Flor. (M. A.) Q. Where is Cape St. Bias ? A. It is on the W. coast of Flor. (M. A.) ISLANDS. Q. Where is Mt. Desert Island ? A. It is in Hancock co., on the coast of Me., situated between Frenchman's and Blue Hill Bays. (M. A.) This Island is 15 ms. long, and 12 broad, and has a number of excellent harbors. It contains two townships, Eden, and Mount Desert. Q. Where is Nantucket Island ? A. It is an Island and co. of Mass., situated in the Atlantic UNITED STATES. 119 Ocean, 10 ms. E. of Martha's Vineyard, 30 ms. S. of Cape Cod. (M. A.) This Island is 15 ms. long, with an average breadth of 4 ms., containing 50 sq. ms. Q. Where is Martha's Vineyard ? A. It is an Island of Mass., lying in the Atlantic Ocean, off the S. coast ; it is S. of Falmouth on the mainland, and W.N. W. of Nantucket Island. (M. A.) This Island is 21 ms. long, and from 2 to 5 ms. broad. With several small Islands in the vicinity, it constitutes Duke's co., which contains 120 sq, ms. Q. Where is Long Island ? A. It is situated in the S. E. part of the State of N. Y., lying between the Atlantic on the S., and Long Island Sound on the N., by which it is separated from the State of Conn. (M. A.) This Island forms a part of the State of N. Y., situated between 40° 33' and 41° 6' N. lat., and 72° and 74° 2' W. long. Its length is about 120 ms. ; its greatest breadth near 20 ms., and contains 1500 sq. ms., having 3 counties, King's, on the W. end, Queen's, in the middle, and Suffolk, on the E. end of the Island. Q. Where are the Florida Reefs ? A. They are a cluster of low, sandy Islands, near the S. extremity of Flor., extending, in a curved form, 200 ms. inward to the Gulf of Mexico. (M. A.) Q. Where are the Tortugas Islands ? A. They are in the Gulf of Mexico, lying W. of Florida Reefs. (M. A.) Q. Where are the Manitouline Isles ? A. They extend along the N. part of Lake Huron, from E. to W. (M.A.) Q. Where is Grand Island ? A. It is in the S. part of Lake Superior. (M. A.) Q. Where is Island Royale ? A. It is in the N. W. part of Lake Superior. (M. A.) Q. Where are the Apostles 1 A. They are in the W. part of Lake Superior. (M. A.) Q. Where is Quadra and Vancouver's Island ? A. It is in the Pacific Ocean, on the W. coast of British America, separated from the mainland by the Gulf of Georgia, and from the U. S. by the Strait of Juan de Fuca. (M. A.) Q. How long is it ? Q. It is 300 ms. long. (M. A.) 120 UNITED STATES. Page 106.— Lesson Id.— Map No. 5. MOUNTAINS. Q. Where is Mt. Rainier ? A. It is in the W. part of Oregon Ter. (M. A.) Q. Where is Mt. St. Helens ? A. It is in the W. part of Oregon. Q. Where is Mt. Hood ? A. It is* in the W. part of Oregon Ter. 'M. A.) Q. Where is Mt. Jefferson ? A. It is in the W. part of Oregon Ter. (M. A.) Q. Where is Mt. Olympus ? A. It is in the W. part of Oregon Ter. (M. A.) Q. How high are the first two ? A. Mt. Rainier is 12,000 ft. ; Mt. St. Helens, 13,300 ft. (M. A.) Q. Where are the Rocky Mts. ? A. They are in the W. part of N. America ; they extend through Russian America, British America, and the U. S. (M. A.) For a further description, see Key, pages 86-87. Q. How long are they ? A. They are 4000 ms. long. (M. A.) Q. Where is Fremont's Peak ? A. It is on the boundary between Missouri and Oregon Terri- tories. (M. A.) Q. Where is Long's Peak ? A. It is in the W. part of Indian Ter. (M. A.) Q. Where is Pike's Peak ? • A. It is in the S.W. part of Indian Ter. (M. A.) Q. How high are they 1 A. Fremont's Peak is 13,570 ft. ; Long's Peak, 12,500 ft. ; Pike's, 12,000 ft. (M. A.) Q. Where are the Ozark Mts., and what is their height ? A. They extend from the lead-mine region of Mo., in a south- westerly direction across the State, the N.W. part of Ark., and the S. E. part of Indian Territory to Texas, and are 2000 ft. in height. (M. A.) Q. Where are the Cumberland Mts. ? A. They extend along the S. E. border of Ky., forming a part of the boundary between that State and Va., and afterwards run- ning across Tenn. in a south-westerly direction, terminate in Northern Ala. They divide the State of Tenn. into two sections, called E. and W. Tenn. (M. A.) Q. Where are the Alleghany Mts. ? A. They are in the E. part of the U. S., extending from the N. parts of Ala. and Ga., in a N. E. direction, and passing through UNITED STATES. 121 Tenn., Va., and Pa., terminate in the Catskill Mts., E. of the Hudson R., in the S. E. part of N. Y. In their course they sepa- rate Tenn. and N. C. (M. A.) For a further description, see Key, page 87. Q. What is their length and height ? A. They are 900 ms. long, and | m. high. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Blue Ridge ? A. It is in the E. part of the U. S., and runs in a north-easterly direction from the N. part of Ga., through N.C., Va., and Md., to the S. part of Pa., separating S. C, on the N.W., from Ga. (M. A.) Q. Where are the Blue Mts. ? A. They are a continuation of the Blue Ridge and the E. range of the Alleghanies. They commence at the termination of the Blue Ridge in Pa., and extending in a N. E. direction through Pa., and the N.W. part of N. J., they terminate in the S. E. part ofN. Y. (M. A.) Q. Where are the Green Mts. ? A. They are in the W. part of New England, extending from Conn, through the W. part of Mass., and the middle of Vt., between Lake Champlain and Connecticut R. In Washington co., Vt., they throw off a branch of inferior height to the N. E., which extends to the borders of Canada, while the main branch continues N. (J\£. A.) Q. Where are the White Mts. ? A. They are in the N. part of N. H. (M. A.) Q. Where are the Black Hills ? . A. They commence in the S. part of Mo. Ter., through which they extend in a N. E. direction. (M. A.) Q. Where is Black Mountain ? A. It is in the N.W. part of N. C. (M. A.) Q. Where are the three Butes ? A. They are in the S. E. part of Oregon Ter. (M. A.) Q. Where are the three Tetons ? A. They are in the S. E. part of Oregon Ter., E. of the three Paps. (M. A.) The last are said by some to be the highest mountains in the U. S. ; but this is uncertain. Fremont's Peak is the highest known. (M. G. p. 106.) Q. Where is the South Pass ? A, It is situated between Wind River Mts. and Sweetwater Mts. (see Map, No. 15), in about 42° 30' N. lat., and near 109° W. long. (M. A.) This remarkable Pass is a gap of about 20 ms. wide in the Rocky Mts. It forms a most convenient passage for travellers to and from Oregon. (M. G. p. 106.) 11 122 EASTERN STATES. POPULATION OF CITIES. Q. What eight cities in the U. States number 30,000 inha- bitants and upwards ? A. Boston, New York, Brooklyn* Albany, Philadelphia, Bal- timore, Cincinnati, and New Orleans. (M. A.) Q. What eight cities number from 20,000 to 30,000? A. Lowell, Providence, Rochester, Washington, Louisville, Richmond, Pittsburg, and Charleston. (M. A.) Q. What twelve cities have from 10,000 to 20,000? A. Portland, Salem, New Haven, Troy, Utica, Buffalo, Nor- folk, St. Louis, Newark, Petersburg, Savannah, and Mobile. (M. A.) DISTANCES, ETC. Q. How far is it from New Jersey to Portugal ? A. 3400 ms. (M. A.) Q. From New Jersey to the Azores ? A. 2500 ms. . (M. A.) Q. From Chesapeake Bay to Portugal ? A. 3700 ms. (M. A.) Q. From Cape Hatteras to the Strait of Gibraltar ? A. 3900 ms. (M. A.) Q. From Charleston to Madeira ? A. 3600 ms. (M. A.) Q. From Savannah to Bermuda ? A. 900 ms. (M. A.) Q. From Florida to Morocco ? A. 4200 ms. (M. A.) ♦ Q. From Florida to the Canary Islands ? A. 3800 ms. (M. A.) Q. How long and wide is the Atlantic Ocean ? A. It is 8500 ms. long, and from 2000 to 5000 ms. wide. (M. A.) Q. How long and wide is the Gulf of Mexico ? A. It is 1000 ms. long, and 800 wide. (M. A.) Q. How long and wide is the Pacific Ocean ? A. It is 11,000 ms. long, and 7000 wide. (M. A.) For the last two, see Map No. 6. EASTERN, OR NEW ENGLAND STATES. Page 109.— Lesson 81.— Map No. 8. Q. Which are the New England States ? A. Vt., Me., N. H., Mass., R. I., and Conn. Q. Which extends farthest north and east ? A. Me. For the position of this city, see Map No. 1 1 , EASTERN STATES. 123 Q. Which farthest south and west ? A. Conn. Q. Which is the largest State ? A. Me. Q. The second in extent ? A. Vt. Q. Third? A. N. H. Q. Fourth? A. Mass. Q. Fifth? A. Conn. £. Smallest? .#. R.I. These states extend from latitude 41° to 48°. (M. A.) Q. How many degrees of latitude then do they include ? A. Seven. They extend east and west from 3|° to 10° east longitude from Washington. (M. A.) Q. How many degrees then of longitude do they include ? A. 6f. Q. Which is the largest river in New England ? A. Connecticut. Q. The next ? A. Penobscot. Q. What river is partly in Maine and partly in New Bruns- wick ? A. St. John's. Q. How long are these rivers ? A. Connecticut, 450 ; Penobscot, 350 ; St. John's, 450. (M. A.) Q. Which is the largest lake wholly in the Eastern States ? A. Moosehead. Q. How long is it ? A. 35 ms. (M. A.) Q. What Jake is partly in New England, and partly in the state lying west of it ? A. Lake Champlain. Q. How long is this lake ? A. 120 ms. (M. A.) Lake Champlain is navigable for vessels of large burthen. During the war of the Revolution, and that of 1812, naval battles were fought upon it. Commodore M'Donough's victory, in which the whole British fleet was captured, took place September 11th, 1814. (M. G. p. 109.) Q. Which is the highest mountain in New England ? A. Mt. Washington. Q. Which is the next highest ? A. Mt. Katahdin 124 MAINE. Q. The next? A. Mansfield Mt. Q. How high are each of these mountains ? A. Mt. Washington, 6234 ft. ; Mt. Katahdin, 5000 ; Mansfield Mt., 4280. (M. A.) Q. Which are the three principal Islands in New England ? A. Mount Desert, Nantucket, and Martha's Vineyard. Q. Which state has the greatest extent of sea-coast ? A. Me. Q. Which has the smallest ? A. N.H. Q. Which has no sea-coast ? A. Vt. Q. How many miles is it from Maine to Nova Scotia ? A. 250. (M. A.) Q. To Spain? A. 3100. (M. A.) Q. To Circassk ? A. 5600. (M. A.) Q. From Massachusetts to Italy ? A. 4100. (M. A.) Q. To Turkey ? A. 4500. (M. A.) Q. From Long Island to Greece ? A. 4800. (M. A.) Q. In what year did the Pilgrims emigrate to New England ? A. In 1620/ (M. A.) Q. What was the name of the vessel ? A. Mayflower. Q. How many miles is it from Boston to Halifax ? A. 450. (M. A.) Q. From Halifax to Liverpool ? A. 2100. (M. A.) Q. Total distance from Boston to Liverpool ? A. 2550. (M. A.) MAINE. Page 111.— Lesson 82.— Map No. 8. Q. What country bounds Maine on the east ? A. New Brunswick. Q. On the west ? A. Canada East and N. H. Q. What ocean on the south ? A. Atlantic? MAINE. 125 Q, Which are the five principal rivers that flow into the At- lantic Ocean ? A. St. Croix, Penobscot, Kennebec, Androscoggin, and Saco. Q. How long are they ? A. St. Croix, 100 ; Penobscot, 350 ; Kennebec, 300 ; Andro- scoggin, 250 ; Saco, 100. (M. A.) Q. What river rises in the centre of Maine, and flows into New Brunswick ? A. St. John's. Q. How long is it ? A. 450 ms. (M. A.) Q. Which are the three principal lakes ? A. Moosehead, Chesuncook, and Grand. Q. How long are the first two ? A. Moosehead, 35 ms. ; Chesuncook, 24 ms. (M. A.) Q. The principal mountain, and its height ? A. Mt. Katahdin, 5000 ft. high. (M. A.) Q. The largest Island ? A. Mount Desert. Q. Which is the most eastern county ? A. Washington. Q. The most western ? A. Oxford. Q. The most southern ? A. York. Q. In what county, and on what river, is the capital situated ? A. Augusta,* the capital, is situated in Kennebec co., on the Kennebec River. A. Which are the four largest towns, and their population ? A. Portland, 15,000; Bangor, 8500; Augusta, 5250 ; Thomas- town, 6250. (M. A.) Q. How many miles is it from Maine to Nova Scotia ? A. 250. (M. A.) Q. To Spain? A. 3100. (M. A.) Q. To Circassia ? A. 5600. (M.A.) Q. What boundary in the northern part of the state ? A. St. John's River, and St. Francois. Q. What in the middle ? A. The boundary fine claimed by Great Britain until 1842. Q. What boundary formerly separated the state from Canada East? A. The boundary line according to the Treaty of 1783. * It is situated at the head of sloop navigation on the Kennebec R., 50 ras. from its mouth. 11* 126 MAINE. Q. What boundary extends from Lake Pohenagamook to the N. W. branch of the St. John's ? A. The boundary line of 1842. Maine, the north-easternmost of the New England States, is bounded N. by Canada East, E. by New Brunswick, from which it is separated by the St. Croix River, and a line due N. from the monument, at the source of the St. Croix River, as designated and agreed toby the commissioners, under the 5th article in the treaty of 1794, between the governments of the U.S., and Great Britain ; thence N., following the exploring line run and marked by the surveyors of the two governments, in the years 1817 and 1818, under the 5th article of the treaty of Ghent, to its intersection with the St. John's River, and to the middle of the channel thereof; thence up the middle of the main channel of said River St. John's, to the mouth of the River St. Francis, and through the lakes through which it flows to the outlet of the lake Pohenagamook ; thence southwesterly, in a straight line to a point in the N. W. branch of the River St. John's, which point shall be 1 miles distant from the main branch of the St. John's, in a straight line, and in the nearest direction ; but if the said point shall be found to be less than 7 miles from the nearest point or crest of the highlands, that divide the rivers which empty themselves into the River St. Lawrence from those which fall into the River St. John, to a point 7 miles in a straight line from the said summit or crest ; thence in a straight line in a course about S. 8° W. to the point where the parallel of lat. 46° 25' N. intersects the S. W. branch of the St. John's ; thence southerly by the said branch to the source thereof in the highlands at the Metiarmette portage ; thence down along the said highlands which divide the waters which empty themselves into the St. Lawrence from those which fall into the Atlantic Ocean, to the head of Hall's stream ; thence down the middle of said stream till the line thus run intersects the old line of boundary surveyed and marked by Valentine and Collins previously to the year 1774, as the 45° of N. lat., and which has been known and understood to be the line of actual division between the states of N. Y. and Vt. on the one side, and the British province of Canada East on the other ; and from the said point of intersection W. along said dividing line, as here- tofore known and understood, to the Iroquois, or St. Lawrence River. Such are the terms of the late treaty, now ratified by both governments, and which has happily settled a controversy of a quarter of a century. The line desig- nated as the old line, run as the 45° of N. lat., is found to be about 1 mile N. of the true line of 45° N. lat. Maine is bounded S. by the Atlantic Ocean. This state lies between 43° 5' and 47° 20' N. lat., and between 66° 50' and 70° 55' W. long. It is computed to contain 35,000 sq.ms., or 22,400,000 acres. It was under the jurisdiction of Mass. until 1820, when it was made an independent state. The population in 1790, was 96,540 ; in 1800, 151,719 ; in 1810, 228,705 ; in 1820, 298,335 ; in 1830, 399,955 : in 1840, 501,793. Of these 252,989 were free white males ; 247,449 do^ females ; free coloured males, 720 ; do. females, 635. Employed in agricul- ture, 101,630 ; in commerce, 2921 ; manufactures, 21,879 ; navigating the ocean, 10,091 ; learned professions, 1889. Augusta, at the head of sloop navigation on the Kennebec river, 50 miles from its mouth, is the seat of government. This state is divided into 13 counties, which, with their population and capitals, are as follows : Yoke, 54,034, Alfred j Cumberland, 68,658, NEW HAMPSHIRE. 127 Portland ; Lincoln, 63,517, Wiscasset ; Hancock, 28,605, Ellsworth ; Washington, 28,327, Machias ; Kennebec, 55,823, Augusta ; Oxford, 38,351, Paris; Somerset, 33,912, Norridgewock ; Penobscot, 45,705, Bangor; Waldo, 41,509, Belfast; Piscataquis, 13,138, Dover; Frank- xin, 20,801, Farmington; Aroostook, 9,413, Houlton. These counties contain about 498 townships, or settlements, some of which have but few inhabitants. NEW HAMPSHIRE. Page US.— Lesson 83.— Map No. 8. Q. What river separates New Hampshire from Vermont ? A. Connecticut. Q. How long is it ? A. 450 ms. (M. A.) Q. What river runs through the centre of the state ? A. Merrimac. Q. How long is it ? A. 200 ms. (M. A.) Q. What lake flows into it ? A. Winnipiseogee. Q. How long is it ? A. 22 ms. (M. A.) Q. What mountains are in Coos county ? A. White. Q. Which is the principal ? A. Mt. Washington. Q. How high is it ? A. 6234 feet. (M. A.) Q. Which is the principal town and its population ? A. Portsmouth, 8000. (M. A.) Q. The Capital and its population ? A. Concord, 5000. (M. A.) Q. On what river is Concord ?* A. Merrimac. Q. Which is the most northern county 1 A. Coos. Q. The three most southern counties ? A. Cheshire, Hillsborough, and Rockingham. Q. In what county is the capital ? A. Merrimac. * Concord, the cap. of Merrimac co., and of the state of N. H„ lies on both sides of the Merrimac r., in 43° 12' 29" N. lat., and 71° 29' W. long., 65 ms. N. N. W. of Boston, Mass. ; 1 46 ms. S. W. of Augusta, Me. ; 97 ms. S. E. of Montpelier, Vt. ; 153 ms. N. E. of Albany, N. Y. ; and 481 ms. from W. 128 ^VERMONT. Q. What counties contain each two county towns ? A. Rockingham, Strafford, and Grafton. County towns are distinguished by a ring with a dot in it. (M. G., p. 113.) New Hampshire, one of the Northern or New England States, is bounded N. by Canada East ; E. by Me. ; S. E. by the Atlantic, S. by Mass. ; and W. by Vt., from which it is separated by the western bank of Connecticut r. It is between 42° 41' and 45° 11' N. lat., and 70° 40' and 72° 28' W. long. It is 160 ms. long, and from 19 to 90 broad, containing 9491 sq. ms., or 6,074,240 acres. The pop. in 1790 was 141,885; in 1800, 138,858; in 1810, 214,460 ; in 1820, 244,161 ; in 1830, 269,328 ; in 1840, 284,574. Of these, 139,004 were free white males ; 145,032, do. females; 248 free coloured males; 290 do. females. Engaged in agriculture, 77,949 ; in com- merce, 1379; in manufactures and trades, 17,826; navigating the ocean, 455 ; do. lakes and rivers, 198 ; learned professions, 1640. Concord is the seat of government, situated on the Merrimack r., 65 ms. N. N. W. from Boston, with which it has a boatable communication by means of the river and the Middlesex canal. The state is divided into 10 counties, which, with their population and capitals, are as follows: Kockingham, 45,771, Portsmouth and Exeter; Merrimac, 36,253, Concord ; Hillsborough, 42,494, Amherst ; Che- shire, 26,429, Keene; Sullivan, 20,340, Newport ; Strafford, 23,166, Dover and Rochester ; Belknap, 17,988, Guilford ; Carroll, 19,973, Ossipee ; Grafton, 42,311, Haverhill and Plymouth; Coos, 9849, Lan- caster. These contain about 323 townships. VERMONT. Page 114. — Lesson 84. — Map No. 8. Q. What river bounds Vermont on the east ? A. Connecticut. ' Q. What state does it separate from Vermont ? A. N. H. Q. What Lake bounds Vermont on the west ? A. Champlain. Q. What state does it separate from Vermont ? A. N. Y. Q. What country lies north of Vermont ? A. Canada. Q. What state lies south ? A. Mass. Q. What four streams flow into Lake Champlain? A. Missisque, Lamoille, Onion, and Otter. (The first three are rivers, — the last is a creek.) Q. What two Islands are in Lake Champlain? A. North Hero, and South Hero. These, with a small peninsula lying north of them, form the county of Grand Isle. (M. G. p. 114.) MASSACHUSETTS. 129 Q. What Lake is partly in this state and partly in Canada ? A. Memphramagog. * Q. What mountains extend through the state ? A. Green. Q. Which is the highest peak 1 A. Mansfield Mt. Q. How high is it ? A. 4280 ft. (M. A.) Q. What other peaks? A. Camel's Rump, and Killington. Q. When was the battle of Bennington fought ? A. In 1777. « In August, 1777, 800 Americans under Gen. Stark, defeated a superior British force, on the W. border of this town. Q. What rivers flow into the Connecticut ? A. The principal are, in New Hampshire, the Upper and Lower Ammonoosuc, Sugar, and Ashuelot rs. ; in Vermont, Pasumpsic, Wells, White, Q,uechee, Black, Williams, and West rs. ; in Massachusetts, Miller's, Deerfield, Chickopee and West- field rs. ; and in Connecticut, Farmington r. Vermont, one of the Northern or New England States, is bounded N. by Canada East; E. by N. H. • S. by Mass.; and W. by N. Y. ; from which it is chiefly separated by Lake Champlain. It lies between 42° 44' and 45° N. lat., and between 71° 38' and 73° 26' W. long. It is 157 ms. long from N. to S., and 90 ms. broad on the N. boundary, and 40 on the southern, and contains 8000 sq. ms., or 5,120,000 acres. The pop. in 1790, was 85,589 ; in 1800, 154,465 ; in 1810, 217,895 ; in 1820, 235,764 ; in 1830, 280,679 ; in 1840, 291,948. Of these 146,378 were white males ; 144,840 do. females ; 364 coloured males ; 366 do. females. Employed in agriculture, 73,150; in commerce, 1303; in manufactures and trades, 13,174; navigating the ocean, rivers, &c, 187 ; learned professions, &c, 1563. The state is divided into 14 counties, which, with their population in 1840, and their capitals, were as follows: Addison, 23,583, Middlebury ; Bennington, 16,872, Bennington and Manchester; Caledonia, 21,891, Danville; Chittenden, 22,977, Burlington; Essex, 4226, Guildhall; Franklin, 24,531, St. Albans; Grand Isle, 3883, North Hero; Lat.ioille, 10,475, Hyde Park ; Orange, 27,873, Chelsea ; Orleans, 13,634, Irasburg ; Rutland, 30,699, Rutland ; Washington, 23,506, Montpelier ; Windham, 27,445, Newfane; Windsor, 40,356, Windsor and Woodstock. Mont- pelier, on Winooski or Onion River, 38 ms. E. S. E. from Burlington, is the capital. MASSACHUSETTS. Page 117.— Lesson 86.— Map No. 8. Q. What states bound Massachusetts on the north ? A. N. H. and Vt. 130 MASSACHUSETTS. Q. On the south ? A. R. I. and Conn. Q. On the west ? • A. N. Y. Q. What ocean on the east and south ? A. Atlantic. Q. What three mountains in Massachusetts ? A. Wachusett Mt., Mt. Holyoke, and Mt. Tom. The range west of the Connecticut River, is called the Housatonic Mts. ; it is a continuation of the Green Mts. (M. G. p. 117.) Q. Which are the principal rivers ? A. Connecticut, |md Merrimac. Q. How long are they ? A. Connecticut, 450 ms. ; Merrimac, 200 ms. (M. A.) Q. The other rivers ? A. Blackstone, Housatonic, Deerfield, Westfield, Miller's, Chickopee, Nashua, and Concord. Q. What capes on the coast ? A. Ann, Cod, and Malabar. Q. What bays?- A. Massachusetts, Cape Cod, and Buzzard's. Q. What Islands? A. Nantucket and Martha's Vineyard. Q. What counties do these Islands form ? A. Nantucket, and Duke's. Q. Which is the most northern county ? A. Essex. Q. The most southern ? A. Nantucket. Q. The most eastern ? A. Barnstable. Q. The most western ? A. Berkshire. Q. What is the capital ? A. Boston. Q. Its population ? A. 93,000. (M. A.) Q. In what county is it ? A. Suffolk. (For the position of this county see Map No. 9.) Q. What four places have each a population of upwards of 10,000? A. Lowell, Salem, New Bedford, and Charlestown ? Q. In what year was the battle of Lexington fouo-ht ? A. In 1775. Here the first blood was shed in the revolutionary war, April 19th, 1775. A monument, with an appropriate inscription, has been erected by the leg is- MASSACHUSETTS. 131 lature of Mass., on the spot near which 8 men were killed by the British. This event aroused the country to arms. Major Pitcairn, the British com- mander, who was engaged in the above transaction, was afterwards killed at the battle of Bunker Hill. Q. Bunker's Hill? A. In 1775. (The flag denoting this battle is near Charlestown. ) Breed's Hill, commonly called Bunker's Hill, is immediately in the rear of Charlestown, where a bloody battle was fought at the commencement of the revolution, June 17, 1775, in which the Americans lost, killed and wounded, 449, and the British 1005. To commemorate this important event, a granite obelisk has been erected on the spot, which is 30 feet square at the base, 220 feet high, and 15 feet square at the top, ascended within by a winding stair- case, estimated to have cost about §100,000. Q. What rail-roads centre in Boston ? A. Eastern ; Boston & Maine ; Boston, Lowell, & Concord ; Boston & Worcester, and Western ; Boston & Providence, and Providence & Stonington ; Boston & Fitchburg ; Old Colony, Taunton & New Bedford ; this is connected with Boston by the Boston & Providence Road. (See M. A., Table No. 5.) Q. Tell by the scale what capital lies about 90 ms. from Boston. A. Hartford. (M. A.) Q. What county town in Maine lies a few miles farther ? A. Portland. (M. A.) (This is the most important place in the state, and was formerly the capital.) (M. G. p. 117.) Q. What county towns in Connecticut are about the same dis- tance from Boston as Portland ? A. Middletown, Haddam, and New London. (M. A.) Q. What Island belonging to Rhode Island is not quite so far ? A. Block. (M. A.) Q. What Island in Massachusetts is about the same distance ? A. Nantucket. (M. A.) Q. What is the name of the county and county town ? A. Nantucket is the name of each. Q. What does this island carry on to a great extent ? A. The whale-fishing. Q. How far is Providence from Boston ? A. 42 miles, S. S. W. Q. Worcester? A. 42 miles, W. by S. Q. Amherst? A. 87 miles W. Q. Exeter ? (Rockingham co., N. H.) A. 47 miles, N. by E. Q.Augusta? (The cap. of Maine.) A. 163 miles, N. N. E. Q. Montpelier? (The cap. of Vermont.) A. 160 miles N. N. W. 132 RHODE ISLAND. Q. In what states are the last two ? A. Augusta is in Maine ;* Montpelier, in Vermont.! Q. What towns on Massachusetts Bay ? A. Salem, Marblehead, Charlestown, Boston, Hull, and Hingham. Massachusetts, one of the Eastern States, is bounded N. by Vt. and N. H. ; E. by the Atlantic ; S. by the Atlantic, R. I., and Conn. ; and W. by N.Y. It lies between 41° 23' and 43° 52' N. lat., and 69° 50' and 73° 10' W. long. It is 190 miles long and 90 broad, containing about 7800 sq. ms,, or 4,992,000 acres. The population in 1790 was 388,727; in 1800, 422,845; in 1810,472,040 ; in 1820,523,287 ; in 1830, 610,408 ; in 1840, 737,699. Of these 360,679 were free white males ; 368,351 do. females ; 4654 free coloured males; 4015 do. females. Employed in mining, 499 ; in agriculture, 87,837 ; in commerce, 8063 ; in manufactures and trades, 85,176 ; navigating the ocean, 27,153 ; do. rivers, &c, 372 ; learned pro- fessions, 3804. The capital, and the largest town in New England, is Boston, situated on a small peninsula in Boston bay. This state is divided into 14 counties, which, with their population in 1840, and capitals, are as follows : Suffolk, 95,773, Boston ; Essex, 94,987, Salem, Newburyport, and Ipswich; Middlesex, 106,611, Cam- bridge, Concord, and Lowell; Worcester, 95,313, Worcester; Hamp- shire, 30,897, Northampton ; Hampden, 37,366, Springfield ; Fra^kltx, 28,812, Greenfield; Berkshire, 41,745, Lenox; Bristol, 60,164, New Bedford and Taunton ; Plymouth, 47,373, Plymouth ; Barnstable, 32,548, Barnstable; Dukes, 3958, Edgartown; Nantucket, 9012, Nan- tucket ; Norfolk, 53,140, Dedham, RHODE ISLAND. Page 118.— Lesson 87.— Map No. 8. Q. What state bounds Rhode Island on the north and east ? A. Mass. Q. On the west? A. Conn. Q. What ocean on the south ? A. Atlantic. Q. What is the principal bay? A, Narragansett. Q. Which are the two principal islands ? A. Rhode Island, and Block. Q. What county do they belong to ? A. Newport. * Augusta, the capital of Kennebec co., and of the state of Me., is situated on both sides of the Kennebec r., 43 ms. from the ocean, at the head of sloop navigation. f Montpelier, the cap. of Washington co., and the state of Vt., is situated on an alluvial plain of moderate extent, at the junction of the N. and S. branches of Winooski or Onion r. CONNECTICUT. 133 Q. Which are the capitals ? A. Providence and Newport. Q. Their population ? A. Providence, 23,000; Newport, 8250. (M. A.) Q. In what county is Providence ? A. Providence. Q. In which is Newport? A. Newport. Rhode Island, or, according to its original name, Rhode Island and Pro- vidence Plantations, one of the Northern or New England States, is situated between 41° 22' and 42° 3' N. lat., and between 71° 6' and 71° 38' W. long., and between 5° 1' and 5° 54' E. from Washington. It is about 49 ms. long and 29 broad, containing 1225 square miles, of which Narraganset bay includes 130, or, in the whole, 784,000 acres, and is the smallest state in the Union. The population in 1790 was 58,825; in 1800, 69,122; in 1810, 76,931; in 1820, 83,059 ; in 1830, 97,212; in 1840, 108,830. Of these, 51,362 were white males; 54,225 do. females; coloured free males, 1413; do. fe- males, 1825. Employed in agriculture, 16,617; in commerce, 1348; manufactures and trades, 21,271 ; navigating the ocean, 1717 ; learned pro- fessions, &c, 457. It is divided into 5 counties, which, with their population in 1840, and their capitals, were as follows : Providence, 58,073, Providence ; New- port, 16,874, Newport; Bristol, 6476, Bristol; Kent, 13,083, East Greenwich ; Washington, 14,324, South Kingston. Newport and Providence are the principal seats of government ; but the legislature meets annually at the former in May, and of the latter, alternately with South Kingston, in October. CONNECTICUT. Page 120.— Lesson 89.— Map No. 8. Q, What state bounds Connecticut on the north ? A. Mass. Q. On the east? A. R. I. Q. West? A. N. Y. Q. What bounds it on the south ? A. Long Island Sound. Q. How long is Long Island Sound ? A. 120 ms. (M. A.) Q. To what State does Lonff Island belong ? A. N. Y. . Q. What rivers flow into the Sound ? A. Connecticut, Thames, and Housatonic. 12 134 CONNECTICUT. Q. The length of each? A. Connecticut, 450ms. ; Thames, 100 ms ; Housatonic, 150 ms. (M. A.) Q. How far is the Connecticut navigable ? A. 60 ms. (M. A.) Q. For what kind of vessels ? A. Steam-boats. Q. The Housatonic ? A. 12 ms. (M. A.) Q. Point out the other rivers. A. Naugatuck, Farmington, Shetucket, and Gluinebaugh. Q. What is the population of New Haven ? A. 13,000. (M. A.) Q. Of Hartford? A. 9500. (M. A.) Q. Which are the four next largest towns and their population ? A. New London, 5500; Danbury, 1500; Norwich, 7250; and Litchfield, 4000. (M. A.) Q. On what river is New London ?* A. On the Thames. Q. Norwich?! A. On the Thames. Q. Middletown?^ A. On the Connecticut. Q. Haddam?§ A. On the Connecticut. Q. Hartford? || A. On the Connecticut. *New London is a city, port of entry, and semi-capital of New London co., Conn. It is situated on the Thames, 3 ms. from its entrance into Long Island Sound, and is in 41° 24' N. lat., and 72° 30' W. long, from Green- wich, and 4° 0' 48" E. long, from W. It is 44 ms. S. E. from Hartford, 52 ms. E. from New Haven, 55 ms. S.W. from Providence, and 353 ms. from W. f Norwich city, and semi-capital of New London co., Conn., is situated at the head of navigation on Thames r., in 41° 33' N. lat., and 72° 7' W. long., 13 ms. N. of New London, 39 ms. S.E. of Hartford, 38 ms. S.W. of Providence, R. L, 50 ms. N. E. of New Haven, and 357 from W. J Middletown city, port of entry and semi-capital of Middlesex co., Conn., is pleasantly situated on the W. bank of Connecticut r., 34 ms. above its mouth, in 44° 33' 8" N. lat., and 72° 39' W. long., 14 ms. S. of Hartford, 24 ms. N. E. of New Haven, 35 ms. N.W. of New London, and 326 ms. from W. § Haddam, semi-capital of Middlesex co., Conn., is situated on both sides of Connecticut r., 23 ms. S. of Hartford, 334 ms. from W. || Hartford city, capital of Hartford co., Conn., and the semi-capital of the State, is situated on the W. side of Connecticut r., 50 ms. from its mouth, CONNECTICUT. 135 Q. How many miles is it by the scale from New Haven to Hartford? A. 34.— (Hartford is 34 ms. N. N. E. from New Haven.) Q. What county town is about the same distance ? A. Litchfield.— (It is 32 ms. W. of Hartford.) The city of New York, Northampton on the Connecticut river, and Block Island, are all about the same distance from New Haven. Q. How many miles is it ? A. 76. Hartford is nearly half-way between New-York and Boston. Q. How many miles is it from each 1 A. It is 123 N. E. from New-York ; 100 W. S. W. from Bos- ton. (100 from New York ; 90 from Boston, by measurement on Mitchell's Atlas.) New Haven is about the same distance from Newport, Providence, and Worcester. Q. How many miles is it ? A. 85. (M. A.) Hartford is situated very nearly half-way between the eastern and western extremities of the State. Q. How many miles is it from each ? A. 40 from the eastern, and 42 from the western. (M. A.) Hartford is about the same distance from Providence and Poughkeepsie. Q. How many miles is it from each ? A. It is 70 W. from Providence ; 72 E. from Poughkeepsie. (M.A.) Q. How far is New Haven from the north line of the State ? A. 50 miles. (M. A.) Q. From the north-east corner of the State ? A. 75 miles. (M. A.) Q. From the north-west corner ? A. 57 miles. (M. A.) Connecticut, the southernmost of the Eastern States, is bounded N. by Mass,, E. by R. L, S. by Long Island Sound, and W. by N. Y. It is be- tween 41° and 42° 2' N. lat., and 71° 20' and 73° 15' W. long., and be- tween 3° 16' and 5° 11' E. long, from Washington. It contains 4764 sq. ins., or 3,048,960 acres. The population in 1790 was 237,946; in 1800, 251,002; in 1810, 261,942; in 1820, 275,248; in 1830, 297,711; in 1840,300,015. Of these 148,300 were white males ; 153,556 do. females; 3881 free coloured at the head of sloop navigation ; and is in 41° 45' N. lat., and 70° 50' W. long., from Greenwich, and 4° 15' E. long, from W. It is 34 ms. N.N.E. from New Haven ; 44 ms. N.W. from New London ; 70 ms. W. from Pro- vidence ; 100 ms. W. S. W. from Boston ; 97 ms. S.E. from Albany ; 123 ms. N. E. from New York; and 336 ms. from W. 136 MIDDLE STATES. males; 4214 do. females. Employed in agriculture, 56,955 ; in commerce, 2743 ; manufactures and trades, 27,932 ; navigating the ocean, 2700 ; do. rivers, &c, 431 ; learned professions and engineers, 1697. The capitals are Hartford, on the Connecticut r., at the head of sloop navigation, 50 miles from its mouth ; and New Haven, on a bay which sets up 4 ms. from Long Island Sound. The State is divided into 8 counties, which, with their population in 1840, and their capitals, were as follows : Fairfield, 49,917, Fairfield and Dan- bury ; Hartford, 55,629, Hartford; Litchfield, 40,448, Litchfield ; Mid- dlesex, 24,879, Middletown; New Haven, 48,619, New Haven ; New London, 44,463, New London and Norwich ; Tolland, 17,955, Tolland ; Windham, 28,080, Brooklyn. These counties are divided into 144 cities and towns. MIDDLE STATES. Page 123.— Lesson 91.— Map No. 11. Q. Which is the largest of the Middle States ? A. N. Y. Q. The second in extent ? A. Pa. Q. Third? A. N. J. Q. Fourth? A. Del. Q. Which extends farthest north and east ? A. N. Y. Q. South? A. Del. Q. W T est? A. Pa. Q. Which state has the greatest extent of sea-coast ? A. N. Y. Q. Which has no sea-coast ? A. Pa. The Middle States extend from latitude 38s to 45 decrees. (M. A.) Q. How many degrees of latitude, then, do they include ? A. 6^°. They extend from longitude 5 degrees east of Washington, to about 3£ west. (M. A.) Q. How many degrees of longitude do they include ? A. 8a. Q. Which is the largest Island belonging to the Middle States ? A. Long Island. Q. What is its length ? A. 120 miles. (M. A.) NEW YORK. 137 Q. The next in size ? A. Staten Island. (This Island forms Richmond county, in N. Y. Q. Which are the principal mountains ? A. Alleghany, Blue, Catskill, and Mohegan* Q. Which is the highest mountain ? A. Mt. Marcy. Q. How high is it ? A. 5300 feet. (M. A.) Q. Which are the chief rivers that flow into the Ocean ? A. Hudson, Delaware, and Susquehanna. Q. Which two form the Ohio ? A. Alleghany, and Monongahela. Q. How long are all these rivers ? A. Hudson, 350 ; Delaware, 400 ; Susquehanna, 500 ; Alle- ghany, 350 ; Monongahela, 300. (M. A.) Q. Which state has the greatest extent of lake-coast ? A. N. Y. Q. The next ? A, Pa. Q. How long is each of these lakes ? A. Ontario, 190 ; Erie, 250. (M. A.) Q. For what are they navigable ? A. For the largest vessels. (M. A.) Q. How far is it from New York to Bristol, England ? A. 3200 miles. (M. A.) Q. From New Jersey to Italy ? A. 4700 miles. (M. A.) Q. From Delaware to Turkey, in Asia ? A. 5700 miles. (M. A.) Q. From Philadelphia to Norfolk? (Va.) A. 320 miles. (M. A.) NEW YORK. Page 127. — Lesson 94. — Map No. 11. Q. What provinces bound New York on the north ? A. Canada West, and Canada East ? Q. What states on the south ? A. Pa. and N. J. Q. On the east ? A. Vt.,Mass. and Conn. Q. What are the three most northern counties ? A. St. Lawrence, Franklin, and Clinton. * These are also called the Adondirack Mts. 12* 138 NEW YORK. Q. Most southern ? A. Richmond. Q. Most Eastern ? A. Suffolk. Q. Most western ? .#. Chautauque. Q. What two great lakes separate New York from Canada West ? A. Erie, and Ontario. Q. How long are they ? e2. Erie, 270; Ontario, 190. (M. A.) Q. What river forms part of the boundary between this state and Canada West ? A. St. Lawrence. Q. How long is it ? A. 2200 miles,* — including the lakes. (M. A.) Q. How long is Lake Champlain ? A. 120 miles. (M. A, Q. George? A. 33 miles. (M. A.) Q. Oneidsu A. 21 miles. (M. A.) Q. Skaneateles? A. 15 miles. (M. A.) Q. Cayuga? A. 36 miles. (ML A.) Q. Seneca? A. 35 miles. (M. A.) Q. Canandaigua? A. 14 miles. (M. A.) Q. Crooked and Black Lakes ? A. 18 miles each. (M. A.) Q. What three rivers flow into Lake Ontario ? A. Genesee, Oswego, and Black. Q. What four flow into the St. Lawrence River ? A. St. Regis, Racket, Grass, and Oswegatchie. Q. What river flows into the Atlantic Ocean ? A. Hudson. Q. Which is the largest branch of the Hudson River ? A. Mohawk. Q. Tell the lengths of all the foregoing rivers. A. Genesee, 150 ; Oswego, 150 ; Black, 150 ; St. Regis, 150 ; Racket, 200; Grass, 150; Oswegatchie, 150: Hudson, 350; Mohawk, 200. (M. A.) * 1000 ms. long from lake Ontario to the sea. NEW YORK. 139 Q. How many miles is the Hudson River navigable for steam- boats ? A. 160. (M. A.) Q. For sloops ? A. 150. (M.A.) Q. For ships ? A. 120. (M.A.) Q. What river unites Lakes Erie and Ontario ? A. Niagara. Q. How high is Mt. Marcy ? A. 5300 feet. (M. A.) Q. The Catskill Mts. ? .#. 3800 ft. (M. A.) Q. What island is in Niagara River 1 A. Grand. Q. What celebrated falls on the Niagara River ? A. Niagara. Q. W T hat island forms one of the counties of the State ? A. Staten. Q. What island contains three counties ? A. Long Island. Q. What is the length of Long Island ? A. 120 miles. (M. A.) Q. What Sound separates it from Connecticut ? .#. Long Island Sound. Q. Point out the different places at which battles were fought and their dates. A. Flatbush, 1776 ; White Plains, 1776 ; Stillwater, 1777 ; Stony Point, 1779; Fort Schuyler, 1780; Sacketts Harbour, 1813; Plattsburg, 1814; Oswego, 1814. (M. A.) New York, the most northern of the Middle States, and the most popu- lous State in the Union, is bounded N. by Lake Ontario, the River St. Law- rence, and Canada East ; E. by Vt., Mass., and Conn. ; S. by the Atlantic, N. J., and Pa. ; and W. by Pa., Lake Erie, and Niagara River. It lies between 39° 45' and 45° N. lat., and between 73° and 79° 55' W. long., and between 2° 51' W., and 5° E. long, from Washington. It is about 316 miles long, and 314 broad; containing 47,000 square miles, or 30,080,000 acres. The population in 1790, was 340,120 ; in 1800, 586,050 ; in 1810, 959,049; in 1820, 1,372,812; in 1830, 1,913,508; in 1840, 2,428,921. Of these, 853,929 were white males; 816,276 do. females; 6435 free coloured males; 6428 do. females. Employed in mining, 1898 ; in agricul- ture, 455,954 ; in commerce, 28,468; manufactures and trades, 173,193; navigating the ocean, 5511 ; do. lakes and canals, 10,167; learned profes- sions, 14,111. This State is divided into 58 counties, which, with their population in 1840, and their capitals, are as follows: Albany, 68,593, Albany; Alle- ghany, 40,975, Angelica ; Broome, 22,338, Binghamton ; Cattaraugus, 28,872, Ellicottsville ; Cayuga, 50,338, Auburn ; Chautauo.ue, 47,975, 140 NEW JERSEY. Mayville ; Chemung, 20,732, Elmira ; Chenango, 40,785, Norwich ; Clin- ton, 28,157, Plattsburg; Cortland, 24,607, Cortland ville ; Delaware, 35,396, Delhi; Erie, 62,465, Buffalo; Essex, 23,634, Elizabethtown ; Franklin, 16,518, Malone; Fulton, 18,049, Johnstown; Genesee, 59,587, Batavia; Hamilton, 1907, Lake Pleasant; Herkimer, 37,477, Herkimer; Jefferson, 60,984, Watertown ; Lewis, 17,830, Martinsburg* Livingston, 35,140, Geneseo ; Madison, 40,008, Morrisville ; Monroe, 64,902, Rochester ; Montgomery, 35,818, Canajoharie ; Niagara, 31,132, Lockport ; Oneida, 85,310, Utica, Rome, Whitestown ; Onondaga, 67,91 1, Syracuse; Ontario, 43,501, Canandaigua ; Orleans, 25,127, Albion; Oswego, 43,619, Oswego, Pulaski; Otsego, 49,628, Cooperstown ; Ren- sellaer, 60,259, Troy; Saratoga, 40,553, Ballston; Schenectady, 17,387, Schenectady ; Schoharie, 32,358, Schoharie ; Seneca, 24,874, Ovid, Wa- terloo ; St. Lawrence, 56,706, Canton ; Steuben, 46,138, Bath; Tioga, 20,527, Owego; Tompkins, 37,948, Ithaca; Warren, 13,422, Caldwell; Washington, 41,080, Salem, Sandyhill ; Wayne, 42,057, Lyons ; Yates, 20,444, Penn Yan ; Columbia, 43,252, Hudson; Dutchess, 52,398, Poughkeepsie ; Greene, 30,446, Catskill ; Kings, 47,613, Brooklyn ; New York, 312,710, New York ; Orange, 50,739, Goshen, Newburg ; Put- nam, 12,825, Carmel ; Queens, 30,324, North Hempstead; Richmond, 10,965, Richmond ; Rockland, 11,975, Clarkstown ; Suffolk, 32,469, Riverhead ; Sullivan, 15,629, Monticello ; Ulster, 45,822, Kingston; Westchesteb, 48,686, Bedford, White Plains. These counties are divided into 807 townships, including 9 cities and 125 incorporated villages. The capital of the State is Albany, on the W. bank of the Hudson R., 145 ins. N. of New York. NEW JERSEY. Pages 128-9.— Lesson 9o.~Map No. 11. Q. What bounds New Jersey on the north ? A. N. Y. Q. What on the east 1 A. Atlantic Ocean, and N. Y. Q. West? A. Pa., and Del. Q. What river separates New Jersey from Pennsylvania and Delaware ? A. Delaware. Q. What river separates it from New York ? A. Hudson. Q. Which are the three principal rivers of New Jersey ? A. Passaic, Raritan, and Maurice. Q. Which is the most northern county ? A. Sussex. Q. The most southern ? A. Cape May. Q. The most eastern ? A. Bergen. NEW JERSEY. 141 Q. The most western ? A. Salem. Q. What Cape at the southern extremity of New Jersey ? A. May. Q. What Bay on the south-west ? A. Delaware. Q. When were the battles of Trenton, Princeton, Monmouth, and Red Bank, fought ? A. Trenton, in 1776 ; Princeton, Monmouth, and Red Bank, in 1777. (M. A.) Q. In which county is Trenton ? A. Mercer. Q. Newark ? A. Essex. Q. Paterson 1 A. Passaic. Q. New Brunswick ? A. Middlesex. Q. What is the population of each of these towns 1 A. Trenton, 4000 ; Newark, 17,000; Paterson, 7500; New Brunswick, 8500. (M. A.) Q. On what river is Newark !* A. On the Passaic. Q. Burlington ?t A. On the Delaware. Q. Camden ?± A. On the Delaware. New Jersey, one of the Middle States, is bounded N. by N. Y., E. by the Hudson r. and the Atlantic ; S. by the Atlantic ; and W. by Delaware bay and river, which separate it from the states of Del. and Pa. It is be- tween 39° and 41° 24' N. lat., and between 74° and 75° 29' W. long., and between 1° 26' and 3° 9' E. long, from W. It is 163 ms. long and 52 * Newark is a city, port of entry, and capital of Essex co., N. J., 9 ms. W. from N. York, 49 ms. N. E. from Trenton, and 215 ms. from W. It is situated on the W. side of Passaic r., 3 ms. from its entrance into New York bay, and is the most populous and flourishing place in the state. f Burlington is a city, and port of entry, Burlington co., N. J., 12 ms. S. from Trenton, 17 ms. N. E. from Philadelphia, 156 ms.from W., 40° 5' 10" N. lat. and 72° 52' 37" W. long. It is pleasantly located on the E. bank of the Delaware. Encircled on the S. and E. by a small stream, so as to form an island, 1A m. long and £ m. wide, connected with the main land by 4 bridges and causeways. + Camden is a city, and port of entry, Camden co., N. J., 29 ms. S. S. W. from Trenton, 139 ms. from W. It is situated on the E. side of Dela- ware r., opposite to Philadelphia. The city consists of three parts, a central or principal part, and a northern and southern village or suburb, from each of which is a ferry to Philadelphia. 142 PENNSYLVANIA. broad, containing 8320 sq. ms., or 5,324,800 acres. The population in 1790 was 184,189; in 1800, 211,149 ; in 1810, 245,592 ; in 1820, 277,575 in 1830, 320,779 ; in 1840, 373,306. Of these 177,055 were white males 174,533 do. females; 10,780 were free colored males ; 10,264 do. females 303 male, and 371 female slaves. Employed in mining, 266 ; agriculture, 56,701; commerce, 2283; manufactures and trades, 27,004; navigating the ocean, 1143; do. canals, lakes, and rivers, 1625; learned professions, &c, 1627. This state is divided into 18 counties, which, with their population in 1840, and their capitals, are as follows : Atlantic, 8726, May's Landing; Bergen, 13,223, Hackensack ; Burlington, 32,831, Mount Holly ; Capk Mat, 5324, Cape May C. H. ; Cumberland, 14,374, Bridgetown ; Essex, 44,621, Newark; Gloucester, 25,438, Woodbury ; Hudson, 9483, North Bergen; Hunterdon, 24,789, Flemington ; Mercer, 21,502, Trenton; Middlesex, 21,893, New Brunswick ; Monmouth, 32,909, Freehold ; Morris, 25,844, Morristown ; Passaic, 16,734, Patterson; Salem, 16,624, Salem; Somerset, 17,455, Somerville ; Sussex, 21,770, Newton ; War- ren, 20,366, Belvidere. The seat of government is Trenton, at the head of sloop navigation on the Delaware, 30 miles above Philadelphia. PENNSYLVANIA. Page 132.— Lesson 98.— Map No. 11. Q. What bounds Pennsylvania on the north ? A. N. Y. Q. On the south ? A. Del, Md., and Va. Q. East? A. N. Y., and N. J. Q. West? A. Oo., and Va. Q. What river separates Pennsylvania from New Jersey ? A. Delaware. Q. What river flows into Chesapeake Bay ? A. Susquehanna. Q. Which are its two chief branches ? A. North Branch, and West Branch. Q. What rivers unite at Pittsburg ? A, Alleghany, and Monongahela. Q. What river do they form ? A. Ohio. Q. What river flows into the Susquehanna above Harrisburg ? A. Juniata. Q. Tell the lengths of the foregoing rivers. A. Delaware, 400 ; Susquehanna, 500 ; North Branch of the Susquehanna, 350 ; West Branch, 200 ; Alleghany, 350 ; Monon- gahela, 300 ; Ohio, 1300 ; Juniata, 200. (M. A.) PENNSYLVANIA. 143 Q. What two rivers flow into the Delaware ? A. Lehigh, and Schuylkill. Q. What river flows into the Ohio helow Pittsburg ? A. Beaver. „ Q. How many miles is the Delaware navigable for steamboats ? A. 150. (M. A.) Q. What mountains extend between Berks and Schuylkill counties ? A. Blue. Q, What mountains in the centre of the state ? A. Alleghany. Q. What two ridges in the western part ? A. Laurel, and Chesnut. Q. In which county is Philadelphia ? A. Philadelphia. Q. Harrisburg? A. Dauphin. Q. Lancaster? A. Lancaster. Q. Pittsburg? A. Alleghany. Q. What is the population of Philadelphia ? A. 228,000. (M. A.) Q. Lancaster ? A. 8500. (M. A.) Q. Harrisburg? A. 6000. (M.A.) Q. Reading? A. 8250. (M. A.) Q. Easton? A. 4750. (M. A.) Q. Erie? A. 3250. (M. A.) Q. Beaver ? A. 551. Q. Pittsburg? .#.21,000. ~(M.A.) Q. What lake forms the N. W. boundary of the state ? A. Erie. Q. What town on the lake ? A. Erie. Q. When was Braddock defeated ? A. In 1755. (M. A.) Q. When were the battles of Brandywine and Germantowh fought ? A. In 1777. (M. A.) 144 PENNSYLVANIA. Q. When did the massacre of Wyoming take place ? A. In 1778. (M. A.) Q. On what river is Reading ?* A. Schuylkill. Q. Easton ?t A. Delaware. Q. PottsvilleTJ A. Schuylkill. Q. Wilkesbarre ?§ A. On the N. branch of the Susquehanna. Q. Beaver ?|) A. On the Ohio. Pennsylvania, one of the Middle States, is bounded N. by N. Y. and Lake Erie ; E. by N. J., from which it is separated by Delaware R. ; S. by Del., Md., and Va. ; and W. by Va. and Oo. It is between 39° 43' and 42° N. lat., and between 74° and 80° 40' W. long. ; and between 3° 31' W. and 2° 18' E. from W. It is 307 ms. long, and 160 broad, containing 46,000 sq. ms., or 29,440,000 acres. The population in 1790. was 434,373 ; in 1800, 602,545 ; in 1810, 810,091 ; in 1820, 1,049,313 ; in 1830, 1,347,672 ; in 1840, 1,724,033. Of these 844,770 were white males; 831,345 do. females; 22,752 free coloured males; 25,102 do. females; employed in agriculture, 207,533; in commerce, 15,338; in manufactures and trades, 105,883 ; in mining, 4603 ; navigating the ocean, 1815 ; do. lakes, rivers, &c, 3951 ; learned professions, &c, 6706. The state is divided into 54 counties, which, with their population in 1840, and their capitals, are as follows : Eastern District. — Adams, 23,044, Gettysburg; Berks, 64,569, Reading; Bucks, 48,107, Doylestown and Bristol ; Chester, 57,515, West Chester ; Cumberland, 30,953, Carlisle ; Dauphin, 30,118, Harrisburg; Delaware, 19,791, Chester ; Franklin, 37,793, Chambersburg ; Lancaster, 84,203, Lancaster; Lebanon, 21,872, Lebanon ; Lehigh, 25,787, Allentown ; Monroe, 9879, Stroudsburg, Montgomery, 47,241, Norristown ; Northampton, 40,996, Easton; Perry, * Reading is the cap. of Berks co. Pa., 57 ms. N. W. from Philadelphia, 52 ms. E. from Harrisburg, and 145 ms. from W. It is situated on the E. bank of Schuylkill R., 1 m. below^lhe mouth of Tulpehocken creek. f Easton is the cap. of Northampton co. Pa, It is situated on the W. side of Delaware R., at the junction of the Lehigh, 58 ms. N. from Philadelphia, 106 ms. E.N. E. from Harrisburg, 199 ms. from W. * Pottsville is in Schuylkill co. Pa., 98 ms. N. W. from Philadelphia, 62 ms. E. from Harrisburg, and 172 ms.from W. It is situated on one of the head branches of the Schuylkill R., at the termination of the Schuylkill Canal. § Wilkesbarre is the cap. of Luzerne co. Pa., 127 ms. N.E. from Harris- burg, 231 from W. It is situated on the E. side of the North Branch of the Susquehanna R. || Beaver is the cap. of Beaver co. Pa., on the N. bank of the Ohio R., a little below the mouth of Big Beaver R., 30 ms. below Pittsburg, by the course of the R., 227 ms. N. by W. from Harrisburg, and 253 ms. from W. DELAWARE. 145 17,096, Bloomfield ; Philadelphia, 258,037, Philadelphia; Pike, 3832, Milford ; Schuylkill, 29,053, Orwigsburg ; Wayite, 11,848, Honesdale ; York, 47,010, York. Western District — Alleghany, 81,235, Pittsburg ; Armstrong, 28,365, Kittaning ; Beaver, 29,368, Beaver ; Bedford, 29,335, Bedford ; Bradford, 32,769, Towanda ; Butler, 22,378, Butler; Cambria, 11,256, Edensburg ; Centre, 20,492, Bellefonte ; Clearfield, 7834, Clearfield ; Clinton, 8323, Lock Haven ; Columbia, 24,267, Danville; Crawford, 31,724, Mead ville; Erie, 31,344, Erie ; Fayette, 33,574, Union; Greene, 19,147, Waynesburg ; Huntingdon, 35,484, Huntingdon; Indiana, 20,782, Indiana; Jefferson, 7253, Brookville ; Juniata, 11,080, Mifflintown ; Luzerne, 44,006, Wilkesbarre ; Lycoming, 22,649, Williarasport ; McKean, 2975, Smithport ; Mercer, 32,783, Mercer ; Mifflin, 13,092, Lewistown ; Northumberland, 20,027, Sun- bury ; Potter, 3371, Cowdersport ; Somerset, 19,650, Somerset; Sus- quehanna, 21,195, Montrose ; Tioga, 15,498, Wellsborough ; Union, 22,787, New Berlin ; Venango, 17,900, Franklin ; Warren, 9278, Warren ; Washington, 41,279, Washington ; Westmoreland, 42,699, Greensburg. Harrisburg is the seat of government, on the E. bank of the Susquehanna River, 97 miles W. N. W. from Philadelphia. DELAWARE. Page 133.— Lesson 99.— Map No. 11. Q. What state bounds Delaware on the north ? A. Pa. Q. On the south and west 1 A. Md. Q. On the east ? A. N.J. Q. What river and bay separate Delaware from New Jersey ? A. Delaware River and Bay. Q. What Cape in the south part of the state ? A. Henlopen. Q. Which is the most northern county ? A. New Castle. Q. What is the population of the principal town 1 A. Wilmington is the principal town, population, 8250. (M.A.) Delaware, one of the Middle States, and, next to R. I., the least in the Union, is bounded N. by Pa., E. by Delaware River and Bay ; S. and W. by Md. It is between 38° 29' and 39° 47' N. lat., and between 74° 56' and 75° 40' W. long., and between 1° 13' and 1° 57' E. from W. It is 92 miles long, arid 23 broad, and contains 2100 sq. ms., or 1,344,000 acres. The population in 1790, was 59,094; in 1800, 64,272 ; in 1810, 72,674 ; in 1820, 72,749; in 1830, 76,739 ■ in 1840, 78,085 : of which 2605 were slaves; 29,259 were white males; 29,302 do. females; 8626 free coloured males • 8239 do. females. Employed in agriculture, 16,015; in commerce, 13 146 SOUTHERN STATES. 467; in manufactures and trades, 4060; navigating the ocean, 401 ; do canals and rivers, 235 ; learned professions and engineers, 199. This State is divided into three counties, which, with their population in 1840, and their capitals, are as follows : Kent, 1 9,872, Dover ; New Castxe, 33,120, Wilmington and New Castle; Sussex, 25,093, Georgetown These counties are divided into 24 hundreds. Dover, situated on Jones' Creek, 7 miles from its entrance into Delaware Bay, is the seat of government. SOUTHERN STATES. Pages 135-6.— Lesson 101.— Map No. 5. Q. Which is the largest division of the Southern States ? A. Texas. Q. The smallest? A. S. C. Q. Which is the most northern ? A. Md. Q. Southern? A, Flor. Q. Eastern? A. N. C. Q. Western ? A. Texas. Q. Which divisions border on the Atlantic Ocean ? A. Va., N. C, S. C, Ga., and Flor. Q. Which border on the Gulf of Mexico ? A. Flor., Ala., Miss., La., and Texas. Q. What State is divided by Chesapeake Bay into two parts ? A. Md. The Southern States extend from latitude 41 nearly to 24 degrees. (M. A.) Q. How many degrees of latitude, then, do they comprise ? A. 17°. ' They extend from longitude l£ degrees east from Washington, to 30$ west. (M. A.) Q. What amount of longitude do they include ? A. 29 degrees. MARYLAND. Page 137.— Lesson 102.— Ma j i No 11. Q. What bounds Maryland on the north ? A. Pa. MARYLAND. 147 Q. South and west ? A. Va. #. East? A. Del., and the Atlantic Ocean. Q. What bay and river divide Maryland into two separate parts? A. Chesapeake Bay and Susquehanna River. Q. What river separates it from Virginia ? A. Potomac. Q. What rivers flow into Chesapeake Bay on the east side ? A. Choptank, Nanticoke, and Poconoke. Q. What rivers on the west side ? A. Patuxent and Potomac. Q. Which is the most eastern county ? A. Worcester. Q. The most western ? A. Alleghany. Q. On what river is Havre de Grace ? * A. On the Susquehanna. Q. Cumberland ? t A. On the Potomac. Q. Upper Marlboro' ? ± A. It is situated a little W. of Patuxent River. Q. What is the population of Baltimore ? A. 102,000. (M.A.) Q. Of Frederick City ? A. 5000. (M. A.) Q. Of Hagerstown? A. 4000. (M. A.) Q. Of Annapolis? A. 3000. (M. A.) Q. Of Easton? A. 2000. (M. A.) _ __ * Havre de Grace is a sea-port, Harford co., Md., 64 ms. N. E. from An- napolis, 74 ms. from W. It is situated on the W. bank of Susquehanna R., at its entrance into Chesapeake Bay. The Wilmington and Baltimore Rail- road passes through the place, and crosses the Susquehanna River by a steam- ferry. The Susquehanna Canal terminates here, and connects the Chesa- peake with the canals of Pa. t Cumberland is the cap. of Alleghany co., Md., 166 dif. W.N.W. from Annapolis, 134 ms. from W. It is situated on the N. bank of Potomac R., at the mouth of Will's Creek. $ Upper Marlboro' is the capital of Prince George's co., Md., 23 ms. S.W. from Annapolis, 17 ms. from W. It is situated a little W. of Patuxent R., and contains a court-house, jail, a church, and about 800 inhabitants. 148 DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. Q. In what year was the battle of North Point fought ? A. In 1814. (M. A.) Q. Of Bladensburg ? A. In 1814. (M. A.) Q. Of Havre de Grace ? A. In 1814. (M. A.) Q. What mountains extend through the western part of the State ? A. Alleghany. Maryland, the most northern of the Southern States, is bounded N. by Pa. ; E. by Del. and the Atlantic ; and S. and W. by Va. It is between 38° and 39° 44' N. lat., and between 75° 10' and 79° 20' W. long., and between 2° 31' W. and 1° 58' E. from W. It is 196 ms. long, and 120 broad, containing, exclusive of the water surface, 9356 sq. ms., or 5,987,840 acres. Chesapeake Bay extends nearly through the State from S. to N„ dividing it into two parts, one of which is called the Eastern Shore, and the other the Western Shore. The population in 1790 was 319,728; in 1800, 345,824; in 1810, 380,546 ; in 1820, 407,350 ; in 1830, 446,913 ; in 1840, 469,232, of which 89,737 were slaves. Of the free population, 158,636 were white males ; 159,081 do. females; 29,173 were coloured males; 32,847 do. females. Employed in agriculture, 69,851 ; in commerce, 3249; in manufactures and trades, 21,325; navigating the ocean, 721; do. canals, lakes, and rivers, 1519 ; learned professions, 1647. This state is divided into 20 counties, which, with their population in 1840, and their capitals, are as follows: Western Shore. — Alleghany, 15,690, Cumberland; Ame Aetjnbel, 29,532, Annapolis; Baltimore, 134,379, Baltimore; Calyert, 9229, Prince Frederick ; Carroll, 17,241, Westminster; Charles, 16,023, Port Tobacco: Frederick, 36,405, Frederick; Harford, 17,120, Belair; Montgomery, 15,456, Rockville ; Prince George's, 19,539, Upper Marlboro' ; St. Mary's, 13,224, Leonard- town ; Washington, 28,850, Hagerstown. Eastern Shore. — Caroline, 7806, Denton ; Cecil, 17,232, Elkton; Dorchester, 18,843, Cambridge; Kent, 10,842, Chestertown ; Queen Anne's, 12,633, Centreville ; Somer- set, 19,508, Princess Anne; Talbot, 12,090, Easton; Worcester, 18,377, Snowhill. Annapolis^on the western shore of the Chesapeake, and on Severn river, is the seat of government. DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. Page 139.— Lesson 103.— Map No. 11. Q. On what river is Washington ? A. Potomac. Q. On which side is it ? A. East. Q. On which side is Georgetown ? A. On the N. E. bank. DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. 149 Q. Alexandria? A. West. Q. What is the population of each of these places ? A. Washington, 23,000 ; Georgetown, 7250 ; Alexandria, 8500. (M. A.) The District of Columbia is a tract of country which, until the year 1846, was 10 miles square, on both sides of the Potomac river, and about 120 miles from its mouth. In 1790 it was ceded to the U. S. by Va. and Md., for the purpose of being made the seat of government. It included the cities of Washington, Alexandria and Georgetown, and is under the imme- diate government of Congress. In 1800 the population was 14,093 ; in 1810, 24,023; in 1820, 33,039; in 1830, 39,858; in 1840, 43,712, of which 30,557 were whites; 8361 were free coloured persons, and 4694 were slaves. Employed in agriculture, 384 ; in commerce, 240 ; in manu- factures and trades, 2278 ; navigating the ocean, 126 ; do. canals and rivers, 80 ; learned professions and engineers, 203. The District was divided into two counties ; the county of Washington on the N. side of the Potomac, and the county of Alexandria on the S. side. m the former, the laws of Md. are continued in force ; in the latter those of Va. The district, although under the legislation of Congress, was never represented in that body. Congress meets annually at Washington, on the first Monday of December, unless otherwise provided by law. The Pre- sident of the U. S. and the other chief officers of the government, reside at Washington. The Supreme Court of the U. S. sits here annually, on the second Monday in January. In the year 1846, the county and city of Alexandria, D. C, i.e. all that part of the District of Columbia which lay on the Virginia side of the Potomac river, was retroceded by act of Congress to the state of Virginia. By this act, the District is confined to the Maryland side of the Potomac, and is reduced from an area of 100 to 64 square miles. Its population, which amounted according to the 6th census to 46,712, is only 33,745. Washington city, the capital of the U. S., is situated on the E. side of the Potomac, 295 ms. from the ocean, by the course of the river and bay, and is in 38° 32' 54" N. lat, and 77° V 48" W. long, from Greenwich. It is 38 miles S. W. from Baltimore ; 136 from Philadelphia ; 225 from New York ; 440 from Boston ; 808 from St. Louis ; 540 from Charleston, S. C. ; 662 from Savannah, Ga. ; 1172 from New Orleans. VIRGINIA. . Page 142. — Lesson 105. — Maps No. 5 and 11. Map No. 5. — Q. What bounds Virginia on the North ? A. Pa. and Md. Q. On the south ? A. N. C. Q. East? A. Atlantic Ocean. Q. West? A. Oo. and Ky, 13* 150 VIRGINIA. Q. What river separates Virginia from Ohio I A. Ohio. Q. Which from Maryland ? A. Potomac. Q. What river and mountains from Kentucky ? A. Big Sandy river, and Cumberland Mts. Q. What two ranges of mountains extend through Virginia ? A. Alleghany, and Blue Ridge. Q. How long and high are the Alleghany Mts. ? A. 900 ms. long, and half a mile high. (M. A.) Map No. 11. — Q. What Bay separates the two eastern coun- ties from the rest of the state ? Ji. Chesapeake. Q. What two capes at the entrance of Chesapeake Bay ? A. Charles and Henry. Q. In what county is Richmond ? A. Henrico. Q. In which is Norfolk ? A. Norfolk. Q. Lynchburg? A. Campbell. Q. Wheeling? A. Ohio. Q. Petersburg? A. Dinwiddie. Q. In which county is Washington's birth-place ? A. Westmoreland. Q. Mount Vernon ? A. Fairfax. Q. The University of Virginia ? ' A. Albemarle. Q. In what year did Cornwallis surrender ? A. In 1781/ (M. A.) Q. What four rivers flow into Chesapeake Bay ? A. Potomac, Rappahannock, York, and James. *£. Tell the length of each. A. Potomac, 500 ms.; Rappahannock, 200; York, 200; James, 500. (M. A.) Q. On what river is Richmond ?* A. On James river. * Richmond city, port of entry, and capital of Henrico co., and of the State of Va., is situated on James R., at the lower falls, at the head of tide- water, and is in 37° 30' N. lat., and 77° 31' W. long, from Greenwich, and 0° 27' W. long, from W. It is 23 ms. N. from Petersburg ; and 117 ms. S. by W. from W. VIRGINIA, 151 Q. Petersburg?* A. On the Appomattox. Q. Lynchburg ? t A. 0a James R. Q. Yorktown?t A. On York R. Q. Fredericksburg ? § A. On Rappahannock R. Q. Wheeling? || A. On the Ohio. Q. Charleston ?H (See Map No. 14.) A. On the Great Kanawha R. — Salt is extensively manu- factured at this place. Q. What streams form James River ? A. It is formed by the union of Jackson's and Cowpasture rivers, which rise in the Alleghany Mts. Q. Roanoke River ? A. It is formed by the junction of Staunton and Dan rivers, near the S. boundary of Va. Q. York River? A. It is formed by the junction of Pamunky and Mattapony rivers. Virginia, the largest of the original thirteen States, is bounded N. by Pa. and Md., from which it is separated by the Potomac R. ; E. by the At- lantic ; S. by N. C. and Tenn. ; W. by *Ky. ; and N.W. by Oo. It lies between 36° 33' and 40° 43' N. lat., and between 75° 25' and 83° 40' W. * Petersburg is a port of entry, Dinwiddie co., Va., on the S. bank of Appomattox R., 12 ms. above its entrance into James R., at City Point, in 37° 13' 54" N. lat., and 77° 20' W. long., 23 ms. S. by E. from 'Richmond, 140 ms. from W_ f Lynchburg, Campbell co., Va., 116 ms. W. by S. from Richmond, 191 from W. Situated on the S. bank of James R., 20 ms. below its passage through the Blue Ridge. t Yorktown is a port of entry and capital of York co., Va., 70 ms. E. S. E. from Richmond, 185 ms. from W. It is situated on the S. side of York R., opposite to Gloucester. § Fredericksburg city, Spottsylvania co., Va., is situated on the S.W. side of Rappahannock R., 110 ms. above the Chesapeake, in 38° 44' N. lat., and 77° 38' W, long. It lies 62 ms. E. of N. from Richmond, 56 ms. S.S.W. from W. || Wheeling is a city, port of entry, and cap. of Ohio co., Va., 351 ms. N.W. from Richmond, 266 ms. from W. It is situated on the E. bank of Ohio R.. at the mouth of Wheeling Creek. ^ Charleston, or Kanawha C. H., cap. of Kanawha co., Va., is 313 ms. W. N.W. from Richmond, 350 ms. from W. It is situated on the N. bank of Great Kanawha R., 60 ms. above its mouth, in the Ohio, at the junction of Elk R. 152 VIRGINIA. long. ; and between 6° 34' W., and 1° 20' E. long, from W. It is 370 ms. long, and 200 broad at its greatest width, containing 70,000 sq. rns., or 44,800,000 acres. The population in 1790, was 747,610; in 1800, 886,149; in 1810, 974,622; in 1820, 1,065,366; in 1830, 1,211,272; in 1840, 1,239,797; of which 448,987 were slaves. Of the free white population 371,223 were white males; 369,745 do. females; 23,814 were coloured males; 26,020 do. females. Employed in agriculture, 318,771 ; in com- merce, 6361 ; in manufactures and trades, 54,147; navigating the ocean, 582 ; do. canals, rivers, and lakes, 2952 ; learned professions, &c, 3866. This State is divided into 119 counties, and two districts, Eastern and Western. The following are the counties of the Eastern District, with their population in 1840, and their capitals. Accomac, 17,096, Accomac C. H. ; Albemarle, 22,924, Charlottesville; Amelta, 10,320, Amelia C. H. ; Am- herst, 12,576, Amherst C. H. ; Bedford, 20,203, Liberty; Brunswick, 14,346, Lawrenceville ; Buckingham, 18,7S6, Buckingham C. H. ; Camp- bell, 21,030, Campbell C. H.; Caroline, 17,813, Bowling Green ; Charles Citt, 4774, Charles City C. H.; Charlotte, 14,595, Charlotte C. H. ; Chesterfield, 17,148, Chesterfield C. H.; Culpepper, 1 1,393, Culpepper C. H. ; Cumberland, 10,399, Cumberland C. H. ; Dinwiddie, 22,558, Dinwiddie C. H. ; Elizabeth Citt, 3706, Hampton; Essex, 11,309, Tappahannock; Fairfax, 9370, Fairfax C. H.; Faucuier, 21,897, War- renton ; Fluvanna, 8812, Palmyra; Frankltn, 15,832, Rocky Mount ; Gloucester, 10,715, Gloucester C. H. ; Goochland, 9760, Goochland C. H. ; Greensville, 6366, Hicksford ; Greene, 4232, Stannardsville ; Hali- fax, 25,936, Halifax C. H.; Hanover, 14,968, Hanover C. H. ; Henrico, 33,076, Richmond ; Henry, 7335, Martinsville ; Isle of Wight, 9972, Smithfield ; James Citt, 3779, Williamsburg; King George, 5927, King George C. H. ; Ktng William, 9258, King William C. H. ; King and Queen, 10,862, King and Queen C. H. ; Lancaster, 4628, Lancaster C. H. ; Loudoun, 20,431, Leesburg; Louisa, 15,433, Louisa C. H. ; Lunen- burg, 11,055, Lunenburg C. H. ; Madison, 8107, Madison ; Matthews, 7442, Matthews C. H. ; Mecklenburg, 20,724, Boydton ; Middlesex, 4392, Urbanna ; Nansemond, 10,798, Suffolk; Nelson, 12,287, Living- ston ; New Kent, 6230, New Kent C. H.; Norfolk, 21,092, Norfolk; Northampton, 7715, Eastville ; Northumberland, 7924, Northumber- land C. H. ; Nottoway, 9719, Nottoway C. H. ; Orange, 9125, Orangp, C. H. ; Patrick, 8032, Patrick C. H. ; Pittsylvania, 26,398, Pittsyl- vania C. H. ; Powhatan, 7924, Scottsville ; Princess Anne, 7285, Prin- cess Anne C. H.; Prince Edward, 14,069, Prince Edward C. H.; Prince George, 7175, City Point; Prince William, 8144, Brentsvillc ; Rappa- hannock, 9257, Washington ; Richmond, 5965, Richmond C. H.; South- ampton, 14,525, Jerusalem; Spottsyltania, 15,161,Spottsylvania C-H.: Stafford, 8454, Falmouth ; Surry, 6480, Surry C. H. ; Sussex, 11,229, Sussex C. H. ; Warwick, 1456, Warwick C.H. ; Westmoreland, 8019, Westmoreland C. H. ; York, 4720, Yorktown : — 369,398 whites, 42,294 free coloured, 395,250 slaves; total, 806,942. Western District — Alle- ghany, 2749, Covington ■ Augusta, 19,628, Staunton ; Bath, 4300, Bath ; Berkley, 10,972, Martinsburg ; Botetourt, 11,679, Fincastle; Brax- ton, 2575, Braxton C. H. ; Brooke, 7948, Wellsburg ; Cabell, 8163, Cabell C. H. ; Clarke, 6353, Berry ville ; Fayette, 3924, Fayetteville ; Flotd, 4453, Floyd C.H. ; Frederick, 14,242, Winchester; Giles, 5307, NORTH CAROLINA. 153 Giles C. H. ; Grayson, 9087, Greensville ; Greenbrier, 8695, Lewisburg; Hampshire, 12,295, Romney ; Hardt, 7622, Moorfield ; Harrison, 17,669, Clarksburg ; Jackson, 4890, Ripley ; Jefferson, 14,082, Charles- town ; Kanawha, 13,567, Charleston; Lee, 8441, Jonesville ; Lewis, 8151, Weston ; Logan, 4309, Logan C. H. ; Marshall, 6937, Elizabeth- town ; Mason, 6777, Point Pleasant ; Mercer, 2233, Princeton ; Monon- galia, 17,368, Morgantown ; Monroe, 8422, Union ; Montgomery, 7405, Christiansburg ; Morgan, 4253, Bath ; Nicholas, 2515, Summersville; Ohio, 13,357, Wheeling; Page, 6194, Surry; Pendleton, 6940, Frank- lin; Pocahontas, 2922, Huntersville ; Preston, 6866, Kingwood ; Pulaski, 3739, Newbern ; Randolph, 6208, Beverly; Roanoke, 5499, Salem; Rockbridge, 14,284, Lexington; Rockingham, 17,344, Har- risonburg ; Russell, 7878, Lebanon ; Scott, 7303,Estillville; Shenandoah, 11,618, Woodstock; Smith, 6522, Marion ; Tazewell, 6290, Jefferson- ville ; Tyler, 6954, Middlebourne ; Warren, 5627, Front Royal ; Wash- ington, 13,001, Abingdon; Wood, 7923, Parkersburg ; Wythe, 9375, Wytheville. Western District, whites, 371,570 ; free coloured 7548 ; slaves 53,737 ; total, 432,855. Richmond is the capital of the State, situated on the N. side of James R-, at the head of tide-water, and just below its lower falls. NORTH CAROLINA. Pages 143-4.— Lesson 108. — Maps No. 5 and 11. Map No. 5. — Q. What bounds North Carolina on the north ? A. Va. Q. On the south ? A. S. C, and Ga. Q. East? A. Atlantic Ocean. Q. West? A. Tenn. Q. What mountains extend through the western part of North Carolina ? A. Alleghany, and Blue Ridge. Q. Which is the highest mountain ? A. Black. Q. How high is it ? A. 6476 feet. (M. A.) Q. What three capes on the coast ? A. Hatteras, Lookout, and Fear. Map No. 11. — Q. What two sounds in North Carolina ? A. Albemarle, and Pamlico. Q. How long are they? A. Albemarle, 60 ms. ; Pamlico, 80. (M. A.) Q. What two rivers flow into Albemarle Souna ? A. Roanoke, and Chowan, 154 NORTH CAROLINA. Q. Which two into Pamlico Sound ? A. Tar, and Neuse. Q. In what direction do the Cape Fear, Lumber, Yadkin, and Catawba Rivers flow ? A. Cape Fear River. Its N. W. branch is formed by the union of Deep and Haw Rs., the former rising in Guilford, the latter in Rockingham co., whence it pursues a S. S. E. course, until, 34 ms. below Wilmington, it enters the Atlantic by two channels, one on each side of Smith's Island. (M. A.) Lumber River rises in Moore co., flows first S. E., then W. of S., and enters Little Pedee R. on the boundary between Marion and Horry districts, in S. C. (M. A.) Yadkin River rises in the Blue Ridge, on the E. side, and flows E. and S. E. into S.C., and in its lower part it takes the name of Great Pedee, until it falls into Winyaw T Bay, near George- town. (M. A.) Catawba River, in N. and S. Carolina, rises by numerous branches in the Blue Ridge, in Burke co., N. C, and flowing E. and then curving to the S., it flows into S. C, and in its lower part is called the Wateree R., until it unites with Congaree R. to form Santee R. (M. A.) Q. How long are they ? A. Cape Fear, 350 ms. ; Lumber, 110; Yadkin, 200; and Catawba, 250. (M. A.) Q. How far are Chowan, Roanoke, Tar, and Cape Fear Rivers navigable, and for what kind of vessels ? A. Chowan, 75 ms. for steamboats ; Roanoke, 120 for sloops ; Tar, 100. for steam boats ; Cape Fear, 120 for steamboats. (M. A.) Q. How many inhabitants have Wilmington, Newbern, Fayette- ville, Raleigh, Charlotte, and Edenton ? A. Wilmington, 4750 ; Newbem, 3500 ; Fayetteville, 4250 ; Raleigh, 2250 ; Charlotte, 2000 ; Edenton, 2000. (M. A.) Q. On what river is Halifax ?* A. On the Roanoke R. Q. Edenton ? t A. On the Chowan R. * Halifax, port of entry, and capital of Halifax co., N. C, is pleasantly situated on the W. bank of Roanoke R., 7 ms. below the great falls, at the head of sloop navigation \ 87 ms. N. E. from Raleigh, 211 ms. from W. •j- Edenton, cap. of Chowan co., N. C, is situated near the mouth of Chowan R., at the head of Edenton Bay, which sets up from Albemarle Sound : 66 ms. S. from Norfolk, 182 ms. E. by N. from Raleigh, 274 ms. from W. NORTH CAROLINA. 155 Q. Tarboro'?* A. On the Tar R. Q. Louisburg ?t A. On the Tar R. Q. In what county is the University of North Carolina ? A. Orange. Q. In what year was the battle of Guilford Court-House fought ? A. In 1780. (M. A.) North Carolina, one of the Southern States, is bounded N. by Va., E. and S.E. by the Atlantic; S. by S. C. and Ga. ; and W. by Tenn. It is between 33° 50' and 36° 30' N. lat, and between 75° 45' and 84° W. long. ; and between 6° 20' W. and 1° 33' E. from W. It is 430 ms. long, and ISO broad, containing 50,000 sq. ms., or 32,000.000 acres. The pop. in 1790, was 393,754 ; in 1800, 478,103 ; in 1810, 555,500 ; in 1S20, 638,829 ; in 1830, 738,470 ; in 1840, 753,419 ; of which, 245,817 were slaves. Of the free pop., 240,047 were white males ; 244.S23 do. females; 11,226 were coloured males; 11,505 do. females. Employed in agriculture, there were 217,095 ; in commerce, 1734 ; in manufactures and trades, 14,322 ; navigating the ocean, 327 ; do. canals, rivers, &c, 379 ; learned professions, 1086. This state is divided into 68 counties, which, with their population in 1840, and their capitals, were as follows : Anson, 15,077, Wadesborough ; Ashe, 7467, Jeffersonton ; Beaufort, 12,225, Washington; Bertie, 12,175, Windsor; Bladen, 8022, Elizabeth; Bho-swick, 5265, Smith- ville ; Buncombe, 10,084, Ashville : Burke, 15,799, Morganton ; Cabar- rus, 9259, Concord ; Camden, 5663, Jonesboro' ; Carteret, 6591, Beau- fort; Caswell, 14,693, Yanceyville ; Chatham, 16,242, Pittsboro' ; Cherokee, 3427, Murphy ; Chowan, 6690, Edenton ; Columbus, 3941, Whitesville ; Craven, 13,438, Newbern ; Cumberland, 15,284, Fayette- ville ; Currituck, 6703, Currituck C. H. ; Davidson, 14,606, Lexington ; Dayie, 7574, Mocksville ; Duplin, 11,1S2, Kenansville ; Edgecombe, 15,708, Tarboro'; Franklin, 10,980, Louisburg ; Gates, 8161, Gates- ville ; Grantille, 18,817, Oxford ; Greene, 6595, Snow Hill ; Guilford, 19,175, Greensboro'; Halifax, 16,865, Halifax; Haywood, 4975, Waynesville ; Henderson, 5129, Hendersonville ; Hertford, 7484, Win- ton ; Htde, 6458, Lake Landing ; Iredell, 15,685, Statesville ; Johnson, 10,599, Smithfield ; Jones, 4945, Trenton ; Lenoir, 7605, Kingston ; Lincoln, 25,160, Lincolnton ; Macon, 4869, Franklin; Martin, 7637, Williamston ; Mecklenburg, 18,273, Charlotte ; Montgomert, 10,780, Lawrenceville ; Moore, 7988, Carthage; Nash, 9047, Nashville; New Hanover, 13,312, Wilmington ; Northampton, 13,369, Jackson ; Onslow, 7527, Onslow C. H. 5 Orange, 24,356, Hillsboro' ; Pascuotank, 8514, Elizabeth City ; Perq.uimans, 7246, Hertford ; Person, 9790, Roxboro' ; Pitt, 11,806, Greenville ; Randolph, 12,875, Ashboro' ; Richmond, 8909, * Tarboro', cap. of Edgecombe co., N. C, is situated on the W. side of Tar R., at the head of steamboat navigation, 85 ms. above its mouth, in Pamlico Sound j 76 ms. E. by N. from Raleigh, 262 ms. from W. j- Louisburg, capital of Franklin co., N. C, is situated on the N. side of Tar R., 36 ms. N. E. from Raleigh, 262 ms. from W. 15G SOUTH CAROLINA. Rockingham ; Robeson, 10,370, Lumbcrton ; Rockingham, 13,422, W«?nU worth ; Rowan, 12,109, Salisbury ; Rutherford, 19,202, Ruthcrfonlton ; Sampson, 12,157, Clinton ; Stokes, 16,265, Gcrmanton ; Suhhv, 16,079, Rockford ; Tyrrel, 4657, Columbia ; Wakk, 21,118, Raleigh ; Wahiii;v, 12,919, Warrenton; Washington, 4525, Plymouth; Wayne, 10,891, Waynesboro'; Wilkes, 12,577, Wilkesboro' ; Yancey, 5962, Burnsville. Raleigh, situated near the centre of the state, 6 miles, W. of the Neusc River, is the seat of government. SOUTH CAROLINA. Page 145. — Lesson 107. — Map No. 12. Q. What bounds South Carolina on the north ? A. N. C. Q. On the west ? A. Ga. Q. East? A. Atlantic Ocean. Q. What river separates it from Georgia ? A. Savannah. Q. What rivers flow into Winyaw Bay ? A. Great Pedee, and Waccamaw. Q. What river south of Winyaw Bay ? A. Santee. Q. What rivers form the Santee ? A. Wateree and Congaree. Q. The Congaree ? A. Saluda, and Broad. Q. What rivers flow into St. Helena sound ? A. Edisto, and Combahee. Q. What are the lengths of all the foregoing rivers ? A. Savannah, 500 ms. ; Great Pedee, 450 ; Waccamaw, 150 ; Santee, 450 ; Wateree, 275 ; Congaree, 40 ; Saluda, 150 ; Broad, 200; Edisto, 200; Combahee, 100. (M.A.) Q. How many miles, and for what kinds of vessels, are the Waccamaw, Great Pedee, Wateree, and Congaree rivers navigable ? A. Waccamaw is navigable 80 ms., for steamboats ; Great Pedee, 200, for steamboats ; Wateree, 200, for steamboats ; Con- garee, 200, for steamboats. (M. A.) Q. What is the population of Charleston ? A. 29,000. (M. A.) Q. Of Columbia? A. 4250. (M. A.) Q. Camden and Georgetown I A. 2000 each. (M. A.) Q. In what year was the battle of Fort Moultrie fought ? A. In 1770. (M. A.) SOUTH CAROLINA. 157 Q. Charleston? A. 1780. (M. A.) Q. Monk's Corner ? A. 1780. (M. A.) Q. Gates defeated ? A. 1780. (M. A.) Q. King's Mountain ? A. 1780. (M. A.) Q. Cowpens? A. 1781. (M. A.) Q. Hobkirk's Hill and Eutaw Springs ? A. 1781. (M. A.) Q. In what district is Charleston ? A. Charleston. Q. Columbia ? A. Richland. Q. Camden ? A. Kershaw. Q. Which is the most northern district ? A. Spartanburg. Q. Most southern? A. Beaufort. Q. Eastern ? A. Horry. Q. Western? A. Pickens. Q. Near the junction of what rivers is Columbia ?* A. Saluda and Broad. South Cajiolina, one of the Southern States, is bounded N. by N. C. ; S. E. by the Atlantic ; and S. W. by Ga., from which it is separated by tho Savannah R. It is between 32° 2' and 35° 10' N. lat., and between 78° 24' and 83° 30' W. long., and between 1° 45' and 6° 15' W. from W. It is 200 miles long and 125 broad, containing about 33,000 square miles, or 21,120,000 acres. The population in 1790 was 240,000 ; in 1800, 345,591 ; in 1810, 415,115 ; in 1820, 502,741 ; in 1830, 581,458 ; in 1840, 594,398, including 327,038 slaves. Of the free population, 130,496 were white males; 128,588 do. females ; 3864 were coloured males; 4412 do. females. Employed in agriculture, 198,364; in commerce, 1958; manufactures and trades, 10,325 ; navigating the ocean, 381 ; canals, rivers, &c, 348 ; learned professions, &c, 1481. This state is divided into 29 districts, which, with their population in 1840, * * Columbia, capital of Richland district, S. C, and of the state, is situated in 33° 57' N. lat., and 81° 7' W. long., and 4° W. long, from W. ; 35 ms. S. W. from Camden, 73 ms. N.E. from Augusta, 120 ms. N. N. W. from Charleston, 506 ms. from W. It is situated on tho E. side of Congaree R., immediately below the junction of Broad and Saluda Rivers to form the Congaree. 14 158 GEORGIA. and their capitals, were as follow : Abbeville, 29,351, Abbeville; Ander- son, 18,493, Anderson C. H. ; Barnwell, 21,471, Barnwell C. H. ; Beau- fort, 35,794, Coosawhatchie ; Charleston, 82,661, Charleston ; Chester, 17,747, Chester C. H. ; Chesterfield, 8574, Chesterfieldville ; Colleton, 25,548, Walterborough ; Darlington, 14,822, Darlington C. H. ; Edge- field, 32,852, Edgefield C. H. ; Fairfield, 20,165, Winnsborough ; Georgetown, 18,274, Georgetown; Greenville, 17,839, Greenville; Horrt, 5755, Conwayborough ; Kershaw, 12,281, Camden; Lancaster, 9907, Lancaster C. H. ; Laurens, 21,584, Laurensville ; Lexington, 12,111, Lexington ; Marion, 13,932, Marion ; Marlborough, 8408, Ben- nettsville; Newberry, 18,350, Newberry C. H. ; Orangeburg, 18,519, Orangeburg C. H. ; Pickens, 14,356, Pickens C. H. ; Richland, 16,397, Columbia ; Spartanburg, 23,699, Spartanburg ; Sumter, 27,892, Sumter- ville ; Union, 18,936, Unionville ; Williamsburg, 10,327, Kingstree ; York, 18,383, Yorkville. Columbia, on the left bank of the Congaree, immediately below the con- fluence of Broad and Saluda Rivers, is the seat of government. GEORGIA. Page 147.— Lesson 108.— Map No. 12. Q. What bounds Georgia on the north ? A. N. C. and Tenn. Q. On the south? A. Flor. Q. East? A. S. C. and the Atlantic Ocean. Q. West? A. Ala. Q. What river separates Georgia from South Carolina ? A. Savannah. Q. What river separates it in part from Alabama ? A. Chattahoochee. Q. What river in part from Florida ? A. St. Mary's. Q. What five rivers flow into the Atlantic Ocean ? A. Savannah, Ogeechee, Alatamaha, Satilla, and St. Mary's. Q. What rivers form the Alatamaha ? A. Ocmulgee, and Oconee. Q. What rivers form the Apalachicola ? A. Chattahoochee, and Flint. Q. What is the population of Savannah ? A. 11,000. (M. A.) Q. Augusta ? A. 6000. (M. A.) Q. Columbus? A. 3000. (M. A.) GEORGIA. 159 Q. Macon? A. 4000. (M. A.) Q. In what counties are these towns ? A. Savannah is in Chatham co. ; Augusta, in Richmond ; Co- lumbus, in Muscogee ; Macon, in Bibb. Q. In what county is Milledgeville ? A. Baldwin. Q. To what town, and how far from the sea, do steamboats ascend the Savannah ? A. To Augusta, 200 ms. (M. A.) Q. Oconee ? A. To Milledgeville, 200 ms. (M. A.) Q. Ocmulgee? A. To Macon, 220 ms. (M. A.) Q. Chattahoochee? A. To Columbus, 300 ms. (M. A.) Q. Flint? A. To Bainbridge, 130 ms. (M. A.) Q. Which is the largest island ? A. Cumberland. Q. What extensive swamp in Ware county ? A. Okefinokee. Q. When was the battle of Savannah fought ? A. In 1778. (M. A.) Georgia, one of the Southern States, is bounded N. by Tenn. and N. C; N.E. by S. C; E. by the Atlantic ; S. by Flor. ; and W. by Ala. It is between 30° 30' and 35° N. lat., and between 80° 50' and 85° 40' W. long., and between 3° 52' and 8° 47' W. from W. It is 300 miles long from N. to S., and 240 broad from E. to W., containing 68,000 sq. ms., or 43,520,000 acres. The population in 1790, was 82,584; in 1800, 162,686 ; in 1810, 252,433; in 1820,348,989; in 1830, 516,567; in 1840, 691,392, of which 280,944 were slaves. Employed in agriculture, 209,383 ; in commerce, 2428; in manufactures and trades, 7984; mining, 574; navigating the ocean, 262 ; do. canals, rivers, &c, 352 ; learned professions, 1250. This State is divided into 93 counties, which, with their population in 1840, and their capitals, were as follow: Appling, 2052, Homesville ; Ba- ker, 4226, Newton; Baldwin, 7250, Milledgeville ; Bibb, 9802, Macon ; Bryan, 3182, Bryan C.H.; Bulloch, 3102, Statesborough ; Burke, 13,176, Waynesborough; Butts, 5308, Jackson; Camden, 6075, JefTersonton; Cajip- bell, 5370, Campbellton ; Carroll, 5252, Carrollton ; Cass, 9390, Cass- ville ; Chatham, 18,801, Savannah; Chattooga, 3438, Summerville ; Che- rokee, 5895, Canton; Clarke, 10,522, Athens; Cobb, 7539, Marietta; Columbia, 11,356, Applington ; Coweta, 10,364, Newnan ; Crawford, 7981, Knoxville ; Dade, 1364, Trenton \ Decatur, 5872, Bainbridge; De Kalb, 10,467, Decatur; Dooly, 4427, Vienna; Early, 5444, Blakeley ; Effingham, 3075, Springfield; Elbert, 1 1,125, Elberton ; Emanuel, 3129, Swainsborough ; Fayette, 6191, Fayefteville ; Floyd, 4441, Rome ; For- syth, 5619, Cumming; Franklin, 9886, Carnesville ; Gilmer, 2536, 160 FLORIDA. Ellejay ; Glynn, 5302, Brunswick; Greene, 11,690, Greensborough ; Gwinnett, 10,804, Lawreneeville ; Habersham, 7961, Clarksville ; Hale, 7875, Gainesville; Hancock, 9659, Sparta; Harris, 13,933, Hamilton; Heard, 5329, Franklin ; Henry, 11,756, McDonough ; Houston, 9711, Perry ; Irwin, 2038, Irwinville ; Jackson, 8522, Jefferson ; Jasper, 11,111, Monticello; Jefferson, 7254, Louisville; Jones, 10,065, Clinton; Lau- rens, 5585, Dublin; Lee, 4520, Starkeville ; Liberty, 7241, Hinesville ; Lincoen, 5895, Lincolnton ; Lowndes, 5574, Troupsville ; Lumpkin, 5671, Dahlonega; Macon, 5045, Lanier; Madison, 4510, Danielsville ; Marion, 4812, Tazewell; McIntosh, 5360, Darien ; Merriwether, 14,132, Greeneville; Monroe, 16,275, Forsyth; Montgomery, 1616, Mount Vernon; Morgan, 9121, Madison; Murray, 4695, Spring Place; Muscogee, 11,699, Columbus; Newton, 1 1,628, Covington ; Oglethorpe, 10,868, Lexington ; Paulding, 2556, Van Wert ; Pike, 9176, Zebulon ; Pulaski, 5389, Hawkinsville ; Putnam, 10,260, Eatonton ; Rabun, 1912, Clayton; Randolph, 8276, Cuthbert; Richmond, 11,932, Augusta ; Scri- ven, 4794, Jacksonboro'; Stewart, 12,933, Lumpkin; Sumpter, 5759, Americus; Talbot, 15,627, Talbotton; Talliaferro, 5190, Crawfords- ville ; Tatnall, 2724, Reidsville ; Telfair, 2763, Jacksonville ; Thomas, 6766, Thomasville ; Troup, 15,733, Lagrange ; Twiggs, 8,422, Marion ; Union, 3152, Blairsville; Upson, 9408, Thomaston ; Walker, 6572, La- fayette ; Walton, 10,209, Monroe; Ware, 2323, Waresboro'; Warren, 9789, Warrenton ; Washington, 10,565, Sandersville; Wayne, 1258, Wayne C. H.; Wilkes, 10,148, Washington ; Wilkinson, 6842, Irwinton. Milledgeville, situated on the W. bank of the Oconee R., at the head of steamboat navigation, *and at the junction of Fishing Cr., is the seat of government. FLORIDA. Page 148.— Lesson 109.— Maps No. 5 and 12. Map No. 5. — Q. What bounds Florida on the north ? A. Ga., and Ala. Q. On the east ? A. Atlantic Ocean. Q. West and south ? A. Gulf of Mexico. Q. What Cape is on the east coast ? A. Cannaveral. Q. What Capes on the west ? A. St. Bias, Romans, and Sable. Q. What Bays on the west ? A. Pensacola, Apalachee, Vacassar, Tampa, and Chatham. Q. What are the two chief lakes ? A. George, and Okee-cho-bee. Map No. 12.— Q. What river separates Florida from Ala- bama 1 A. Perdido. FLORIDA. 1G1 #. What from Georgia ? A. St. Mary's. Q. What rivers flow into Pensacola Bay ? A. Escambia, Black Water, and Yellow Water. Q. What into Choctawhatchie Bay ? A. Choctawhatchie. Q. Into Apalachee Bay 1 A. Ocklockony, and Oscilla. Q. Into Vacassar Bay ? A. Suwanee. Q. What river flows into the Atlantic Ocean north of St. Au- gustine ? A. St. John's. Q. What into the Gulf of Mexico at Apalachicola ? A. Apalachicola. Q. Tell the lengths of the seven rivers that have figures attached to them. A. Escambia, 250 ms. ; Choctawhatchie, 200 ; Apalachicola, 550; Ocklockony, 200 ; Oscilla, 100; Suwanee, 300; St. John's, 250. (M. A.) Q. What is the population of Tallahassee ? A. 1500. (M. A.) Q. St. Augustine ? A. 2500. (M. A.) Q. Pensacola? A. 3000. (M. A.) Q. In what counties are these towns? A. Tallahassee is in Leon ; St. Augustine, in St. John ; Pen- sacola, in Escambia. Florida, the southernmost of the Southern States (having been recently admitted into the Union), is bounded N. by Ala. and Ga. ; E. by the Atlan- tic ; S. and W. by the Gulf of Mexico ; and W. by a small part of Ala. It lies between 25° and 31° N. lat., and between 80° and 87° 44' W. long., and between 3° and 10° 44' W. from W. It is 385 ms. long, and from 50 to 200 wide, containing 55,000 sq. ms., or 35,200,000 acres. The popula- tion in 1830, was 34,723; in 1840, 54,477; of which 16,456 were white males, 11,487 females; free coloured persons, males 398, females 419; slaves, males 13,038, females 12,679. Employed in agriculture, 12,117; in commerce, 481 ; in manufactures and trades, 1177 ; navigating the ocean, 435 ; do. canals and rivers, 118 ; learned professions and engineers, 204. This state is divided into 20 counties, which, with their population in 1840, and their capitals, were as follow: West Florida. — Escambia, 3993, Pensacola 5 Walton, 1461, Euchee Anna. Middle Florida. — Gadsden, 5992, Quincy ; Hamilton, 1464, Jasper; Jefferson, 5713, Monticello ; Leon, 10,713, Tallahassee; Madison, 2644, Madison. East Florida. — Alachua, 2282, Newnansville ; Columbia, 2102, Lancaster; Duvall, 4156, Jacksonville; Hillsborough, 452, Fort Brooks; Mosq.uito, 73, New Smyrna ; Nassau, 1892, Nassau C. H. ; St. John's, 2694, St. Augus- 14* 162 ALABAMA. tine : South Florida. — Dade, 446, Key Biscayune ; Monroe, J588, Key West: Apalachicola District Caxhoun, 1142, St. Joseph ; Frankxin, 1030, Apalachicola ; Jackson, 4681, Marianna ; Washington, 859, Roche's Bluff. Tallahassee, in Leon county, 22 miles N. of St. Mark's, is the seat of government. ALABAMA. Page 150.— Lesson 110.— Map No. 12. Q. What bounds Alabama on the north ? A. Tenn. Q. The east ? A. Ga. Q. The west? A. Miss. Q. What state and gulf on the south ? A. Flor., and the Gulf of Mexico. Q. What river separates Alabama from Florida ? A. Perdido. Q. What river flows into Mobile Bay ? . A. Mobile. Q. What two rivers form Mobile River ? A. Tombigbee and Alabama. Q. What rivers form the Alabama ? A, Coosa, and Tallapoosa. Q. What river flows through the northern part of the state ? A. Tennessee. Q. On what river is Tuscaloosa ?* A. On the Black Warrior or Tuscaloosa. Q. How long is the Tombigbee ? A. 500 ms. (M. A.) Q. Alabama ? A. 600 ms. (M. A.) Q. Coosa. A. 300 ms. (M. A.) Q. Tallapoosa? A. 200 ms. (M. A.) Q. What is the population of Mobile ? A. 12,500. (M. A.) Q. Wetumpka? A. 3000. (M. A.) * Tuscaloosa, cap. of Tuscaloosa co., Ala., and of the state, is situated on the S. E. side of Black Warrior or Tuscaloosa R., at the lower falls, on an elevated plain, at the head of steamboat navigation on the R. ; 160 ms. S. S. W. from Huntsville, 355 ms. N. from Mobile, by course of river, 256 ms. N. from Mobile by land, 818 ms. from W. ALABAMA. 163 Q. Huntsvillle? A. 2500. (M. A.) Q. Tuscaloosa? A. 2000. (M. A.) Q. Florence? A. 2000. (M. A.) Q. Montgomery? A. 2000. (M. A.) Q. In what county is Mobile ? A. Mobile. Q. Tuscaloosa? A. Tuscaloosa. Q. Florence ? A. Lauderdale. Q. Huntsville? A. Madison. Q. Wetumpka? A. Coosa. Q. How many miles are the following rivers navigable for steamboats from the sea : viz., Tennessee ? A. 1500. (M. A.) Q. Tombigbee ? A, 460. (M. A.) Q. Black Warrior ? A. 400. (M. A.) Q. Alabama ? A. 460. (M. A.) Q. In what year was the battle of Tohopeka fought ? A. In 1814. (M. A.) Q. On what river is Florence ? * A. On the Tennessee. Q. Decatur ?t A. On the Tennessee. Alabama, one of the Southern States, is bounded on the N. by Tenn. ; E. by Ga. ; S. by Flor., and the Gulf of Mexico ; and W. by Miss. It is between 30° 10' and 35° N. lat., and between 85° and 88° 30 7 W. long., and between 8° and 11° 30' W. long, from W. It is 317 ms. long from N. to S., and 174 broad from E. to W. It contains 51,770 sq. ms., or 33,140,800 acres. The pop. in 1810 was less than 10,000 ; in 1816, 29,683 ; in 1818, 70,544 ; in 1820, 127,901 ;.in 1727, 244,041 ; in 1830, 308,997 ; in 1840, * Florence, cap. of Lauderdale co., Ala., is situated on the N. side of Tennessee R., 1 m. above the mouth of Cypress Cr., and immediately below the Muscle Shoals; 135 ms. N. by W. from Tuscaloosa, 780 ms. from W. j- Decatur, Morgan co., Ala., is situated on the S. side of Tennessee R., at the E. termination of the Tuscumbia and Decatur railroad : 139 ms. N. N. E. from Tuscaloosa, 739 ms. from W. 1G4 Mississippi. 590,756, of whom 253,532 were slaves. Free white males, 176,692 ; do. females, 158,493; free coloured males, 1030; do. females, 1009. Em- ployed in agriculture, 177,439; in commerce, 2212; in manufactures and trades, 7195 ; navigating the ocean, 256 ; do. canals, rivers, &c, 758; mining 96 ; learned professions, 1514. It is divided into 49 counties, which, with their population in 1840, and their capitals, were as follows : Northern District Benton, 14,260, Jacksonville; Blount, 5570, Blountsville ; Cherokee, 8773, Jefferson ; De Kalb, 5929, Lebanon ; Fayette, 6942, Fayette C. H. ; Franklin, 14,270, Russelville ; Jackson, 15,715, Belle- fonte ; Lauderdale, 14,485, Florence; Lawrence, 13,313, Moulton ; Limestone, 14,374, Athens; Madison, 25,706, Huntsville ; Marion, 5847, Pikeville; Marshall, 7553, Warrenton; Morgan, 9841, Somer- ville ; Randolph, 4973, McDonald; St. Clair, 5638, Ashville ; Talladega, 12,587, Talladega. Southern District. — Autauga, 14,342, Kingston; Baldwin, 2951, Blakeley ; Barbour, 12,024, Clayton; Bibb, 8284, Centreville ; Butler, 8685, Greenville ; Chambers, 17,333, Lafayette ; Clarke, 8640, Macon ; Conecuh, 8197, Sparta ; Coosa, 6995, Rockford ; Covington, 2435, Montezuma ; Dale, 7397, Daleville • Dallas, 25,199, Cahawba ; Greene, 24,024, Erie ; Henry, 5787, Abbeville ; Jefferson, 7131, Elyton; Lowndes, 19,539, Haynesville; Macon, 11,247, Tuskegee ; Marengo, 17,264, Linden; Mobile, 18,741, Mobile; Monroe, 10,680, Monroeville; Montgomery, 24,574, Montgomery ; Perry, 19,086, Marion ; Pickens, 17,118, Carrolton ; Pike, 10,108, Troy; Russell, 13,513, Crocketsville ; Shelby, 6112, Columbiana; Sumter, 29,937, Livingston ; Tallapoosa, 6444, Dadeville ; Tuscaloosa, 16,583, Tuscaloosa ; Walker, 4032, Jasper; Washington, 5300, Barryton ; Wilcox, 15,278, Barbours- ville. Tuscaloosa, the seat of government, is situated on the S. E. side of Black Warrior or Tuscaloosa r.: on an elevated plain, at the head of steamboat navigation on the r., it is 217 ms. N. of Mobile by land, and 818 miles S. W. from Washington City. MISSISSIPPI. Page 152.— Lesson 111.— Map No. 12. Q. What state bounds Mississippi on the north ? A. Tenn. Q. On the south? A. La., and the Gulf of Mexico. Q. On the east? A. Ala. Q. On the west? A. Ark., and La. Q. What river separates it from Louisiana and Arkansas ? A. Mississippi. Q. On what river is Natchez ?* A. On the Mississippi. * Natchez, city, and cap. of Adams co., Miss., is situated on the E. bank of the Mississippi r., mostly on a bluff, elevated 1 50 ft. above the level of the Mississippi. 165 Q. Jackson?* A. On Pearl r. q. Grand Gulf?t A. On the Mississippi. Q. Vicksburg?;}; A. On the Mississippi r. Q. Manchester, or Yazoo City ?§ A. On Yazoo r. q. Grenada ?[| A. On Yalabusha r. q. Columbus ?H A. On the Tombigbee r. q. What is the population of each of these towns ? A. Natchez, 5000 ; Jackson, 1500; Grand Gulf, 1500; Vicks- burg, 3000 ; Manchester, or Yazoo City, 1000 ; Grenada, 1000 ; Columbus, 3000. (M. A.) q. How many miles from the sea do steamboats ascend the Tombigbee ? A. 460 ms. (M. A.) q. Tallahatchie? A. 900 ms. (M. A.) q. Yalabusha? A. 800 ms. (M.A.) q. Big Black? A. 550 ms. (M. A.) river ; 100 ms. S. W. from Jackson, 155 ms. from New Orleans by land, and 292 ms. by the course of the river ; 1110 ms. from W. * Jackson is the cap. of Hinds co., and of the state of Miss., 1010 ms. S. W. from W. It is situated on the W. bank of Pearl rY, which is navigable for boats to this place. -{- Grand Gulf, Claiborne co., Miss., is situated on Grand Gulf, a remark- able bend in the Mississippi r., 65 ms. S. by W. from Jackson ; 1075 ms. from W. ; 50 ms. by road above Natchez, and 360 ms. by the river above New Orleans. | Vicksburg, city, and cap. of Warren co., Miss., is 41 ms. W. by N. from Jackson, 1051 ms. from W. It is situated on the E. side of Mississippi r., 400 ras. above New Orleans, and though of recent origin, it has become a large and flourishing place. § Yazoo City, in Yazoo co., Miss., 60 ms. N. W. from Jackson, 1029 ms. from W. It is situated on the E. side of Yazoo r. [| Grenada, in Yalabusha co., Miss., 113 ms. N. from Jackson, 958 ms. from W. Situated on the S. side of Yalabusha r. It contains a U. S. land office, and several stores and dwellings. If Columbus, city, and cap. of Lowndes co., Miss., 141 ms. N. E. from Jackson, 885 ms. from W. Situated on the E. bank of Tombigbee r., 120 ft. above the r., and at the head of steamboat navigation. 166 Mississippi. Q. Pearl ? A. 220 ms. (M. A.) Q. How far is Vicksburg from the sea ? A. 520 ms. (M. A.) Q. What kind of vessels ascend to it ? A. Ships. Q. In what county is Natchez ? A. Adams. Q. Vicksburg? A. Warren. Q. Jackson? A. Hinds. Q. Columbus? A. Lowndes. Q. Grand Gulf? A. Claiborne. Mississippi, one of the Southern States, is bounded N. by Tenn., E. by Ala. ; S. by the Gulf of Mexico and La. ; and W. by Pearl and Mississippi rivers, which separate it from the states of La. and Ark. It is between 30° 10' and 35° N. lat., and between 88° 30' and 91° 35' W. long. ; and between 1 1° 5' and 14° 26' W. long, from W. It is 339 ms. long from N. to S., and 150 broad from E. to W., containing 48,000 sq. ms., or 30,720,000 acres. The population in 1816 was 45,929 j in 1820, 75,448 ; in 1830, 136,806; in 1840, 375,651 ; of which, 195,211 were slaves. Of the free population 97,256 were white males ; 81,818 do. females ; 715 were coloured males ; 654 do. females. Employed in agriculture, 139,724; in commerce, 1303 ; in manufactures and trades, 4151 ; navigating the ocean, 33 ; do. rivers, canals, &c, 100 ; learned professions, 1506. This state is divided into 56 counties, which, with their population in 1840, and their capitals, were as follow: Northern District. — Attala, 4303, Kosciusko; Bolivar, 1356, Bolivar; Carroll, 10,481, Carrollton ; Chickasaw, 2955, Houston ; Choctaw, 6010, Greensboro ; Coahoma, 1290, Coahoma C.H. ; De Soto, 7002, Hernando; Itawamba, 5375, Ful- ton; Lafayette, 6531, Oxford ; Lowndes, 14,513, Columbus; Marshall, 17,526, Holly Springs ; Monroe, 9250, Athens; Noxubee, 9975, Macon; Oktibbeha, 4276, Starkville ; Ponola, 4657, Ponola; Pontotoc, 4491, Pontotoc ; Taeeahatchie, 2985, Charleston ; Tippah, 9444, Ripley ; Tishamingo, 6681, Jacinto; Tunica, 821, Peyton; Winston, 4650, Louisville; Yaeabusha, 12,248, Coffeeville. Southern District — Adams, 19,434, Natchez : Amite, 951 1, Liberty ; Claiborne, 13,078, Port Gibson; Clarke, 2986, Quitman; Copiah, 8954, Gallatin; Covington, 2717, Williamsburg; Franklin, 4775, Meadville ; Greene, 1636, Leakesville ; Hancock, 3367, Shieldsborough ; Hinds, 19,098, Raymond; Holmes, 9452, Lexington; Jackson, 1965, Jackson C. H. ; Jasper, 3958, Pauld- ing; Jefferson, 11,650, Fayette; Jones, 1258, Ellisville; Kemper, 7663, De Kalb ; Lauderdale, 5358, Marion ; Lawrence, 5920, Monticello ; Leake, 2162, Carthage ; Madison, 15,530, Canton; Neshoba, 2437, Philadelphia; Newton, 2527, Decatur; Perry, 1899, Augusta; Pike, 6151, Holmesville ; Rankin, 4631, Brandon ; Scott, 1653, Hillsborough; LOUISIANA. 167 Simpson, 3380, Westville ; Smith, 1961, Raleigh ; Warren, 15,820, Vicks- burg; Washington, 7287, Princeton ; Watxe, 2120, Winchester ; Wil- kinson, 14,193, Woodville; Yazoo, 10,480, Benton. Jackson, situated on the W. bank of Pearl River, 1010 ms. S. W. from Washington City, is the seat of government. LOUISIANA. Page 154. — Lesson 112.— Map No. 12. Q. By what is Louisiana bounded on the north ? A. Ark. and Miss. Q. On the east ? A. Miss. Q. South? A. Gulf of Mexico. Q. West? A. Texas. Q. What rivers separate Louisiana from Mississippi ? A. Mississippi and Pearl. Q. What river from Texas ? A. Sabine. Q. What two lakes are in the eastern part of the state ? A. Pontchartrain, and Borgne. Q. What two in the southern part ? A. Calcasieu, and Mermentau. Q. How long is the Mississippi ? A. 4100 ms. (M. A.) Q. Red River ? A. 1200 ms. (M. A.) Q. Washita? A. 500 ms. (M. A.) Q. Sabine? A. 400 ms. (M. A.) Q. Calcasieu ? A. 250 ms. (M. A.) Q. Bayou Macon? A. 200 ms. (M. A.) Some rivers are termed Bayous in Louisiana. (M. G. p. 154.) Q. What is the population of New Orleans ? A. 102,000. (M. A.) Q. Donaldsonville ? A. 1000. (M. A.) Q. Baton Rouge ? A. 1500. (M. A.) 168 LOUISIANA. Q. Alexandria? A. 1500. (M. A.) Q. Natchitoches ? A. 2500. (M. A.) Q. In what parishes are these situated 1 A. New Orleans, in New Orleans ; Donaldsonville, in Ascen- sion ; Baton Rouge, in East Baton Rouge ; Alexandria, in Rapides ; Natchitoches, in Natchitoches. Q. When was the battle of New Orleans fought ? A. In 1815. (M.A.) Louisiana, one of the Southern States, is bounded N. by Ark. and Miss.; E. by Miss., from which it is separated by the Mississippi River, to the 31° N. lat., thence E. on that parallel to Pearl River, and down that river to its mouth ; E. and S. by the Gulf of Mexico ; and W. by Texas, from which it is separated by the Sabine River to 32° N. lat., and thence due N. to lat. 33° N., the S. boundary of Arkansas. It is 240 miles long from N. to S., and 210 broad from E. to W., containing 48,320 sq. ms., or 30,934,800 acres. The population in 1810, was 76,556 ; in 1820, 153,407; in 1830, 215,575; in 1840, 352,411, of which 168,452 were slaves. Of the free population 89,747 were white males ; 68,710 do. females ; 11,526 coloured males ; 13,976 do. females. Employed in agriculture, 79,289 ; in commerce, 8549; in manufactures and trades, 7565; navigating the ocean, 1322; canals, lakes, &c, 662 ; learned professions, 1018. This State is divided into 38 parishes, which, with their population in 1840, and their capitals, were as follow. Eastern District. — Ascension, 6951, Donaldsonville; Assumption, 7141,Napoleonville; E. Baton Rouge, 8138, Baton Rouge; W. Baton Rouge, 4638, W. Baton Rouge C.H.; Carroll, 4237, Providence; Concordia, 9414, Vidalia; E. Feliciana, 11,893, Clinton; W. Feliciana, 10,910, St. Francisville ; Iberville, 8495, Plaquemine; Jefferson, 10,470, Lafayette ; Lafourche Interior, 7303, Thibodeaux ; Livingston, 2315, Springfield; Madison, 5142, Richmond; Orleans, 102,193, New Orleans; Plaq.uemine, 5060, Fort Jackson ; Point Coupee, 7898, Point Coupee; St. Bernard, 3237, St. Bernard C. H.; St. Charles, 4700, St. Charles C.H.; St. Helena, 3525, Greensburg ; St. James, 8548, Bringiers ; St. John Baptist, 5776, Bonnet Carre; St. Tammany, 4598, Covington ; Terre Bonne, 4410, Houma; Washington, 2649, Franklinton. Western District. — Avoyelles, 6616, Marksville ; Caddo, 5282, Shreveport ; Calcasieu, 2057, Lisbon ; Cald- well, 2017, Columbia; Catahoola, 4955, Harrisonburg; Claiborne, 6185, Overton; La Fayette, 7841, Vermilionvilie ; Natchitoches, 14,350, Natchitoches; Rapides, 14,132, Alexandria; St. Landry, 15,233, Opelousas; St. Martin's, 8676, St. Martinsville; St. Mart's, 8950, Franklin ; Union, 1838, Farmersville ; Washita, 4640, Monroe. New Orleans, the capital, is on the N. bank of the Mississippi R., 105 ms. from its mouth, and 1172 S. W. from Washington City. In the year 1699, the settlement of Louisiana was commenced by the French; in 1762 they ceded the whole region to Spain, which power, in the year 1800, reconveyed it to France ; three years afterwards it was purchased from the latter by the United States, for §15,000,000. This purchase in- cluded all the territory belonging to the U. S. which lies between the Missis- sippi River and the Rocky Mts., with the exception of Texas. TEXAS. 169 TEXAS. Page 155.^Zessorc 113.— Map No. 13. Q. What bounds Texas on the north ? A. Indian Ter. Q. South? A. Gulf of Mexico. Q. East? A. La., and Indian Ter. Q. West? A. Mexico. Q. What river forms the north boundary ? A. Red. #. East? «#. Sabine. Q. West? .#. Rio Grande. Q. Which are the other chief rivers of Texas ? A. Colorado, Brazos, Trinity, and Neuces. Q. How long are they ? A. Colorado is 700 ms. long ; Brazos, 650 ; Trinity, 450 ; Neuces, 350. (M. A.) Q. From what lake does the Brazos River flow ? A. Saline Lake. Q. On what river is Austin ? A. Colorado. Q. Into what bay does it flow ? A. Matagorda. Q. How far do steamboats ascend the Brazos River ? A. To the Falls. Q. When, and where, was the battle of San Jacinto fought ? A. In 1836, near the river San Jacinto. (M. A.) Q. Point out the Cross Timbers. This is a remarkable forest in the midst of the prairies : it extends northward from the Brazos River, for a distance of a hundred miles. (M. G. p. 155.) Q. What Indian tribes are there in Texas ? A. Apaches, Comanches, Lipans, and Kioways. (M. A.) Texas is bounded N. by the Indian Ter. ; E. by Ark. and La. ; S. E. by the Gulf of Mexico ; and S. W. and W. by Mexico, from which it is sepa- rated by the Rio Grande. (M. A.) Austin, the capital, is on the left bank of the Colorado River, 1681 miles S. W. from Washington City. This state lies between 26° and 40° N. lat, and 93° 40' and 107° W. long. It is separated from Mexico on the W. and S. W. by the Rio Grande ; on the N., the Red River, and the Arkansas chiefly separate it from the Indian Ter. ; on the E. the River Sabine divides it from La.; and S. E. it borders the Gulf of Mexico. Length, from its S. to its N. W. extremity, 15 170 WESTERN STATES. about 1000 ms.; greatest breadth, from E. to W., near 750 ms. Area esti- mated at 320,000 sq. ms. Pop. at 250,000, of whom about 25,000 are slaves. WESTERN STATES. Pages 158-9.— Lesson 115.— Map No. 5. Q. Which is the largest Western State ? A. Mo. Q. The smallest? A. la. Q. Which is the most northern? A. Mich. Q. Southern? A. Ark. Q. Eastern? A. Oo. Q. Western? A. Mo. Q. Which is the largest western territory ? A. Oregon. Q. The most northern and western ? A. Oregon. Q. The most eastern ? A. Wis. Q. Most southern ? A. Indian. The western states and territories extend from N. latitude 33 degrees to 49. (M. A.) Q. How much latitude then do they include ? A. 16°. They extend from about 4 degrees of longitude to 56 degrees west from Washington. (M. A.) Q. How much longitude do they include ? A. 52°. Q. What states have the Mississippi River for their western boundarv ? A. Tenn., Ky., 111., and Wis. Q. Which have the Mississippi for their eastern boundary ? A. Ark., Mo., and Io. Q. Which states have the Ohio for their southern boundary? A. Oo., la., and 111. Q. What state has the Ohio for its northern boundary ? A. Ky. Q. Which has the Ohio for its western boundary ? A. Va. onio. 171 Q. How many miles is it by the scale from the mouth of Columbia River eastward to the Rocky Mts. ? A. About 560. (M. A.) Q. How many miles is it from the Rocky Mts. to Lake Michi- gan, measured on the parallel of 44 degrees ? A. About 1120. (M.A.) Q. How many miles is it from the head of the Arkansas to the head of the Alleghany river ? A, About 1550. (M. A.) This is about the greatest extent that can be measured through the centre of the Mississippi valley E. and W. (M. G., p. 159.) Q. How far is it from the head to the mouth of the Mississippi river in a straight line ? A. About 1320 ms. (M. A.) Q. How far is it from the mouth of the Ohio R. to the northern boundary of Illinois ? A. About 370 ms. (M. A.) Q. How far is it from the same point to the east boundary of Kentucky ? A. About 373 ms. (M. A.) The states of Missouri and Indiana are about the same extent from north to south. Q. What is the number of miles ? A. About 287. (M. A.) OHIO. Page 161.- -Lesson 116.— -Map No. 14, Q. What bounds Ohi ;o on the north t A. Mich., and Lake Erie. Q- South? A. Ky., and Va. Q- East ? A. Va., and Pa. Q- West? A. la. Q. What river forms its south boundary ? A. Ohio. Q. What rivers flow into Lake Erie ? A. Maumee, Sandusky, Huron, and Cuyahoga. Q. Which flow into the Ohio River ? A. Miami, Little Miami, Scioto, and Muskingum. Q. What is the population of Cincinnati ? A. 46,000. (M. A.) Q. Zanesville? A. 5000. (M. A.) 17:2 omo. Q. Cleveland ? A. 6000. (M. A.) Q. Steubenville ? A. 5000. (M. A.) Q. Columbus? A. 6000. (M. A.) q. Chillicothe? A. 4000. (M. A.) Q. Dayton? A. 6000. (M. A.) Q. Portsmouth? A. 1500. (M. A.) Q. In what counties are these places ? A. Cincinnati is in Hamilton ; Zanesville, in Muskingum ; Cleveland, in Cuyahoga ; Steubenville, in Jefferson ; Columbus, in Franklin ; ChkMicothe, in Ross ; Dayton, in Montgomery ; Portsmouth, in Scioto. Q. How long is the Ohio River ? A. 1300 miles. (M. A.) Q. Maumee ? A. 300. (M. A.) Q. Miami? A. 100. (M. A.) Q. Scioto? A. 250. (M. A.) Q. Muskingum? A. 250. (M. A.) Q. What road extends through the state from east to west ? A. National. Q. On what rivers are Zanesville, Dayton, and the other chief towns 1 A. Zanesville is on the Muskingum ;* Dayton, on the Great Miami ;t Cincinnati, on the Ohio -,\ Cleveland, on the Cuyahoga, * Zanesville, capital of Muskingum co., Oo., 54 ms. E. from Columbus, 339 ms. from W. The village is situated on the E. side of Muskingum R., opposite to the mouth of Licking R., on the national road. j- Dayton, city, and cap. of Montgomery co., Oo ., 68 ms. W. by S. from Columbus, 52 ms. N. from Cincinnati, 461 ms. from W. It is in 39° 46' N. lat., and 84° 3' W. long., beautifully situated on the E. bank of Great Miami R., immediately below the confluence of Mad R., its main eastern branch, and 1 m. below the mouth of Stillwater, its pi-incipal western tribu- tary. t Cincinnati, city, port of entry, and capital of Hamilton co., Oo., is situ- ated in the S. W. part of the state, 116 ms. S. W. from Columbus; 120 ms. S. E. from Indianapolis, la.; 90 ms. N. N.W. from Lexington, Ky. ; 270 ms. N. N. E. from Nashville, Tenn. ; 455 ms. below Pittsburg, Pa., by the course oino. 173 at its mouth;* Steubenville, on the Ohio;! Columbus, on the Scioto ;X Chillicothe, on the Scioto ;§ Portsmouth, on the Scioto ;|| Marietta,on the Muskingum ;^[ Gallipolis, on the Ohio ;** Huron, on the Huron, at its mouth ;tt Toledo, on the Maumee.|| of the river; 132 ms. above Louisville, Ky. ; 494 ms. above the mouth of Ohio R. ; and 1447 ms. above New Orleans, La., by the Mississippi and Ohio rivers ; 518 ms., by post route, W. from Baltimore ; 617 ms. W. by S. from Philadelphia; 650 ms. from New York, by lake Erie, the Erie canal, and Hudson River ; and 492 ms. from Washington city. It is in 39° 6' 30" N. lat., and 7° 24' 25" W. long. It is the largest city of the West N. of New Orleans, and the sixth in pop. in the U. S. Situated on the N. bank of Ohio R., opposite to the mouth of Licking R., which enters the Ohio be- tween Newport and Covington, Ky. * Cleveland, city, port of entry, and the capital of Cuyahoga co., Oo., 146 ms. N. E. by N. from Columbus, 395 ms. from W. Cleveland, the emporium of northern Ohio, and, next to Cincinnati, the most important town in the "tate, possesses a commanding situation on Lake Erie, at the mouth of the Cuyahoga R., and the northern termination of the Ohio canal, by which it is connected with Ohio R., and is in 41° 31' N. lat., and 81° 46' W. long, from Greenwich, or 4° 44' W. long, from W. It is 130 ms. N.W. from Pittsburg, 146 ms. N. E. from Columbus, 200 by water from Buffalo, 130 ms. from Detroit, 359 ms. from W. f Steubenville, cap. of Jefferson co., Oo., 141 ms. E. N. E. from Colum- bus, 264 ms. from W. Situated on the W. bank of Ohio R. | Columbus, city, and cap. of Franklin co., Oo., and of the state, 139 ms. S. W. by S. from Cleveland, 110 ms. N. E. from Cincinnati, 1 75 ms. S. from Detroit, Mich. ; 184 ms. S.W. from Pittsburg, Pa. ; 393 ms. from W. It is in 39° 47' N. lat., and 83° 3' W. long., and 6° W. long, from W. It is situated on the E. bank of Scioto R., immediately below the confluence of Whetstone R. When this place was fixed on as the seat of the legislature, in 1812, it was an entire wilderness. § Chillicothe, city, cap. of Ross co., Oo., 45 ms. S. from Columbus, 400 ms. from W. It is handsomely situated on the W. bank of Scioto R., in Scioto township. Its plan has been thought to resemble that of Philadelphia. || Portsmouth, cap. of Scioto co., Oo., 90 ms. S. from Columbus, 424 ms. from W. Situated on the E. bank of the Scioto R., at its entrance into Ohio R., and at the termination of the Ohio canal. f Marietta, cap. of Washington co., Oo., 104 ms. E. S. E. from Colum- bus, 300 ms. from W. Situated on both sides of Muskingum R,, at its en- trance into the Ohio R. ** Gallipolis, cap. of Gallia co., Oo., 100 ms. S. S. E. from Columbus, 358 ms. from W. It is pleasantly situated on the W. bank of Ohio R. ■j-j- Huron is in Erie co., Oo., 113 ms. N. by E. from Columbus, 399 ms. from W. The village is situated at the mouth of Huron R., on Lake Erie, where is a good harbor. \l Toledo, cap. of Lucas co.,Oo., 134 ms. N, N. W. from Columbus, 464 ms. from W. Situated on the W. bank of Maumee R. near its entrance into Maumee Bay. 15* 174 oiiio. Ohio, the northeastern of the Western States, is bounded N. by Mich, and Lake Erie; E. by Pa. and Va. ; S. by the Ohio R., which separates it from Va, and Ky. ; and W. by la. It is between 38° 30' and 42° N. lat., and between 80° 35' and 84° 47' W. long., and between 3° 31' and 7° 41' W. long from W. It is 210 ms. long from N. to S., and 200 ms. broad from E. to W., containing 44,000 sq. ms., or 28,160,000 acres. The population in 1790, was 3000 ; in 1800, 45,365 ; in 1810, 230,760 ; in 1820, 581,434; in 1830, 937,637; in 1840, 1,519,467; being the third in population in the U. S. Of these, 775,360 were white males ; 726,762 do. females ; 8740 were free coloured males ; 8602 do. females. Employed in agriculture, 272,579 ; in commerce, 9201 ; in manufactures and trades, 66,265 ; in mining, 704; navigating the ocean, 212 ; do. rivers, canals, and lakes, 3323 ; learned professions, 5663. This state is divided into 79 counties, which, with their population in 1840, and their capitals, are as follow: Adams, 13,183, West Union; Allen, 9079, Lima; Ashtabula, 23,724, Jefferson; Athens, 19,109, Athens; Belmont, 30,901, St. Clairsville ; Brown, 22,715, Georgetown; Butler, 28,173, Hamilton ; Carroll, 18,108, Carrollton ; Champaign, 16,721, Urbanna; Clark, 16,882, Springfield; Clermont, 23,106, Ba- tavia ; Clinton, 15,719, Wilmington; Columbiana, 40,378, New Lisbon; Coshocton, 21,590, Coshocton ; Crawford, 13,152, Bucyrus ; Cuyahoga, 26,506, Cleveland; Darke, 13,282, Greenville; Delaware, 22,060, Dela- ware; Erie, 12,599, Sandusky City; Fairfield, 31,924, Lancaster; Fayette, 10,984, Washington ; Franklin, 25,049, Columbus; Gallia, 13,444, Gallipolis; Geauga, 16,297, Chardon ; Greene, 17,528, Xenia ; Guernsey, 27,748, Cambridge; Hamilton, 80,148, Cincinnati; Han- cock, 9986, Findlay ; Hardin, 4598, Kenton ; Harrison, 20,099, Cadiz; Henry, 2503, Napoleon ; Highland, 22,269, Hillsboro' ; Hocking, 9741, Logan; Holmes, 18,088, Millersburg ; Huron, 23,933, Norwalk; Jack- son, 9744, Jackson ; Jefferson, 25,030, Steubenville ; Knox, 29,579, Mount Vernon ; Lake, 13,719, Painesville; Lawrence, 9738, Burlington ; Licking, 35,096, Newark; Logan, 14,015, Belle Fontaine; Lorain, 18,467, Elyria ; Lucas, 9382, Toledo ; Madison, 9025, London ; Marion, 14,765, Marion; Medina, 18,352, Medina; Meigs, 11,452, Chester; Mercer, 8277, Celina ; Miami, 19,688, Troy; Monroe, 18,521, Wood- field; Montgomery, 31,938, Dayton ; Morgan, 20,852, McConnelsville ; Muskingum, 38,749, Zanesville ; Ottawa, 2148, Port Clinton ; Pauld- ing, 1034, Charloe; Perrt, 19,344, Somerset; Pickaway, 19,725, Cir- cleville ; Pike, 7626, Piketon ; Preble, 19,482, Eaton ; Portage, 22,965, Ravenna; Putnam, 5189, Putnam ; Richland, 44,532, Mansfield ; Ross, 27,460, Chillicothe; Sandusky, 10,182, Lower Sandusky; Scioto, 11,192, Portsmouth; Seneca, 18,128, Tiffin ; Shelby, 12,154, Sidney; Stark, 34,603, Canton ; Summit, 22,560, Akron ; Trumbull, 38,107, Warren ; Tuscarawas, 25,631, New Philadelphia; Union, 8422, Marysville ; Van Wert, 1577, Van Wert; Warren, 23,141, Lebanon; Washington, 20,823, Marietta; Wayne, 35,808, Wooster ; Williams, 4465, Bryan; Woon, 5357, Perrysburg. Columbus, on the Scioto, just below the confluence of the Whetstone, is the seat of government. This city is in 39° 47' N. lat., and 83° 3' W. long., and 6° W. long, from Washington ; 110 ms. N. E. of Cincinnati, 139 S. W. of Cleveland, 393 W. by N. from Washington city. KENTUCKY. 175 KENTUCKY. Page 162.— Lesson 111.— Map No. 14. Q. What states bound Kentucky on the north ? A. TIL, la., and Oo. Q. South? A. Tenn. Q. East? A. Va. Q. West? A. Mo., and Ark. Q. What river forms its northern boundary ? «#. Ohio. Q. Its western ? A. Mississippi. Q. What river and mountains are its eastern boundary ? A. Big Sandy River, and Cumberland Mts. Q. Which are the principal rivers in the state ? ' A. Tennessee, Cumberland, Green, Kentucky, and Licking. Q. Tell the lengths of all these. A. Tennessee is 900 ms. ; Cumberland, 600 ; Greene, 300 ; Kentucky, 350; Licking, 300. (M. A.) Q. On what river is Frankfort ?* A. On Kentucky R. Q. Louisville?! A. On the Ohio R. Q. Maysville ?{ A. On the Ohio R. Q. Covington ?§ A. On the Ohio R. * Frankfort, capital of Franklin co., Ky., and also of the state, is 22 ms. W. N. W. of Lexington, 54 ms. E. of Louisville, 102 ms. S. S. W. of Cincinnati, 542 ms. W. by S. from W. In 38° 14' N. lat., and 84° 40' W. long. Situated on the E. side of Kentucky R., 60 ms. above its entrance into Ohio R., on a semicircular alluvial plain, from 150 to 200 ft. lower than the table-land in the rear. ■{• Louisville city, port of entry, and cap. of Jefferson co., Ky., 54 ms. W. of Frankfort, 596 ms. from W. Situated on the S. side of Ohio R., at the head of the rapids, in 38° 8' N. Iat., and 85° 26' W. long., 120 ms. below Cincinnati. * Maysville city, Mason co., Ky., 81 ms. N. E. of Frankfort, 461 ms. from W. It is situated on the S. side of Ohio R., on a narrow bottom between the R. and the high hills which rise in its rear. § Covington city, Kenton co., Ky., S5 ms. N. by E. of Frankfort, 493 ms. from W. It is situated on the Ohio R., at the mouth of Licking cr., on its 176 • KENTUCKY. Q. What is the population of each of these towns ? A. Frankfort, 2000; Louisville, 21,000; Maysville, 2750; Covington, 2000. (M. A.) Q. Of Lexington ? A. 7000. (M. A.) Q. Which is the most northern county ? A. Boone. Q. Eastern? A. Floyd. Q. Western? A. Hickman. Kentucky, one of the Western States, is bounded N. by Oo., la., and 111., from which it is separated by the Ohio River ; E. by Va.; S, by Tenn.; and W. by the Mississippi R. which separates it from Mo. It is between 36° 30' and 39° 10' N. Iat., and between 81° 50' and 89° 20' W. long., and between 5° and 10° W. long, from W. Its greatest length is about 400 ms., and breadth 170 ms., containing 40,000 sq. ms., or 25,600,000 acres. The population in 1790, was 73,677; in 1800, 220,959; in 1810, 406,511 ; in 1820, 564,317 ; in 1830, 688,844; in 1840, 779,828, of which 182,258 were slaves. Of the free population, 305,323 were white males; 284,930 do. females ; 3761 were coloured males; 3556 do. females. Em- ployed in agriculture, 197,738; in commerce, 3448; in manufactures and trades, 23,217; navigating the ocean, 44; canals, lakes, and rivers, 968; in mining, 331 ; learned professions, 2487. There are 90 counties in this state, which, with their pop. in 1840, and their caps., were as follow: Adair, 8466, Columbia ; Alien, 7329, Scottsville; Anderson, 5452, Lawrenceburg; Barren, 17,288, Glasgow; Bath, 9763, Owingsville; Boone, 10,034, Burlington ; Bourbon, 14,478, Paris; Brea- thitt, 2195, Breathitt; Bracken, 7053, Augusta; Breckenridge, 8944, Hardinsburg; Bullitt, 6334, Shepherdsville; Butler, 3898,Morgantown ; Caldwell, 10,365, Princeton; Calloway, 9794, Wadesborough ; C.orr- bell, 52 14, Newport ; Carroll, 3966, Carrollton; Carter, 2905, Grayson ; Caset, 4939, Liberty ; Christian, 15,587, Hopkinsville ; Clarke, 10,802, Winchester; Clay, 4607, Manchester ; Clinton, 3863, Albany ; Cumber- land, 6090, Burkesville; Daviess, 8331, Owensborough; Edmonson, 2914, Brownsville ; Estill, 5535, Irvine ; Fayette, 22,194, Lexington ; Flem- ing, 13,268, Flemingsburg ; Floyd, 6302, Prestonburg; Franklin, 9420, Frankfort; Gallatin, 4003, Warsaw; Garrard, 10,480, Lancaster; Grant, 4192, Williamstown ; Graves, 7465, Mayfield ; Grayson, 4461, Litchfield ; Greene, 14,212, Greensburg; Greenup, 6297, Greenupsburg; Hancock, 2581, Hawesville ; Hardin, 16,357, Elizabethtown ; Harlan, 3015, Mt. Pleasant; Harrison, 12,472, Cynthiana; Hart, 7031, Mum- fordsville; Henderson,. 9548, Henderson; Henry, 10,115, New Castle; Hickman, 8968, Clinton; Hopkins, 9170, Madisonville ; Jefferson, 36,346, Louisville; Jessamine, 9391, Nicholasville ; Kenton, 7816, W. side, directly opposite to Cincinnati, of which, from the arrangement of the streets, it appears like a continuation. Newport lies on the opposite side of the Licking. TENNESSEE. • 177 Independence; Knox, 5722, Barbourville ; Laurel, 3079, London; Law- rence, 4730, Louisa; Lewis, 6306, Clarksburg; Lincoln, 10,187, Stan- ford; Livingston, 9025, Smithland; Logan, 13,615, Russellville; Madison, 16,355, Richmond; Marion, 11,032, Lebanon; Mason, 15,719, Maysville; McCracken, 4745, Paducah ; Meade, 5786, Brandenburg; Mercer, 18,720, Harrodsburg ; Monroe, 6526, Tompkinsville ; Montgomery, 9332, Mount Sterling; Morgan, 4603, West Liberty ; Muhlesbog, 6964, Green- ville ; Nelson, L3,637, Bardstown ; Nicholas, 8745, Carlisle ; Ohio, 6592, Hartford ; Oldham, 7380, La Grange ; Owen, 8232, Owen ton ; Pendleton, 4455, Falmouth ; Perry, 3089, Hazard ; Pike, 3567, Pikeville ; Pulaskt, 9620, Somerset ; Rockcastle, 3409, Mount Vernon ; Russell, 4238, Jamestown; Scott, 13,668, Georgetown; Shelby, 17,768, Shelby ville ; Simpson, 6537, Franklin; Spencer, 6581, Taylorsville ; Todd, 9991, Elk- ton; Trigg, 7716, Cadiz; Trtmble, 4480, Bedford; Union, 6673, Morganfield ; Warren, 15,446, Bowling Green; Washington, 10,596, Springfield ; Wayne, 7399, Monticello ; Whitley, 4673, Williamsburg ; Woodford, 11,740, Versailles. Frankfort, on the E. bank of the Kentucky R., 60 ms. above its entrance into the Ohio, is the seat of government. TENNESSEE. Page 164.— Lesson US.— Map No. 12. Q. What state bounds Tennessee on the north ? A. Ky. Q. On the south ? * A. Miss., Ala., and Ga. Q. East? A. N. C. Q. West? A. Ark. Q. What river separates this state from Arkansas ? A. Mississippi. Q. Which are the two principal rivers ? A. Tennessee and Cumberland. Q. Name the head branches of the Tennessee. A. Powell's, Clinch, Holston, and French Broad. Q. Tell how long all these rivers are. A. Mississippi is 4100 ms. ; Tennessee, 900 ; Cumberland, 600; Powell's, 150; Clinch, 250; Holston, 300; French Broad, 176. (M. A.) Q. How many miles from the sea do steamboats navigate the Hatchee, Cumberland, and Holston Rivers ? A. Hatchee, 1050 ; Cumberland, 1500 ; Holston, 2000. (M. A.) Q. To what towns do they ascend ? A. They ascend the Hatchee R. to Bolivar ; the Cumberland to Carthage ; and the Holston to Knoxville. (M. A.) 178 TENNESSEE. Q. What mountains separate Tennessee from North Carolina ? A. Alleghany. The Alleghany mountains in this part, are distinguished by the local names of Stone Mt., Smoky Mt., &c. (M. G. p. 164.) Q. What mountains between the Tennessee and Cumberland Rivers ? A. Cumberland. Q. How high are they ? A. 2000 ft. (M. A.) Q. What is the population of Nashville? A. 7000. (M. A.) Q. Memphis? A. 5000. (M. A.) Q. Knoxville? A. 2000. (M. A.) Q. Columbia? A. 1500. (M. A.) Q. In what counties are each of these towns ? A. Nashville is in Davidson ; Memphis in Shelby ; Knoxville in Knox ; Columbia in Maury. Tennessee, one of the Western States, is bounded N. by Ky. ; E. by N. C. ; S. by Ga., Ala., and Miss. ; and W. by the Mississippi River, which separates it from Ark. and Mo. It lies between 35° and 36° 30' N. lat., and between 81° 30' and 90° 10' W. long., and between 4° 39' and 13° 14' Wrfrom W. It is at its mean length 400 miles, and its mean breadth 114 miles, containing 45,000 sq. ms„ or 28,800,000 acres. The population in 1790, was 35,691; in 1800, 105,602; in 1810, 261,727; in 1820, 422,813; in 1830, 681,904; in 1840, 829,210; of which 183,059 were slaves. Of the free population, 325,434 were white males; 315,193 do. females ; 2796 free coloured males ; 2728 do. females. Employed in agri- culture, 227,739 ; in commerce, 2217; in manufactures and trades, 17,815; navigating the ocean, rivers, &c„ 302 ; learned professions, 2042. This state is divided into 72 counties, which, with their population in 1840, and their capitals, were as follow: Eastern District. — Anderson, 5688, Clinton; Bledsoe, 5676, Pikeville ; Blount, 11,745, Marysville; Bradley, 7385, Cleveland; Campbell, 6149, Jacksborough ; Carter, 5372, Elizabethtown ; Claiborne, 9474, Tazewell ; Cocke, 6992, New- port; Grainger, 10,572, Rutledge ; Greene, 16,076, Greenville; Hamil- ton, 8175, Dallas; Hawkins, 15,038, Rogersville ; Jefferson, 12,076, Dandridge ; Johnson, 2658, Taylorsville ; Knox, 15,485, Knoxville; Marion, 6070, Jasper; McMinn, 12,719, Athens; Meigs, 4794, Decatur; Monroe, 12,056, Madisonville ; Morgan, 2660, Montgomery ; Polk, 3570, Bentonville ; Rhea, 3985, Washington ; Roane, 10,948, Kingston ; Sevier, 6442, Sevierville ; Sullivan, 10,736, Blountville; Washington, 11,751, Jonesborough. Middle District. — Bedford, 20,546, Shelby ville ; Cannov, 7193, Woodbury; Coffee, 8184, Manchester ; Davidson, 30,509, Nash- ville; De Kalb, 5868, Smithville; Dickson, 7074, Charlotte; Fentress, 3550, Jamestown ; Franklin, 12,033, Winchester ; Giles, 21,494, Pulaski; Hickman, 8618, Centreville ; Humphreys, 5195, Reynoldsburg ; MICHIGAN. 179 Jackson, 12,872, Gamesborough ; Lawrence, 7121, Lawrenceburg ; Lin- coln, 21,493, Fayetteville ; Marshall, 14,555, Lewisburg ; Mauri, 28,186, Columbia; Montgomery, 16,927, Clarksville ; Overtox, 9279, Monroe; Robertson, 13,801, Springfield; Rutherford, 24,280, Murfreesborough ; Smith, 21,179, Carthage ; Sumner, 22,445, Gallatin ; Stewart, 8587, Dover; Warren, 10,803, McMinnville; Watxe, 7705, Waynesborough; White, 10,747, Sparta ; Williamson, 27,006, Franklin ; Wilson, 24,460, Lebanon. Western District. — Bextox, 4772, Camden ; Carroll, 12,362, Huntingdon; Dyer, 4484, Dyersburg; Fayette, 21,501, Somerville; Gibson, 13,689, Trenton; Hardiman, 14,563, Bolivar; Hardix, 8245, Savannah; Haywood, 13,870, Brownsville; Hexderson, 11,875, Lex- ington ; Hexry, 14,906, Paris; Lauderdale, 3435, Ripley; Madisox, 16,530, Jackson; McNairy, 9385, Purdy ; Obiox, 4814, Troy ; Perry, 7419, Perryville; Shelby, 14,721, Raleigh; Tipton, 6800, Covington; Weakley, 9870, Dresden. Nashville, on the S. bank of Cumberland River, 200 ms. from its mouth, and 684 S. W. by W. from Washington city, is the seat of government MICHIGAN. Pages 165-6. — Lesson 119. — Maps No. 5 and 14. Map No. 5. — Q. What lake bounds Michigan on the north ? A. Superior. Q. On the east ? A. Huron. Q. West? A. Michigan. Q. What states on the south ? A. la. and Oo. Q. What rivers separate Michigan from Wisconsin ? A. Montreal and Mennomonie. Q. What country east of Michigan ? A. Canada West. Q. What territory on the west ? A. Wisconsin. Q. Where is Mackinaw? A. It is on the S. E. extremity of an island at the entrance to Lake Michigan, in the Straits of Michillimackinac, or Mackinaw, 300 ms. N. N. W. of Detroit ; 821 from W. Q. Fort Brady ? A. It is situated on the S. side of the rapids of St. Mary's Strait, a little below Lake Superior, 400 ms. N. of Detroit-; 921 ms. from W. Map No. 14. — Q. What lake lies between Lakes Huron and Erie? A. St. Clair. 180 MICHIGAN. Q. What river unites it to Lake Huron ? A. St. Clair. Q. Which to Lake Erie ? A. Detroit. Q. What is the population of Detroit ? A. 9000. (M. A.) Q. Monroe? A. 1750. (M. A.) Q. NiJes? A. 1500. (M. A.) Q. To what place on the St. Joseph's River do steamboats ascend ? A. To Niles. (M. A.) Q. How far from the sea is it ? A. 2000 ms. (M. A.) Q. On what river is Grand Haven ?* A. On the Grand. Q. Palmer?! A. On St. Clair. Q. Saginaw?| A. On the Saginaw. ( Called Shiawassee in its upper course. M. A.) Michigan, one of the Western States, consists of two peninsulas? the principal of which, or Mich, proper, is bounded N. by the Straits of Michil- limackinac, which connect Lake Michigan to Lake Huron ; E. by Lake Huron, St. Clair River, Lake St. Clair, Detroit River, and Lake Erie, which separate it from Canada West; S. by Oo. and la.; and W. by Lake Michi- gan. This main portion of the state is 288 miles long, and, at a medium, 190 miles broad, containing 36,000 sq. ms., or 23,040,000 acres. The northern or upper peninsula lies N. W. of the former : it is bounded N. by Lake Superior ; E. by St. Mary's River ; S. by Lake Michigan, Green Bay, and Menomonee River; and W. by Montreal River, which enters Lake Superior. This portion of the state is about 320 miles long, and from 30 to 160 broad, containing about 24,000 sq. ms. ; making the whole territory of the state about 60,000 sq. ms. To this should be added 36,324 sq. ms. of water surface. It lies between 41° 30' and 47° 20' N. lat., and between 82o 25' and 90° 30' W. long., and between 5° 23' and 13° 32' W. long. * Grand Haven, cap. of Ottowa co., Mich., 213 ms, W. by N. from Detroit, 694 ms. from W. It is situated on the S. bank of Grand R., one- fourth of a mile from its entrance into Lake Michigan, between which and the lake are sand-hills. f Palmer, cap. of St. Clair co., Mich., 48 ms. N. E. from Detroit, 572 ms. from W. It is bounded E. by St. Clair Strait, or R., and is more generally called St. Clair. * Saginaw, cap. of Saginaw co., Mich., 97 ms. N. by W. from Detroit, 621 ms. from W. The village is situated on the W. bank of Saginaw R., 23 ms. from its mouth. INDIANA. 181 from W. In 1810, the population was 4528 ; in 1820, 9048 ; in 1830, 31,639 ; in 1840, 212,267. Of these, 113,395 were white males ; 98,165 do. females ; 393 coloured males ; 314 do. females. Employed in agri- culture, 56,521 ; in commerce, 728 ; in manufactures and trades, 6890 ; navigating the ocean, 24 ; do. canals, lakes, and rivers, 166 ; mining, 40 ; learned professions, 904. There were in 1840, 32 organized counties, which, with their population and capitals, were as follow : Allegan, 1783, Allegan ; Barry, 1078, Hastings ; Berrien, 5011, St. Joseph ; Branch, 5715, Branch ; Calhoun, 10,599, Marshall; Cass, 5710, Cassopolis; Chippewa, 534, Sault St. Mary; Clinton, 1614, De Witt; Eaton, 2379, Charlotte; Genesee, 4268, Flint ; Hillsdaee, 7240, Jonesville ; Ingham, 2498, Vevay ; Ionia, 1923, Ionia ; Jackson, 13,130, Jackson ; Kalamazoo, 7380, Kalamazoo ; Kent, 2587, Grand Rapids ; Lapeer, 4265, Lapeer ; Lenawee, 17,889, Adrian; Livingston, 7430, Howell; Macomb, 971 6, Mt. Clemens; Michil- limackinac, 923, Mackinac ; Monroe, 9922, Monroe ; Oakland, 23,646, Pontiac ; Oceana, 496, Oceana C. H. ; Ottawa, 208, Grand Haven; Saginaw, 892, Saginaw; St. Clair, 4606, St. Clair; St. Joseph, 7068, Centreville ; Shiawassee, 2103, Corunna ; Van Buren, 1910, Pawpaw; Washtenaw, 23,571, Ann Arbor ; Wayne, 24,173, Detroit. There are a number of new counties unorganized. Detroit, situated on the W. side of the Detroit R., and 524 ms. N. W. from Washington city, is the seat of government. INDIANA. Page 167.— Lesson 120.— Map No. 14. Q. What state on the north ? A. Mich. Q. On the south ? A. Ky. Q. East? A. Oo. Q. West? A. II. Q. Which river on the south ? A. Ohio. Q. On the west ? A. W T abash. Q. What river flows into Lake Erie ? A. Maumee. Q. What rivers flow into the Wabash ? A. Eel, Salamanie, Mississineway, Tippecanoe, and White. Q. How long are the foregoing rivers ? A. Eel is 88 ms. ; Salamanie, 100; Mississineway, 100; Tippecanoe, 150; Wliite, 300. (M. A.) Q. How far from the sea do steamboats navigate the Wabash ? A. 1620 ms. (M. A.) 16 182 INDIANA. Q. East fork of White River? A. 1580 ms. (M. A.) Q. What is the population of New Albany ? A. 4250. (M. A.) Q. Madison? A. 3750. (M. A.) Q. Rushville? A. 2000. (M. A.) Q. Indianapolis ? A. 2500. (M. A.) Q. Vincennes? A. 2000. (M. A.) Q. Terre Haute? A. 2000 ms. (M. A.) Q. Lafayette? A. 1500. (M. A.) Q. Losfansport? A. 1500. (M. A.) Q. In what counties are all these towns ? A. New Albany is in Floyd; Madison, in Jefferson; Rush- ville, in Rush ; Indianapolis, in Marion ; Vincennes, in Knox ; Terre Haute, in Vigo ; Lafayette, in Tippecanoe ; Logansport, in Q. When was the battle of Tippecanoe fought ? A. In 1811. (M.A.) Q. On what rivers are the chief towns ? A, Indianapolis is on White R. ;* Lawrenceburg, on the Ohio ;t Madison, on the Ohio ;£ Jeffersonville, on the Ohio ;§ New Albany, * Indianapolis, near the centre of Indiana, is the cap. of Marion co., and also of the state. Lat. 39° 55' N., long. 85° 5' W., 571 miles W. by N. from Washington City. It is situated in Centre township, on the E. side of White R., which is navigable to this place for small steamboats in time of high water. The national road passes through the town; and the most important roads in the state centre in it. f Lawrenceburg, cap. of Dearborn co., la., 86 ms. S. from Indianapolis, 514 ms. from W. Situated on the N. bank of the Ohio R., 1 m. below the entrance of the Great Miami R., and at the entrance of the Whitewater canal into the Ohio R. $ Madison, city, and cap. of Jefferson co., la., 88 ms. S. S. E. from Indiana- polis, 560 ms. from W. Situated on the N. shore of the Ohio R., at an elevation which secures it from the highest floods. § Jeffersonville, Clark co., la., 117 ms. S. by E. from Indianapolis, 597 ms. from W. It is situated on a high bank, on N. side of the Ohio R., opposite Louisville, Ky., and just above the rapids of the Ohio. INDIANA. 183 on the Ohio ;* New Harmony, on the Wabash ;t Vincennes, on the Wabash ;J Terre Haute, on the Wabash ;§ Lafayette, on the Wabash ;|| Logansport, on the Wabash.^f Indiana, one of the Western States, is bounded N. by Michigan Lake and state ; E. by Oo. ; S. by Ky., from which it is separated by the Ohio R. ; and W. by 111. It is between 37° 45' and 41° 52' N. lat., and between 84° 42' and 87° 49' W. long., and between 7° 45' and 1 1° W. long, from W. It has a mean length of 260 ms., and a mean breadth of 140 ms., con- taining 36,000 sq. ms., or 23,040,000 acres. The pop. in 1800 was 5641 ; in 1810, 24,520; in 1820, 147,178 ; in 1830, 341,582; in 1840, 685,866. White males, 352,773; do. females, 325,925; coloured males, 3731; do. females, 3434. Employed in agriculture, 148,806 ; in commerce, 3076 ; in manufactures and trades, 20,590 ; in mining, 233 ; navigating the ocean, 89 ; do. canals, rivers, and lakes, 677 ; learned professions, 2257. There are in this state 87 counties, which, with their population in 1840, and their capitals, were as follow : Adams, 2264, Decatur ; Allen, 5942, Fort Wayne ; Blackford, 1226, Hartford; Bartholomew, 10,042, Co- lumbus ; Boone, 8121, Lebanon ; Brown, 2364, Nashville ; Carroll, 7819, Delphi; Cass, 5480, Logansport; Clark, 14,595, Charlestown ; Clay, 5567, Bowling Green; Clinton, 7508, Frankfort; Crawford, * New Albany, city, and cap. of Floyd co., la., 121 ms. S. by E. from Indianapolis, 600 ms. from W. Situated on the N. bank of the Ohio R., 2 ms. below the foot of the falls, where the Ohio descends 32 ft. in one mile. -j- New Harmony, Posey co., la., is situated on the E. bank of W T abash R., 172 ms. S. W. from Indianapolis, 742 ms. from W. It was founded in 1814, by a society of Germans, from Swabia, called "Harmonists," who removed from Butler co., Pa., under their minister George Rapp. Their society was founded on the principle of a community of goods; but the cli- mate proving unfavourable, they returned to Pa., and settled at Economy, Ohio township, Beaver co., 18 ms. below Pittsburg, on the Ohio R. | Vincennes, cap. of Knox co., la., 118 ms. S. W. from Indianapolis, 688 ms. from W. Situated on the E. bank of Wabash R., 100 ms. above its entrance into the Ohio, with a fine prairie of several thousand acres, on the N. E. and S. It is the oldest town in the state, having been established by the French in 1730 as a trading post. § Terre Haute, cap. of Vigo co., la., 73 ms. W. from Indianapolis, 644 ms. from W. Pleasantly situated on elevated ground, on the E. bank of Wabash R. The national road crosses the river here on a fine bridge. || Lafayette, cap. of Tippecanoe co., la., 70 ms. N. W. from Indianapolis, 628 ms. from W. It is situated on the E. side of Wabash R., 10 ms. below the mouth of the Tippecanoe R., at the head of steamboat navigation of the Wabash. 1 Logansport, capital of Cass co., la., 72 ms. N. from Indianapolis, 610 ms. from W. It is situated on Wabash R., at the junction of Eel R., at the head of steamboat navigation on the Wabash, and at the junction of the Wabash and Erie canal. There are two fine bridges here, one crossing the Wabash, and the other across Eel R. 184 ILLINOIS. 5282, Fredonia; Daviess, 6720, Washington; Dearborn, 19,327, Law- renceburg; Decatub, 12,171, Greensburg ; De Kalb, 1968, Auburn; Delaware, 8843, Muncytown ; Dubois, 3632, Jasper; Elkhart, 6660, Goshen ; Fayette, 9837, Connersville ; FlOyd^ 9454, New Albany ; Fountain, 11,218, Covington ; Franklin, 13,349, Brookville ; Fulton, 1993, Rochester; Gibson, 8977, Princeton; Grant, 4875, Marion; Greene, 8321, Bloomfield ; Hamilton, 9855, Noblesville ; Hancock, 7535, Greenfield ; Harrison, 12,459, Corydon ; Hendricks, 11,264, Dan- ville ; Henrt, 15,128, New Castle; Huntington, 1579, Huntington; Jackson, 8961, Brownston ; Jasper, 1267, Rensselaer; Jat, 3863, Port- land ; Jefferson, 16,614, Madison ; Jennings, 8829, Vernon ; Johnson, 9352, Franklin ; Knox, 10,657, Vincennes; Kosciusko, 4170, Warsaw ; La Grange, 3664, Lima; Lake, 1468, Crown Point; La Porte, 8184, La Porte ; Lawrence, 11,782, Bedford; Madison, 8874, Andersontown ; Marshall, 1651, Plymouth; Marion, 16,080, Indianapolis ; Martin, 3875, Mt. Pleasant; Miami, 3048, Peru ; Monroe, 10,143, Bloomington ; Montgomery, 14,438, Crawfordsville ; Morgan, 10,741, Martinsville; Noble, 2702, Augusta; Orange, 9602, Paoli; Owen, 8359, Spencer; Parke, 13,499, Rockville ; Perry, 4655, Rome; Pike, 4769, Petersburg; Porter, 2162, Valparaiso; Posey, 9683, Mt. Vernon; Pulaski, 561, Winnimac; Putnam, 16,843, Green Castle; Randolph, 10,684, Win- chester; Ripley, 10,392, Versailles; Rush, 16,456, Rushville ; Scott, 4242, Lexington ; Shelby, 12,005, Shelbyville ; Spencer, 6305, Rockport; St. Joseph, 6425, South Bend ; Stark, 149, Stark C. H. ; Steuben, 2578, Angola; Sullivan, 8315, Benton; Switzerland, 9920, Vevay ; Tippecanoe, 13,724, Lafayette; Union, 8117, Liberty; Vanderburg, 6250, Evansville; Vermilion, 8274, Newport; Vigo, 12,076, Terre Haute; Wabash, 2756, Wabash ; Warren, 5656, Williamsport; War- wick, 6321, Booneville ; Washington, 15,269, Salem ; Wayne, 23,290, Centreville ; Wells, 1822, Bluffton ; White, 1832, Monticello ; Whitley, 1237, Columbia. Indianapolis, near the centre of the state, on the E. side of White R., is the seat of government. ILLINOIS. Pages 168-9.— Lesson 121.— Map No. 14. Q. What bounds Illinois on the north ? A. Wis. Q. On the south? A. Ky. q. East? A. la. Q. West? A. Mo. and Io. Q. What river on the west? A. Mississippi. Q. On the south? A. Ohio. ILLINOIS. 185 Q. On the east? A. Wabash. Q. What rivers flow into the Mississippi? A. Rock, Illinois, and Kaskaskia. Q. What rivers into the Illinois ? A. Kankakee, Des Plaines, Fox, Vermillion, Mackinaw, Spoon, and Sangamon. Q. What rivers flow into the Wabash ? A. Big Vermillion, Embarras, and Little Wabash. Q. How long is each of the foregoing rivers ? A. Mississippi, 4100 ; Ohio, 1300 ; Wabash, 500 ; Rock, 300; Illinois, 500; Kaskaskia, 300; Kankakee, 150; Des Plaines, 125; Fox, 200; Vermillion, 75; Mackinaw, 100; Spoon, 150; Sangamon, 200; Big Vermillion, 75; Embarras, 200; Little Wabash, 150. (M. A.) Q. What lake on the north-east? A. Michigan. Q. How many inhabitants has Chicago ? A. 4500. (M. A.) Q. Galena? A. 1750. (M. A.) Q. Peoria? A. 1500. (M. A.) Q. Ghiincy? A. 2250. (M. A.) Q. Springfield? A. 2500. (M. A.) Q. Jacksonville? A. 2000. (M. A.) Q. Alton? A. 2250. (M. A.) Q. In what counties are these towns ? A. Chicago is in Cook ; Galena, in Jo Daviess ; Peoria, in Peoria ; Gluincy, in Adams ; Springfield, in Sangamon ; Jackson- ville, in Morgan ; Alton, in Madison. Q. How far from the sea do steamboats ascend the Illinois ? A. 1600 ms. (M. A.) Q. Rock? A. 1800 ms. (M. A.) Q. Sangamon? A. 1456 ms. (M. A.) Q. On what lake is Chicago ? A. Michigan. Illinois, one of the Western States, is bounded N. by Wis. ; E. by Lake Michigan and la. ; S. by the Ohio River, which separates it from Ky. ; and W. by Mo. and Io., from which it is separated by the Mississippi River. It 16* 186 ILLINOIS. is between 37© and 42° 30' N. lat., and between 87° 17' and 91° 50' W. long., and between 10° 20' and 14° 21' W. long, from W. It is 350 ms. long by 180 broad, containing 50,000 sq. ms., or 32,000,000 acres. The population in 1810, was 12,282; in 1820, 55,211; in 1830, 157,575; in 1840, 476,183 ; of which, 255,235 were white males ; 217,019 do. females; 1876 were coloured males; 1722 do. females. Employed in agriculture, 105,337; in commerce, 2506; in manufactures and trades, 13,185; in mining, 782 ; navigating the ocean, 63; do. lakes, rivers, and canals, 310 ; learned professions, 2021. This state is divided into 87 counties, which, with their population in 1840, and their capitals, were as follow : Adams, 14,476, Quincy : Alex- ander, 3313, Unity ; Bond, 5060, Greenville; Boone, 1705, Belvidere ; Brown, 4183, Mount Sterling ; Bureau, 3067, Princeton ; Calhoun, 1741, Gilead ; Carroll, 1023, Savannah; Cass, 2981, Virginia; Champaign, 1475, Urbana; Christian, 1878, Edinburg; Clarke, 7453, Marshall; Clay, 3228, Lewisville ; Clinton, 3718, Carlyle ; Coles, 9616, Charles- ton ; Cook, 10,201, Chicago; Crawford, 4422, Palestine; De Kalb, 1697, Sycamore ; De Witt, 3247, Clinton ; Du Page, 3535, Napierville ; Edgar, 8225, Paris; Edwards, 3070, Albion; Effingham, 1675, Ewing- ton ; Fayette, 6328, Vandalia ; Franklin, 3682, Benton ; Fulton, 13,142, Lewiston; Gallatin, 10,760, Equality; Greene, 11,951, Car- rollton ; Hamilton, 3945, McLeansboro' ; Hancock, 9946, Carthage ; Hardin, 1378, Elizabethtown ; Henry, 1260, Morristown ; Iroq.uois, 1695, Montgomery ; Jackson, 3566, Brownsville ; Jasper, 1472, Newton ; Jefferson, 5762, Mt. Vernon ; Jersey, 4535, Jerseyville ; Jo Daviess, 6180, Galena; Johnson, 3026, Vienna; Kane, 6501, Geneva; Knox, 7060, Knoxville ; Lake, 2634, Little Fort ; La Salle, 9348, Ottawa ; Lawrence, 7092, Lawrenceville ; Lee, 2035, Dixon; Livingston, 759, Pontiac; Logan, 2333, Postville; Macon, 3039, Decatur; Macoupin, 7826, Carlinville ; Madison, 14,433, Edwardsville ; Marion, 4742, Salem ; Marshall, 1849, Lacon ; McDonough, 5308, Macomb; McHenry, 2578, McHenry ; McLean, 6565, Bloomington ; Menard, 4431, Petersburg; Mercer, 2352, Millersburg; Monroe, 4481, Waterloo; Montgomery, 4490, Hillsboro'; Morgan, 19,547, Jacksonville; Ogle, 3479, Oregon City ; Peoria, 6153, Peoria; Perry, 3222, Pinckney ville ; Pike, 11,728, Pittsfield ; Pope, 4094, Golconda ; Putnam, 2131, Hennepin; Randolph, 7944, Kaskaskia; Rock Island, 2610, Rock Island; Sangamon, 14,716, Springfield; Schuyler, 6972, Rushville; Scott, 6215, Winchester; Shelby, 6659, Shelbyville ; Stark, 1573, Toulon ; Stephenson, 2800, Freeport; St. Clatr, 13,631, Belleville; Tazewell, 7221, Tremont ; Union, 5524, Jonesboro' ; Vermillion, 9303, Danville ; Wabash, 4240, Mt. Carmel ; Warren, 6739, Monmouth ; Washington, 4810, Nashville; Wayne, 5133, Fairfield; White, 7919, Carmi ; Whiteside, 2514, Sterling; Will, 10,167, Juliet; Williamson, 4457, Bainbridge ; Winne- bago, 4609, Rockford. Springfield, near the centre of the state, is the seat of government. In the year 1778, the legislature of Virginia organized the county of Illi- nois, which was afterwards ceded to the U.S. In 1800, what is now the state of Illinois, contained about 3000 inhabitants; 12 years afterwards it was formed into a territory, and was for the first time represented in the U. S. Congress. In 1818, a state constitution was adopted, and Illinois was admitted into the Union, as the 22d state. MISSOURI. 1S7 MISSOURI. Page 170.— Lesson 122.— Map No. 14. Q. What territory on the north ? A. Io. Q. On the west ? ^. Indian Ter. Q. What states on the east ? ^. 111. and Ky. Q. South? A. Ark. $. What river on the east ? «#. Mississippi. Q. On the west, and in the centre ? A. Missouri. Q. What rivers flow into the Missouri ? A. Little Platte, Grand, Chariton, Osage, and Gasconade. Q. Into the Mississippi ? i#. Salt, Missouri, and Maramec. Q. What rivers flow into Arkansas ? A. Whitewater, Big Black, Current, and White. Q. What mountains in the south-west ? A. Ozark. Q. How high are they ? A. 2000 ft. (M. A.) Q. What mines in Washington county ? .0. Lead. Q. What mountains? .#. Iron Mt., and Pilot Knob. Q. How many inhabitants has St. Louis ? A. 16,000. (M. A.) Q. St. Charles ? ^. 2750. (M. A.) Q. Palmyra? A. 2000. #. In what counties are these towns ? A. St. Louis is in St. Louis ; St. Charles, in St. Charles ; Pal- myra, in Marion. Q. In which county is Jefferson City ? A. Cole. Q. Boonville? A. Cooper. Q. Lexington? A. La Fayette. Q. Liberty? A. Clay. 188 MISSOURI. Q. On what rivers are the other principal towns ? A. St. Louis is on the Mississippi ;* St. Charles, on the Mis- souri ;t Jefferson City, on the Missouri \\ Franklin, on the Mis- souri ;§ Boonville, on the Missouri. || Missouri, one of the Western States, is bounded N. by Io. ; E. by 111., Ky., and Tenn., from which it is separated by the Mississippi River ; S. by Arkansas ; and W. by the Indian Territory. It is between 36° and 40° 36' N. lat, and between 89° and 95° 30' W. long., and between 12° 17' and 17° 28' W. long, from W. It is 287 ms. long, and 230 ms. broad, containing 64,000 sq. ms., or 40,960,000 acres. The pop. in 1810, was 19,833; in 1820, 66,586; in 1830, 140,074; in 1840, 383,702, of which 68,240 were slaves. Of the free pop., 173,470 were white males ; 150,418 do. females ; 883 were coloured males ; 691 do. females. Employed in agricul- ture, 92,408; in commerce, 2522; in manufactures and trades, 11,100 ; in mining, 742 ; navigating the ocean, 39; do. canals, rivers, &c, 1885 ; learned professions, 1469. This State is divided into 62 counties, which, with their population in 1840, and their capitals, were as follow: Audrain, 1949, Mexico ; Barky, 4795, McDonald ; Benton, 4205, Warsaw ; Boone, 13,561, Columbia ; Buchanan, 6237, Sparta ; Caldwell, 1458, Far West ; Callaway, 11,765, Fulton ; Cape Girardeau, 9359, Jacks n ; Carroll, 2433, Car- rollton ; Chariton, 4746, Keytesville ; Clark, 2846, Waterloo ; Clay, 8282, Liberty ; Clinton, 2724, Plattsburg ; Cole, 9286, Jefferson City ; Cooper, 10,484, Booneville ; Crawford, 3561, Steelville ; Daviess, 2736, Gallatin; Franklin, 7515, Union ; Gasconade, 5330, Herman ; Greene, 5372, Springfield; Howard, 13,108, Fayette; Jackson, 7612, Indepen- dence; Jefferson, 4296, Hillsboro'; Johnson, 4471, Warrensburg ; La Fayette, 6815, Lexington; Lewis, 6040, Monticello; Lincoln, 7449, Troy; Linn, 2245, Linneus ; Livingston, 4325, Chillicothe; Macon, * St. Louis, city, and cap. of St. Louis co., Mo., is the largest place in the state, and is situated on the W. bank of the Mississippi, 18 ms. by water be- low the junction of the Missouri. It is in 38° 36' N. lat., and 89° 96' W. long, from Greenwich, and 13° 14' W. long, from W. ; 30 ms. below the junction of the Illinois; 200 ms. above that of the Ohio; 1132 ms. by the course of the river, above New Orleans ; 1100 ms. below the Falls of St. Anthony ; 120 ms. E. from Jefferson City ; 808 ms. from W. t St. Charles, cap. of St. Charles co., Mo., 20 ms. N. W. from St. Louis, 110 ms. E. from Jefferson City; 828 ms. from W. It has an elevated and handsome situation, on the N. bank of the Missouri R., and is the first ele- vated land on the river above its mouth. * Jefferson City, cap. of Cole co., and of the state of Mo., 936 ms. W. from Washington City. Situated on the S. bank of the Missouri R., on ele- vated and uneven ground. § Franklin, Howard co., Mo., 53 ms. N. W. from Jefferson City, 967 ms. from W. The village is pleasantly situated on the N. side of the Missouri R., at the mouth of Bonne Femme R. || Booneville, city, and cap. of Cooper co., Mo., 50 ms. N.W. from Jeffer- son City, 964 ms. from W. It is situated on the S. bank of Missouri R. Its foundation is limestone rock. ARKANSAS. 189 6034, Bloomington ; Madison, 3395, Fredericktown ; Marion, 9623, Pal- myra ; Miller, 2282, Tuscumbia ; Monroe, 9505, Paris ; Morgan, 4407, Versailles; Montgomery, 4371, Danville; New Madrid, 4554, New Madrid; Newton, 3790, Neosho; Perry, 5760, Perry ville ; Pettis, 2930, Georgetown ; Platte, 8913, Platte City ; Pike, 10,646, Bowling Green ; Polk, 8449, Bolivar ; Pulaski, 6529, Waynesville ; Ralls, 5670, New London; Randolph, 7198, Huntsville ; Ray, 6553, Richmond ; Rip. let, 2856, Van Buren ; Rives, (name changed to Henry,) 4726, Clinton; St. Charles, 7911, St. Charles ; St. Francis, 3211, Farmington ; St. Genevieve, 3148, St. Genevieve; St. Louis, 35,979, St. Louis; Saline, 5258, Marshall ; Scott, 5974, Benton ; Shelby, 3056, Shelbyville; Stod- dard, 3153, Bloomfield ; Taney, 3264, Forsyth ; Van Buren, 4693, Har- risonville; Warren, 4253, Warrenton ; Washington, 7213, Potosi ; Wayne, 3403, Greenville. There have been several new counties erected since 1840. Jefferson City, on the S. bank of the Missouri River, 15 ms. above the mouth of the Osage R., is the seat of government. ARKANSAS. Page 111.— Lesson 123.— Map No. 12. Q. What bounds Arkansas on the north ? A. Mo. Q. On the south? A. La. Q. East? A. Tenn. and Miss. Q. West? A. Indian Ter. Q. What river separates Arkansas from Tenn. and Miss. ? A. Mississippi. Q. What three rivers flow into the Mississippi ? A. Arkansas, White, and St. Francis. Q. What are the two principal rivers that flow into Louisiana ? A. Red, and Washita. Q. Tell the lengths of the foregoing rivers. A. Mississippi, 4100; Arkansas, 2000; White, 600; St. Francis, 400; Red, 1200; Washita, 500. (M. A.) Q. How far are the Arkansas, White, Washita, and Red rivers, navigable for steamboats from the sea ? A. Arkansas, 1400 ms. ; White, 900 ; Washita, 700 ; Red, 800. (M. A.) Q. Name the places where the navigation ends. A. Fort Gibson, on the Arkansas ; Batesville, on White ; Camden, on Washita; Jonesboro', on Red. (M. A.) Q. In what county is Little Rock ? A. Pulaski. 190 ARKANSAS. Q. Fort Smith? A. Crawford. Q. Fulton? A. Hempstead. Q. Fayetteville ? A. Washington. Q. Batesville? A. Independence. Q. On what rivers are the chief towns ? A. Little Rock is on Arkansas R. ;* Lewisburg, on Arkansas ;f Ozark, on Arkansas ;| Batesville, on White ;§ Greenock, on Missis- sippi ;|j Helena, on Mississippi ;^[ Columbia, on Mississippi,** Fulton, on Red.tt These are the most important towns, but they are as yet mere villages. Arkansas, one of the Western States, is bounded N. by Mo. ; E. by the Mississippi R., which separates it from Tenn. and Miss. ; S. by La. ; and W. by the Indian Ter. It is between 33° and 36° 30' N. lat., and between 89° 30' and 94° 30' W. long., and between 12° 30' and 17° 30' W. long, from W. It is 240 ms. long, and 228 ms. wide, containing 55,000 sq. ms. ; or 35,200,000 acres. The pop. in 1830 was 30,388 ; in 1840, 97,574, of which 19,935 were slaves. Of the free population, 42,211 were white males; 34,963 do. females; 248 were coloured males; 217 do. females. Employed in agriculture, 26,355 ; in commerce, 215 ; in manufactures and trades, 1173 ; navigating the ocean, 3; do. rivers, canals, &c, 39 5 learned professions, 301. This state is divided into 40 counties, which, with their population in 1840, and their capitals,, were as follow : Arkansas, 1346, Arkansas Post ; Benton, 2228, Bentonville ; Carroll, 2844, Carrolton ; Chicot, 3806, Columbia ; Clarke, 2309, Greenville ; Conway, 2892, Lewisburg ; Chaw- * Little Rock, city, and cap. of Pulaski co., and of the state of Ark., 1065 ms. from Washington city. Situated on the S. bank of Arkansas R., 300 ms. above its mouth by the course of the river. -j- Lewisburg, cap. of Conway co., Ark., 45 ms. N. W. from Little Rock, 1110 ms. from W. Situated on the N. side of Arkansas R. i Ozark, cap. of Franklin co., Ark., 121 ms. N. W. from Little Rock, 1186 ms. from W. Situated on the N. side of Arkansas R. § Batesville, post village, and cap. of Independence co., Ark., is situated on the N. side of White R., 90 ms. N. N. E. from Little Rock, 1036 ms. from W. || Greenock, post village, Crittenden co., Ark., 148 ms. N. E. from Little Rock, 933 ms. from W. It is situated on the W. bank of the Mississippi R. IT Helena, cap. of Philips co., Ark., 122 ms. E. from Little Rock, 1011 ms. from W. Situated on the W. bank of the Mississippi R. ** Columbia, capital of Chicot co., Ark., 142 ms. S. E. from Little Rock, 1152 ms. from W. Situated on the W. side of the Mississippi R. ■J-f Fulton, Hempstead co., Ark., 126 ms. S.W. from Little Rock, 1191 ms. from W. Situated on the N. side of Red R. WISCONSIN. 191 ford, 4266, Van Buren; Crittenden, 1561, Marion ; Desha, 1598, Belle- ville ; Frankein, 2665, Ozark ; Greene, 1586, Gainesville ; Hempstead, 4921, Washington; Hot Springs, 1907, Hot Springs; Independence, 3669, Batesville ; Izard, 2244, Athens ; Jackson, 1540, Elizabeth ; Jefferson, 2566, Pine Bluff; Johnson, 3433, Clarkesville ; Lafayette, 2200, Lewisville ; Lawrence, 2835, Smith ville ; Madison, 2775, Hunts- ville; Marion, 1325, Yellville; Mississippi, 1410, Osceola; Monroe, 936, Lawrenceville ; Phillips, 3547, Helena ; Pike, 969, Murfreesboro' ; Poinsett, 1320, Bolivar; Pope, 2850, Dover; Pueaski, 5350, Little Rock ; Randolph, 2196, Pocahontas ; St. Francis, 2499, Mount Vernon; Saline, 2061, Benton ; Scott, 1694, Booneville ; Searcy, 936, Lebanon ; Sevier, 2810, Paraclifta; Union, 2889, Union C.H. ; Van Buren, 1518, Clinton; Washington, 7148, Fay etteville ; White, 929, Searcy ; several new counties have been organized since the year 1 840. Little Rock, on the S. bank of the Arkansas River, and not far from the centre of the state, is the seat of government. WISCONSIN. Page 172. — Lesson 124. — Maps No. 5 and 14. Map No. 5. — Q. What bounds Wisconsin on the north? A. British America. Q. South? A. 111. Q. East? A. Mich. Q. West? A. Io. Q. What river forms nearly the whole of the western boundary ? A. Mississippi. Q. What rivers flow into Lake Superior ? A. St. Louis, and Montreal. Q. Into Green Bay ? A. Mennomonie. Q. Into the Mississippi River ? A. Wisconsin, and Rum. Q. What lakes in Wisconsin ? A. Red, Spirit, Pepin, and Winnebago. Q. What lakes on the east ? A. Superior, and Michigan. Q. What lakes form part of the north and eastern boundary ? A. Woods, Rainy, Superior, and Michigan. * Q. How far from the sea can steamboats ascend the Mississippi River ? A. 2200 ms. (M. A.) Map No. 14. — Q. In what county is the capital ? A. Dane. 192 WISCONSIN. Q. Milwaukie? A. Milwaukie. Q. Cassville? A. Grant. Q. Prairie du Chien ? A. Crawford. Q. How far from the sea do steamboats ascend the Wisconsin ? A. 1900 ms. (M. A.) Q. Rock River? A. 1800 ms. (M. A.) Wisconsin * is bounded N. by the British possessions ; N. E. by Mont- real and Mennomonie Rivers, and a line connecting their sources, separating it from northern Mich. 5 E. by Lake Michigan, separating it from Mich, proper ; S. by 111. ; and W. by Mississippi River, and a line due N. from its source, to the British possessions, separating it from Io. It is between 42° 30' and 49° 30' N. lat., and between 87° and 95° 54' W. long. ; being 600 miles long and 150 broad. It contains probably 100,000 sq. ms., or 64,000,000 acres. It contained in 1840, 30,945 inhabitants : of these 18,757 were white males ; 11,992 do. females; 101 were coloured males ; 84 do. females. Employed in agriculture, 7047 ; in commerce, 479 5 in manufactures and trades, 1814 ; in mining, 794; navigating the ocean, rivers, lakes, &c, 223 5 learned professions, &c, 259. It is divided into 22 counties, which, with their population in 1840, and their capitals, were as follow : Brown, 2107, Green Bay ; Calumet, 275, Calumet ; Crawford, 1502, Prairie du Chien ; Dane, 314, Madison ; Dodge, 67, Dodge C. H. ; Fond du Lac, 139, Fond du Lac; Grant, 3926, Lancaster; Greene, 933, Monroe; Iowa, 3978, Mineral Point; Jef- ferson, 914, Jefferson; Manitouwoc, 235, Manitouwoc ; Marquette, 18, Marquette; Milwaukie, 5605, Milwaukie; Portage, 1623, Fort Winnebago; Racine, 3475, Racine 5 Rock, 1701, Rockport ; St. Croix, 809, St. Croix C. H.; Sauk, 102, Prairie du Sac; Sheboygan, 133, She- boygan; Walworth, 2611, Elkhorn ; Washington, 343, Washington; Winnebago, 135, Oshkosh. Madison, the seat of government, is in Dane co. : it is situated between the 3d and 4th lake of the chain called the Four Lakes, which discharge their waters into Rock R. It is 847 ms. N. W. by W. from Washington city, 90 W. of Milwaukie, on lake Michigan, and about the same distance N. E. of Galena. * In 1846, Congress passed an act providing for the admission of Wisconsin into the Union as a State, stipulating at the same time that, until another census is taken, it shall have two representatives in the National Legislature. It includes | the area of the late territory, and comprises about 62,000 sq. ms. The remainder is unorganized : it has an area of 35,000 sq. ms. The line which separates it from the State of Wisconsin, commences at the mouth of the St. Louis r. of L. Superior, extends thence up the channel of said stream to the first fall thereof, thence by a due S. line to the main branch of the St. Croix r., and thence down the channel of that river to the Mississippi. The country N. W. of this line is not much known : it is usually described as a cold, rugged region, and ill suited for settlement. Its most valuable product, at present, is white pine lumber, great quantities of which are annu- ally rafted down the Mississippi river. iowa. 193 IOWA. Page 174. — Lesson 125. — Maps No. 5 and 14. Map No. 5. — Q. What bounds Iowa on the north ? A. British America. Q. South? A. Mo. Q. East? A. Wis., and 111. #. West? A. Mo. Ter., and Indian Ter. Q. What river forms the east boundary ? A. Mississippi. Q. The west? A. Missouri. Q. What rivers flow north ? A. Red, and Moose. Q. Into the Missouri River ? A. James, and Sioux. Q. Which flows into the Mississippi ? Ji. St. Peter's, Iowa, and Des Moines. Q. How long are the Missouri, Mississippi, Red, St. Peter's, Iowa, and Des Moines Rivers ? Ji. Missouri, 2900 ms. ; Mississippi, 4100; Red, 500; St. Peter's, 300 ; Iowa, 350 ; Des Moines, 450. (M. A.) Q. From what lake does the Mississippi River flow ? Ji. Itasca. Q. What Indian tribes in Iowa ? A. Assiniboines, Sioux, WinnebagoeSjPottawatomies, Sacs, and Foxes. Map No. 9. — Q. On what river is Iowa city ? A. On Iowa R. Q. The other chief towns ? Ji. Burlington is on the Mississippi;* Dubuque, on the Mississippi;! Peru, on Little Makoqueta;J Davenport, on Mis- * Burlington, cap. of Des Moines co., Io., 871 ms. from W. It is hand- somely situated on the W. bank of the Mississippi, 1429 ms. above New Orleans, and 248 ms. above St. Louis. \ Dubuque co., Io., is situated on the W. bank of the Mississippi R., 1605 «^ns. above New Orleans, 424 ms. above St. Louis, 324 ms. below the Falls of St. Anthony, 900 ms. from W. \ Peru, Dubuque co., Io., 5 ms. N. of Dubuque. Situated on the S. side of Little Makoqueta R., a short distance above its entrance into Mississippi R. 17 194 iowa. sissippi ;* Bloomington, on Mississippi ;t Fort Madison, on Mis- sissippi.^: Q. To what distance from the sea do steamboats ascend the Des Moines River ? A. 1550 ms. (M. A.) Iowa§ is bounded on the N. by the British Ter. of the Hudson Bay Com- pany ; E. by Wis. and 111., from which it is separated by the Mississippi R., and a line due N. from its source in Itasca Lake to the British possessions ; S. by the state of Mo. ; and W. by the Missouri R, to the entrance of White- earth R., and following this N. to the British possessions. It lies between 40° 30' and 49° N. lat., and between 90° and 102° W. long., and between 14° and 26° W. long, from W. it is about 600 ms. long, and, at a medium, 250 ms. broad, containing about 150,000 sq. ms., or 96,000,000 acres. To a considerable portion of this territory the Indian title has not yet been ex- tinguished. The pop. in 1840, was 43,112. Employed in agriculture, 10,469 ; in commerce, 355 ; in manufactures and trades, 1629 ; in mining, 217; navigating the ocean, rivers, and canals, 91 ; learned professions, 365. This territory is divided into 18 counties, which, with their population in 1840, and their capitals, were as follow : Cedar, 1253, Tipton ; Clayton, 1101, Prairie la Porte; Ceinton, 821, Comanche; Delaware, 168, Dela- ware C. H. ; Desmoids, 5577, Burlington ; Dubuq.ue, 3059, Du- buque ; Hexrt, 3772, Mt. Pleasant; Jackson, 1411, Bellevue ; Jeffer- son, 2773, Fairfield ; Johnson, 1491, Iowa city ; Jones, 471, Edinburgh; Lee, 6093, Ft. Madison; Linn, 1373, Marion; Louisa, 1927, Wappello ; Muscatine, 1942, Bloomington; Scott, 2140, Davenport ; Van Buren, 6146, Keosagua ; Washington, 1594, Washington. Iowa city, on Iowa R., 33 ms. W. N. W. of Bloomington, and 943 msi N. N. W. of Washington city, is the cap. of Johnson co., and also of the state. * Davenport, cap. of Scott co., Io., 350 ms. above St. Louis, by water, 80 ms. above Burlington. This place is pleasantly situated on the N. side of the Mississippi R. | Bloomington, cap. of Muscatine co., Io., 320 ms. above St. Louis, 910 ms. from W. It is pleasantly situated on the W. bank of the Mississippi. Established in 1836. t Fort Madison, cap. of Lee co., Io., is situated on the W. bank of the Mississippi R. A fort was established here in 1808, as a defence against the Indians, who obliged the garrison in 1813 to abandon, and to burn it ; only a few remains are now to be seen. It has become the site of a beauti- ful village, founded in 1835. § Iowa was admitted into the Union as an independent State, by act of Congress, passed during the session of 1845-6, subject to the approval or disapproval of the people at the next ensuing election : this was held imme- diately, when it was found that a majority of about 600 were in favour of the acceptance of the act. The State of Iowa comprises the southern part of the territory, and about one-third of its surface ; the area is probably not far from 52,000 sq. ms. The parallel of 43° 30' N. lat., extending fron^ the Mississippi to the Big Sioux river, is the N. boundary of the state. Tne region north of that line is but little known, being still occupied by tribes of Indians, chiefly Sioux- It is remarkable for the number of its lakes and ponds, some of which are salt. INDIAN TERRITORY. 195 INDIAN TERRITORY. Page lib.— Lesson 126.— Map No. 5. Q. How is the Indian Territory bounded on the north ? A. By Mo. Ter. Q. South? A. By Texas, and, New Mexico. Q. East? A. By lo., Mo., and Ark. Q. West? A. By Mexico. Q. What are the principal rivers that flow through it ? A. Platte, Kanzas, Arkansas, Canadian, and Red. Q. How long are these rivers ? A. Platte, 1000 ; Kanzas, 700 ; Arkansas, 2000 ; Canadian, 900; Red, 1200. (M. A.) Q. What United States' forts are in this territory ? A. Leavenworth, Gibson, and Towson. Q. On what river is the Council Bluffs ? A. Missouri. Q. What desert in the western part of the territory ? A. Great American. Q. What mountains form part of its western boundary ? A. Rocky. Q. Where is Long's Peak ? A. In the western part of Indian Territory. Q. Pike's Peak? A. In the western part of Indian Territory. Q. How high are they ? A. Long's Peak, 12,500 ft. high ; Pike's, 12,000. (M. A.) Q. Name the Indian tribes wholly resident in the Indian Ter- ritory. A. Omahas, Otoes, Kickapoos, Delawares, Shawnees, Kanzas, Osages, Cherokees, Creeks, and Choctaws. Q. Name those that are partly so. Of the latter there are three tribes. A. Pawnees, Kioways, and Pawnee Picts. The Lvdiax or Western Territories a tract of country west of the settled portions of the U. S., which has been set apart by the general govern- ment, for the permanent residence of those Indian tribes that have been re- moved, chiefly from the southwestern states of the Union. Here they are to be secured in governments of their own choice, subject to no other control from the United States, than such as may be necessary to preserve peace on the frontier, and between the several tribes. It is about 600 miles long from N. to S., and from 300 to 600 miles in breadth, from E. to W. It has the Platte River on the N„ the states of Missouri and Arkansas on the E., the 196 MISSOURI TERRITORY. Red river on the S., and a desert country on the W. This country contains, within the habitable district, an area of 120,000 sq. ms., or 76,800,000 acres. The number of the different tribes now occupying this territory, is about 70,000, exclusive of the wild tribes of the prairies. The whole number of Indians E. of the Rocky Mountains is nearly 300,000. The principal tribes in the Indian Ter. are the Chickasaws, Choctaws, Creeks, Seminoles, and Cherokees, besides some indigenous tribes. These tribes are advancing in civilization, improvement, and the enjoyment of the comforts of settled life ; and promise yet to redeem the Indian character from the opprobrium which has been cast upon it, by demonstrating that they are capable of civilization. Their condition, in the opinion of their best friends, and oFthemselves, has been improved by their removal ; and it is to be hoped that they will never be disturbed in their present possessions. They receive considerable annui- ties from the Federal government, in compensation for the country which they left, and have ceded to the U. S. MISSOURI TERRITORY. Page 177. — Lesson 127. — Map No. 5. Q. What bounds this territory on the north ? A. British America. Q. South? A. Indian Ter. Q. East? A. Io. Q. West? A. Oregon Ter. Q. What mountains separate it from Oregon ? A. Rocky. Q. What river from Iowa ? A. Missouri. Q, From the Indian territory ? A. Platte, or Nebraska. Q. How long are the Missouri, Platte, Yellow Stone, Big Horn, Tongue, and Running- Water rivers ? A. Missouri, 2900 ; Platte, 1000 ; Yellow Stone, 800 ; Big Horn, 600; Tongue, 400; Running-Water, 400. (M. A.) Q. What hills west of the Missouri River ? A. Black. Q. Where is Fremont's Peak ? A. On the boundary between Missouri and Oregon territories. Q. Its height? A. 13,570 ft. Q. What tribes inhabit this territory ? A. Blackfeet, Crows, Minnetarees, Riccarees, Sioux, Staetans, or Kites, Shiennes, Puncahs, and Pawnees. OREGON TERRITORY. 197 Missouri, or, as it has been proposed to call it, Nebraska Territory, is a portion of the U. S. included between the British Possessions on the N., Io. on the E., the Indian Ter. on the S., of which the N. fork of Platte or Ne- braska R. may be considered the boundary, and the Rocky Mts., separating it from Oregon Ter. on the W. It contains about 300,000 sq. ms., being about 520 ms. from N. to S., and 600 from E. to W. This extensive region has been but imperfectly explored. Its most important natural feature is the Missouri R., which, with its branches, drains the whole region. This great river rises in the Rocky Mountains, by many branches : the remotest head is in about N. lat. 45°, 2900 ms. from where it joins the Mississippi, and not more than a mile from the source of some of the tributaries of Lewis' River, the chief branch of the Columbia. At a distance of about 520 ms. from its source, the Great Falls of the Missouri occur; the river descends 357 feet in 18 ms., by a succession of falls and rapids : the greatest fall is 87 feet perpendicular; the next is 47: the breadth of the river is about 350 yards. These falls, next to Niagara, rank among the grandest in the world. The Yellow Stone River enters the Missouri from the S., 1880 ms. from its entrance into the Mississippi : it rises in Sublette's Lake, not far from the eastern base of Fremont's Peak, and has a course of about 800 ms. The Platte or Nebraska River, the next large tributary of the Missouri, enters the latter more than 1200 ms. below the Yellow Stone : it is about 1000 ms. long, and is so shallow that except in time of floods it can be forded in almost any part of its course. The Platte rises in the Rocky Mts. by two forks, the N. and S., which unite several hundred ms. from their source. Among the smaller rivers are the Big Horn, Little Missouri,Teton, Running Water, &c. The Black Hills extend through the centre of the territory from the upper waters of the Platte River, in a nearly N. W. direction to the Missouri River. That name is derived from their being covered to their summits with cedar trees, which give these hills, at a distance, a black and sombre appearance. OREGON TERRITORY. Pages 178-9.— Lesson 128.— Map No. 15. Q. What bounds Oregon on the north ? A. British America. Q. South? A. Upper or New California. Q. East? A. British America, and Mo. Ter. Q. What bounds it on the west ? A. Pacific Ocean. Q. What forms the eastern boundary ? A. Rocky Mts. Q. Its highest summits ? A. Mt. Brown, Mt. Hooker, and Fremont's Peak. Q. Their heights ? A. Brown, 16,000 ft.; Hooker, 15,700; Fremont's, 13,570. (M. A.) )7* 198 OREGON TERRITORY. Q. What mountains west of Lewis' River ? A. Blue. Q. Near the coast ? A. Cascade Range. Q. Its chief summits ? A. Mt. Baker, Mt. Rainier, Mt. St. Helen's, Mt. Hood, and Mt. Jefferson. Q. Volcanoes? A. Rainier, and St. Helen's. Q. Point out the South Pass. This is a gap in the Rocky Mts. 15 or 20 ms. wide, through which emigrants travel to Oregon. (M. G., p. 178.) Q. The chief rivers ? A. Columbia, and Frazer's. Q. Chief branches of the Columbia ? A. Lewis', and Clarke's. Q. Lengths of the rivers ? A. Columbia, 1200 ms. ; Frazer's, 750 ; Lewis', 800 ; Clarke's, 600. (M. A.) Q. Principal forts ? A. Vancouver, Wallawalla, and Colville. Q. Capes? A. Point Flattery, Foulweather, Perpetua, Gregory, and Blanco or Orford. Q. Bays, Gulfs, &c. ? A. Straits of Juan de Fuca, Admiralty Inlet, Puget's Sound, Bullfinch's or Gray's Harbour. Q. Lakes? A. Kulluspelm, Flathead, Coeur d'Alene, Klamet, Summer, Abert, Christmas, Pitt's, Salt, and Sylanilles. (M. A.) Q. Indian tribes ? A. Flatheads, Clalams, Chickeeles, Wallawallas, Nezperces, Chinooks, Shoshones, Cayuses, Moleles, Callapuyas, Umpquas, and Boonacks. (M. A.) Map No. 16. — Q. Where is Oregon city ? A. It is situated in a fine fertile valley at the falls of the Willa- mette River. Q. On what river ? A. Willamette. Q. Into what stream does the latter flow ? A. Into the Columbia R. Q. Where is Astoria ? A. It is near the mouth of the Columbia. Q. Fort Vancouver ? A. On the N. bank of the Columbia. Q. Cascades? A. At the point where the Columbia flows through the Cas* OREGON TERRITORY. 199 cade Range. The Columbia R. is navigable to this place, 120 ms. (M. G., p. 179.) Q. Which is the northern cape of Columbia R. ? A. Cape Disappointment. Q. Southern? A. Point Adams. The Oregon Territory consists of a large extent of country lying between the Rocky Mountains and the Pacific Ocean, and drained chiefly by the Columbia River, its tributaries, and Frazer's River. Its boundaries are : on the E., the Rocky Mountain range, along its whole extent ; on the S., the parallel of 42° N. lat., dividing it from Upper or New California ; on the W., the Pacific Ocean ; and on the N., the parallel of 54° 40' N. lat. ; within these limits, nearly all the rivers that flow through the territory take their rise. The region thus described contains about 420,000 sq. ms. The U. S. claimed the country from N. lat. 42° to 54° 40' ; while Great Britain claimed from the northern boundary south to the Columbia River.* The whole territory may be estimated as containing 20,000 Indians, and about 8000 whites, of whom 7000 are Americans ; the rest are the officers and servants of the Hudson Bay Company, comprising British, Canadians, and some half-breeds. The Indians are rapidly decreasing in all parts of the country ; the causes are supposed to be their rude treatment of diseases, and the dissipated lives they lead. UPPER OR NEW CALIFORNIA.! Page 180.— Lesson 129.— Map No. 15. Q. What bounds Upper California on the north ? A. Oregon. * Oregon Territory, as claimed by the United States, extended from N. lat. 42° to 54° 40', and from the Pacific Ocean to the Rocky Mountains, a region almost ten times the extent of Pennsylvania. By the treaty ratified in London, July 17th, 1846, the 49th parallel of latitude, prolonged from the Rocky Mountains to the Pacific Ocean, was adopted as the northern bound- ary of the American claim. By this treaty it is agreed that the navigation of the Columbia River, from the sea to that point where its course is inter- sected by the parallel of 49°, shall be free and open to the Hudson's Bay Company, and to all British subjects trading with the same, as well as to citizens of the United States ; and further, it is agreed, that all British sub- jects residing south of the 49th degree of latitude, shall be protected in the possession of such landed and other property as they may own. That part of the Oregon Territory now in possession of the United States, extends from the 42d to the 49th parallel of N. lat. : it comprises from 280,000 to 290,000 square miles, or about | of the former claim. -j- Upper or New California is an extensive region, being nearly equal in area to Oregon. It extends from the Rocky and Anahuac Mts., to the Pacific Ocean, and from the parallel of 42° to 32° N. lat. It lies south of Oregon Territory, north of Old California and the Mexican states of Sonora and Sinaloa, west of Texas and New Mexico, and east of the Pacific Ocean. !200 OREGON TERRITORY. Q. South? A. Old or Lower California, and Sonora. Q. East? A. U. States, and Mexico. Q. West? A. Pacific Ocean. Q. What mountains near the coast ? A. Coast Range. Q. East of the Sacramento River ? A. Sierra Nevada, or Snowy Range. Q. East of the Great Salt Lake ? A. Bear River Mts. Q. South? A. Wahsatch Mts. Q. What Mts. form the eastern boundary ? A. Rocky, and Anahuac Mts. Q. What islands on the coast ? A. Santa Barbara Islands. Q. What bays ? A. San Francisco, Monterey, and Trinidad. Q. Which is the westernmost cape ? A. Mendocino. Q. The largest river ? A. Colorado. Q. Its chief branches ? A. Rio Gila, Green, Grand, and Sevier. Q. What rivers join near to San Francisco Bay ? A. Rio Sacramento, and Rio San Joaquin. Q. Which flows north ? A. Rio San Joaquin. Q. South? A. Rio Sacramento. Q. What lakes west of the Sierra Nevada ? A. Tule Lakes, and Mountain Lake. Extent from N. to S., about 700 miles, and from E. to W. from 600 to 800 miles. Area about 400,000 sq. ms. It has long formed the north-western- most division of the Mexican Republic ; but it may now be regarded as attached to the United States. On the 6th of July, 1846, Commodore Sloat, commander of the U. S. naval forces in the Pacific Ocean, took possession of Monterey, the capital of Upper California ; annexed the territory by pro- clamation to the Union, and extended the U. S. revenue laws over it. At the same time he invited the people to form a state government for them- selves, and to select their own civil officers and magistrates; he also guarantied that private property of every description, as well as that belong- ing to the church, should be strictly respected. MEXICO. 201 Q. East? A. Pyramid, and Mud. Q. Which is the largest lake ? A. Great Salt Lake. Q. What river flows into it ? A. BearR. Q. What lake ? A. Utah. Q. Which are the chief Indian tribes ? A: Utah Indians, Tabegu aches, Moquis, Pah-Utah Indians, Mohahves, Jeniguiehs, Jumas, and Apaches. MEXICO. Page 183. — Lesson 131. — Maps No. 4 and 6. Map No. 4. — Q. What bounds Mexico on the north ? A. U. S. and Upper California. • Q. On the south and west ? A. Pacific Ocean. Q. What Republic on the east ? A. U. S. Q. What sea and gulf on the east ? A. Caribbean Sea, and Gulf of Mexico. Q. What peninsula ? A. Yucatan. Q. What gulf on the west 1 A. California. Q. What peninsula ? A. California. Q. What bay west of Yucatan ? A. Campeche. Q. East? A. Honduras. ' Map No. 6. — Q. What rivers flow into the Gulf of Mexico? A. Rio Grande del Norte, and Tula. Q. The Gulf of California ? A. Colorado, and Yaqui. Q. The Pacific Ocean ? A. Grande. Q. What lakes are in Mexico 1 A. Chapala, and Cayman. Q. What mountains ? A. Mexican Cordilleras. Q. What states border on the Gulf of Mexico ? A. Tamaulipas, Vera Cruz, Tabasco, and Yucatan. 202 GUATIMALA, OR CENTRAL AMERICA. Q. On the Pacific Ocean ? A. Old California, Jalisco, Michoacan, Mexico, La Puebla, and Oaxaca. Q. How many miles from California to Birmah ? A. 9300. (M. A.) Q. From Mexico to the Sandwich Islands ? A. 3100. (M. A.) Q. To Cochin China ?• A. 9900. (M. A.) Q. What is the population of the city of Mexico ? A. 140,000. (M. A.) Q. What cities have a population of 30,000 and upwards ? A. Zacatecas, San Luis Potosi, Queretaro, Guanaxuato, Gua- dalaxara, La Puebla, and Oaxaca. (M. A.) Q. How many between 12,000 and 30,000 ? A. Chihuahua, Monterey, Durango, Valladolid, and Jalapa. (M. A.) Q. What bay bounds the Balize settlement on the east ? A. Honduras. Q. What state on the west ? A. Yucatan. Q. What is the population of the settlement ? A. 4000. (M. A.) For a further description of Mexico, see Key, page 69. GUATIMALA, or CENTRAL AMERICA. Page 185. — Lesson 132. — Maps No. 4 and 6. Map No. 4. — Q. What bounds Guatimala on the north ? A. Mexico, and Balize. Q. East? A. Caribbean Sea. Q. West and south ! A. Pacific Ocean. Q. What bay on the north ? A. Honduras. Q. On the east? A. Guatimala. Q. What lake in the south ? A. Nicaragua. Q. How long is it 1 A. 120 ms. (M. A.) Q. What river connects it with the sea ? A. San Juan. Q. Which is the most populous city ? A. New Guatimala. (M. A.) WEST INDIES. 203 Q. The four next in population ? A. Leon, Cartago, San Salvador, and Old Guatimala. (M. A.) Q. What is the popu lation of these places ? A. Leon, 38,000 ; Cartago, 20,000 ; San Salvador, 15,000 ; Old Guatimala, 18,000. (M. A.) Map No. 6. — Guatimala comprises five states. Q. Point them out. A. Guatimala, Honduras, San Salvador, Nicaragua, and Costa Rica. Q. What is the capital of each ? A. Guatimala, New Guatimala ; Honduras, Comyagua ; San Salvador, San Salvador ; Nicaragua, Leon ; Costa Rica, Cartago. Q. In what State is the water volcano situated ? A. Guatimala. Q. Volcano of Consiguina ? A. Nicaragua. Q. Lake Nicaragua ? ' A. Nicaragua. For a further description, see Key, page 69. WEST INDIES. Page 189.—Lesson 135.— Map No. 4. Q. Which is the largest of the West India Islands ? A. Cuba. Q. The second in size ? A. Hayti. Q. Third? A. Jamaica. Q. Fourth? A. Porto Rico. Q. How long is Cuba ? A. 760 ms. (M. A.) Q. Hayti? A. 400 ms. (M. A.) Q. Jamaica ? A. 150 ms. (M. A.) Q. Porto Rico? A. 100 ms. (M. A.) These are the Great Antilles. Q. What sea between the Great Antilles and South America ? A. Caribbean. Q. What islands lie north of Cuba ? A. Bahamas. Q. Which are the principal of the Bahamas ? A. New Providence, Abaco, Inagua, Turks Island, Long, and Guanahani or Cat Island. 204 SOUTH AMERICA. Q. Who discovered Guanahani ? A. Columbus. Q. In what year ? A. In 1492. (M. A.) Q. What is the name of the eastern range of the West India Islands ? A. Caribbee Islands. Q. What six islands on the coast of South America ? A. Oruba, Curagoa, Buen Ayre, Orchilla, Tortuga, and Mar- garita. These are the Little Antilles. The Bermudas Islands are about the same distance from Charleston, from Halifax, and from St. John's, Porto Rico. Q. How many miles is it by the scale ? A. 900. (M. A.) Q. How far are the Bermudas from Madeira ? A. 2800 ms. (M. A.) Q. What is the population of Havana ? A. 140,000. Q. Kingston ? A. 30,000. Q. Port au Prince ? A. 15,000. Q. St. Domingo ? A. 12,000. For a further description, see Key, page 84. SOUTH AMERICA.* Pages 193-4.— Lesson 137.— Map No. 17. Q. What ocean bounds South America on the east ? A. Atlantic. Q. On the west? A. Pacific. Q. What sea on the north? A. Caribbean. DIVISIONS. Q. How is New Grenada! bounded ? A. It is bounded N. by the Caribbean Sea ; E. by Venezuela ; S. by Brazil and Ecuador; and W. by the Pacific and Central America. (M. A.) * For a further description, see Key, page 70. | This name is written indifferently, New Grenada and New Granada : the former is perhaps the most common : the U. S. government uses it in its official papers. SOUTH AMERICA. 205 Q. Capital? A. Bogota. New Grenada, is one of the three Republics of South America, into which, in 1831, Colombia was divided. The boundary line between New Grenada and Ecuador, lies between 1° and 2° N. lat. : towards the N. this Republic extends to 12° 30' N. lat. : it is situated between 69° and 80° W. long. The greatest length, from N. to S., is near 800 ms. ; greatest breadth, from E. to W., about 650 ms. Area estimated at 450,000 sq. ms. Pop. 1,687,000. Q. How is Venezuela bounded ? A. It is bounded N. by the Caribbean Sea ; N. E. by the At- lantic ; E. by Guiana ; S. by Brazil ; and W. by New Grenada. (M. A.) Q. Capital? A. Caraccas. Venezuela is a Republic of S. America, which formerly constituted a part of Colombia, between 1° and 12° 30' N. Lat., and 60° and 73° 20' W. long. Length from E. to W. near 950 ms. ; greatest breadth, from N. to S., about 660 ms. Area estimated at 420,000 sq. ms. Pop. 900,000. Q. How is Ecuador bounded ? A. It is bounded N. by New Grenada ; E. by Brazil ; S. by Peru ; and W. by the Pacific. (M. A.) Q. Capital? A. Quito. Ecuador, (i. e. "Equator," so named from its situation, being intersected through its whole length by the equinoctial line-,) is one of the three Re- publics which, previously to 1831, constituted the Republic of Colombia. It is situated between 1° 36' and 4° 55' S. lat, and 70° 20' and 81° W. long. The area is calculated at 280,000 sq. ms. Pop. 600,000. Q. How is Guiana bounded ? A. It is bounded N. by the Atlantic ; E. and S. by Brazil ; and W. by Venezuela. (M. A.) Guiana, Guyana, or Guayana, is a name applied to the N. E. portion of S. America, extending along the coast from Point Barima, to the river Oyapok, between lat. 0° 40' and 8° 40' N., and long. 57° 30' and 60° W., divided among the English, Dutch, and French. The area is variously estimated at from 150,000 to 190,000 sq. ms. British Guiana is the largest and most westerly portion of the above terri- tory, including more than half its area. It extends between lat, 0° 40' and 8° 40' N., and between the 57th and 61st deg. of W. long., having E. Dutch Guiana, from which it is separated by the R. Corantyn ; S. Brazil ; W. Venezuela ; and N. and N. E. the Atlantic. This territory is supposed to comprise about 94,000 sq. ms. ; but of this a disputed portion, claimed by Brazil and Venezuela, amounts to not less than 64,000 sq. ms., leaving about 30.000 sq. ms. for the area of the undisputed British territory. Pop. in 1834, 96,581 ; in 1846, about 102,000. Capital, Georgetown. Dutch Guiana. This territory is intermediate, both in size and position, between British and French Guiana. It extends between the 2d and 6th 18 206 SOUTH AMERICA. cleg, of N. lat., and the 53d and 57th deg. of W. long., having E. French Guiana, from which it is separated by the Maroni, S. Brazil, W. the R. Corantyn, which divides it from British Guiana, and N. the Atlantic. Length from N. to S. 250 ms. ; average breadth, about 155 ms. Area about 38,500 sq. ms. Pop., exclusive of Indians and Maroons, probably 65,000, of whom 6000 are whites or free coloured people, chiefly Dutch, French, and Jews, and the remainder negro slaves. Capital, Paramaribo. French Guiana. This, which is the most E. and smallest division of Guiana, lies between the 2d and 6th deg. N. lat., and 51^ and 54^ deg. W. long., having E. and S. Brazil, W. Dutch Guiana, and N. and N. E. t'.ie Atlantic. Length, N. to S., 250 ms. ; breadth varying from 100 to 190 ms. Area, 27,560 sq. ms. Pop. in 1837, free, 5056 ; slaves, 16,592 ; total, 21,648, exclusive of garrison and colonial functionaries. Capital, Cayenne. Q. How is Peru bounded ? A. It is bounded N. by Ecuador ; N. E. by Brazil ; S. E. and S. by Bolivia ; and W. by the Pacific Ocean. (M. A.) Q. Capital? A. Lima. Peru is a celebrated country of S. America, formerly one of the most valuable possessions of the Spanish crown. It included the modern Re- public of Bolivia (then called Upper Peru) ; but at present the term is re- stricted to the republic of Peru, lying chiefly between lat. 3° 20' and 22° S., and long. 65° and 81° W., having on the N. the Republic of Ecuador, E. Brazil, S. E. and S. Bolivia, and S. W. and W. the Pacific. Extreme length, S. S. E. to N. N.W., about 1500 ms. Area estimated at 430,000 sq. ms. Pop. 1,500,000. Q. How is Bolivia bounded ? A. It is bounded N. E. and E. by Brazil and Paraguay ; S. by Buenos Ay res and Chili ; W. and N. W. by the Pacific and by Peru. (M. A.) Q. Capital? A. Chuquisaca, formerly called La Plata. Bolivia is a republican state of S. America, situated between about 10° and 25° 40' S. lat., and 57° and 70° 44' W. long. Length about 1 100 ms. ; greatest breadth, 800 ms. Area estimated at about 450,000 sq. ms. The pop. is variously estimated from 630,000 to 1,400,000. This republic dates from the battle of Ayacucho, in 1824, in which the patriots, under General Sucre, completely defeated the royalists. The new republic was named Bolivia, in honour of General Bolivar. The sea-coast of Bolivia is of limited extent : its only sea-port, Cobija, is a small and unimportant village. Q. How is Brazil bounded ? A. It is bounded on the N. W. and N. by Ecuador, Venezuela, and French, Dutch, and British Guiana; N. E.,E., and S. E., by the Atlantic ; and S. W. and W. by Uruguay, Paraguay, Bolivia, and Peru. (M. A.) 8 * ° ' Q. Capital? A. Rio Janeiro. Brazil, a vast empire in the E. part of S. America, second only in SOUTH AMERICA. 207 extent to the giant empires of China and Russia, stretches along about two thirds of the E. coast of that continent, while its superficial area occupies nearly half its whole extent. It lies between 5° N., and 33° S. lat. ; and between 35° and 73° W. long. The length, from N. to S., is between 2600 and 2700 ms., and its breadth, from E. to W,, between 2300 and 2400 ms. Its extent of coast along the Atlantic Ocean exceeds 4000 ms. ; its area is estimated at from 2,600,000 to upwards of 3,000,000 sq. ms. Pop. from 5,000,000 to 6,500,000. Q. How is Chili bounded ? A. It is bounded N. by the southern extremity of Bolivia, E. by Buenos Ayres, S. E. and S. by Patagonia and the Gulf of Guaiteca (which separates it from the Chonos Archipelago), and W. by the Pacific. (M. A.) Q. Capital? A. Santiago. Chili is an independent state of S. America, in the S. W. part of that continent, consisting of a long and comparatively narrow strip of country between the Andes and the Pacific Ocean, extending from lat. 25° 20' to 42° S., and between long. 70° and 74° W. Length, N. to S., 1150 ms. ; average breadth between 110 and 120 ms. Area, with Chiloe, estimated at 170,000 sq. ms. Pop. has at different times been variously estimated from about 900,000 to 1,500,000. Q. How is Buenos Ayres bounded ? A. It is bounded N. by Bolivia ; E. by Paraguay, Brazil, Uruguay, and the Atlantic ; S. by the Atlantic and Patagonia ; and W. by Chili and Bolivia. Q. Capital? A. Buenos Ayres. Buenos Ayres,* or La Plata, called also the Argentine Republic, is an independent state, or rather confederation of states, in S. America, extending between the 22d and 41st degs. of S. lat., and the 52d and 72d of W. long. ; separated from Paraguay, Brazil, and Uruguay, by the Para- guay, Parana, and Uruguay rivers. Area estimated at above 750,000 sq. ms. Pop., 1,500,000. Greatest length, from N. to S., about 1300 ms. ; mean breadth, from E. to W., near 700 ms. Q. How is Paraguay bounded ? A. It is bounded N. and E. by Brazil ; S. E. and S. by the territory of Buenos Ayres, or La Plata ; and W. by the latter republic and Bolivia. M. A.) Q. Capital? • A. Assumption. Paraguay is an independent state of S. America, principally between the 21st and 27th degs. of S. lat., and the 54th and 58th of W. long. Length, N. to S., about 460 ms. ; greatest breadth, about 210 ms. Estimated area, 88,000 sq. ms. Estimated population, 300,000. Paraguay is an inland * Which signifies " good air." 208 SOUTH AMERICA. peninsula, inclosed, E. and S., by the Parana, W. by the river Paraguay, and N. by Brazil. Q. How is Uruguay bounded? A. It is bounded N. and E. by Brazil ; S. E. and S. by the Atlantic, and the estuary of the Rio de la Plata ; and W. by the R. Uruguay, by which it is separated from Buenos Ayres, or La Plata. Q. Capital? A. Montevideo. Uruguay, or Banda Oriental, is a republic of S. America, between lat. 30° and 35° S., and long. 53° and 59° W. Length, about 380 ms. ; greatest breadth near 300 ms. It is of nearly circular form, and is supposed to embrace an area of about 50,000 sq. ms. : its population does not pro- bably, Indians included, exceed 150,000. It is but very little known. Q. How is Patagonia bounded ? A. It is bounded N. by the territories of Buenos Ayres, or La Plata, and Chili ; E. by the Atlantic ; S. by the Strait of Magel- lan, separating it from Terra del Fuego ; and W. by the Pacific. (M. A.) Patagoxia is an extensive country of S. America, occupying the S. ex- tremity of the continent, and extending from 39° to near 54° S. lat., and from 63° to 75° 40' W. long.; separated on the N. from Buenos Ayres, or La Plata, by the R. Negro ; the line which divides it from Chili is not accu- rately determined. Length, from N. to S., about 1060 ms.; greatest breadth, from E. to W., 600 ms. The area is probably about 370,000 sq. ms. Little is known of this region beyond its coast outline. Q. On what side of South America are the Andes ? A. West. Q. What number of miles do they extend ? A. 4800 ms. (M. A.) Q. Between what two states do they form the entire boundary ? A. Chili, and Buenos Ayres. Q. Between what two do they form the boundary in part ? A. Bolivia, and Peru. Q. What is the next greatest range of mountains ? A. Brazilian. Q. What number of miles do they extend ? A. 2100. (M. A.) Q. In what state are they almost wholly ? A. Brazil. RIVERS. Q. What are the three largest rivers ? A. Amazon, Rio de la Plata, and Orinoco. Q. How long is each of these ? A. Amazon is 3600 ms. ; Rio de la Plata, 2250; Orinoco, 1500. (M.A.) SOUTH AMERICA. 209 Q. How wide are the mouths of the two largest ? A. Mouth of the Amazon, 150 ; Rio de la Plata, 150. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Magdalena ? A. It is the principal r. of New Grenada, rises in the little lake Papas, among the Andes, in about 1° 50' N. lat., and 76° 30' W. long., and, flowing northerly, empties itself into the sea, in about 11° 10' N. lat., and 74° 45' W. long. (M. A.) Q. Into what sea does it empty ? A. Caribbean. Q. Which are the four principal branches of the Amazon on the north side ? A. Tunguragua, Putumayo, Caqueta, and Negro. Q. What are the chief branches of the Amazon on the south side? A. Ucayle, Jurua, Puras, Madeira, Tapajos, and Xingu. Q. How long are each of the foregoing rivers ? A. Tunguragua is 900 ms. ; Putumayo, 800 ; Caqueta, 1100 ; Negro, 1200; Ucayle, 1200; Jurua, 800; Puras, 900; Madeira, 2200; Tapajos, 1100; Xingu, 1300. (M. A.) Q. Which two rivers form the Amazon ? A. Ucayle, and Tunguragua. Q. Which two form the Rio de la Plata ? A. Parana, and Uruguay. Q. Into what ocean do the Orinoco, Amazon, St. Francisco, and the Rio de la Plata, flow ? A. Atlantic Ocean. Q. What rivers are south of the Rio de la Plata ? A. Colorado, Rio Negro, Camarones, and Port Desire. GULFS. Q, Where is the Gulf of Darien ? A. It is in New Grenada, on the N. W., being the most southern portion of the Caribbean Sea. (M. A.) It is between 7° 56' and 10° N. lat., and 76° and 78° W. long. Q. Where is the Gulf of Venezuela ? A. It is on the coast of Venezuela, on the N.W., and commu- nicates with Lake Maracaybo by a narrow strait. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Gulf of Guayaquil ? A. It is in Ecuador, on the W., and leads into the Pacific Ocean. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Gulf of Penas ? A. It is in Patagronia on the W., and leads into the Pacific Ocean. (M. A.) BAYS. Q. Where is the Bay of Panama ? A. It is on the S. coast of the Isthmus of Panama, or Darien, 18* 210 SOUTH AMERICA. W. N. W. of New Grenada, and leads into the Pacific Ocean. (M. A.) Q. Where is Talcahuana Bay? A. It is in Chili on the W., and leads into the Pacific Ocean. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Bay of St. George ? A. It is in Patagonia on the E., and leads into the Atlantic Ocean. (M. A.) Q. Where is St. Mathias Bay ? A. It is in Patagonia on the E., and leads into the Atlantic Ocean. (M.A.) Q. Where is the Bay of All Saints ? A, It is in Brazil, on the E. coast. (M. A.) ISLANDS. Q. Where is Puno Island ? A. It is in the Gulf of Guayaquil, W. of Ecuador. (M. A.) Q. Where are the Islands of St. Felix ? A. They are in the Pacific Ocean, W. of Chili. (M. A.) Q. Where are the Islands of Juan Fernandez ? A. They are a group of Islands in the Pacific Ocean, situated about 400 ms. W. of the coast of Chili, near 33° 40' S. lat., and 79° W. long. (M. A.) The largest one, called Juan Fernandez, from the name of the discoverer, is 10 or 12 ms. in length, and perhaps 6 in breadth. It is chiefly remarkable for having been, in the early part of the 18th century, the solitary residence of Alexander Selkirk, a Scottish sailor, during a period of more than four years. The well-known story of Robinson Crusoe is supposed to be founded on Selkirk's narrative. The island has been lately taken on lease from the Chilian government, by an enterprising American, who has brought thither 150 families of Tahitians, with the intention of cultivating the land, rearing cattle, &c, for the purpose of supplying whalers and other vessels in those seas with refreshments. Q. Where is Chiloe Island ? A. It is a large Island in the Pacific Ocean, near the S. coast of Chili and the N.W. coast of Patagonia. (M. A.) This island lies between lat. 41° 48' and 43° 50' S., and long. 73° 20' and 74° 30' W., and having on its E. side sixty-three small islands, thirty- six of which are inhabited ; the whole, including the town of Maulin on the main land of the continent, forms the most southern province of Chili. Shape of Chiloe, oblong; length, N. to S., 140 ms. ; average breadth, 40 ms. Area 4800 sq. ms. Pop. (1832), with its accompanying islands, 43,830. 0. Where is Wellington Island? A. It is in the Pacific Ocean,W. of Patagonia, having N. the Gulf of Penas, S. the Archipelago of Madre de Dios, and E. the Channel of Mesier, 160 ms. long, separating it from Patagonia. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Island of Terra del Fuego ? A. Terra del Fuego is a large island, or rather group of islands, SOUTH AMERICA, 211 lying off the southern extremity of S. America, from which it is separated by the Strait of Magellan. The group, which extends between the 53d and 56th degs. of S. lat., and the 64th and 75th of W.long., is about 450 ms. in length : it consists of King Charles, South Land, Navarin, Hoste, Clarence, and some other islands ; Cape Horn, on Hermit island, forming the most southerly point of America, and facing directly the wastes of the ocean which surround the Antarctic pole, The name of Terra del Fuego, or, " land ofjire," is sup- posed to have been given to this insular group by its discoverer, Magellan, or Magalhaens, from its apparent volcanoes. Q. Where are the Falkland Islands ? A. They are in the Atlantic Ocean, E. of Patagonia. (M. A.) The Falkland Islands (Fr. Malouines, Span. Malvinas) are a group in the S. Atlantic, belonging to Great Britain, consisting of about 90, or, ac- cording to some authorities, as many as 200 islands, between lat. 51° 10' and 52° 25' S., and long. 57° 40' and 61° 20' W., about 1000 ms. S. S.W. from the estuary of the La Plata, and 240 ms. N. E. of Terra del Fuego ; with the exception of the two principal islands, however, they are for the most part mere rocks. The two largest islands are called the E. and W. Falk- lands. T^e greatest length of the former, from N. E. to S. W., is nearly 130 ms. ; greatest breadth about 80ms. The latter is about 110 ms. in length, by 50 ms. in its greatest breadth, in the same directions. Their united area is estimated at 13,000 sq. ms. Between the two main islands is Falkland Sound, whence the whole Archipelago has derived its name : this channel is from seven to twelve miles in breadth. On the eastern side of the E. Falkland, at Port St. Louis, a small British colony is established. Q. Where is the Island of St. Catharina ? A. It is in the Atlantic Ocean, lying off the S. E. coast of Bra- zil, separated from the main land by a narrow strait. (M. A.) It is about 35 ms. in length, from N. to S., and from 4 to 8 ms. in width. Its most N. extremity, Point Rupa, is in lat. 27° 22' 31" N., long. 48° 32' 7" W. Q. Where is Itamaraca Island ? A. It is in the Atlantic Ocean, lying off the E. coast of Brazil, separated from the main land by a narrow strait. (M. A.) Q. Where is Joannes Island ? A. It is in the N. E. part of Brazil, S. of the mouth of the Ama- zon river. (M.A.) Q. Between what two rivers is the latter situated ? A. Amazon, and Para. STRAITS. Q. Where is the Strait of Magellan ?* A. It is at the S. extremity of S. America, and unites the waters of the Atlantic with the Pacific. (M. A.) * It was discovered in 1520, by the Portuguese navigator, Magalhaens, then in the service of Spain, and called, in honour of him, the Strait of Magalhaens. The Spaniards changed the name to Magellan. 212 SOUTH AMERICA. Q. What regions does it separate 1 A, It separates Patagonia from Terra del Fuego, Clarence Island, and the Isle of Desolation. It extends from Cape Virgins, on the Atlantic, to Cape Pillar, on the Pacific Ocean, a distance of about 300 ms., having a breadth varying from 1^ to 40 ms. It has an additional communication with the Pacific by Cockburn Channel and Magdalen Sound. Q. Where is the Strait of Le Maire ? A. It is at the E. extremity of Terra del Fuego. (M. A.) t Q. What does it separate ? A. Terra del Fuego, and Staten Land. (M. A.) CITIES. Q. Which is the largest city of South America ? A. Rio Janeiro. Q. The next largest ? A. Bahia or St. Salvador. Q. What three cities number respectively 100,000, 70,000, and '55,000 inhabitants ? A. Buenos Ayres, Gluito, and Lima. CAPES. Q. Which are the most northerly and the most southerly capes ? A. Cape Gallinas is the most northerly, and Cape Horn the most southerly. Q. The most easterly and the most westerly ? A. St. Roque is the most easterly, and Blanco the most westerly ? Q. What proportion of South America lies north of the Tropic of Capricorn ? The largest or smallest ? A. Largest. Q. In what zone, then, is it mostly ? A. Torrid. Q. In what zone is the remainder ? A. South Temperate. Q. In what hemisphere is South America wholly ? A. Western. Q. In what hemisphere is it partly ? A. Southern. South America contains about 12° of north, and 55° of south latitude. Q. In what latitude is it then ? A. South. It extends from 35° to 81° of longitude, west from Greenwich ? Q. In what longitude then is it reckoned ? A. West. NEW GRENADA. 213 DISTANCES. Q. How many miles is it from Guiana to Newfoundland ? A. 2870 ms. (M. A.) Q. Brazil to Greenland ? A. 4200 ms. (M. A.) Q. Guiana to Liberia ? A. 2850 ms. (M. A.) Q. New Grenada to Borneo ? A. 11,400 ms. (M. A.) Q. Ecuador to the Gallapagos Islands ? A. 650 ms. (M. A.) Q. Peru to Otaheite ? A. 5000 ms. (M. A.) Q. Chili to New South Wales ? A. 8000 ms. (M. A.) Q. Chili to New Zealand ? A. 5800 ms. (M. A.) Q. Brazil to the west coast of Africa ? A. 3400 ms. (M. A.) Q. Uruguay to the Cape of Good Hope ? A. 4100 ms. (M. A.) Q. Patagonia to Van Diemen's Land ? A. 11,400 ms. (M. A.J Q. Patagonia to Kerguelen's Land ? A. 6100 ms. (M. A.) NEW GRENADA. Page 196.— Lesson 138.— Map No. 17. Q. What bounds New Grenada on the north ? A. Caribbean Sea. Q. South? A. Ecuador. Q. East? A. Venezuela. Q. West? A. Pacific Ocean. Q. What Isthmus connects it with North America ? A. Darien. Q. Which are the principal rivers ? A. Magdalena, Cauca, Caqueta, Uaupes, Negro, Guaviare, and Meta. Q. What is the length of each ? A. Magdalena is 900 ms. long; Cauca, 600; Caqueta, 1100; Uaupes, 800 ; Negro, 1200 ; Guaviare, 600; Meta, 600. (M. A.) 214 VENEZUELA. Q. How far do sloops navigate the Magdalena ? A. 580 ms. (M. A.) Q. Meta? A. 1060 ms. (M. A.) Q. What is the population of Bogota ? A. 35,000. (M. A.) Q. Popayan? A. 20,000. (M. A.) Q. Carthagena? A. 18,000. (M. A.) Q. Mompox? A. 10,000. (M. A.) Q. Honda? A. 10,000. (M. A.) Q. What mountains extend along the west coast ? A. Andes. Q. What mountains east of the Magdalena ? A. The N. E. range of the Andes. For a further description, see Key, pages 204-5. VENEZUELA.* Pages 197-8.— Lesson 139.— Map No. 17. Q. What bounds Venezuela on the north ? A. Caribbean Sea. Q. South? A. Brazil. Q. East? A. Guiana ? Q. West? .#. New Grenada. Q. Which is the chief river ? A. Orinoco? Q. How long is it ? A. 1500 ms. (M. A.) Q. How far is it navigable for ships ? A. 500 ms. (M. A.) Q. For sloops ? A. 780 ms. (M. A.) Q. What river connects the Orinoco and the Rio Negro ? A. Casiquiare. Q. What lake in the north-west part of Venezuela ? A. Maracaybo. * It will be seen that Ecuador is included in this lesson. ECUADOR. 215 Q. How long is it ? A. 150 ms. (M. A.) Q. From what lake does the Orinoco flow ? A. Ipava. Q. What Indians in Venezuela ? A. Guarones, Caribs, and Ottomacs. Q. How many inhabitants has Caraccas ? A. 23,000. (M. A.) Q. Coro? A. 10,000. (M. A.) Q. Valencia ? A. 15,000. (M. A.) Q. Cumana? A. 10,000. (M. A.) Q. What Island belongs to Venezuela ? A, Margarita. For a further description, see Key, page 205. ECUADOR. Q. What bounds Ecuador on the north ? A. New Grenada. Q. South? A. North Peru. Q. East ? A. Brazil. Q. West? ' .#. Pacific Ocean. Q. What range of mountains is in the western part ? A. Andes. Q. What two large rivers in the south ? A. Tunguragua, and Ucayale. These form the Amazon River. Q. How far is the Amazon navigable for ships ? A. 2400 ms. (M. A.) Q. For sloops ? A. 3000 ms. (M. A.) Q. How many inhabitants has Quito ? A. 70,000. (M. A.) Q. What three cities number 20,000 each? A. Riobamba, Guayaquil, and Cuenca. Q. What mountain south of Quito ? A. Chimborazo. This was formerly considered the highest in South America. For a further description, see Key, page 205. 216 GUIANA. PERU. GUIANA. Page 200.— Lesson 140.— Map No. 17. Q. What bounds Guiana on the north ? A. Atlantic Ocean. Q. The west? A. Venezuela. Q. The south and east ? A. Brazil. Q. The principal rivers ? A. Essequibo, Surinam, Maroni, and Oyapock. Q. How long are the first three ? A. Essequibo, 450 ms. ; Surinam, 300; Maroni, 350. (M. A.) Q. How many inhabitants has Georgetown ? A. 20,000. (M. A.) Q. Paramaribo? A. 20,000. (M. A.) Q. New Amsterdam ? A. 4000. (M. A.) Q. Cayenne? A. 3000. (M. A.) Q. What Indians inhabit the south-east part of Guiana ? A. Arowauks. For a further description, see Key, pages 205-6. PERU. Page 201.— Lesson Ml.— Map No. 17. Q. What bounds Peru on the north ? A. Ecuador. Q. South? A. Bolivia. Q. East? A. Brazil, and Bolivia. Q. West? A. Pacific Ocean. Q. What mountains extend along the coast ? A. Andes. Q. What desert in the south ? A. Atacama. Q. What lake forms part of the eastern boundary ? A. Titicaca. Q. Which is the head branch of the Amazon ? A. Ucayale. BOLIVIA. 217 Q. In what lake does it rise ? A. Reyes. Q. How far does sloop navigation extend on it from the sea ? A. 2600 ms. (M. A.) Q. What is the population of Lima ? A. 55,000. (M. A.) Q. Cuzco? A. 40,000. (M. A.) Q. Arequipa? A. 35,000. (M. A.) Q. Guamanga? A. 24,000. (M. A.) Q. Puno? A. 18,000. (M. A.) Q. Cerro Pasco ? A. 12,000. (M. A.) Q. Truxillo? A. 12,000. (M. A.) Q. Tacna? A. 10,000. (M. A.) Q. What are the ports from Ocono to Iquique called ? A. The Intermedios. Q. When was the battle of Ayacucho fought ? A. In 1824. (M. A.) Q. Of Yungay ? A. In 1839. (M. A.) For a further description, see Key, page 206. BOLIVIA. Page 203.— Lesson 142.— Map No. 17. #. What bounds Bolivia on the north ? A. North Peru, and Brazil. Q. South? ,#. Buenos Ayres. Q. East? .#. Brazil, and Paraguay. ' Q. West? A. South Peru. (?. On what ocean is the south-west part situated ? A. Pacific. Q. Which are the principal rivers ? A. Mamore, Branco, Guapore, Paraguay, Pilcomayo, and Vermejo. 19 218 CHILI. Q. How long is each of these ? A. Mamore, 1200 ms. ; Branco, 1000 ; Guapore, 500 ; Para- guay, 1200; Pilcomayo, 1100; Vermejo, 1000. (M. A.) Q. The largest lake? A. Titicaca. Q. How long is it? A. 180 ms. (M. A.) Q. What two mountains east of Lake Titicaca ? A. Sorata, and Illimani. These are the highest in South America. Q. How many inhabitants has Chuquisaca, the capital ? A. 18,000. (M. A.) Q. La Paz? A. 40,000. (M. A.) Q. Cochabamba? A. 30,000. (M. A.) Q. Potosi? A. 9000. (M. A.) Q. Oruro? A. 4000. (M. A.) Q. What desert occupies the coast of Bolivia ? A. Atacama. Q. What tribes of Indians are in Bolivia ? A. Moxos, Chiquitos, and Abipones. For a further description, see Key, page 206. CHILI. Page 205.— Lesson US.— Map No. 17. Q. What bounds Chili on the north ? A. Bolivia. Q. South? A. Patagonia. Q. East? A. Buenos Ayres. Q. West? A. Pacific Ocean. Q. What mountains separate Chili from Buenos Ayres ? A. Andes. Q. What Island lies south of Chili? A. Chiloe. • Q. How long is it? A. 140 ms. M. A.) Q. What Islands lie west of Valparaiso ? A. Juan Fernandez. BRAZIL. 219 Q. What Island was the residence of Alexander Selkirk ? A. Mas-a-Tierra. Q. What Islands lie north of Juan Fernandez ? A. Islands of St. Felix. Q. What is the population of Santiago ? A. 65,000. (M. A.) Q. Valparaiso ? A. 26,000. (M. A.) Q. Concepcion? A. 10,000. (M. A.) Q. Quillota? A. 8000. (M. A.) Q. Santa Rosa? A. 5000. (M. A.) Q. S. Felipe ? A. 5000. (M. A.) Q. Valdivia? A. 7000. (M. A.) Q. Copiapo? A. 2000. (M. A.) For a further description, see Key, page 207. BRAZIL. Page 207.— Lesson lte.—Map No. 17. Q. What bounds Brazil on the north ? A. Venezuela, Guiana, and the Atlantic Ocean. Q. East? A. Atlantic Ocean. Q. West? A. Venezuela, Ecuador, Peru, Bolivia, Paraguay, and Uru- guay. Q. Which are the principal rivers that flow into the Atlantic Ocean ? A. Amazon, Para, Parnaiba, and St. Francisco. Q. How long are they ? A. Amazon, 3600 ms. ; Para, 1200 ; Parnaiba, 800 ; St. Fran- cisco, 1300. (M. A.) Q. How wide is the Amazon River at its mouth ? A. 150 ms. (M. A.) Q. Which are the chief branches of the Amazon ? A. Xingu, Tapajos, Madeira, Negro, and Caqueta. Q. How long are they ? A. Xingu, 1300 ms. ; Tapajos, 1 100 ; Madeira, 2200 ; Negro, 1200; Caqueta, 1100. (M. A.) 220 BUENOS AYRES. Q. How far is the Amazon navigable for ships ? A. 2400 ms. (M! A.) Q. For sloops ? A. 2600 ms. (M. A.) Q. How far can sloops ascend the Madeira from the sea ? A. 1800 ms. (M. A.) Q. What mountains extend along the coast ? A. Brazilian. Q. How long are they ? A. 2100 ms. (M. A.) Q. What are the chief Indian tribes that inhabit Brazil? A. Tapajos, Mauhes, Boticudos, Guapindayes, Camecrans, Xerentes, Cayapos, and Bororos. Q. What Island at the mouth of the Amazon ? A. Joannes. Q. How long is it? A. 150 ms. (M. A.) Q. What land was first seen by Cabral, the discoverer of Bra- zil, in the year 1500? A, Old Porto Seguro. Q. What is the population of Rio Janeiro ? A. 200,000. (M.A.) Q. Bahia? A. 120,000. (M. A.) Q. Pernambuco? A. 65,000. (M. A.) Q. Cuyaba? A. 30,000. (M. A.) Q. Sergippe del Rey? A. 30,000. (M. A.) Q. What towns have 20,000 inhabitants each ? A. Para, Maranham, Aracati, San Paul, and Villa Bella Q. What district east of the St. Francisco River ? A. Diamond. For a further description, see Key, pages 206-7. BUENOS AYRES. Page 209.— Lesson IQo.—Map No. 17, Q. What country lies north of Buenos Ay res? A. Bolivia. Q. East? A. Paraguay, and Uruguay. Q. West? A. Chili. BUENOS AYRES. 221 Q. South? A. Patagonia. Q. What mountains separate Buenos Ay res from Chili ? A. Andes. Q. What river from Patagonia ? A. Rio Negro. Q. From Uruguay ? A. Rio de la Plata, and Uruguay. Q. From Paraguay? A. Paraguay, and Parana. Q. What is the length of the Rio de la Plata ? A. 2250 ms. (M. A.) Q. Parana ? A. 1900 ms. (M. A.) Q. Paraguay? A. 1200 ms. (M. A.) Q. Colorado? A. 1000 ms. (M.A.) Q. Rio Negro ? A. 700 ms. (M. A.) Q. Saladillo? A. 400ms. (M.A.) Q. Salado? A. 800 ms. (M. A.) Q. Vermejo? A. 1000 ms. (M.A.) Q. How wide is the Rio de la Plata at its mouth ? A. 150 ms. (M. A.) Q. How far is it navigable for ships ? A. 180 ms. (M. A.) Q. How far is the Paraguay navigable for sloops 1 A. 1000 ms. (M. A.) Q. What is the population of Buenos Ayres ? A. 100,000. (M. A.) Q. Of Cordova ? A. 13,000. (M. A.) Q. San Juan ? A. 10,000. (M. A.) Q. Mendoza? A. 20,000. (M. A.) For a further description, see Key, page 207. 19* 222 PARAGUAY URUGUAY. PARAGUAY.* Page 211.— Lesson 146.— Map No. 17. Q. What river forms the east and south boundary of Paraguay ? A. Parana. Q. The west boundary ? A. Paraguay. Q. What tropic extends nearly through the middle of Para- guay ? A. Tropic of Capricorn. Q. How many inhabitants has Assumption, the capital ? A. 10,000. Q. The other towns? A. Curuguaty, 3000 ; Villa Rica, 3000 ; Itapua, 2000. (M. A.) Q. How far is the Paraguay navigable for sloops from the sea ? A. 1000 ms. (M. A.) For a further description, see Key, page 207. URUGUAY. Q. What bounds Uruguay on the north? A. Brazil. Q. On the south ? A. The Rio de la Plata. Q. West? A. Uruguay River. Q. East? A. Brazil. Q. How long is the Uruguay River ? A. 800 ms. (M. A.) Q. Negro? A. 400 ms. (M. A.) Q. What is the population of Montevideo, the capital ? A. 15,000. (M. A.) Q. Of Maldonado? A. 1000. (M. A.) Q. How far is it from Uruguay to the Cape of Good Hope ? A. 4100 ms. (M. A.) For a further description, see Key, page 208. * It will be seen that Uruguay is included in this lesson. PATAGONIA. WZ6 PATAGONIA. Page 212.— Lesson U7.—Map No. 17. Q. How is Patagonia bounded ? A. It is bounded N. by the territories of Buenos Ayres, or La Plata, and Chili ; E. by the Atlantic ; S. by the Strait of Magel- lan, separating it from Terra del Fuego ; and W. by the Pacific. Q. Which are its chief rivers ? A. Camarones, and Port Desire. Q. What tribes inhabit it ? A. Puelches, and Moluches. Q. What islands lie to the eastward ? A. Falkland. Q. What straits separate this region from Terra del Fuego ? A. Magellan. Q. What island on the west coast ? A. Wellington. Q. What island east of Terra del Fuego ? A. Staten Land. Q. What celebrated Cape south of Terra del Fuego ? A. Horn. — This Cape is the southern extremity of Hermit's Island. For a further description, see Key, page 208. Map No. 1. — Western Hemisphere. Q. Which is the most northern, Graham's Land, or the Falk- land Isles ? A. Falkland Isles. Q. The most southern ? A. Graham's Land. Q. Which are the most eastern Islands ? A. Sandwich Land. Q. Which is the most distant from Patagonia ? A. Sandwich Land. 224 EUROPE. EUROPE. Pages 216-17.— Lesson 150.— Map No. 18. Q. How is Europe bounded ? A. It is bounded N. by the Arctic Ocean ; E. by Asiatic Russia ; S. by the Mediterranean Sea, (which separates it from Africa,) the Sea of Marmora, the Black Sea, and the Sea of Azov ; and W. bv the N. Atlantic Ocean, which separates it from N. America. (M. A.) Europe is the smallest of the great divisions of the globe, being only about a fifth part of the size of Asia or America, and a third part of that of Africa. But, though thus inferior in point of size, Europe is greatly superior to the other divisions of the Old World in the enterprise, intelli- gence, and civilization of her inhabitants, and perhaps also in her physical advantages. Europe forms the N. W. portion of the old or E. continent, of which it occupies a little more than two-seventh parts. Its most northern point is Cape North, in 71° 10' N. lat, on the Island Mageroe. The most southern is the Point of Tarifa in Spain, iat. 36° 2' N. ; the most eastern is on the Uralian Mts., W. of Ekatarinburg, long. 60° 20' E. ; and the most western is Cape Roca, in Portugal, long. 9° 30' W. Its extreme length, from Cape St. Vincent, in Spain, N. E., to the mouth of the R. Kara, does not much exceed 3000 ms. A line drawn from Cape Matapan, in Greece, to Cape North, would measure upwards of 2400 ms. The area is computed at 3,500,000 sq. ms. ; the pop. at 238,781,000. Q. Which is its largest city and river 1 A. London is the largest city, and the Volga the largest river. DIVISIONS. Q. How is Norway bounded ? A. It is bounded E. by Russian Lapland and Sweden ; S. by the Skager Rack, separating it from Denmark, and W. and N. by the North Sea, and the Atlantic and Arctic Oceans. (M. A.) Q. Capital? A. Bergen. Norway (Norw. Norge, Germ. Norwegen ) is a country of N. Europe, forming the W. portion of the great Scandinavian peninsula, and at present united to the crown of Sweden. It extends, including Norwegian Lapland, between the 58th and 71st degs. of N. lat., and the 5th and 31st of E. long. Its entire length from the Naze, its most S. promontory, to the N. Cape, is upwards of 1100 ms. Its breadth varies greatly; in Norrland, near its N. extremity, it may average about 50 ms. ; but towards the S. it is as much as 250 ms. The area is estimated at about 121,000 sq. ms. Pop. 1,100,000. Norway is divided into 18 provinces. EUROPE. *2 V 25 Q. How is Sweden bounded ? A. It is bounded N. E. by Russian Lapland, from which it is separated by the R. Tornea and one of its affluents ; E. and S. by the Gulf of Bothnia and the Baltic ; S. W. by the Sound, Cattegat, and Skager Rack ; and W. and N. by Norway, from which it is for the most part separated by the Dofrafields, the great mountain chain of Scandinavia. (M. A.) Q. Capital? A. Stockholm. Sweden (in Swedish, Sverigt) is a monarchy in the N. W. part of Europe, comprising the E. part of the Scandinavian peninsula, situated be- tween 55° 20' and 69° N. lat., and 11° 10' and 24° 20' E. long. Length above 950 ms. ; greatest breadth, about 260 ms. Area estimated at 176,000 sq. ms. Pop. 3,100,000. Sweden and Norway form at present but one kingdom, which comprehends the whole of the Scandinavian peninsula. Sweden is divided into 24 lans, or governments. Q. How is Russia bounded ? A. It is bounded N. by the Arctic Ocean; E. by Asiatic Russia ; S. by the territories of Austria and Turkey, by the Black Sea, and the Caucasian territories of Russia, which are comprised within the limits of Asia ; and W. by Sweden, the Gulf of Bothnia, the Baltic Sea, and Prussia. (M. A.) Q. Capital? A. St. Petersburg. (Capital of the Empire.) European Russia, though not comprising the greatest extent of terri- tory, surpasses the other divisions of the empire vastly in population and importance. It is situated between 40° 40' and 70° N. lat., and 17° 40' and 66° E. long. Its greatest length from N. to S. is about 1900 ms. ; its greatest breadth from E. to W. is above 1600 ms. Area, 1,755,000 sq. ms. Pop. 51,000,000. Russia is the most extensive empire, and one of the most powerful on the globe, comprehending the N. E. part of Europe, all the N. part of Asia, and a portion of N. America, situated between 38° and 78° N. lat., and be- tween 17° 40' E., and 130° W. long. The length of its territory, on the Eastern continent, is near 6000 ms. ; the greatest breadth is above 2000 ms. The area of the whole is more than 7,000,000 sq. ms. The pop. is esti- mated at about 61,000,000. This vast empire is divided into three great parts, viz. European, Asiatic, and American Russia. The established religion is the Greek Orthodox, identical with that of the Greeks of the Ottoman empire. The government is an absolute despotism. Q. How is Denmark bounded ? A. It is bounded N. by the Skager Rack, N. E. by the Catte- gat, S. E. by the Baltic Sea, S. by Liibeck, Hamburg, Mecklen- burg, and Hanover, and W. by the North Sea. (M. A.) Q. Capital? A. Copenhagen. Dexmark (Dan. Dan-e-mark) is a kingdom of Europe, between 53° 20' and 57° 45' N. lat., and 8° 5' and 12° 46' E. long. It comprises con- 226 EUROPE. tinental Denmark, which may be termed the north-western peninsula of Germany, and the large islands of Zealand and Fiinen, besides several smaller ones lying near them. The length of the continental portion is about 304 ms. ; greatest breadth about 106 ms. The entire area of the kingdom is computed at 22,000 sq. ms. Pop. 2,100,000. Q. How is Holland bounded ? A, It is bounded N. and W. by the. North Sea, E. by Hanover and Rhenish Prussia, and S. by Belgium. (M. A.) Q. Capital? A. Hague. Holland, or The Netherlands, comprises the territories formerly called the Seven United Provinces ; it is now a secondary European kingdom, but was, in the 17th century, and part of the 18th, an independent republic, raised by the industry and enterprise of its inhabitants, to the first rank as a commercial power. The kingdom of Holland lies in N. W. Europe, between lat. 51° 12' and 53° 3~0' N., and long. 3° 22' and 7° 12' E. Length, N. E. to S.W., about 200 ms. ; average breadth about 65 ms. The eastern part of the Grand Duchy of Luxemburg belongs to Holland ; it is situated between lat. 49° 28' and 50° 13' N., and long. 5° 45' and 6° 30' E. ; it is detached from the rest of the Dutch dominions, and surrounded by those of Prussia, Belgium, and France. Area about 11,000 sq. ms. Pop. 3,000,000. Holland is divided into 12 provinces. Q. How is Belgium bounded? A. On the N. by Holland ; E. by Prussia ; S. by France ; and W. by the North Sea. (M. A.) Q. Capital? A. Brussels. The kingdom of Belgium is situated between France and Holland, and has been established since the separation of its provinces from those of Hol- land by the revolution of 1830. Its territory is small as compared with the great European states, being only about one-eighth of that of Great Britain, while its population but little exceeds four millions. The important position, however, which this country has occupied in the political, military, commer- cial, and agricultural history of Europe — its former celebrity in manufactures and the fine arts — and its present rapid progress in every industrious pursuit and social improvement, give it a peculiar interest. Belgium extends from 49^ 27' to 51° 31' N. lat., and from 2° 37' to 6° E. long. The general outline of the territory is that of a triangular figure, of which the longest side stretches along the frontier of France. Belgium extends from N.W. to S. E. 193 English ms. ; its greatest breadth, from N. E. to S.W., is about 127 ms. The area is estimated at 13,000 sq. ms., and the population at 4,200,000. Belgium is a limited monarchy, and is divided into 9 provinces. It possesses the western part of the Duchy of Luxem- burg. The division of Limburg, a small duchy lying on the River Meuse, is still a matter of diplomatic arrangement between Belgium and Holland. Q. How is England bounded ? A. It is bounded N. and N.W. by Scotland; N.E. and E. by the North Sea; S. by the English Channel; and W. by St. George's Channel, Wales, and the Irish Sea. (M, A.) EUROPE. 227 Q. Capital? A. London. England, (originally, Engla-lartd, i. e. the land of the Angles, or Engles). This most populous, wealthy, and important portion of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, comprises the most southerly, largest, and most fertile part of the Island of Great Britain. It lies W. from and opposite to France, Belgium, Holland, and the S. parts of Denmark, between 49° 57' 30", and 55° 47' N. lat., and 1° 46' E. and 5° 41' W, long. Its S. E. extremity, at Dover, approaches to within 21 ms. of the opposite coast of France. Its shape approaches nearest to that of a triangle, of which Berwick may be considered the apex, and a line from the Land's End to the N. Foreland (342 ms.) the base ; a line from the former along the W. side (426 ms.), and from the latter along the E. side (334 ms.), complete the figure. The sea-coast, if measured from one headland to an- other, is about 1200 ms. in extent; but if its principal indentations are fol- lowed, it will be found to be fully 2000 ms. The area amounts to 51,500 sq. ms. The pop., according to the census of 1841, was 1 5,1 19,178. Eng- land is divided into 40 counties. Q. How is Wales bounded ? A. On the N. by the Irish Sea ; S. by the Bristol Channel and the Severn River; E. by England; and W. by the Irish Sea, and St. George's Channel. Wai.es is a principality, and one of the divisions of Great Britain. It lies between 51° 22' and 53° 26' N. lat, and between 2° 51' and 5° 20' W. long. It is about 135 miles in length from N. to S., and 95 from E. to W. in its greatest breadth. Area about 8500 sq. ms. Pop. in 1841, 911,603. Wales comprises two divisions, viz. : North Wales and South Wales, which are divided into 12 counties. The eldest son of the British sovereign derives his title of Prince of Wales from this country. Q. How is Scotland bounded ? A. It is bounded N. and W. by the Atlantic Ocean ; E. by the North Sea ; S. E. by England, from which it is separated by the Solway Frith, the Cheviot Hills, and the R. Tweed ; and S. by the Irish Sea. (M. A.) Q. Capital? A. Edinburgh. Scotland is one of the secondary European kingdoms, comprising the northern and smaller portion of the island of Great Britain, and forming one of the three great divisions of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, between lat. 54° 38' and 58° 40' 30" N., and long. 1° 46' 30", and 6° 3' 30" W., or, including the Hebrides, 7° 44' W. Its greatest length, N. to S., from Dunnet Head to the Mull of Galloway, is about 280 ms. : its breadth is very unequal, varying from 32 ms., between Alloa on the Frith of Forth and Dumbarton on the Clyde, to 170 ms. between Ard- namuchan Point on the west coast, to Buchan Ness .on the east. Area, including the islands, 30,000 sq. ms. Pop. in 1831, 2,365,114; in 1841, 2,620,184. The kingdom, with its dependencies, is divided into 32 counties. Before the accession of James VI. (afterwards James I. of England) to the Eng- 228 EUROPE. lish throne, in 1603, Scotland was an independent kingdom. Till the Union, which took place in the reign of Queen Anne, though under the same sovereign with England, it still had its own parliament. According to the Articles of Union, ratified Jan. 16th, 1707, the peerage of Scotland is represented in the house of Lords by 16 peers, chosen by the whole body of Scottish peers at the commencement of each parliament. The counties were to be represented by 30 members in the house of Commons, and the boroughs by 15. This arrangement continued till 1832, when the borough representation received an addition of 8 members, making in all 53. Edin- burgh is the capital of Scotland, and was formerly the residence of the Scot- tish kings. Q. How is Ireland bounded? A. It is bounded on the N. and W. by the Atlantic Ocean ; N. E. by the North Channel ; E. and S. by the Irish Sea, and St. George's Channel. (M. A.) Q. Capital? A. Dublin. iREXATrn is a large and important island of Europe, in the N. Atlantic Ocean. It is situated to the W. of Great Britain, being separated from the latter by St. George's Channel on the S., the Irish Sea in the middle, and the North Channel on the N. ; the distance from St. David's Head in S. Wales, across St. George's Channel, to Carnsore Point, in Ireland, is about 50 ms. ; the distance from Holyhead, in N. Wales, across the S. border of the Irish Sea, to Dublin, about 55 ms. ; and the distance from the Mull of Can tire, across the North Channel, to the opposite coast of Ireland, about 12£ ms. Besides its proximity to England, Ireland has been long politically connected with that country ; and since 1800, when its separate legislature was merged into the imperial parliament, it has formed a principal portion of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland. This Island was called by Aristotle and Strabo Ierne ('it'pv^); by Caesar, Tacitus, and Pliny, Hibernia ; and by Mela and others, Juverna ; these names being obviously derived from its native or aboriginal name of Ir, Eri, or Erin, whence also the modern name has been deduced. Ireland is situated between the parallels of 51° 25' and 55° 23' N. lat. and of 5° 27' and 10° 30' W. long. It is of a rhomboidal figure ; and, though more compact than Great Britain, is deeply indented, particularly on its S.W. and N. coasts, with bays and arms of the sea. Its greatest length from N. to S. is about 306 ms. ; and its greatest breadth, from W. to E. is 182 ms. ; but in many places the breadth is much less, and there is no part of Ireland above 50 or 55 ms. from the sea. Its area is estimated at about 31,000 sq. ms. The pop., by the census of 1831, was 7,767,401 ; and by that of 1841, 8,175,273. Ireland is divided into four provinces, viz.: Ulster in the N., Leinster in the E., Munster in the S., and Connaught in the W. These are subdivided into counties, of which Ulster contains 9, Leinster 12, Munster 6, and Connaught 5; total, 32. The administration of government is vested chiefly in the lord-lieutenant and privy council, who are appointed by the crown. Q. How is France bounded? A. It is bounded N. W. and N. by the English Channel {La Manchc), the Straits of Dover (Pas de Calais), and the North EUROPE. 229 Sea ; N. E. by Belgium, Luxemburg, and the Rhenish pro- vinces of Prussia and Bavaria ; E. by the territories of Baden, Switzerland and the Sardinian States ; S. by the Mediterranean and the Pyrenees, which separate it from Spain ; and W. by the Bay of Biscay and the Atlantic Ocean. (M. A.) Q. Capital? A. Paris. France (Anc. Gallia or Gaul, Fr. La France,} is one of the richest, most important, and powerful of the states of Europe, in the W. part of which it is advantageously situated, between lat. 42° 20' and 51° 5 f N., and long. 4° 49' W. and 8° 16' E. Except on its N. E. frontier, its actual are iden- tical with its natural boundaries ; being on the E. the Rhine from the influx of the Lauter to Basle, the Jura Mts., and the Alps to the Mediterranean ; the latter and the Pyrenees on the S.; and N.W. and W. the English Chan- nel and the ocean. The shape of France is somewhat hexagonal. Its greatest length N.W. to S.E. (from the mouth of the Bidassoa R., on the Bay of Biscay, to its easternmost boundary on the Mediterranean Sea) is 664 ms. ; its greatest breadth (a line crossing the former nearly at right angles) is 620 ms. Length, N. to S., Dunkirk to the eastern end of the Pyrenees, over 600 ms. ; greatest breadth E. to W. (a line passing from the coast westward of Brest, through Paris) about the same ; least breadth E. to W. about its centre, 335 ms. Inclusive of Corsica, which, though belong- ing naturally to Italy, forms a dep. of France, the total area is estimated at 205,000 sq. ms. Pop., in 1801, 27,349,000; in 1821, 30,461,875; in 1831, 32,569,223 , in 1836, 33,540,910 ; in 1846, estimated at 34,200,000. The government of France is a limited monarchy. Q. How is Spain bounded ? A. It is bounded N. by the Bay of Biscay and by France, being separated from the latter by the Pyrenees ; S. and E. by the Strait of Gibraltar and the Mediterranean ; and W. by Portugal and the Atlantic Ocean. (M. A.) Q. Capital? A. Madrid. Spain (Anc. Espaua, Span. Hispania, Fr. Espagne,) an extensive and once powerful kingdom of S. Europe, occupying the E. and largest portion of its S. W. peninsula ; between lat. 36° 5' and 43° 30' N., and long. 3° 20' E., and 9° 10' W. Greatest length E. to W., about 650 ms. ; greatest breadth, 550 ms. Area 183,000 sq. ms. Pop. estimated at 12,000,000. Spain comprises 12 great divisions, or Captain-generalships, and these are divided into 48 provinces ; nearly all the large divisions correspond in name and location with the kingdoms into which this country was so long divided during the middle ages. The region occupied by Spain and Portugal is often called, by way of distinction, the " Peninsula ;" no other part of Eu- rope is so designated. Q. How is Portugal bounded ? A. It is bounded N. and E. by Spain, and S. and W. by the Atlantic Ocean. (M. A.) Q. Capital? A. Lisbon. 20 230 EUROPE. Portugal (Anc. Lusitania) is the most western kingdom of Europe. It occupies the greater part of the W. portion of the Spanish peninsula, situated between the 37th and 42d degs. N. lat., and the 6th and 10th W long. Length N. to S., 350 ms. ; average breadth, about 110 ms. Area, 39,000 sq. ms. Pop. 3,700,000. Geographically considered, Portugal is properly a dependency on, or por- tion of Spain; and, in fact, all the mountain chains and great rivers by which she is traversed originate in the eastern and more extensive portion of the peninsula. Q. How is Austria bounded ? A. It is bounded N. by Saxony, Prussia, the free city of Cra- cow, and Russian Poland; E. by Russia and Turkey; S. by Turkey, the Gulf of Venice, the territories of the Pope, Modena, and Parma ; and W. by Sardinia, Switzerland, and Bavaria. (M. A.^ Q. Capital? A. Vienna. The Empire or Austria, (Ger. Oestreich, which signifies « eastern Em- pire ") is one of the largest and most important European states. It is situ- ated in central and southern Europe; and, with the exception of a narrow strip at its S. extremity, projecting along the coast of the Gulf of Venice, its territory forms a very compact mass. It extends from about 42° to 51° N. lat, and from about 8° 30' to 26° 30' E. long. Its length, from Lake Mag- giore, in Italy, to the E. frontier of Transylvania, is about 860 ms. ; and its breadth (exclusive of Dalmatia), from the S. frontier of Croatia to the most N. point of Bohemia, about 492 ms. The total area is estimated at 277,534 sq. Eng. ins. The extensive frontier of the empire, upwards of 4250 ms. in length, has the rare advantage of being well defined by natural boundaries ; such as mountains, large rivers, lakes, and the sea, offering favourable military positions for defence, with the exception of a portion of the frontier of Galicia, towards the Russian provinces, which is open. The Austrian empire is composed of many states, differing widely in extent and population. As the far greater part of the provinces were united under the imperial sceptre by peaceable means — that is, by inheritance or by treaty — the boundaries of all remain as they existed while they formed inde- pendent states, with the exception of the Italian provinces, whose frontiers and divisions date only from 1815. The population, exclusive of Lombardy and Venice, is estimated at 32,500,000 ; including that kingdom, 36,950,000. Q. How is Prussia bounded ? A. It consists chiefly of two parts ; the larger of which, or Eastern Prussia, is bounded N. by the Baltic Sea ; E. by Russia, Russian Poland, and Cracow ; S. by the Austrian States of Galicia, Moravia, and Bohemia, with Saxony and other German States ; and W. by Hesse-Cassel, Brunswick, Hanover, and Mecklenburg. West Prussia, or the provinces on the Rhine, are bounded N. by Hanover ; S. and S. E. by the territories of Bavaria, Nassau, and several of the smaller German States ; N. W. and W. by Holland and Belgium: and S.W. by France. (M. A.) EUROPE 231 Q. Capital? A. Berlin. Prussia (Ger. Preussen,) is an important European kingdom, situated between 49° 50' and 55° 52' N. lat., and 5° 50' and 22° 54' E. long. The principal part of the Prussian dominions lies continuously along the S. shore of the Baltic, between Russia and Mecklenburg, comprising the N. part of what was formerly Poland, and most of the N. of Germany. The inland frontier of this part of the monarchy on the E. and S. is sufficiently con- nected 5 but on the W. side it is very ragged, some small independent states being almost entirely surrounded by the Prussian dominions. But exclusive of this principal portion, there is an extensive Prussian territory on both sides the Rhine, divided into the provinces of Westphalia and Rhine. This portion is separated from the rest of the monarchy by Hesse-Cassel, part of Hanover, Brunswick, &c. The Canton of Neufchatel, in Switzerland, and some detached territories in Saxony, also belong to Prussia. Length of East- ern Prussia, from N. N. E. to S. S.W., 600 ms. ; greatest breadth about 340 ms. Area about 88,000 sq. ms. Area of West Prussja, or the Provinces on the Rhine, about 17,000 sq.ms. Area of the whole Prussian Monarchy, including, besides the above, the Canton of Neufchatel, in Switzerland, and several other small detached pieces of territory, about 1 07,000 sq. ms. Total pop., in 1816, 10,402,631; in 1825, ' 12,308,948 ; in 1846, 14,000,000. Prussia is an absolute monarchy, but the government is administered with so much mild- ness and liberality, that the people enjoy, perhaps, as great a share of prac- tical liberty as is permitted in any constitutional kingdom in Europe. Q. How is Bavaria bounded ? A. On the N. and N. W. by the principalities of Reuss and the Saxon Duchies ; N. E. by the kingdom of Saxony ; E. by Bohe- mia and Upper Austria; S. by the Tyrol; W. by Wirtemberg, Baden, Hesse Darmstadt, and Hesse Cassel. Q. Capital? A. Munich. Bayaria, (Ger. Baiern), a kingdom in the interior of Germany, consisting of two distinct portions. The one situated to the E. of the Rhine, containing above seven-eighths of the whole kingdom, and commonly called the Terri- tory of the Danube and the Mayne, extends from 47° 18' to 50° 41' N. lat., and from about 9° to 13° 46' E. long. The other portion of the Bavarian dominions, the territory of the Rhine, or Rhenish Bavaria, is situated on the W. bank of that river, and is completely disjoined from the preceding by the territories of Baden and Hesse Darmstadt. It extends from 48° 57' to 49° 50' N. lat., and from 7° 6' to 8° 3 1' E. long. The total area of Bavaria is 3 1 ,997 sq. ms., or about equal to that of Ireland. The pop. is estimated at 4,370,000. Q. How is Hanover bounded ? A. On the N. W. by the North Sea ; N. and N. E. by the Elbe (which separates it from the territories of Hamburg, Den- mark and Mecklenburg) and by Mecklenburg ; E. and S. E. by Prussia and Brunswick; S.W. by Hesse Cassel, Lippe Schauen- burg and the Prussian province of Westphalia ; and W. by Holland, Q. Capital? A, Hanover, 232 EUROPE. Hajtover (German Hannover), a kingdom in the N.W. part of Germany, situated between 51° 18' and 53° 52' N. lat., and 6° 48' and 11° 40' E. long. It may be regarded as consisting principally of three portions, the two larger of which lie within nearly the same latitudes, and are almost, though not quite, divided from each other by the grand duchy of Oldenburg. The third is much smaller, and is separated from the more northerly of the other two by the territory of Brunswick. Hanover encloses the grand duchy of Oldenburg within its territories on all sides except the N., where the latter is bounded by the North Sea. The whole contains an area of 14,720 sq. ms. The pop. is estimated at 1,755,000. Q. How is Saxony bounded ? A. On the N. by Prussian Saxony, and Brandenburg ; S. by Bohemia ; and W. by the Saxon Duchies and Prussian Saxony. Q. Capital? A. Dresden. The kingdom of Saxony is in the interior of Germany, the centre of the kingdom being about 260 ms. distant from the nearest part of the Baltic, and 300 ms. from the North Sea. It lies between 50° 10' and 51° 28' N. lat., and 11° 55' and 15° 3' E. long. Length about 140 ms., greatest breadth 75 ms. Area 7200 sq. ms. Pop. 1,706,000. This kingdom is, for its extent, the most populous in Germany. Q. How is Wirtemberg bounded ? A. On the N., the W. and the S.W. by the territory of Baden ; E. and S. E. by Bavaria ; and S. by the Lake of Constance and the Hohenzollern Principalities. Q. Capital? A. Stuttgard. Wirtemberg, or, as it is often written, Wurtemburg, is an interior king- dom of Germany, on the head waters of the Danube river. The centre of the kingdom is nearly equi-distant from the North Sea and the Gulf of Venice, being about 330 miles S. E. of the nearest coasts of the former, and 280 from that of the latter. Wirtemberg lies between 47° 35' and 49° 35' N. lat., and 8° 15' and 10° 30' E. long. Length 140 ms., greatest breadth 96 ms. Area 7770 sq. ms. Pop. estimated at 1,713,000. Q. How is Baden bounded ? A. On the N. by Bavaria and Hesse Darmstadt; E. by Wir- temberg ; S. by Switzerland and the lake of Constance ; and W. by the Bavarian territory of the Rhine and the eastern part of France, from which it is separated by the river Rhine. Q. Capital ? A. Carlsruhe. Badeiv is the largest and most populous of the German grand duchies. It lies along the E. bank of the Rhine, and is situated between 47° 30' and 49° 50' N. lat., and ?° 30' and 9° 50' E. long. Length near 190 ms., greatest breadth about 100 ms. The area is estimated at 5800 sq. ms. Pop, 1,200,000. Q. What do the Hessian States comprise ? A. The electorate of Hesse Cassel, the Grand Duchy of Hesse Darmstadt, and the landgraviate of Hesse Homburg. EUROPE. 233 Q. How is Hesse Cassel bounded ? A. N. by Prussia and Hanover ; S. by Hesse Darmstadt ; E. by*Prussia, the Saxon Duchies, and Hesse Darmstadt; and W. by Prussia, and the territories of Frankfort, Waldeck, and Nassau. Hesse Cassel (Ger. Hessen Cassel), is an interior state, and is called an electorate. It lies chiefly on the R. Fulda, one of the head branches of the Weser, and comprises one large and two smaller and detached portions of territory, the last, however, being so unimportant as to be of but little account in the general estimate. The chief division of the state is situated between 50° 6' and 51° 39* N. lat., and 8° 25' and 10° 15' E. long. The largest of the detached territories, the county of Schaumberg, lies about 60 ms. N. of the capital : it is surrounded by the territories of Prussia, Hanover, and Lippe. The smallest detached territory, the lordship of Schmalkalden, lies about 60 ms. S. E. of the capital. It is enclosed on all sides by the territories of the Saxon Duchies, except on the S. E., where it adjoins a small detached Prus- sian territory. The area of the electorate is about 4352 sq. ms. Pop. 650,000. Q. How is Hesse Darmstadt bounded ? A. On the N. by Hesse Cassel ; S. by Baden and the Rhenish territory of Bavaria ; E. by Bavaria and Hesse Cassel ; and W. by Hesse Homburg, Prussia, and Nassau. Q. Capital? A. Darmstadt. Hesse Daioistadt is a Grand Duchy, and the most populous of the Hessian states : it consists principally of two detached portions, one of which lies N. of the R. Mayne, and the other S. of that stream. These territories are separated from each other by the republic of Frankfort, and a part of Hesse Cassel : a smaller detached portion lies on the N. W. frontier of Hesse Cassel. The chief portions of this state are situated between 49° 23' and 50° 50' N. lat., and 7° 50' and 9° 36' E. long. Area of the whole, 3600 sq. ms. Pop. 740,000. Q. How is Hesse Homburg bounded ? A. The largest district is bounded S. by the Republic of Frank- fort, E. by Hesse Darmstadt, and W. by Nassau. The smaller district is bounded N. by Rhenish Prussia, S. by Rhenish Bavaria and part of Saxe Coburg, and W. by a district belonging to Olden- burg. Q. Capital? A. Homburg. Hesse Homburg is a Landgraviate in the W. part of Germany ; it con- sists of two distinct portions, which lie on opposite sides of the Rhine, 50 miles apart. The largest of these districts, the Lordship of Homburg, con- tains the capital, and is situated N. of the territory of Frankfort on the Mayne. The smaller district constitutes the Lordship of Meisenheim. It lies about 50 ms. S. W. of the former. United area, 138 sq. ms. Pop. 24,000. The Saxon Duchies comprise four small states, situated in the interior of Germany. They ate intermingled with the Schwartz- burg and Reuss principalities, and are bounded on the N. by Prus- 20 + 234 EUROPE. sia; S. by Bavaria; E. by Saxony; and W. by Bavaria and Hesse Cassel. These states comprise Saxe Weimar, Saxe Co- burg Gotha, Saxe Meiningen Hilburghausen, and Saxe Alfcn- burg. Saxe Weimar, or Saxe Weimar Eisenach, (Ger. Sachsen Weimar,} is a Grand Duchy, consisting of the two principalities of Weimar and Eise- nach, composed of several detached portions, lying between 50° 25' and 51° 30' N. lat., and 9° 50' and 12° 15' E. long. Area about 1438 sq. ms. Pop. 232,000. Weimar is the capital. Saxe Coburg Gotha (Ger. Sachsen Coburg Gotha} is a Duchy, con- sisting chiefly of two distinct portions, viz., the principalities of Coburg and Gotha. The first is situated between 50° 9' and 50° 24' N. lat., and 10° 40' and 11° 15' E. long. The other is situated between 50° 35' and 51° 6' N. lat., and 10° 20' and 11° E. long. Area of the duchy, 1024 sq. ms. Pop. 156,000. Gotha is the capital. The princes of this house are particularly fortunate in their matrimonial alliances. The king of Belgium, the queen consort of Great Britain, the queen consort of Portugal, the Grand Duchess of the heir presumptive of all the Russias, besides other individuals less splendidly connected, are all mem- bers of the reigning family of this latter state. Saxe Meiningen Hilburghausen, is a Duchy composed of the ancient Duchy of Meiningen, the principalities of Hilburghausen and Saalfeld, and some smaller districts. It lies chiefly between 50° 12' and 50° 53' N. lat., and 10° 7' and 11° 40' E. long. Area about 875 sq. ms. Pop. 130,000. Meiningen is the capital. Saxe Axtenburg (Ger. Sachsen Altenburg ) is the smallest of the Saxon Duchies. It consists of two nearly equal portions, separated from each other by the territory of Reuss, and is situated between 50° 44' and 51° 6' N. lat., and 11° 20' and 12° 40' E. long. Area about 491 sq. ms. Pop. 114,000. Mecklenburg is a maritime state of Germany, lying- on the southern coast of the Baltic Sea, and extending thence to the river Elbe, which separates it from Hanover. • It consists of two distinct states, Mecklenburg Schwerin, and Mecklenburg Strelitz, and com- prises a territory nearly equal in extent to that of Baden. It is one of the least improved states of Germany, and is re- markable for the circumstance that nearly one-half the population consists of nobility, a large portion of whom, however, being desti- tute of property, are reduced to the condition of peasants, and are obliged to work for their support, at the most common occupations. The Grand Duchy of Mecklenburg Schwerin is the largest and most westerly part of Mecklenburg; it lies between 53° and 54° 20' N. lat., and 10° 35' and 13° 57' E. long. On the N. it is bounded by the Baltic Sea ; W. by Lubeck and Lauenburg ; S. by Hanover and the Prussian province of Brandenburg ; E. by Mecklenburg Strelitz, and Prussian Pomerania. Length from E. to W., about 110 ms., average breadth nearly 45 ms. Area 4755 ms. Pop. 450,000. Schwerin is the capital. The Grand Duchy of Mecklenburg*Strelitz, the smallest of the Meck- lenburg states, extends from 53° 9' to 53° 47' N. lat., and from 12° 40' to EUROPE. 235 13° 57' E. long., being about 50 ms. in length, and 28 in its greatest breadth. Bounded N. by Pomerania 5 S. and E. by Prussian Brandenburg ; and W. by Mecklenburg Schwerin. Area estimated at 768 sq. ms. Pop. 84,000. Capital, Strelitz. The Grand Duchy of Oldenburg is a maritime state, in the N. of Germany. It is enclosed on all sides by the territory of Hanover, except on the N. where it is bounded by the North Sea. A part of its E. boundary is formed by the R. Weser, which separates it from the eastern division of Hanover. Oldenburg consists, exclusive of some detached portions of territory, en- closed by the Duchy of Holstein, and a small district in the southern part of Rhenish Prussia, of an oblong territory, between 52° 29' and 53° 43 f N. lat., and 7° 35' and 8° 46' E.. long.: greatest length from N. to S., 120 ms. ; -with a breadth varying from 20 to 50 ms. Area estimated at 2752 sq. ms. Pop. 252,000. The capital is Oldenburg. The Duchy of Brunswick (Ger. Braunschweig) lies in the interior of Germany. Its race of princes is one of the most ancient in Europe : the reigning families of Great Britain and Hanover are of the House of Brunswick ; and nearly every European sove- reign is either directly or collaterally related to it. Brunswick consists of five separated portions of territory, which are intermingled with the provinces of Prussia and Hanover : three are of some extent, and, with one of the smaller divisions, are nearly contiguous to one another : the remaining district lies at some distance from the others, and is nearly in contact with the territory of Bremen. The area of the whole is estimated at 1514 sq. ms. Pop. 250,000. The capital is Brunswick. The Duchy of Nassau is an interior state of W. Germany: part of its territory lies on the river Rhine, and part on the Mayne. The princes of Nassau trace their origin as far back as the 10th century. From the younger line, is descended the reigning family of Holland, or of Orange Nassau. Nassau is situated between 49° 55' and 50° 50' N. lat., and 7° 31' and 8° 35' E. long. : it is bounded N. and W. by Rhenish Prussia ; S. by Hesse Darmstadt; and E. by the territories of Frankfort, Prussia, and Hesse Darmstadt. The area is estimated at 2164 sq. ms. Pop. 356,000. Capital, Wisbaden. Anhalt is an ancient principality of Germany, situated chiefly on the river Elbe : it is enclosed on every side by the Prussian province of Saxony, except on the west, where it is partly bounded by Brunswick. The territory of Ajthalt is divided into the Duchies of Anhalt Dessau, Anhalt Bernburg, and Anhalt Cothen. It lies between 51° 35' and 52° 6" N. lat., and 10° 55' and 12° 36' E. long.* Area of the whole, 1034 sq. ms. Pop. 136,000. Capitals of the three Duchies, respectively, Dessau, Bern- burg, and Cothen. * For the area and pop. of each Duchy, see M. A., Table No. 1. 230 EUROPE. Schwartzeurg is a principality, in the central part of Germany, consisting chiefly of two distinct portions, the more northern of which is called the Lower County, and the southern the Upper County. The former is entirely enclosed within Prussian Saxony, and the other within the Saxon Duchies. The territory of Schwartzburg is divided into two principalities, viz. Sehwartzburg Rudolstadt, and Schwartsburg Sondershousen, each of which has a part both of the Upper and the Lower Country. The first named state has an area of 448 sq. ms., and 60,000 inhabitants ; its capital is Rudolstadt. The other has an area of 386 sq. ms., and 52,000 inhabitants; its capital is Sondershausen. Reuss is a territory in the centre of Germany, consisting of two distinct principalities, viz. Reuss Greitz, and Reuss Schleitz. It also comprises two distinct sections, the smaller of which lies a few miles N. of the larger. This territory lies between 50° 20' and 51° N. lat., and 11° 30' and 12° 20' E. long. Reuss Greitz has an area of about 1 53 sq. ms., and 25,000 inhabitants. Reuss Schleitz has an area estimated at 453 sq. ms., and 59,000 inhabitants. Greitz is the capital of the first named state, and Loben- stein of the other. Lippe Detmold, and Lippe Schauenburg, are two principalities of N. W. Germany, comprising territories separated a few miles from each other, by part of the Prussian province of Westphalia. Lippe Detmold consists of the counties of Lippe and Sternberg, being situated between 51° 48' and 52° 12' N. lat., and 8° 35' and 9° 10' E. long. Bounded on the N., S. and W. by Westphalia ; and on the E. by Bruns- wick, and part of VValdeck, and Hesse Cassel. Area estimated at 436 sq. ms., and 78,000 inhabitants ; capital, Detmold. Lippe Schauexberg lies N. N. E. of Lippe Detmold, and is less than half its extent. It is intersected by the parallel of 52° 20' N. lat., and the 9th meridian of E. long. Area estimated at 213 sq. ms. Pop. 26,000. Buckeburg is the capital. Hohenzollern is a territory of S. W. Germany, situated on both sides of the river Danube : it is surrounded by the provinces of Baden and Wirtemberg, and is intersected by the 48th parallel of N. lat., and the 9th meridian of E. long. This territory is divided into two distinct states, viz. the principality of Hohenzollern Hechingen, and the principality of Hohenzollern Sigmaringen, which belong to two different branches of the house of Hohenzollern. The first-named state has an area estimated at 117 sq. ms., and 16,000 inhabit- ants ; the other has an area of 426 sq. ms., and 39,000 inhabitants. He- chingen is the capital of the one, and Sigmaringen of the other. Waldeck, or Waldeck Pyrmont, is a principality in N. Ger- many, consisting of two separate parts, Waldeck Proper and the county of Pyrmont. The first is bounded N. and W. by West- phalia and Hesse Cassel ; the other is surrounded by the territories of Brunswick, Lippe, and Hanover. EUROPE. 237 Waxdeck Proper is situated between 51° 2' and 51° 31' N. lat., and 8° 31' and 9° 13' E. long. Area 459 sq. ms. The county of Pyrmont, with an area hardly l-20th part as great as that of Waldeck Proper, lies about 30 miles further N., being intersected by the 52d parallel of N. lat., and the meridian of 9° 15' E. long. Total area 459 sq. ms. Pop. 56,000. Arol- sen is the capital. Lichtenstein, the smallest of the German Principalities, is sit- uated in S. Germany on the river Rhine, which separates it from the Swiss Canton of St. Gall. This little territory is intersected by the parallel of 47° 10' N. lat., and the meridian of 9° 32' E. Ion. It is bounded on the E. by the territories of Austria, and on the S. and W. by those of Switzerland. Area 53 sq. ms. Pop. 6000. Vadutz is the capital. The Lordship of Kniphatjsek, the smallest state in Europe, is enclosed within the territories of the Duke of Oldenburg. It was recognised as an independent state by the Germanic Diet, in 1826. The area is 17 sq. ms. Pop. about 3000. Capital the Castle of Kniphausen. The Free Cities of Germany, or the Hanse towns, comprise Hamburg, Lubeck, Bremen and Frankfort. These cities are the remains of a powerful league or alliance, that was formed during the middle ages by certain cities and towns, for the mutual support of their commerce against the ravages of the pirates and robbers, who then infested nearly all parts of Europe, as well as against the rapacity and encroachments of the neighbouring nobles and kings. This extensive confederacy, when at the height of its power, comprised 85 of the most commercial cities and towns of Europe. Its alliance was courted, and its power was dreaded by the most potent states ; it made war with and defeated several monarchs, and in one instance deposed a king of Sweden. The increased security and improved condition of modern times lendered this association no longer necessary, and it was at length dissolved in 1630, after an existence of about 400 years. Hamburg, Lubeck, Bremen and Frankfort, are Republics or Free Cities, and have each a small adjacent territory attached to them. On the formation of the Germanic Confederation in 1815, they were recognised as independent states and members of the Diet. The Republic of Hamburg comprises the terrtiory on the right bank of the Elbe, in which the city is situated, together with some smaller districts, the chief of which is the bailiwick of Ritzebuttel, at the mouth and on the left bank of the river, and in which the town of Cuxhaven is situated. Area of the Republic, 134 sq. ms. Pop. 153,500. It is bounded on the N., the E., and the W. by the Danish territories of Holstein and Lauenburg, and on the S. by the river Elbe, which separates it from Hanover. Hamburg, the chief commercial emporium of Germany, and the third city in population, is situated on the north bank of the river Elbe, 75 miles from the sea, in 55° 33' N, lat,, and 9° 59' E. long. It is supposed to have been 238 EUROPE. founded by Charlemagne, and had attained considerable importance so early as the beginning of the 12th century. In the 13th it concurred in the for- mation of the Hanseatic league. It suffered greatly during its occupation by the French in the time of Napoleon, but has since recovered its trade and importance, and has more than doubled the number of its inhabitants. Pop. in 1814, 60,000 ; in 1846, 128,000. The Republic of Ltjbeck is situated chiefly on the west side of and near the mouth of the Trave, a small river which flows into the Baltic Sea. There are also several very small detached por- tions of territory lying S. of the city. It is bounded N. and W. by Holstein ; S. by Lauenburg ; and E. by Mecklenburg. Area of the Republic, 122 sq. ms. Pop. 67,200. The city of Lubeck is situated on the W. side of the R. Trave, 8 ms. from the Baltic Sea, in 53° 51' N. lat., 10° 41' E. long. It is the capital of the Hanse towns, and though not so prosperous as formerly, is still a place of considerable commercial importance. Pop. 26,000. The Republic of Bremen is the smallest of the German Free States. Its territory lies on both sides of the river Weser, about 40 ms. from the sea, the chief part being on the right bank of the river. Area 72 sq. ms. Pop. 57,800. The city of Bremen is, after Hamburg, the most commercial in Germany. It is built on both sides of the Weser. The old town is on the right and the new town on the left bank of the river, the two divisions being connected by a bridge. Bremen was founded in the 8th century, and has long been an important commercial town. Lat. 53° 4' N., long. 8° 49' E. Pop. 42,000. The Republic of Frankfort lies on both sides of the river Mayne, one of the chief tributaries of the Rhine, and a few miles above where the former flows into the latter. The larger part of its territory is on the S. side of the river. Area 113 sq. ms. Pop. 64,570. Frankfort stands on the right bank of the Mayne, across which there is a bridge connecting it with Sachsenhausen, one of its suburbs. It is an important city, and may be regarded as the capital of the whole Ger- manic Confederation. It is very ancient, and has been long noted for its fairs and the importance of its commercial transactions. Lat. 50° 1' N., long. 8° 36' E. Pop. 54,000. The Grand Duchy of Luxemburg, the westernmost part of Ger- many, lies between the rivers Meuse and Moselle. It was appor- tioned by the treaty of April 19th, 1839, between Holland and Belgium. The title of Grand Duke of Luxemburg, with the right of suffrage in the Germanic Diet, is enjoyed by the king of Hol- land. Luxemburg is bounded N. by Belgium ; E. by the Prussian province of the Rhine ; and S. and S.W. by France. It lies between 49° 25' and 50° 28' N. lat., and 5° and 6° 30' E. Greatest length 120 ms. Breadth 75 ms. Area of the whole, 2347 sq. ms. Pop. 305,000. Of the foregoing, Belgium has the largest share both of the territory and the population. The capital, EUROPE. 239 Luxemburg, is in Dutch Luxemburg, and belongs to Holland. It is one of the strongest fortresses in Europe. Holstein and Latjenburg are duchies in the N. W. part of Germany, belonging to Denmark. They form the S. part of that kingdom, and its sovereign, as Duke of Holstein and Lauenburg, has a seat in, and is entitled to vote in the Germanic Diet. The territories of Hoxstein and Lauettbtjiig, considered as one district, is bounded N. by Sleswick, the central province of Denmark ; N. and N.W. by the Baltic Sea ; S. by Hanover, from which it is separated by the river Elbe ; E. by Mecklenburg ; and W. by the North Sea. It lies between 53° 30' and 54° 26' N. lat., and 8° 46' and 11° 7' E. long. Greatest length about 100 ms., breadth 70 ms. Area 3691 sq. ms. Pop. 410,000. Gluckstadt, on the Elbe, is the capital, although Altona, situated a few miles above it, on the same stream, is much superior in population and importance. Q. How is Switzerland bounded ? A. It is bounded N. and E. by Germany ; S. by Italy ; and W. and N.W. by France. (M. A.) Q. Capitals ? A. Zurich, Berne, and Lucerne. Switzerland (Anc Helvetia, including part of Rhsetia,- Ger., Schweitz; Fr. La Suisse') is a mountainous country of central Europe, between 45° 48' and 47° 48' N. lat, and 5° 57' and 10° 30' E. long. Length, near 230 ms. ; greatest breadth, above 140 ms. Area, about 15,000 sq. ms. Pop. 2,100,000. Switzerland is a republic consisting of 22 confederated states, called cantons. All the cantons of Switzerland are under a republican form of government, excepting Neufchatel, in which the king of Prussia exercises the right of sovereignty. The Swiss confederation has no permanent capi- tal ; by a federal enactment of 1815, Zurich, Berne, and Lucerne, are alter- nately the seat of the general government for two years at a time. Q. How is Italy bounded ? A. It is bounded N. by Germany and Switzerland ; E. by part of Austria and the Gulf of Venice ; S. and S. W. by the Medi- terranean Sea ; and W., in the northern parts, by France. (M. A.) Q. Capital? • A. Rome. Italy (Lat. Italia, Fr. Italie), one of the most celebrated and fertile countries of Europe, the seat of the greatest empire of antiquity,* and of art, science, and civilization when the surrounding countries were immersed in barbarism. It is finely situated, comprising the whole .of the central peninsula of S. Europe, with the extensive and rich country to the N. of the peninsula, and included between the Alps and the Mediterranean. It extends between lat. 37° 46' and 46° 30' N., and long. 6° 30' and 18° 30' E. In antiquity it was known by the names of Hesperia, Ausonia, Saturnia, (Enotria, &c. ; but these names, though loosely applied to the whole country, were strictly applicable only to particular portions of its surface. Various derivations have been assigned to the term Italy. (See Facciolati, Lexicon, voce Italia.) In the first instance, it is said to have designated only its more * The ancient Roman Empire. 240 EUROPE. S. portion, or what is now the peninsula of Calabria Ultra ; but in the course of time it superseded every other name, and was gradually extended to the whole country, from the Alps southward. In shape, Italy has been familiarly likened to a boot, the heel formed by the Terra d'Otranto, and the foot by Calabria, both in the Neapolitan dominions. The general direction of the Italian peninsula is S. E. and N. W. ; its length, from Mount St. Gothard to Cape Spartivento, is 750 Eng. ms.; its breadth varies from about 380 ms. in N. Italy, to less than 80 ms. near its centre ; and in one part of Calabria it is only 18 ms. from sea to sea. The area of the whole, including its larger Islands, Sicily, Sardinia, and Corsica, and the smaller, as Elba, the Lipari group, &c., is estimated at 122,000 sq. ms. Pop. 22,000,000. This country, once the most important commercial and manufacturing region in Europe, is now dependent upon other nations for the superb fabrics with which she once supplied them ; her ships no longer cover the Mediter- ranean ; her merchants, who were once her nobles and her princes, retain only the shadow of mighty names. In the middle ages, Venice, Genoa, Florence, and Pisa, were the chief marts of the European commerce with the East Indies ; and Italians were scattered all over Europe for the purposes of trade. The discovery of a passage by sea deprived them of the commerce with India, and the prosperity of these republics declined. Before Rome had (2100 years ago) absorbed all the vital powers of Italy, this country was thickly inhabited, and, for the most part, by civilized nations. In the north of Italy alone, which offered the longest resistance to the Romans, dwelt a barbarous people, the Gauls. Farther south, on the Arno and the Tiber, a number of small tribes, such as the Etruscans, the Samnites, and Latins, endeavoured to find safety by forming confederacies. Less closely united, and often hostile to each other, were the Greek colonies of Lower Italy, called Magna Grsecia. Italy, in the middle ages, was divided into Upper, Middle, and Lower Italy. The first division comprehended all the states situated in the basin of the Po ; the second extended between the former and the kingdom of Naples, which formed the third. Modern Italy, with its dependent Islands, comprises 12 political divisions ; viz., Austrian Italy, the kingdom of Sardinia, the principality of Monaco, the duchies of Parma, Modena, and Lucca, the grand-duchy of Tuscany, the republic of San Marino, the Papal States, the kingdom of Naples, French Italy (the Island of Corsica), and British Italy (the Island of Malta, &c.) Q. How is Greece bounded 1 A. It is bounded N. by Turkey, E. by the Archipelago,* and S. and W. by the Mediterranean Sea.t (M. A.) Q. Capital? A. Athens. Greece (Anc. Gr., f EMaj, Hellas ,• Lat., Grsecia) is a country in the S. E. part of Europe, once distinguished above all others as the seat of civili- zation, learning, and the arts. Passing over that period of Grecian history, which was so brilliant, and is so well known, we will merely observe that, after undergoing various vicissitudes, during the decline of the Roman power, Greece became at last permanently incorporated with the Ottoman * That part of the Mediterranean denominated the ^Egean Sea. \ Denominated, on the W. of Greece, the Ionian Sea. EUROPE. 241 empire, on the fall of Constantinople, 1453, and remained in this condition till 1821, when the last successful struggle for Grecian freedom commenced. After a long and sanguinary contest, the independence of Greece, through the interference of England, France, and Russia, was at length recognised, by the Turkish sultan, in 1829. The present kingdom of Greece is situated between 36° 23' and 39° 14' N. lat., and 20° 43' and 24° 35' E. long., including the island of Negropont. All the principal islands of the yEgean Sea {Archipelago) lying W. of the 26th meridian of E. long., with the exception of Candia (Anc. Crete), belong also to the kingdom of Greece. Area estimated at 21,000 sq. ms. Pop. 797,000. The government is a limited hereditary monarchy, under the protection of England, France, and Russia. Q. How is Turkey bounded ? «#. It is bounded N. by Austria; E. by the Black Sea and Russia ; S. by the Sea of Marmora, the Archipelago, and the king- dom of Greece ; and W. by the Mediterranean Sea, the Gulf of Venice, and Austria. (M. A.) Q. Capital? «/?. Constantinople. TrjiiKET, or the Ottoman Empire,* is an extensive country, partly in S. E. Europe, and partly in W. Asia, comprising some of the most cele- brated, best situated, and naturally finest provinces of the continents to which they belong. Its limits are not easily defined, being usually represented as including several extensive countries, that are nominally independent. Moldavia, Wallachia, and Servia, in European Turkey, are now connected with the Porte by rather slender ties ; though, as some of their fortresses are garrisoned by Ottoman troops, and as they continue to pay tribute to the Sul- tan, they may still, perhaps, be properly included within the wide range of the Turkish dominions. Egypt, however, and the other African territories that formerly belonged to the Porte, may now be considered as virtually sepa- rated from it, yielding only such an acknowledgment of sovereignty as is dictated by respect and courtesy to the head of the Mohammedan faith and the vicegerent of the prophet ; and, but for the interference of England and other European powers, Syria and Palestine would have remained annexed to the dominions of the pacha of Egypt. European Turret, including Wallachia, Moldavia, and Servia, com- prises, with the exception of the new kingdom of Greece, nearly the whole * The religion of Turkey is Mohammedanism ; the Grand Seignior is re- garded as the vicegerent of the prophet, and the protector of the Moslem faith. The government is an absolute despotism, the sultan being under no other restraint than what the laws of the Koran impose. The moral condi- tion of the Turkish empire is deplorable ; gross ignorance pervades all classes ; and the apathy and indifference evinced by the people to improvement of any kind, are such as are to be found only in Mohammedan or pagan countries. The late sultan made some efforts to produce a beneficial change, but nothing of any moment has been effected. The present sovereign seems also anxious to introduce improvements: amongst those contemplated, are the establish- ment of 20,000 schools, and the formation of rail-roads throughout the empire ; the culture of cotton likewise, on a large scale, is to be encouraged by the government, in those parts of the empire suited to its growth. 21 242 EUROPE. of the most easterly of the three great peninsulas of S. Europe, extending from 39° to 48^° N. lat., and from 15$° to 29£° E. long. It is bounded on the N. by the Austrian empire, from which it is separated by the Save, the Danube, and the E. Carpathian Mts. ; on the N. E. it is separated from the Russian province of Bessarabia by the Pruth ; on the E. it has the Black Sea, the Channel of Constantinople (Bosphorus), the Sea of Marmora, and the Strait of the Dardanelles (Hellespont) ; on the S., the Archipelago and Greece ; and on the W,, the Mediterranean, the Gulf of Venice (Adriatic"), and the Austrian province of Dalmatia. Very different estimates have been formed of the extent and population of this country, and neither is known with anything approaching to pre- cision. The area is usually stated at about 207,000 sq. ms., being rather larger than that of France, and the pop. at about 10,000,000. SEAS. Q. Where is the White Sea ? A. It is in the N. part of Russia, and leads into the Arctic Ocean. (M. A.) The White Sea is a large gulf of the Arctic Ocean, between 63° 40' and 68° 40' N. lat., and 32° and 45° E. long. The length is about 400 ms. ; the breadth varies from 30 ms. to above 100 ms. Q. Where is the Baltic Sea ? A. It is in the N. of Europe, and separates Sweden and the Danish islands from Germany, Prussia, and Russia, and is con- nected with the North Sea by the Cattegat and Skager Rack. (M.A.) It extends from 54° to 66° N. lat., and from 10° to 30° E. long. It is about 800 ms. long. The superficial extent is estimated at above 160,000 sq. ms. Towards the northern extremity it forms two large branches, the Gulf of Bothnia, which runs nearly N., and the Gulf of Finland, extending in an easterly direction. Q. Where is the North Sea ? *#. It is between Great Britain on the W., and the Netherlands,* Germany, Denmark, and Norway on the S. E. and E. (M. A.) It is considered to extend from the Strait of Dover to the northernmost of the Shetland Islands. Length, 650 ms. ; greatest breadth, about 450 ms. Q. Where is the Irish Sea ? Ji. It is between England and Ireland, and leads into St. George's Channel. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Mediterranean Sea? JI. It is bounded N. by Europe, E. by Asia, and S. by Africa, communicating at its W. extremity, by the Strait of Gibraltar, with the N. Atlantic Ocean, and at its N. E. extremity, by the Dardanelles, with the Sea of Marmora, and by the Channel of Constantinople with the Black or Euxine Sea. (M. A.) The Mediterranean Sea (the Mare Internum of the ancients, and, more recently, the Mare Meditermnetfm) is a large at;;.! very important inland sea, * Holland and Belgium. EUROPE. 243 extending, in a general sense, from lat. 30° to nearly 4G° N., and from long. 50 54/ w. to 36° 8' E. Greatest length, 2250 ms. ; do. breadth, from Ve- nice to the Gulf of Sidra, 1200 ins.; estimated area about 690,000 sq. ms. It is of an oblong, but very irregular shape, especially on its N. side, into which project, southward, the two large peninsulas of Italy and Greece, which thus divide the Mediterranean into three basins, the most westerly of which is included between the Strait of Gibraltar and the passage, only 72 ms. broad, between Cape Sorella in Sicily and Cape Bon in Africa ; the central part extending eastward from the last-mentioned points to the meridian of Cape Matapan, in the Morea ; while the E. basin, called the Levant, comprises the Grecian Archipelago and the sea that washes the coasts of Asia Minor, Syria, and Egypt. The principal inlets of the W. basin are the Bays or Gulfs of Lyons, Genoa, and Naples: it contains, also, the three large islands of Corsica, Sardinia, and Sicily ; the Lipari, and other islands on the W. side of Italy ; and the Balearic group, off the coast of Spain. The central basin has a large arm projecting N. under the name of the Adriatic Sea, or Gulf of Venice ; its smaller inlets being the gulfs of Taranto, in Italy, Lepanto, in Greece, and Cabes and Sidra (Anc, the two Spies), in Africa: Malta, the Ionian Isles, and the numerous rocky islets skirting the shores of Dalmatia, are its chief islands. The portion of the E. basin or Levant, which stretches N. from the isle of Candia to the coast of Macedonia, is called the Archipelago, and is femarkable, not only for the extreme irregularity of its coast-line, but for the numerous clusters of volcanic islands and rocks that stud its surface ; its chief gulfs are those of Egina, Salonica, Contessa, and Smyrna ; and its largest islands are Lemnos, Metelin, Thasos, Scio, and Naxio. The great island of Cyprus lies in the angle between the coasts of Asia Minor and Syria. It is a curious fact, that, though the Mediterranean generally be so deep, that soundings, even where possible, are of no practical utility, except in some of its bays and harbours, the depth of the channel between Sicily and Tunis, according to Sonnini and Smythe, nowhere exceeds 30 fathoms, the average not being greater than the depths of the Strait of Dover between England and France. The chief feeders of the Mediterranean are the Ebro, Rhone, Po, and Nile, with the various waters brought from the Black Sea by the strong cur- rent that sets S.W. through the Dardanelles. But, notwithstanding this vast supply, the evaporation is so rapid, that water constantly passes in through the Straits of Gibraltar, to restore the equilibrium. The Mediterranean has long been considered a tideless sea; but this is not strictly true : for, in the Adriatic, as well as between that Sea and the Coast of Africa, tides rise from 5 to 7 feet, and their influence is felt, more or less, along the shores of Sicily, and on the W. side of the Morea. The existence of this tide, indeed, may suggest an explanation of the loss of so many vessels in that region of mist and terror, the Gulf of Sidra, where them is always a lofty swell and accumulation of waters during the prevalence of N. W. winds. A tide of 8 or 9 ft. also ebbs and flows at pretty regu- lar intervals in the smaller Gulf of Cabes, on the same coast. In the Straits of Messina and Bonifacio, at Naples, in the narrow channel of the Euripus, and on both shores of the Strait of Gibraltar, there is an ebb and flow amounting to 3 ft. and upward ; but whether these movements are to be attributed to lunar influence, or to other causes, has not been deter- mined, 244 EUROPE. Q. Where is the Black Sea I Ji. It lies between Russia in Europe on the N. ; Circassia and Georgia on the N. E. and E. ; Turkey in Asia on the S. ; and Turkey in Europe on the W. It communicates with the Medi- terranean by the channel of Constantinople, the sea of Marmora, and the strait of the Dardanelles ; and with the sea of Azov by the strait of Enikale. (M. A.) The Black Sea, called als6 the Euxine (Anc. Pontas Euxinus ,- Turk. Ka-ra Deng-is), is a large internal sea lying between the S. part of Russia in Europe and the northern part of Asia Minor, extending from 40° 50' to 46° 45' N. lat., and from 27° 25' to 40° 48' E. long. It is bounded on the N. and N.W. by the Crimea and Southern Russia; on the N. E. and E. by the Caucasian countries, Circassia, Mingrelia, and Imeritia ; on the S. E. and S. by Armenia and Asia Minor ; and on the W. by the Turkish governments of Rumelia and Bulgaria. Its extreme length from E.to W. is 760 ms. : its greatest width, on the 31st meridian, 400 ms. ; E. from this it narrows by the projection of the Crimea, and the advance of the opposite shore of Asia Minor, to 154 ms. ; again it widens to 265 ms. between the Strait of -Enikale and the Gulf of Samsun, but from the last point it constantly and rapidly diminishes, till its E. coast (running due N. and S.) does not exceed 60 ms. in width. Its surface is estimated at about 160,000 sq. ms., and Ms coast line, including its sinuosities, considera- bly exceeds 2000 ms. The Black Sea is connected with the Sea of Azov by the Strait of Enikale (Anc. Bosphorus Cimmerius), and with the Sea of Marmora by the Channel of Constantinople (Anc. Bosphorus Thracius). With these exceptions, it is wholly isolated. It is also much more compact in form than most other large bodies of water ; giving off* no great limbs, like the Baltic, Mediterranean, &c, and having very few, even moderately sized gulfs. The most important, that of Kirkinit (the Carcinitus Sinus of the ancients), lies between the N. W. shore of the Crimea and the opposite shore of S. Russia, extending as far E. as the isthmus of Perekop. Q. Where is the Sea of Azov ? Ji. It is in the S. E. quarter of Europe. It communicates by the narrow Strait of Enikale (Anc. Bosphorus Cimmerius) with the N. E. angle of the Black Sea, and is everywhere else sur- rounded by the Russian territories. (M. A.) The Sea of Azov, or Azoff, (the Palus Mseotis of the ancients), forms a part of the boundary between Europe and Asia. Its name is derived from the town of Azov, near its N. W. extremity. It is of a very irregular shape ; its greatest length, from the long, narrow sand-bank facing the E. coast of the Crimea, to the mouths of the Don, being 200 ms. ; and its greatest breadth about 110 ms. From the strait of Enikale to Taganrog is about 160 ms. It is generally shallow and encumbered with sand-banks, having, where deepest, not more than 7 fathoms water, and in some places much less. Q. Where is the Sea of Marmora ? Ji. It is between Europe and Asia, communicating with the Grecian Archipelago by the Strait of the Dardanelles, and with the Black Sea by the Channel of Constantinople. (M, A.) europe. 245 The Sea of Marmora or Marmara (Anc. Propontls) is about 150 ms. in length, and its greatest breadth is near 50ms. This sea receives its appel- lation from Marmora (Anc. Proconnesus,) a small island towards its W. ex- tremity, which has long been celebrated for its marble quarries, whence it is supposed to derive its name, marmor (in the plural marmora) being the Latin word for " marble." Q. How long is each of these seas ? A. White Sea is 400 ms. long ; Baltic Sea, 800 ; North Sea, 650; Irish Sea, 130; Mediterranean Sea, 2250; Black Sea, 760 ; Sea of Azov, 200 ; Sea of Marmora, 150. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Archipelago ? A. It is that part of the Mediterranean Sea lying between Asia Minor and Greece. (M. A.) GULFS. Q. Where is the Gulf of Bothnia ? A. It is the N. arm of the Baltic Sea, extending a little E. of N., between Russian Finland on the E., and Sweden on the W. (M. A.) This gulf extends from 60° to near 66° N. lat. It is about 430 ms. long, and 120 ms. in average width, but at its narrowest part, the Quarken, oppo- site Umea, it does not much exceed 40 ms. Q. Where is the Gulf of Finland ? A. It is in the W. part of Russia, being an arm of the Baltic, which extends in an easterly direction between the Russian terri- tories of Finland and Revel. (M. A.) It is about 280 ms. long ; its greatest breadth is about 75 ms. Q. Where is the Gulf of Venice ? A. It is that great arm of the Mediterranean extending S. E. and N. W. between the coasts of Italy on the W., and those of Austria and Turkey on the E. (M. A.) The Adriatic Sea, or Guif of Venice (Mare Adriallcum or Supe?'um,) extends between 39° 40' and 45° 50' N. lat., and 12° 10' and 19° 40' E- long. Length about 500 ms. ; greatest breadth 130 ms. It derived its an- cient name from the once flourishing sea-port town of Adria, in Northern Italy, now 18 ms. from the shore, and its modern name from Venice. Q. How long are each of these ? A. Gulf of Bothnia is 430 ms. long; Gulf of Finland, 280; Gulf of Venice, 500. (M. A. ) Q. W*here is the Gulf of Dantzick ? A. It is in the N. part of Prussia, and leads into the Baltic Sea. (M. A.) . Q. Where is the Gulf of Lyons ? A. It is in the S. part of France, and leads into the Mediterra- nean Sea. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Gulf of Genoa ? A. It is on the W. coast of Italy, and leads into the Mediterra- nean Sea. (M. A.) 21* 246 EUROPE. Q. Where is the Gulf of Taranto ? A. It is in the S. E. part of Italy (between Apulia and Cala- bria,) and leads into the Mediterranean Sea. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Bay of Biscay ? A. It is that portion of the Atlantic Ocean which washes the N. coasts of Spain, and divides them from the W. coasts of France. (M. A.) CHANNELS. Q. Where is the channel called the Cattegat ?* A. It is a portion of the Baltic Sea, separating the peninsula of Jutland from Sweden. (M. A.) The Cattegat, from the Skaw (the N. E. point of Jutland), has a direction almost due S. between Jutland and Sweden for about 120 ms. The average width is near 70 ms. This gulf is narrowest at its N. end, between the Skaw and Gottenburg, and widening considerably towards the S. From Laholm Bay to the opposite Danish coast is full 100 ms. The two Belts and the Sound are the three Straits which connect the Cattegat with the Baltic, properly so called ; and their direction is the same as that of the Gulf in which they terminate, namely, S. For the position of the Belts, &c, see M. A., Map No. 20. Q. Where is the Skager Rack ? A. It separates the peninsula of Jutland from Norway, and con- nects the Cattegat with the North Sea. (M. A.) The Skager Back, the first great gulf of the North Sea, runs N. E. between the shores of Jutland and Norway for rather more than 150 ms., to the W, coast of Sweden. The average width is near 70 ms. Q. W'here is St. George's Channel ? A. It separates Wales from Ireland, and connects the Irish Sea with the Atlantic Ocean. (M. A.) Q. Where is the English Channel ? A. It separates England from France, and connects the Strait of Dover with the Atlantic Ocean. (M. A.) This channel is a narrow sea above 300 ms. long ; at its narrowest part, in the Strait of Dover, it is only 21 ms. wide: its greatest breadth is near 140 ms. Q. Where is the North Channel ? A. It is between Ireland and Scotland, and connects the Irish Sea with the Atlantic Ocean. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Channel of Constantinople 1 A. It is between Turkey and Asia Minor, and connects the Sea of Marmora with the Black or Euxine Sea. (M. A.) Bosporus, commonly but incorrectly written Bosphorus, is the strait between the Euxine and the Sea of Marmora, called also the Channel of Constan- tinople. It is about 1 m. or 1^ ms. wide, and 20 ms. long. * This name is of Dutch origin, and signifies " cat's hole." EUROPE. 247 STRAITS. Q. Where is the Strait of Dover ? Ji. It separates France from England, and connects the North Sea with the English Channel. (M. A.) It is 21 ms. wide. Q. Where is the Strait of Otranto ? Ji. It separates Italy from Turkey, and connects the Gulf of Venice with the Mediterranean Sea. (M. A.) This Strait is about 45 ms. wide. Q. Where is the Strait of the Dardanelles ? Ji. It separates Turkey from Asia Minor, and connects the Sea of Marmora with the Archipelago. (M. A.) The Strait of the Dardanelles or Hellespont, which connects the Sea of Marmora with the iEgean Sea (Archipelago), is above 50 ms. in length, and from 2 to 10 ms. in breadth. Q. Where is the Strait of Enikale ? Ji. It separates the Peninsula of Crimea from Circassia, and connects the Sea of Azov with the Black or Euxine Sea. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Strait of Gibraltar ? A. It separates Europe from Africa, and connects the Medi- terranean Sea with the Atlantic Ocean. (M. A.) In the narrowest place the breadth of this strait is about 15 ms. Its length, from Cape Trafalgar to Europa Point, is near 40 ms. RIVERS. Q. Where is the Petchora River ? Ji. It is in the N. E. part of Russia, rises in the Ural Mts., flows N., S. W., and N., and empties into the Arctic Ocean. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Dwina River ? Ji. It is in the N. part of Russia, and is formed by the junction of the Soukhona from the S. W., and the Vitchegda from the N. E. ; and from the point of confluence, flows N. W. and empties into the White Sea by several mouths. (M. A.) Q. Where is Onega River ? Ji. It is in the N. part of Russia, rises S. E. of Lake Onega, flows first N., then N. E., then N. W., and empties into the White Sea. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Tornea River ? JI. It rises in the Dovrefield Mts., flows a little E. of S., separating for the most part Russian Lapland from Sweden, and empties into the Gulf of Bothnia. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Dal, or Dahl River ? Ji. It is the finest River of Sweden, rises in the Dovrefield Mts., flows first S. E., then N. E., and empties into the Gulf of Bothnia, in lat. about 60° 40' N. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Duma River ? A. It is in the W. part of Russir . rises near the interior, flows *24$ EUROPE. S. of W. to Witepsk, thence W. of N. W. until its entrance into the Gulf of Riga. Q. Where is the Niemen River ? A. It rises in the S. W. part of Russia, near the town of Minsk, and after a very winding course first W., then N., then W., enters the Prussian Territories, where it takes the name of Memel, and finally falls into the Kurische HafT, which communicates with the Baltic Sea, in about 55° 20' N. lat., and 21° 20' E. long. The Niemen is remarkable among the rivers of Europe for its great and destructive inundations. At the melting of the snows, in spring, its waters are said sometimes to rise, in the short space of 10 or 14 days, 30 ft. above the ordinary level. Q. Where is the Vistula River ? A. It is one of the great rivers of central Europe, flowing from S. to N. through Poland. It rises in Austrian Silesia, in a branch of the Carpathians, close on the frontier of Galicia, in about 49° 35' N. lat., and 19° E. long., and flowing, at first north-easterly, then northerly, afterwards westerly, and again north-easterly, divides itself into several branches, discharging a part of its waters into the Frische HafT, and a part into the Gulf of Dant- zick. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Oder River ? A. It is a large and important river of Germany, traversing the centre of the Prussian dominion. It rises on the N. side of the Carpathian range, near its W. termination, and after flowing in a general north-westerly course, empties itself into the Stettiner HafT, near Stettin, by several mouths. Q. Where is the Elbe River ? A. The Elbe (Anc. Albis) is a large and important r. of Europe, through the central part of which it flows. It rises in the Riesen- gebirge or Giant Mts. of Bohemia, and takes a meandering course generally in a N. W. direction, and after passing through Bohemia, Saxony, and Prussia, it separates Mecldenburg, Lauenburg, and Holstein from Hanover, and falls into the North Sea, in about lat. 54° N., and long. 8° 40' E. _ (M. A.) Q. Where is the Weser River ? A. The Weser (Anc. Visurgis) is a r. of N. W T . Germany, and is formed by the junction, near the southern extremity of the Hanoverian dominion, of the Werra and Fulda, which rise in the JRhon-gebirge : its course is N. by W. till the junction of the Aller, at which point it turns N. W. and falls into the North Sea by a wide estuary, near 53° 30' N. lat., and 8° 30' E. Jong. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Rhine River ? A. It is a large river of W T . Europe, rising on the N. side of the Alps, flowing through Switzerland and Germany, and falling into the North Sea or German Ocean. The principal branch, called EUROPE. '2VJ by the Germans Vorder-Rhein (i. e. fore Rhine,) rises a little N. E. of Mount St. Gothard, in about 46° 38' N. lat., and 8° 39' E. long. The main stream takes at first a N. E. direction through the magnificent and stupendous valley of the Rheinwald as far as Chur. Here the river deflects N., maintaining that general direc- tion as far as the Lake of Constance, into which it pours its waters. The river leaving this beautiful lake at its W. end, near the town of Constance, enters a smaller expanse of water, called the Unter or Zetter-See, and thence, narrowing its channel, flows W. to Schaffhausen ; 3 ms. below which the stream falls over a ledge of rocks 60 ft. in height, forming one of the most celebrated Euro- pean cataracts. The river maintains its W. direction as far as Basle, where it assumes a pretty constant N. course, becoming the boundary between France and the grand duchy of Baden, and afterward between Baden and Rhenish Bavaria. At the junction of the Mayne, the stream takes a sudden turn W. to Bingen, on the W. bank, from wdiich point the course of the river is pretty uniformly N.W., to the borders of the Netherlands {Holland and Belgium), whence it takes a westerly direction, and divides into two principal branches ; the larger of these, called the Waal, joins, the Meuse ; the other, which retains the name of the Rhine, falls into the North Sea, in 52° 12' N. lat. (M. A.) Rhine ( Anc. Ehenus ,• Fr. Rhin ,• Ger. Rhein ,• Dutch Rhyri). All that portion of the r. which lies within or along the boundary of Switzerland, is called the Upper Rhine ; from Bale to Cologne it is denominated the Middle Rhine ; and the remainder of the course to its mouths, the Lower Rhine. With respect to length, the Rhine is the fourth r. of Europe, but it is one of the first rank as a channel of commerce. The lower Rhine may be navigated by sea-vessels of 300 or 400 tons, though flat river-barges are generally used, on account of the numerous sand-banks. Area of basin, including tributa- ries, 83,298 sq. ms., or about l-42d part of Europe. Q. Where is the Thames River ? A. It is in the S. part of England, rises in Gloucestershire, near Cirencester, by several branches. The principal one, called the Isis, joins the Churn near Cricklade, where the united stream first takes the name of Thames ; though, after the example of the literati of Oxford, it is generally called the Isis till after it passes that city. The general course of the river is easterly: it falls into the North Sea or German Ocean in about 51° 30' N. lat., and 0° 50' E. long. The Thames (Anc. Tamesis) is the largest and most important river of England. It is about 233 ms. in length, and is navigable for ships of any burden to Deptford (about 4 ms. S. E. of London), for vessels of 800 tons to Catharine Docks, near the tower of London, and for barges to the con- fines of Gloucestershire. The greatest breadth of the Thames at London, is rather more than a quarter of a mile ; the mean breadth may be 700 qv 800 ft, 250 EUROPE. Q. Where is the Shannon River ? A. It is the largest and most important river in Ireland : it rises in the N. W. part of the co. of Cavan, and, flowing at first southerly, and afterwards south-westerly, falls into the Atlantic Ocean, near 52° 30' N. lat., and 10° W. long. (M. A.) This river in its course traverses several lakes, the principal of which are Lough Allen, Lough Ree, and Lough Deirgart. Towards its termination, the river widens into an estuary from 1 or 2 to 10 ms. broad. It is navigable for nearly 190 ms., or to within 6 or 7 ms. of its source. Q. Where is the Seine River? Ji. It is in the N. part of France, rises in the dep. and moun- tain-chain of the Cote d'Or (by which it is separated from the basin of the Loire), about lat. 47° 30' N., long. 5° E., 20 ms. N. W. of Dijon. It flows generally in a N. W. direction, between the basins of the Loire on the S. W., and of the Mense and Somme on the N. E., and falls into the English Channel {La Manche), which it enters by a wide estuary at Havre, about lat. 49° 30' N., and long. 0° 10' E. (M. A.) Seine (Anc. Sequana), a river of France, and though by no means the largest, yet one of the most important in the kingdom, being that on which the capital is built. It flows through the deps. of Aube, Seine-et-Marne, Seine-et-Oise, Seine, Eure, and Seine-Inferieure, to the English Channel. Its entire course, in consequence of its numerous windings, is estimated at 450 ms., for nearly 300 of which it is navigable. Its source is about 1420 ft. above the level of the sea. But more than three-fourths of its descent takes place within the first 100 ms. of its course, for at Troyes it is not more than 440 ft. above the sea ; and at Paris its mean elevation above the latter is only 51 ft. ; and at Rouen, 26 ft. The Seine and its tributaries are con- nected by the canals of Briare, Orleans, and Nivernois, with the Loire ; by that of St. Quentin with the Somme and Scheldt; by that of Ardennes with the Meuse; and by that of Burgundy with the Loire. The canal of Ourcq also communicates with it. Q. Where is the Loire River ? A. It is the principal R. of France, through the central part of which it flows in a W. direction to lis. embouchure in the Bay of Biscay. It rises in mount Gerbier de Jones, on the W. declivity of the Cevennes, in the department of Ardeche, about lat. 44° 38' N., long 4° 30' E., at an elevation of 4593 ft. above the level of the sea. Its general direction is N. N. W. to near Orleans, after which it flows mostly W. S. W. to its mouth in the Bay of Biscay, in about lat. 47° 15' N., long. 2° 15' W. (M. A.) The basin of the Loire (Anc. Liger), which comprises nearly one-fourth part of the kingdom, has the basin of the Seine on the N. E., that of the Garonne on the S. W., and that of the Rhone on the E. The entire course of the Loire is estimated at 600 ms., of which 450 are navigable. Before losing itself in the ocean, it spreads out into a considerable estuary ; below Nantes it is between 2 and 3 ms. in width ; but its navigation in the lower part of its course is rendered difficult by shallows and numerous islands. EUROPE. 25 1* Ships ol 900 tons, though built at Nantes, are loaded at Painibceuf or St. Nazaire ; and all ships of considerable burden unload nearly 30 nis. below Nantes, their cargoes being conveyed to that city by lighters. Q. Where is the Garonne River ? Jt. The Garonne r. (the Garumna of the Romans) is in the S.W. part of France : it rises in the Pyrenees, and, flowing in a north-westerly direction, unites with the Dordogne r., about 15 ms. below Bordeaux, and forms the Gironde.* (M. A.) Q. Where is the Douro River ? A. The Douro (Span. Duero, Anc. Durius) is in the N. part of Spain and Portugal ; it is one of the principal rivers of that part of Europe. It rises in the Sierra de Olbion, prov. Soria, Old Castile, about lat. 42° N., and long. 2° 50' W. This river takes a generally W. course, as far as Miranda, where, turning almost due S.W., it forms a portion of the boundary of Portugal, through which it flows westward to its mouth in the Atlantic Ocean, in lat. 41° 8' N., long. 8° 38' W., 2 ms. W. of Oporto. (M. A.) Q, Where is the Tagus River? A. The Tagus (Span. Tajo, Portug. Tejo,) is in Spain and Por- tugal ; it is the principal and most celebrated r. of the Spanish peninsula, through the centre of which it flows from E. to W., between the basins of the Ebro and Douro on the N. and the Gua- diana on the S. It has its source in the Sierra Albaracin, on the borders of Aragon and New Castile, about lat. 40° 25' N., long. 1° 35' W., 30 ms. W. Teruel, and only 90 ms. from the Medi- terranean. The Tagus flows W. S. W. to the confines of Portu- gal : it then turns S. S.W., and after expanding into a fine estuary, enters the Atlantic Ocean a little below Lisbon, built on its N. bank, in 38° 38' N. lat., and 9° 20' W. long. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Guadiana River ? A. The Guadiana (Anc. Anas, Arab. Wady-Ana) is in Spain and Portugal ; it rises in the Mts. of La Mancha, about lat. 38° 55' N., long. 2° 48' W., and flowing westerly as far as Ba- dajoz, it enters Portugal, where it curves southward, and after a very tortuous course enters the Atlantic by two mouths, in about lat. 37° 10' N., and long. 7° 14' W. It forms a part of the bound- ary between Spain and Portugal. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Guadalquivir River ? A. It is in the S. of Spain, having its sources in the depart- ments of Murcia and La Mancha, and flowing S. W. through An- dalusia. The source called the Guadalquivir, is in the Sierra de Cazorla, lat. 37° 51' N„ and long. 2° 58' W. ; but the true source, and that most distant from the mouth, the Gaudarmena, rises in the Sierra de Alcaraz, not far from the town so called ; lat. 38° * The estuary of the Garonne R., below the Dordogne, bears the name of the Gironde. It is about 25 ms. in length. 252 EUROPE. 48' N., long. 2° 30' W. The general direction is S. W. by W. as far as Seville, where it takes a turn nearly S., and, after forming two islands, Isla Major and Is la Minor, flows through a marshy and most unhealthy flat into the Atlantic at San Lucar, in about 36° 44' N. lat., and 6° 20' W. long. (M. A.) The ancient name of this river was Bsetis ; the present appellation is Ara- bic, Wady-al-kebir, the " great river." It is navigable for vessels of 100 tons as far as Seville, and for boats as high as Cordova, 774 ft. above the sea. Q. Where is the Ebro River ? A. The Ebro (Anc. Iberus) is in Spain, through the N. E. part of which it flows, uniformly almost in a S. E. direction, being the only great peninsular r. that has its embouchure in the Medi- terranean. It rises at Fontibre, province of Santander, on the S. declivity of the Sierra Sejos, about lat. 43° N. and long. 4° W., near the sources of the Pisuerga, an affluent of the Douro. It flows in a south-easterly direction, and falls into the Mediterranean, in about lat. 40° 40' N., long. 0° 55' E. (M. A.) The Ebro separates the provinces of Biscay and Navarre from Old Castile, intersects Aragon in its centre, and disembogues near the southern extremity of Catalonia. It runs mostly through a succession of narrow val- leys till it reaches Mequinenza ; after which it enters Catalonia and flows through a more level country. At Amposta, 13 ms. W. from its mouth, it is about 300 yards wide. It immediately afterward forms a kind of delta ; a navigable canal having been cut from the port of Alfaquez, or San Carlos, at its S. mouth, to Amposta. The Ebro. is navigable for boats as high as Tudela, but its current is very rapid, and its bed in many parts encumbered with rocks and shoals. To avoid these obstacles and the numerous wind- ings of the r., the Aragon canal has been cut along the right bank from near Tudela to Sastago. An ancient Moorish canal, now dry, formerly connected the town of Alcanez, on the Guadalupe, with the Ebro. This r., before the second Punic war, formed the boundary of the Roman and Carthaginian ter- ritories ; and, in the time of Charlemagne, between the Moorish and Chris- tian dominions. Q. Where is the Rhone River ? A. The Rhone (Anc. Rho damns) is in the S. part of France ; it rises in the Pennine Alps, and, traversing portions of Swit- zerland and France, falls into the Mediterranean Sea, between lat. 43° 15' and 48° 15' N., and long. 4° and 8° 20' E. The highest source of this river is on the W. side of the great mass of St. Gothard, but it scarcely assumes the form of a r. till its junc- tion with three or four other streams at the foot of the glacier of its own name, a beautiful fan-shaped cluster of ice, the lower edge of which is 5470 ft. above the sea. Its course is W. S. W. as far as Martigny. Here the stream assumes a N. N. W. direction for about 24 ms., and enters the "Lake of Geneva. On leaving this lake it flows first S. W., then S., till not far from Chamberry it enters France S. of the Jura Mts. Here, however, it takes a sud- den turn to the W. N. W., which direction it maintains with few EUROPE. 2dS exceptions to its junction with the Saone at Lyons. From Lyons its direction is nearly due S. to Aries, where its delta commences; and it falls into the Mediterranean by a double set of mouths, near 43° 25' N. lat., and 4° 30' E. long. Estimated area of basin, 37,300 sq. ms. (M. A.) The Rhone enters the Mediterranean by four mouths :. the first separation occurs at Aries, where two branches are formed ; one called the great Rhone, running S. E., the other known as the little Rhone, pursuing a S. W. course, and both together enclosing the alluvial island of Camargue, which has an area of about 1900 sq. ms. Each of these again bifurcates a short distance above the mouth ; but the east channels are those only which admit of safe navigation. The basin of the Rhone is connected by canals with the other principal rivers of France. The canal of the Rhone and Rhine connects the Doubs with the 111, an affluent of the Rhine; the canal du Centre unites the Saone to the Loire, and the canal of Burgundy connects the Saone with the Youne, a navigable branch of the Seine ; so that in this way the four principal rivers of France are all united. The navigation "of the mouth of the Rhone is considerably improved by the canal of Aries, which runs close to the Great Rhone, and by the canal of Beaucaire, which leaves the r. near the town of that name, and not onlv runs into the Mediterranean, but is joined by branch canals with the canal du Midi, connecting the Garonne and the Bay of Biscay with the Mediterranean. The Rhone is also connected with the Loire by a railway, which passes through the im- portant manufacturing town of St. Etienne. Q. Where is the Po River ? A. The Po ( Anc. Eridanus or Padus) is in the N. of Italy, and is the principal r. of that part of Europe ; it issues from the Alps, on the confines of France, in about 44° 40' N. lat., and 7° E. long. It flows at first easterly, then northerly, till it reaches the point of about 45° 13' N. lat., and 7° 50' E. long., when its general course becomes and continues almost due E. After dividing Austrian Italy from the states of Parma, Modena, and the " States of the Church," it empties itself into the Gulf of Venice by numerous mouths, near 45° N. lat., and 12° 30' E. long. (M. A.) The principal channel or mouth, which joins the sea almost under the 45th parallel, is called the Maestra, and is always navigable for merchant vessels. Boats of 60 tons can, in all seasons, ascend the r. as high as Cremona, and, except in times of great drought, as far as Casale, in Pied- mont, in long. 8° 27' E. Q. Where is the Danube River ? A. The Danube (Anc. Danubius, and in the lower part of its course Ister, Germ. Donau, Hung. Buna) is in the central and S. E. part of Europe, and, though inferior in point of size to the Volga, in every other respect the first among European rivers. Its general course is from W. to E. : it extends between long. 8° 10' and 29° 40' E. : its extreme N. point of lat. being 49° 2'; and its extreme S. point 43° 33' N. Its total course from its source to its mouths on the W. shore of the Black Sea, is about 22 254 EUROPE. 1600 ms. ; during which it passes through the territories of Baden, Wirtemberg, Bavaria, the Austrian Empire, and Turkey. The Danube originates in two streams, the Bregach and the Brege, which have their sources on the E. declivity of the Black Forest, in the grand duchy of Baden, in about 48° 6' N. lat., and 8° 9' E. long. These streams having united at Donaueschingen, where they are augmented by a spring sometimes regarded as the head of the r., the united stream takes the name of the Danube. It thence proceeds at first S. E., but afterwards in a N. E. dir > tion as far as Ratisbon, near which city it attains its extreme N. lat. Jt then flows in a S. E. direction to about long. 15°, and. from that point mostly E. to Presburg ; thence S. E. to its con- fluence with the Raab, and then E. to Waitzen. At this point it turns S. and runs parallel with the Theiss to its junction with the Drave. Here it turns S. E., in which general direction it con- tinues to Orsova, where it leaves the Austrian dominions. From this point it flows at first S. by E. to Widin ; thence its course is mostly E. by S. to near Sistow, where it attains to its most S. lat* ; and from this point E. N. E. to Rassova. It then turns N. to Galacz, and finally runs from this town generally E. to its efflux in the Black Sea, by several mouths, about lat. 45° N. (M. A.) The basin of the Danube and its tributaries has been estimated to com- prise about 1-1 3th part of the entire surface of Europe. It is bounded S. by the Alps and the Balkan ; and on the N. at first by the Black Forest and some minor alpine ranges, and afterwards by the Bohemian Forest, or Boh- mer Wald, and Carpathian Mountains. It includes the plains of Bavaria, Hungary, and Turkey in Europe ; and the course of the Danube has been generally considered under three grand divisions, each embracing one of these plains. The Danube is navigable for large ships as far as Silistria, but there are rapids near Orsova, where it leaves the Austrian dominions, which it is im- possible for any vessel to ascend, although those drawing not more than 2f ft. water may sometimes descend. The navigation is also impeded in the upper part of its course, by a great number of rocks, and, lower down, by sand-banks. This r. is remarkable for its winding course, and for the mul- titude of its islands. Q. Where is the Dneister River ? Jl. The Dneister (the Tyras or Danaster of the ancients) is in trie S. E. part of Europe. It rises on the N. side of the Carpathian Mts., in Austrian Galicia, in about 49° N. lat., and 23° E. long., and, flowing in a south-easterly direction, through Galicia and the S.W. part of Russia, enters the Black Sea by a broad llman or swampy lake, about 19 ms. long and 5 ms. wide. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Bog River ? Jl. The Bog (Anc. Hypanis) is in, and rises in the S. part of European Russia, flows S. E. and enters the r. Dnieper, not far from the Black Sea. (M. A.) EUROPE. *25o Q. Where is the Dnieper River ? A. The Dnieper (Anc. Borysthenes) is in the S. part of Euro- pean Russia ; it rises near the village of Dnieproosk, in the govern- ment of Smolensk, in about lat. 55° 20' N., and flows in a general southerly direction to Kiev, thence S. E. to Ekatherinoslav, and afterwards S. W. till it unites with the Bog R., and forms a large liman or swampy lake at the N. N. W. extremity of the Black Sea, nearly 50 ms. long, and from 1 to 6 broad. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Don River ? A. The Don (Anc. Tanais) is in the S. E. part of European Russia. It rises in the government of Tula, in 55° N. lat., nearly, and, passing by the city of Tula, flows S. to the intersection of the parallel of 50° N. lat., and the meridian of 40° E. long. ; it then turns to the E., till, at Katchalinsk, it approaches within about 36 ms. of the Volga ; here it takes a W. S. W. direction, which it pursues till it falls into the N. E. corner of the Sea of Azov, a little below the town of the same name. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Volga River ? .#. The Volga, or Wolga (Anc. Rha), is in the central and E. part of European Russia, and is the largest r. of Europe. It has its source in a small lake at the W. extremity of the gov. Tver, in lat. 57° 10' N., long. 32° 20' E., 220 ms. S.S. E. of Petersburg ; on the E. declivity of the Valdai plateau, near the source of the Duna, the Dnieper, and other large rivers, at an elevation of 895 ft. above the level of the sea. It flows at first S. E., and afterward N. E. through the govs, of Tver and Jaroslavl ; at a point about 70 ms. N.W. of the town of Jaroslavl it turns to the E. S. E., which direction it generally pursues through Jaroslavl, Kostroma, Niznei, Novgorod, and Ka- zan, to the confluence of the Kama, about lat. 55° 8' N., and long. 49° 30' E. Thenceforward it flows generally S. S. W. through the governments of Sinbirsk .and Saratof to Tzaritzin, where it approaches within 36 ms. of the main stream of the Don, their confluence being prevented by an intervening chain of hills. It then turns again to the S. E. through the gov. of Astrachan, and pours itself into the Caspian Sea, on its'N. W. side, through an extensive delta, hy more than 70 mouths, the W. and largest of these being in lat. 46° N., and long. 48° E. (M. A.) The basin of the Volga, comprising the central part of European Russia, has the basin of the Dwina to the N., of the Don and Dnieper to the S., and of the Oural or tLal to the E. The Volga was formerly considered as con- stituting a part of the boundary line between Europe and Asia ; but since the limits of these continents have been removed to the Caucasus and the Cas- pian, its basin, with those of its tributaries, lie wholly within Europe. From its source to its mouth its length is estimated at about 2000 ms., being about 400 ms. longer than the Danube. The area of its basin has been supposed to include upwards of 636,000 sq. ms., or considerably more than twice as 256 EUROPE. much as the basin of the Danube, and eight times as much as that of the Rhine. It will be frequently seen that in giving the sources of the above named rivers, the names of mountains, &c, are sometimes mentioned which are not defined on the maps, and could not well be given without crowding them too much for practical purposes ; but as the lat. and long, are always stated, the teacher will find no diffi- culty in locating them. And so, in describing their different courses, the names of cities, towns, &c, frequently occur, which are not all "given on the maps. Q. How long is each of these rivers ? A. The Petchora is 600 ms. long; Dwina,700; Onega, 300; Tornea,250; Dal, 300; Duna,350; Niemen, 350 ; Vistula, 550 ; Oder, 450 ; Elbe, 600 ; Weser, 300 ; Rhine, 950 ; Thames, 233 ; Shannon, 200 ; Seine, 300 ; Loire, 500 ; Garonne, 300 ; Douro, 450; Tagus, 550; Guadiana, 500 ; Guadalquivir, 400; Ebro, 350 ; Rhone, 450 ; Po, 450 ; Danube, 1600 ; Dniester, 500 ; Bog, 400; Dnieper, 1000; Don, 1000; Volga, 2000. (M. A.) LAKES. Q. Where is Lake Onega ? Jl. It is in the northern part of European Russia, being, next to that of Ladoga, the largest lake in Europe ; situated in the centre of the government of Olonetz, being intersected by the 61st and 62d parallels of N. lat., and by the 35th and 36th meridians of E. long. The river Svir forms its outlet. (M. A.) The length of this lake from N. W. to S. E., is 130 ms. ; breadth varying from 30 to 45 ms. Area variously estimated at from 3300 to 4300 sq. ms. It receives numerous rivers, and at its S. W. extremity discharges itself into the lake Ladoga by the Svir. Q. Where is lake Ladoga ? A. It is in Russia in Europe, surrounded by the governments of Petersburg, Olonetz, and Vyborg in Finland, and extending from lat. 59° 58' to 61° 46' N., and from 'long. 29° 50' to 32° 55' E. It discharges its surplus waters by the Neva r. into the gulf of Finland. (M. A.) Though this lake contains the largest collection of fresh water in Europe, there is but little accessible information respecting it. Its length N. W. to S. E. is about 130 ms. ; greatest breadth about 70 ms. Area estimated at from 6200 to 6300 sq. ms. Its depth is very unequal. It receives a num- ber of rivers, mostly small, the chief of which are the Voux, connecting it with the Saima, the Purus, the Kalla, and other lakes in Finland ; the Svir, by which the surplus waters of the lake Onega are poured into it ; and the Volkhov, by which it communicates with lake II men. It has several islands, chiefly toward its N. extremity ; and is so full of rocks and quick- sands, and so subject to storms, that, to avoid if, Peter the Great began, in 1718, the Ladoga Canal, from New Ladoga, on the Volkhov, to Schlussel- EUROPE. 25? burg, on the Neva, along the S. shore of the lake, a distance of about 70 ms. This work was finished under the empress Anne, in 1732 : it is 74 ft. broad, and, according to the season, from 4 to 8 or 9 ft. deep, and has 20 large, besides many smaller sluices. It is annually navigated by an im- mense number of boats, chiefly with merchandise from Petersburg. Q. Where is lake Peipus ? A. It is in the W. part of European Russia, lying S. of the gulf of Finland, between 57° 48' and 59° N. lat., and 26° 56' and 28° 10' E. long. It communicates with the above gulf by the river Narova or Narva. (M. A.) The extreme length of this lake is about 90 ms. ; greatest breadth, 30 ms. The southern portion, which is joined to the rest by a narrow strait, is called the lake of Pskof, being situated principally within that govern- ment. Q. Where is lake Wiener ? A. It is in the S. part of Sweden, being the largest lake in Eu- rope, after that of Onega. This lake is intersected by the 59th parallel of N. lat., and the 13th and 14th meridians of E. long. The r. Gotha forms its outlet. (M. A.) This lake is about 80 ms. in length, by 50 ms. in its greatest breadth, 147 ft. above the level of the sea. It receives many streams, the only outlet for its waters being a channel about 200 yards in width, immediately below which is the celebrated cataract of Trolhoetta. Though in parts very deep, a great portion of the lake is so shallow as to render its navigation difficult and dangerous. Q. Where is Jake Wetter ? A. It is in the S. part of Sweden, about 25 ms. S. E. of Lake We- ner, intersected by the 58th parallel of N. lat., and the meridian of 14° 30' E. long. Its only outlet is the r. Motala, wdiich flows E. into the Baltic Sea. (M. A.) Length, 70 ms. ; greatest breadth, 17 ms. Q. Where is the lake of Geneva? A. The lake of Geneva, or lake Leman (Germ. Genfersee, Anc. Lacus Lemanns), is in the S. W. extremity of Switzerland, and is the largest lake in that part of Europe. It has N. E. and S. E., the canton of Vaud or Leman ; S. W. that of Geneva ; and S. Savoy. The r. Rhone forms its outlet. (M. A.) This lake fills up the lower portion of a somewhat extensive valley enclosed between the Alps and the Jura. It is crescent-shaped, the con- vexity being directed N. N. W., and the horns facing S. S. E. Its greatest length, a curved line passing through its centre from Geneva at its W. extremity, to Villeneuve at its E., is about 47 ms. ; but along the N. shore, the distance from end to end is about 55 ms. ; while along its S. it is no more than about 40 ms. Its breadth varies considerably ; where greatest, it is about 9 ms. wide. The area is estimated at about 240 sq. ms. It is divided in common parlance, into the Great and Little Lake ; the latter is more exclusively called the lake of Geneva, and extends from that city for a 22* 258 EUROPE. distance of 14 ms., but with a breadth never more than 3£ ms., to Point d'Yroire ; beyond which, lake Leman widens considerably. The Rhone enters it near its E. extremity, and emerges from it at its S. W. extremity, where its waters, like those of the lake itself, are extremely clear, and of a deep blue colour, circumstances which have been often adverted to by Byron. Q. How long is each of these lakes ? A. Onega is 150 ms. long; ; Ladoga, 130 ; Peipus, 90 ; Wener, 80 ; Wetter, 70 ; Geneva, 47. (M. A.) PENINSULAS. Q. Where is the peninsula of Jutland 1 A. It is in the western part of Denmark, of which country it forms one of the largest provinces, having N. the Skager Rack, E. the Little Belt and the Cattegat, and W. the North Sea. (M. A.) Jutland, so called from the Jutes, the ancient inhabitants, formerly com- prised the whole continental portion of the Danish dominions, but it is now restricted to the part of the peninsula belonging to Denmark to the N. of Sleswick, extending from about 55f° to nearly 58° N. lat., being about 170 ms. in length, and from 60 to 80 ms. in breadth, comprising an area of 9950 sq. ms. Pop. in 1834, 525,952, having increased at the rate of about one per cent, per annum during the present century. It is of an oblong form, with the addition of a triangle towards the N. Surface generally fiat. Q. Where is the peninsula of the Morea ? A. It is in the southern part of Greece, and forms an important division of that kingdom ; it is also the most S. portion of conti- nental Europe ; having E. the Grecian Archipelago, and S. and W. the Mediterranean Sea. (M. A.) Morea (Anc. Peloponnesus) consists of a peninsula attached to S. Greece by the isthmus of Corinth, between lat. 36° 15' and 38° 20' N., and long. 21° .9' and 23° 30' E. Its length is near 160 ms. ; its breadth about 100 ms. Area estimated at 8800 sq. ms. Pop., in 1835, about 380,000. The name Morea was given to this peninsula by the Italians, from the quan- tity of mulberries (in their language " more ") which it produces. Q. Where is the peninsula of the Crimea ? A. It is in the S. part of European Russia, and may be called a four-sided peninsula, having on its E. side the Sivache, or Putrid Sea, the Sea of Azov, and the Strait of Enikale ; everywhere else, except where it is connected with the main land, it is surrounded by the Black Sea. (M. A.) Crimea (Russ. Krim ,• Anc. Chersonesus Taurica), is united on the N. to the main land by the isthmus of Perekop, 5 ms. in width, and lies be- tween 44° 22' and 46° 10' N. lat., and 32° 36' and 36° 30' E. long. Its extreme length is above 190 ms. ; its greatest breadth about 130 ms. The area is estimated at 8600 sq. ms. Pop. estimated at near 300,000. Q. What large peninsula lies south of the Bay of Biscay ? A. Spain and Portugal. Q. What peninsula lies west of the Gulf of Venice ? A. Italy. EUROPE. 259 CAPES. Q. Where is Cape Sviatoi ? A. It is on the N. coast of European Russia. Q. Where is Cape North ? A. It is on the N. coast of Norway 1 Cape North, in 71° 10' N. lat., commonly regarded as the northern ex- tremity of Europe, is on the Island Mageroe. The most northern point of continental Europe is Cape Nord Kyn, in lat. 71° 6' N. Q. Where is the Naze ? A. It is the most southern point of Norway ? Q. Where is Cape Clear ? A. It is the S. point of Clare Island, which lies off the S. extre- mity of Ireland, in lat. 51° 19' N., and long. 9° 37' W. (M. A.) This Cape generally forms the point of departure, or commencement of the reckoning of vessels sailing out of St. George's Channel to the west- ward. Q. Where is Land's End ? A. It is the most westerly point of England. (M. A.) Land's End is a headland at the W. extremity of the co. of Cornwall, celebrated as being the most westerly land in England ; lat. 50° 4' 8" N., long. 5° 41' 31" W. It is formed of granite cliffs, which rise about 60 ft. above the level of the sea. These assume, in some places, the appearance of shafts, and are as regular as if they had been cut by the chisel. Q. Where is Cape Finisterre ?* A. It forms the. W. extremity of Spain. Lat. 42° 54' N., long. 9° 26' W. (M. A.) Q. Where is Cape St. Vincent ?t A. It forms the S. W. extremity of Portugal. Lat. 37° 3' N., long. 9° W. (M. A.) Q. Where is Cape de Gatt ? A. It is on the S. coast of Spain. Q. Where is Cape Teulada ? A. It is the most S. point of the Island of Sardinia. (M. A.) Q. Where is Cape Passaro ? A. It is the most S. point of the Island of Sicily. (M. A.) Q. Where is Cape Matapan ?± A. It is the most southerly point of Greece. Lat. 36° 23' 20" N., long. 22°30'E. (M. A.) ISLANDS. Q. Where is Iceland ? A. It is in the N. Atlantic Ocean, on the confines of the Arctic circle, and W. of Norway. (M. A.) * The name is from the Latin finis terrse, which is equivalent to the English « Land's End." •j- The Sacrum Promontorium of the ancients. i Anciently, Tsenarium Promontorium. 260 EUROPE. This is a large Island under the dominion of Denmark, generally con- sidered as belonging to Europe, but which should rather, perhaps, be reckoned in America; between lat. 63° 30' and 66° 40' N., and long. 16° and 24° 30' W. Its length is about 230 ms. ; its greatest breadth about 220 ms. It is of a. very irregular triangular shape, and is estimated to contain about 30,000 sq. ms. Pop. (1834) 56,000, supposed to be spread over about two-thirds of the Island, the central portion being totally uninhabited, and imperfectly explored. Reikiavig, a little town on the W. coast, is re- garded as the capital of the Island. Q. Where are the Loffoden Islands. A. They are a group of Islands in the Atlantic Ocean, on the coast of Norway, between lat. 67° 40' and 69° 30' N., and long. 11° 40' and 16° 20' E. (M. A.) There are five larger and seven smaller Islands, having in all from 3,000 to 4000 inhabitants. The principal are (taking a S. W. direction) AndOen, Langoen, and Hindoen, which is the largest of the whole group, and, with six others, forms, on the side of the Norwegian continent, the great gulf of "West Fiord. Q. Where are the Faroe Isles ? A. Faroe, or Feroe Islands, are a group of 22 Islands belonging to Denmark, in the Atlantic Ocean, between lat. 61° 15' and 62° 21' N., and long. 6° and 8° W., about 185 ms. N. W. of the Shet- land Isles, and 320 ms. S. E. of Iceland. The principal Island, Stromoe, in the centre, is 27 ms. long by about 7 ms. broad ; the other chief Islands are Osteroe, Vaagoe, Bordoe, Sandoe, and Suderoe. Total area 495 sq. ms. Pop. about 6800. Only 17 Islands of the group are inhabited. The Faroe isles are supposed to have been discovered by the Norwegians in the ninth century ; since the union of Norway with Denmark, in the fourteenth century, they have belonged to the latter country. Q. Where are the Shetland Isles ? A. They are a group of Islands, in the Atlantic Ocean, about 120 ms. N. E. of the N. extremity of Scotland. (M. A.) The Shetland, or Zetland Isles, (perhaps the Ultima Thule of the an- cients,) are separated from the Orkneys by a channel 48 ms. across, and lie principally between the parallels of 59° 52' and 60° 50' N. lat., and 30' and 1° 40' W. long. Including islets, they are supposed to exceed 100 in number : but the mainland or principal Island is a good deal more extensive than all the others put together. Between 30 and 40 are inhabited. They are about twice as extensive as the Orkneys ; their total area being esti- mated at 563,200 acres. In 1841, they had a pop. of about 30,000. Q. Where are the Orkney Isles ? A. They are a group of Islands in the Atlantic Ocean, situated near the N. N. E. extremity of Scotland. (M. A.) The Orkneys (Lat. Orcades) are separated from the mainland of Scot- land by the Pentland Frith, about 4 ms. in breadth. They are comprised between the parallels of 58° 44' and 59° 24' N. lat., and 2° 25' and 3° 20' W. long. There are about a dozen principal Islands ; Pomona, or Main- EUROPE. 201 land, being decidedly the largest. But including the smaller Islands (pro- vincially holms) and islets, the total number is estimated at 67, of which about 40 are uninhabited. They are supposed to comprise an area of nearly 281,600 acres, and had, in 1841, a pop. of 30,000. They belong to Great Britain. The Orkney and Shetland Islands, which are most probably the Thule of the ancients, form the county of Orkney and Shetland. Q. Where are the Hebrides, or Western Isles? A. They are a series of Islands and Islets lying along the W. coast of Scotland, partly and principally in the Atlantic Ocean, but partly also in the Frith of Clyde. (M. A.) The Hebrides, or Western Isles of Scotland (the Hebudes or Ebudes of the ancients), are situated between 55° 35' and 58° 51' N. lat., and between 5° and 7° 52' W. long. The Islands (seven) in the Frith of Clyde con- stitute a co. (Buteshire), the others belong respectively to the counties of Argyle, Inverness, and Ross. The Hebrides consist of about 200 Islands, great and small, and are usually divided into the Inner and Outer Hebrides; the former embracing all those Islands which lie nearest to the mainland, in- cluding those in the Frith of Forth, the latter consisting of a long continuous range of Islands, stretching N. N. E. and S. S. W. from Barra Head, in lat. 56° 49' N., to the Butt of the Lewis, in lat. 58° 51' N. The strait, which divides the Outer Hebrides from the Inner, and from the mainland of Scot- land, is called the Minch, and is, where narrowest, from 15 to 16 ms. across. The Outer Hebrides are commonly called the Long Island, and appear, in fact, as if they had originally consisted of one lengthened Island, divided at a remote era into its present portions by some convulsion of nature. Lewis and Harris (which are more extensive than all the rest put together), though considered as separate, foUh, in fact, only one Island ; and the sounds, or arms of the sea, which intervene between the larger Islands of the group, are so interspersed with Islets, that the range is still nearly continuous. The total extent of the Hebrides is estimated at about 2750 sq. ms. or 1,760,000 acres, of which 64,000 acres are lakes. They are divided into 30 parishes, of which 5 are in the Islands in the Frith of Clyde, 17 in the Inner Hebrides, and 8 in the Outer Hebrides. The total pop. in 1801 was 74,022 ; in 1831, 104,021 ; and in 1841, 108,000. Of the 200 Islands of which the Hebrides consist, more than half are so small or so sterile as not to be inhabited. In 1 808, only 79 were regularly inhabited during the whole year ; while 8 were tenanted during the summer, and abandoned on the approach of winter. The greater portion of the people reside within a mile of the sea-shore : in fact, except in the Islands of Bute and Islay, scarcely an inhabited house can be seen 1000 yards from the sea-shore, or 300 ft. above the level of the sea. • Q. Where are the British Isles 1 A. The islands of Great Britain and Ireland are situated in the N. Atlantic Ocean, off the W. shores of continental Europe, oppo- site to the N. parts of France, the Low Countries (Belgium and Holland), Denmark, and the S. parts of Sweden and Norway. (M. A.) The British Empire, one of the most civilized, powerful, and important states that have ever existed, consists of the islands of Great Britain and Ireland, with the smaller islands contiguous to them, and their dependencies !262 Europe. in various parts of the world. Great Britain, the laygest, and by far the richest and most populous of the British Islands, includes what were for- merly the independent kingdoms of England and Scotland ; the former occupying its S., most extensive and fertile, and the latter its N., and most barren portion. These two kingdoms, having been united, form with that of Ireland what is called the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, which constitutes not only the nucleus and centre, but the main body and seat of the wealth and power of the empire. The islands of Great Britain and Ireland are situated between 50° and 59° N. lat., and 2° E. and 11° W. long. Great Britain, which, from its superior magnitude and importance, gives name to the United Kingdom and the empire, is not only the largest of the European Islands, but one of the largest in the world. It lies to the E. of Ireland, and approaches at its S. E. extremity at Dover to within 21 ms. of. the opposite coast of France. But as the coast of Great Britain stretches N. N. W. from Dover to Duncansby Head, the extreme N. E. point of the island, while the opposite shore of the Continent recedes in a N.E. direction, the intervening space, called the North Sea or German Ocean, is of very considerable dimensions. To the S. of the British Islands is the English Channel ; and W. and N. the broad expanse of the Atlantic. Great Britain is very irregularly shaped, being deeply indented by numer- ous gulfs and arms of the sea, but on the whole it approaches to the figure of a wedge, being narrowest at its N. and broadest at its S. extremity. The longest line not intersected by any considerable arm of the sea that can be drawn in Great Britain, extends from Rye in Sussex (lat. 50° 57' 1" N., long. 0° 44' E.), to Cape Wrath in Sutherland (lat. 58° 36' N., long. 4° 56' W.), a distance of about 580 ms. ; and its greatest breadth from the Land's End (lat. 50° 4' 8" N., long. 5° 41' 31" W.) #a point near Lowestoffe, on the coast of Norfolk (lat. 52° 28' 30" N., long. 1° 46' E.), is about 367 ms. But, owing to the indentations already referred to, its breadth in some places is much less, being between the friths of Forth and Clyde under 40, and between the Murray Frith and .the Minch under 30 ms. from shore to shore. Its area is estimated at 89,500 sq. ms., of which England and Wales contain 59,500, and Scotland (exclusive of its dependent islands) 26,000 sq. ms. The area of the Scottish Islands is estimated at 4000 sq. ms. The pop. of Great Britain, according to the census of 1841, amounts to 18,650,965. Ireland lies to the W. of Great Britain, between the parallels of 51o 25' and 55° 23' N. lat., and of 5° 27' and 10° 30' W. long. Its figure is rhomboidal ; and though it has many noble bays and harbours, it is less indented by gulfs and arms of the sea, and is decidedly more compact than Great Britain. It*is everywhere surrounded by the Atlantic, except on its E. shores, which are separated from Great Britain by St. George's Channel, the Irish Sea, and the North Channel. From St. David's Head in Wales to Carnsore Point, the distance across is 50 ms. ; from Port Patrick in Gal- loway to Donaghadee it is 22 ms. ; but from the Mull of Cantire to Tor Point in Ireland, it is only 12 ms. The longest line that can be drawn in Ireland, in about the same meridian, extends from the old Head of Kinsale in Cork to Bloody Farland Point in Donegal, a distance of about 237 ms. ; the longest line that can be drawn crosswise, in nearly the same parallel of lat., extends from Emlagh Rash, on the coast of Mayo, to Quintin Point, at the mouth of Lough Strangford, on the coast of the county Down, being about 182 EUROPE. 263 ms. 3 but in other places the breadth is a good deal less. So conveniently is Ireland situated in respect of water communication, that there is no part more than 50 or 55 m&> distant from the sea, or from one of its arms. The area of Ireland is estimated at 31,000 sq. ms. Great Britain contains, in all, 84 counties, of which 40 belong to Eng- land,* 12 toWaIes,-j- and 32 to Scotland.^ Great Britain and Ireland form together what is termed the United Kingdom, of which London is the capi- tal. The government is a limited hereditary monarchy. The legislative power is vested in the parliament, consisting of the king or queen,§ the house of lords, and the house of commons. The king is regarded as the fountain of justice and the supreme head of the church. He is the commander-in-chief of the forces of the empire, both on land and sea. To him belongs the exclu- sive prerogative of granting pardons and of commuting punishments. The house of lords consists of the temporal peers of England, who are here- ditary, the elective peers of Scotland and Ireland, the bishops of England, and four Irish lords spiritual. The house of lords is also the supreme court of appeal for Great Britain and Ireland. The house of commons consists of individuals elected by the different counties, cities, boroughs, and universities, to represent them in parliament. It is required by law that the candidates be possessed of a certain amount of property, excepting the sons of peers, and those who are to represent the universities. The number of members of the house of commons, at present, amounts to 658, of whom 471 are chosen by England, 29 by Wales, 53 by Scotland, and 105 by Ireland. Ireland is divided into four provinces, viz. : Ulster, in the N. ; Leinster, in the E. ; Munster, in the S. ; and Connaught, in the W. These are sub- divided into counties, of which Ulster contains 9,|| Leinster 12,^f Munster 6,** and Connaught 5.-\\ Amounting in all to 32. * Bedford, Berks, Bucks (or Buckinghamshire), Cambridge, Chester (or Cheshire), Cornwall, Cumberland, Derby, Devon, Dorset, Durham, Essex, Gloucester, Hereford, Hertford, Huntingdon, Kent, Lancaster (or Lanca- shire), Leicester, Lincoln, Middlesex, Monmouth, Norfolk, Northampton, Northumberland, Nottingham, Oxford, Rutland, Salop (or Shropshire), Somerset, Southampton (or Hampshire), Stafford, Suffolk, Surrey, Sussex, Warwick, Westmoreland, Wilts, Worcester, York. f Anglesea, Brecon (or Brecknockshire), Cardigan, Caermarthen, Caer- narvon, Denbigh, Flint, Glamorgan, Merioneth, Montgomery, Pembroke, Radnor. \ Aberdeen, Argyle, Ayr, Banff, Berwick, Bute, Caithness, Clackmannan, Dumbarton, Dumfries, Edinburgh, Elgin (or Murray), Fife, Forfar (or Angus), Haddington, Inverness, Kincardine, Kinross, Kirkcudbright, Lanark, Linlithgow, Nairn, Orkney and Shetland, Peebles, Perth, Renfrew, Ross and Cromarty, Roxburgh, Selkirk, Stirling, Sutherland, Wigtown. § Alexandrina Victoria is now queen of Great Britain and Ireland. 11 Antrim, Armagh, Cavan, Donegal, Down, Fermanagh, Londonderry, Monaghan, Tyrone. IT Carlow, Dublin, Kildare, Kilkenny, King's, Longford, Louth, Meath, Queen's, Westmeath, Wexford, Wicklow. ** Clare, Cork, Kerry, Limerick, Tipperary, Waterford. ■j-f- Galway, Leitrim, Mayo, Roscommon, Sligo. 264 EUROPE. Q. Where is the Isle of Man ? A. It is in the Irish Sea, nearly equi-distant from England, Scot- land, Ireland, and Wales. (M. A.) The Isle of Man (Anc, Mona, Monapia, or Monsedia) is an island belonging to the United Kingdom, in the Irish Sea, between lat. 54° 4' and 54° 27' N., and long. 4° 17' and 4° 34' W. ; its N. E. extremity (the point of Ayre) being 17 ms. from Burrow-head, in Wigtownshire; its E. coast 34 ms. from St. Bee's head, in Cumberland, and the town of Peel, on its W. side, 30 ms. from Ballyquintin Point, in Ireland : greatest length, 35 ms. ; greatest breadth, about 13 ms. Area, 280 sq. ms., exclusive of the Calf of Man, a small disjointed fragment of the island, at its S. extremity. Pop., in 1841, 47,000. Q. Where is the Isle of Anglesea ? A. It is in the Irish Sea, at the N. W. extremity of Wales, from which it is separated by the Menai Strait. (M. A.) Anglesea, or Anglesey (the Mona of Tacitus), is an island and county of N. Wales, in the Irish Sea, separated from the mainland of Britain by a narrow strait, varying in width from 200 yards to 2 ms. It is of a triangular form, extending, Holyhead included, about 27 ms. from E. to W., by about 20 from N. to S. ; area, 173,440 acres; surface generally undulating; cli- mate temperate, but liable to fogs ; there is in most parts a great deficiency of wood, and it has generally a bare, uninviting aspect. The pop., which in 1776 amounted to 19,780, had increased in 1841 to 50,000. Q. Where are the Scilly Islands ? A. They are a group of islands lying at the point of junction, as it were, of the English and St. George's Channels, about 30 ms. W. by S. from Land's End, the most W. point of England. (M. A.) The Scillt Islands belong to England, and are supposed by some to be the Cassiterides, or tin islands, of the ancients. There are supposed to be, in all, about 150 islands and rocks, but there are only about half a dozen of any importance. St. Mary's, the largest, is said to contain about 1640 acres ; the entire area of the group, as given in the population returns, is only 5570 acres. Pop., about 2500. From their situation, they necessa- rily have a mild, equable temperature; and though fogs be common, the islands are very healthy. Q. Where are the Balearic Isles ? A. They are situated in the Mediterranean Sea, off the E. coast of Spain. (M. A.) The Balearic Islands (Anc. Baleares) consist of Majorca, Minorca, and Ivica, besides the two very small ones of Formentera and Cabrera. These islands belong to Spain, and constitute a separate province. Q. Where is the Island of Majorca ? A. It is the largest of the Balearic Islands in the Mediterranean Sea, belonging to Spain, from the E. coast of which it is 110 ms. distant. (M. A.) Majorca (Span. Mallorca) lies between 39° 15' and 40° N. Iat., and 2° 23' and 3° 32' E. long. Greatest length, 48 ms. ; greatest breadth, 42 ms. ; EUROPE. 265 estimated area, 1340 sq. ms. Pop., 182,000. Its shape is that of an irregu- lar, four-sided figure, the angles of which are formed W. by cape Tramon- tana, N. by cape Formenton, E. by cape Peri, and S. by cape Salinos. Pal- ma, the chief town, is in lat. 39° 38' N., long. 2° 45' E. Q. Where is the Island of Minorca ? A. Minorca (Anc. Balearis Minor) is the second in size of the Balearic Islands, belonging to Spain, in the Mediterranean, off the E. coast of Spain, from which it is distant about 140 ms. (M. A.) Minorca is intersected by the 40th parallel of N. lat., and the 4th meri- dian of E. long. ; Mahon, its cap., being in lat. 39° 51' 10" N., long. 4° 18' 7" E. ; it is of an oblong shape, extending from W. N. W. to E. S. E., but somewhat concave on its S. side. Length 32 ms. ; average breadth, 9 ms. ; area about 290 sq. ms. Pop. 44,000. Q. Where is the Island of Ivica ? A. It is in the Mediterranean Sea, forming one of the Balearic group belonging to Spain, situated about 42 ms. S. W. of Majorca. (M. A.) Ivica, Iviza or Ibiza (Anc. Ebusus), is situated between 38° 50' and 39° 7' N. lat., and 1° 22' and 1° 46' E. long., about 50 ms. E. by N. of Cape Nao in Valencia, Spain ; the cap., on its S. W. side, being in lat. 38° 53' 16" N., long. 1° 26' 32" E. It is of an irregular five-sided figure ; its length from N. E. to S.W. being 27 ms., and its average breadth 15 ms- Area, about 400 sq. ms. Pop., 22,000. The capital, Iviza, is fortified, and has a good harbour. Q. Where is the Island of Corsica ? A. It is in the Mediterranean Sea, between Sardinia and the Genoese coast. On the N. is the Gulf of Genoa ; E. the Tuscan Sea ; S. the Strait of Bonifacio, separating it from Sardinia ; and to the W. it is opposite the coasts of France and Spain. (M. A.) Corsica (Anc. Cyrnos, and also Corsi, whence its name) is a large island of the Mediterranean, belonging to France, of which it forms a department. Its S. extremity is 10 ms. N. of the island of Sardinia, from which it is sepa- rated by the Strait of Bonifacio. Piombino, about 50 ms. distant, is the nearest town in Italy, and Antibes, 120 ms. N. W., the nearest point in France. Shape, somewhat oval, with a projecting appendage at the N. E. extremity $ Area, about 3380 sq. ms. Pop. 208,000. Ajaccio is the capital. Corsica was anciently noted for its extensive woosd and its bitter honey ; the bees derived the latter from the yew trees, with which the island abounded. The inhabitants were remarkable for their longevity, which was supposed to be owing to their using this bitter honey as a part of their food. Q. Where is the Island of Sardinia ? A. It is an island of S. Europe, and, next to Sicily, which it nearly equals in size, the largest in the Mediterranean, being sepa- rated from Corsica on the N. by the Strait of Bonifacio. (M. A.) Sardinia (Ital. Sardegna, Fr. Sardaigne, Anc. Ichnusa, from its resem- blance to the print of a foot, post Sardinia). It lies S.W. from the central part of Italy ; the mouth of the Tiber, the nearest point of the peninsula, is 266 EUROPE. 140 ms. distant ; the coast of Africa is 110 ms., and the head of the Gulf of Genoa 230 ms. It is of an oblong form ; length, N. and S., 170 ms. ; great- est breadth, 90 ms. Area, with its dependent islands, 10,534 sq. ms. Pop., in 1838, 524,633. Cagliari is the capital. [See Key, p. 240.] In ancient times, Sardinia was highly fruitful, and was regarded as one of the granaries of Rome ; but the climate, except among the mountains, was considered so unhealthy, that the Romans seldom kept a standing force there for any length of time. A species of wild parsley grew there, which, if eaten, contracted, it is said, the nerves of the face, producing involuntary and painful fits of laughter, and often causing death ; hence the expression Sar- donicus risus, or Sardonic grin, for a horrible or hideous laugh. Q. Where is the Island of Elba ? A. It is in the Mediterranean Sea, between the coast of Tus- cany and the Island of Sardinia. (M. A.) Elba (the (Ethalia of the Greeks, and the Iloa or llva of the Etruscans and Romans) is an Island of the Mediterranean, or rather of the Tyrrhene Sea, belonging to Tuscany, from which it is separated by the strait of Piom- bino, 7 or 8 ms. across, being the largest and most important of those in the possession of the grand duchy ; between lat. 42° 43' and 42° 53' N., and long. 10° 5' and 10° 25' E. Shape irregular, but not very unlike that of the letter T, having the upper end towards the E. Length, E. to W., 16 ms. ; breadth varying from 2 to 12 ms. ; circumference about 68 ms. ; area, 150 sq. ms. Pop. in 1835, 16,865. Q. Where are the Lipari Islands ? A. They consist of a group of Islands in that part of the Mediterranean called the Tyrrhenian Sea, off the N. coast of Sicily. (M. A.) The Ltpari Islands (Anc. Moliae Insulas) are a dependency of Sicily, from the N. coast, of which they are from 10 to 40 ms. distant, forming a part of the intendency of Messina, between lat. 38° 20' and 38° 55' N., and long. 14° 15' and 15° 15' E. Aggregate pop. of the group estimated at about 22,000, of whom about 12,500 belong to the town of Lipari. There are seven principal Islands, Lipari, Vulcano, Stromboli, Salini, Panaria, Pelicudi, and Alicudi 5 and a number of adjacent islets and rocks. These Islands were called Hephasstiades by the Greeks, and Vulcanise by the Romans, from their emitting smoke and flames ; such places being sup- posed to be either inhabited by, or under the immediate protection of Vulcan. Vulcano, however, was more especially sacred to the god of fire, and is said by Virgil to be " Vulcani domus, et Vulcania nomine tellus." They were also frequently called Molian Isles, from ^Eolius, one of their sovereigns. This prince having learned, according to Pliny, to foretell, from observations made on the smoke of the volcanoes, the coming changes of the winds, was said by the poets to have the latter under his command. Q. Where is the Island of Sicily ? A. It is in the Mediterranean Sea, separated from the S. ex- tremity of Italy by the narrow strait of Messina, only 2 ms. across, and from Cape Bon in Africa by a channel 85 ms. in width. (M. A.) EUROPE. 267 Sicily (Anc. Sicilid), the largest, finest, most important, most fruitful, and most celebrated Island of the Mediterranean, constituting that portion of the kingdom of Naples entitled the Dominii al di la di Faro, lies be- tween lat. 36° 38' and 38° 18' N., and long. 13° 20' and 15° 40' E. It is of a triangular shape, and was hence, in antiquity, sometimes called Tri- ginta, but more commonly Trinacria, from its terminating in three pro- montories of Boeo. (Anc. Lilybaeum), Passaro (Anc. Pachynam), and Faro (Anc. Pehruni). It seems to have derived its usual name of Sicilia from the Sicani or Siculi, its earliest inhabitants. Length, 180 ms. ; greatest breadth, measuring from the N. E. to the S. E. angle of the Island, 120 ms. Area, estimated at 9900 sq. ms. Pop. in 1836, above 2,000,000. Q. Where is the Island of Malta ? £.. It is in the Mediterranean Sea belonging to Great Britain, 60 ms. S. S. W. of Cape Passaro, in Sicily, and 200 ms. N. of Tripoli, in Africa. Gozzo and Comino (the latter lies between Gozzo and Malta) are dependencies of Malta. Malta (Anc. Melita) was known to the Phoenicians at a very remote period, and to the Greeks as early as the days of Homer. Here the apostle Paul was shipwrecked, on his voyage from Palestine to Rome. It often changed masters, both in ancient times and during the middle ages. More recently, it was renowned as the residence of the Knights of St. John of Jeru- salem, on whom it was conferred by the emperor Charles V. After holding it nearly three centuries, it was captured from them by Bonaparte, on his voyage to Egypt, in 1798 ; two years afterwards, the British took it, and have retained it ever since. Q. Where are the Ionian Isles ? Ji. They are a collection of seven principal and several smallei islands in the Mediterranean Sea, on the W. and S. coasts of Greece. (M. A.) The Ionian Islands are situated between the 36th and 40th parallels of N. lat., and between the 19th and 23d degs. of E. long., consisting of the seven principal islands of Corfu, Paxo, Santa Maura, Cephalonia, Ithaca or Theaki, Zante, and Cerigo, forming what is termed the Ionian Republic, or the Republic of Seven Islands. This republic is under the protection of Great Britain, who granted a constitution in 1817. The Lord High Commissioner, who is appointed by the British government, commands the forces, convenes the legislature, appoints the governors of the different islands, &c. Corfu is the seat of government. In ancient times, these islands formed small independent states, until they were conquered by Alexander the Great. Afterwards, they fell under the power of Rome. Since that period, they have often changed masters. The Neapolitans, and subsequently the Venetians, who held them for more than four centuries, were in possession. More recently, the Russians, and then the French, held them. Now they are virtually a part of the British empire. Q. Where is the Island of Corfu ? A. It is in the Mediterranean Sea, off the S. part of the coast of Albania,* from which it is separated by a narrow channel. (M. A.) * Albania is a large province of European Turkey, bounded N. by Dal- matia and Servia, E. by Macedon and Thessaly, S. by Livadia, and W. by '268 EUROPE. CoiIfu (Anc. Corey rd) is an island in the Mediterranean, the seat of government, and most important, though not the largest of the Ionian islands. It lies between lat. 39° 20' and 39° 50' N., and long. 19° 35' and 20° 6' E. ; off the S. part of the coast of Albania, from which it is separated by a channel only 3-5ths of a m. wide at its N. extremity, 6 ms. at its S. extre- mity, and 15 ms. in the centre. The shape of Corfu is elongated ; the island describes a curve, the convexity of which is towards the W. ; length, N.W. to S. E., 41 ms. ; breadth greatest in the N., where it is 20 ms. ; but it gra- dually tapers towards its S. extremity. Area, 227 sq. ms. Pop. (1833) 60,890. Q. Where is the island of Cephalonia ? A. It is in the Mediterranean Sea, near the W. coast of Greece. (M. A.) Cephalonia (Anc. Cephallenia) is the largest island of those composing the Ionian Republic, near the W. coast of Greece, opposite the Gulf of Pa- tras; between lat. 38° 3' and 38° 29' N., and long. 20° 21' and 20° 49' E.; 8 ms. N. of Zante, 5 ms, S. of Santa Maura, and 64 ms. S. S. E. of Corfu. Length, N. N.W. to S. S.E., 32 ms. ; breadth very unequal. Area, 348 sq. ms. Pop. (1833) 56,450. Q. Where is the Island of Zante ? A. It is in the Mediterranean Sea, off the W. coast of the pe- ninsula of Mbrea. (M. A.) Zante (Anc. Zacynthus) is one of the Ionian islands, of which it is the third in point of magnitude and importance, about 10 ms. off the W. coast ofrthe Morea, its capital being in lat. 37° 47' 17" N., long. 20° 54' 32" E. It is of a somewhat oblong shape ; greatest length N. W. to S. E., about 20 ms. ; greatest breadth, 10 ms. Area estimated at 156 sq. ms. Pop. in 1836, 35,348. Q. Where is the Island of Cerigo ? A. It is in the Mediterranean Sea, the most southerly of the seven principal Ionian islands, situated at a considerable distance from the others, near the S. extremity of the peninsula of the Morea. (M. A.) Cerigo (Anc. Cythera) lies between lat. 36° 7' and 36° 23' N., and long. 22° 52' 30" and 23° 7' 30" E., 25 ms. E. of Cape Matapan. Length, N. to S., 20 ms. ; greatest breadth, 12 ms. Area, 116 sq. ms. Pop. (1833), 8760. Q. Where is the Island of Candia ? A. It is in the Mediterranean Sea, situated S. E. of the Morea, belonging to the Grecian Archipelago, of which it forms the S. boundary. (M. A.) Candia (Anc. Crete or Creta) is a large and celebrated island of the Mediterranean, lying between 34° 57' and 35° 41' N. lat., and 23° 29' and 26° 20' E. long., its N.W. extremity being 80 ms. S. E. of Cape Matapan, in Greece, and its N. W. termination 1 10 ms. S. W. of the nearest point of Asia Minor. It is long and narrow, its length from E. to W. being about the Gulf of Venice, along with that part of the Mediterranean called the Ionian Sea. It is at present included in the Turkish government of Rumelia. EUROPE. 269 160 ms., with a breadth varying from 6 to nearly 50 ms., but averaging about 20 ms. Area, 3200 sq. ms. Pop., in 1839, 158,000 ; of whom, 100,000 are native Greeks, 44,000 Turks, and the remainder Hellenes, Jews, and other foreigners, Arab and Albanian troops, and about 2000 black slaves. Q. Where is the Island of Milo ? A. It is in the Grecian Archipelago (iEgean Sea), about 70 ms. E. of the Morea. (M. A.) Milo (Anc. Melos) is an island of the Archipelago, belonging to Greece, in the group of the central Cyclades, the summit of Mount St. Elias ; in its S. W. angle, 2036 ft. above the sea, being in Iat. 36° 40' 28" N., long. 24° 23' 14" E. Pop., 2500. This island is said by Pliny to be circular {Om- nium rotundissima, lib. iv., cap. 12), but it is really of an oblong shape, being about 13 ms. in length from E. to W., and, where broadest, about 7 ms. across : it is indented on its N. side by a spacious bay, stretching N. W. and S. E. about 6 ms., which has deep water throughout, and forms one of the best asylums for shipping in the Levant. Q. Where is the Island of Naxio ? Jl. Naxio, or Naxia, (Anc. Naxos,) is in the Grecian Archipe- lago, E. of the Morea, the largest of the group called the Cyclades, intersected by the 37th parallel of N. Iat., and the meridian of 25° 30' E. long. (M. A.) Naxio is about 5 ms. E. of Paros, its capital of the same name being in Iat. 37° 7' N., long. 25° 26' E. Shape oval ; circuit, about 48 ms. Area, 106 sq. ms. Pop,, 18,000. Q. Where is the Island of Negropont ? A. It is in the Grecian Archipelago, lying close to the E. coast of independent Greece, from which it is separated by a channel (Anc. Euripus) varying from 40 yards to about 14 ms. in breadth. (M. A.) Negropoxt, or Egkipo (Anc. Eubaea), is a long, straggling Island, between Iat. 37° 57' and 39° 4' N., and long. 22° 57' and 24° 36' E. ; and forming, with the Sporades, a separate monarchy of its own name. Length, 110 ms. ; breadth from 5 to 26 ms. ; the widest part being measured from Chalcis to C. Kili. Area, 1480 sq. ms. Pop., in 1836, 60,000. Eubaea is very similar in its mountainous character and geological constitution to the neighbouring continent, from which it seems to have been separated by some sudden convulsion of nature. Q. Where is the Island of Lemnos ? A. It is in the N. part of the Grecian Archipelago (iEgean Sea), 43 ms. S. E. of the promontory of Mount Athos, in Turkey, and about the same distance W. of the Strait of the Dardanelles (Hellespont.) (M.A.) Lemnos (Turk. Stalimene) is an Island of the Grecian Archipelago, belonging to the dominion of the Porte, intersected by the parallel of 39° 50 / N. Iat., and the meridian of 25° 10' E. long. Area about 150 sq. ms. Pop. said to amount to 12,000, chiefly Greeks. It is of an irregular quadri- lateral shape, being nearly divided into two peninsulas, by two deep bays or 23* :270 europe. indentations of the sea, Port Paradise on its N. and Port St. Antonio on its S. side. Q. Where is the Island of Aland ? A. It is in the Baltic Sea, situated near the point of meeting of the Gulfs of Bothnia and Finland, intersected by the parallel of 60° 20' N. lat., and the 20th meridian of E. long.* It is the chief island of a group consisting of many islets and rocks. (M. A.) It is 17 ms. long and 16 ms. broad, and contains about 9000 inhabitants. The Islands of Alaxd* are a group at the entrance of the Gulf of Both- nia, between 59° 50' and 60° 32' N. lat., and 19° 10' and 21° 7' E. long., consisting of more than 80 inhabited and upwards of 200 uninhabited islets and rocks (Sharon), occupying an area of about 470 sq. ms., and divided into three oblong clusters by the Straits of Delet and Lappviisi. The Baltic bounds them to the S. ; on the W. the strait of Alandshaf separates them from Sweden, its width being about 24 ms. ; and on the E. the straits of Wattuskiftet, which are scarcely 2 ms. broad where they are narrowest, and about 14 ms. where they are broadest, interpose between them and the Fin- land shore. Pop. of the group, 14,000, of Swedish extraction. Aland, the chief island, is divided by a narrow strait from Ekeroe, the westernmost Island, which has a telegraph. On the E. coast of Aland is the old castle of Castleholm, now in ruins. Kumlinge has a pop. of 3000. These Islands were wrested by Russia from Sweden in 1809 ; and give the former a position from which they may easily made a descent on the Swedish coast. Q. Where is the Island of Dago ? Ji. It is in the Baltic Sea, near the coast of Livonia,t 7 ms. N. of the Isle of Oesel, near the entrance to the Gulf of Finland. (M. A.) This Island is 2§ ms. in circumference, and has two castles, called Dager- wort and Paden. Lat. 58° 44' N., long. 22° 56' E. Q. Where is the Island of Oesel ? A. It is in the Baltic Sea, extending across the mouth of the Gulf of Riga, intersected by the parallel of 58° 30' N. lat., and by the 22d and 23d meridian of E. long. (M. A.) Oesel is an Island of the Baltic, belonging to Russia, and included in the government of Livonia or Riga, principally between lat. 58° and 58° 40' N., and long. 21° 40' and 23° E. Length about 60 ms. ; greatest breadth near 30 ms. Area, estimated at 1150 sq. ms. Pop., including the inhabit- ants of the adjacent Islands of Moen and Runoe, about 35,000, all Esthonians except some German landed proprietors, and a few Swedes. * These Islands, with the exception of Aland, are so small that they could not be shown except on a map of a scale much greater than would be suitable for a school atlas. In the Map of Europe, (M. A.) therefore, the chief island only is represented, and indicates sufficiently the general posi- tion of the group. \ Livonia is a government in the W. part of European Russia, between the Gulf of Livonia (this gulf is a portion of the Baltic, situated S. of the Gulf of Finland) and Lake Peipus. Capital, Riga. EUROPE. 271 Q. Where is the Island of Gothland ? A. It is in the Baltic Sea, lying S. W. of Oesel, distant 60 ms. from the continent of Sweden. (M. A.) Gothland, or more properly, Gottland, (i. e. " good land,") is an Island in the Baltic, belonging to Sweden, in the Liin or government of the same name, lying between lat. 56° 55' and 58° N., and between long. 18° 10' and 19° 13' E. It is near 80 ins. in length ; its greatest breadth is above 30 ms. The area is computed at 1 1 18 sq. ms. The pop. in 1833 was estimated at 39,800. Q. Where is the Island of Oland, or Oeland? A. It is in the Baltic Sea, and belongs to Sweden, from which it lies S. E., separated from it by a narrow channel. (M. A.) Oland is a long and narrow island, lying E. of and separated from the province of Calmar by the narrow strait of that name. It lies between 56° IV and 57° 22' N. lat., and 16° 20' and 17° 12' E. long.; it is about 80 ms. in length, and from 3 to 11 in width ; area estimated at 400 sq. ms. Pop. 31,000. Borgholm, on the W. coast, is the chief town. Q. Where is the Island of Rugen ? A. It is in the S. W. part of the Baltic Sea, belonging to Prussia, opposite to Stralsund, and separated from Pomerania by a strait varying from If to 2 ms. in width. (M. A.) \_See Map No. 20.] Rugen is an Island in the Baltic, forming a part of the Prussian province of Pomerania, intersected by the parallel of 54° 30' N. lat., and the meridian of 13o 30' E. long. It is of an exceedingly irregular shape, being deeply indented by bays and arms of the sea. Area, 361 sq. ms. Pop. about 30,000. Bergen, the capital, situated in the centre of the Island, has 2700 inhabitants. • After being long in possession of Sweden, Rugen became part of the Prussian dominions in 1815. Q. Where is the Island of Zealand ? A. It is situated at the entrance of the Baltic Sea, being sepa- rated from Sweden by the Sound, and from Funen and Langeland by the Great Belt. (M. A.) [See Map No. 20.] Zealand is the largest and most important of the Danish Islands, being that on which Copenhagen is situated. It lies between 54° 58' and 56° 10' N. lat., and 10° 50' and 12° 35' E. long. Length, 80 ms. ; greatest breadth about 65 ms. Its area may be estimated at 2830 sq. ms. Pop., in 1834, including that of the small and thinly peopled Islands of Moen and Samsoe, 439,962. Q. Where is the Island of Funen ? A. It is in the Danish Archipelago, the next in size after Zea- land, lying between it and continental Denmark ; separated from the former by the Great, and from the latter by the Little Belt. Funen, or Fyen, is a fertile island in the Baltic Sea, belonging to Den- mark, situated between 55° 2' and 55° 40' N. lat., and 9° 40' and 10° 51' E. long. Length, N. E. to S.W., 50 ms. ; its greatest breadth near 40 ms. Area, 1187 sq. ms. Pop. in 1834, 151,600. Odensee is the capital. Funen, together with the islands of Langeland, Taasing, &c, forms a province of Denmark. 272 EUROPE. MOUNTAINS. Q. Where are the Dofrafield Mts. ? A. They divide, for the most part, Sweden and Norway, and extend from about 63° N. lat. and 12° E. long, to the N. Cape, in the general direction of N. N. E. and S.S.W. (M. A.) This chain is also called the Scandinavian Alps, and the Dovrefield, and the Doffrine Mountains. Q. Where are the Ural Mts. ? A. The Ural, or Oural Mts. are an extensive chain, extending, including its subsidiary portions, nearly under the same meridian from the N. border of the Sea of Aral to the shores of the Arctic Ocean, or from about the 51st to about the 69th deg. of N. lat. It forms, during the greater part of its course, the boundary between Europe and Asia. (M. A.) Q. Where are the Pyrenees Mts. ? A. They are a lofty chain of mts. in the S. W. part of Europe, which extends from the Mediterranean to the Bay of Biscay, con- stituting a natural barrier between France and Spain, between lat. 42° 10' and 43° 20' N., and long. 3° 20' E. and 2° W. (M. A.) Q. Where are the Cevennes Mts. ? A. They are a chain of mts. in the S. of France, commencing near the E. end of the Pyrenees, and running in a general direc- tion N. through the departments of Lozere, Gard, Upper Loire, and Ardeche, form the dividing ridge between the valleys of the Rhone and Loire rivers. (M. A.) Q. Where are the Auvergne Mts. ? A. They are in the S. central part of France : they branch from the Cevennes, and running in a general direction N.W., form the dividing ridge between the valleys of the Loire and the Garonne rivers. (M. A.) Q. Where are the Cantabrian Mts.? A. They run W. along the whole N. coast of Spain from the Pyrenees to Cape Finisterre, the most western point of Spain. (A. a.) ; f p Q. Where is the Sierra Morena range ? A. In the S. part of Spain ; they separate the waters of the Guadalquivir from those of the Guadiana, and run in a W. S. W. direction, ending near the S. E. corner of Portugal. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Sierra Nevada range ? A. In the S. part of Spain ; they separate the waters of the Guadalquivir from those which flow into the Mediterranean Sea, and run in a W. S.W. direction, ending in the rock of Gibraltar, near the Strait of that name. (M. A.) Q. Where are the Alps ? A. They begin on the side of France between the territory of Genoa and the country of Nice, pass into Switzerland, cross that europe. 27;> country and Tyrol, separating for the most part Italy from France, Switzerland and Germany, and terminate, after many windings, near the Gulf of Trieste, on the Gulf of Venice. Their general form resembles that of a crescent. The highest summit is Mont Blanc. (M. A.) The Alps constitute one of the most extensive, and, at the same time, the highest mountain system of Europe. They stretch in a vast curve, nearly semicircular, from about 7° 30' E. long., where they unite with the Apen- nines, to the E. extremity of the Gulf of Venice near Fiume, in about 14° 30' E. long. ; an extent of 700 ms. From a point near the head waters of the Adije and the Drave, a branch of these mountains, the Norci and Styrian Alps, extends N. by E. towards the Danube, joining, it is said, the Carpa- thian Mountains, which traverse the E. parts of the Austrian empire. The Alps are distinguished in different quarters by various local names, for which see Map, No. 20, M. A. The Alps are closely united to several other mountain ranges ; on the W. to the Apennines, which traverse Italy in its whole length ; on the S. E. to the Balkan, which covers Turkey and Greece with its numerous ramifications ; and on the E. to the Carpathians. Q. Where are the Apennines ? A. They skirt the Gulf of Genoa, and run in a S. E. direction to the S. extremity of Italy. Or, to describe them more minutely : this chain, beginning near the meridian of 7° 30' E. long., in the territory of Genoa, traverses Italy in its whole length. When near the end of its course, it divides into two branches, one of which runs S. E. towards the Capo di Leuca, while the other advances S. to the Strait of Messina.* (M. A.) Q. Where are the Carpathian Mts. ? A. They are a chain which bounds Hungary on the N.W., N., and N. E., and Transylvania on the N. E., E., and S. E.t (M. A.) Q. Where are the Balkan Mts. ? Ji. They are a chain of mts. in European Turkey, between Bulgaria and Rumelia, which commences near the Adriatic, (Gulf of Venice,) and terminates at the Black Sea. (M. A.) Or, to be more minute. — This chain enters Turkey at its N.W. corner, and runs E. in an irregular line, to Cape Emineh on the Black Sea. It throws off in its progress two considerable branches towards the N., one dividing Bosnia from Servia, and the other, Servi'a from Bulgaria ; and two towards the S., one dividing Alba- nia from Rumelia, and the other, called the Rhodope Mts., cross- ing Rumelia to the shores of the Grecian Archipelago. * At its W. extremity, this range, being connected with the Alps, may be considered as an extensive offset of that great system. \ Hungary and Transylvania form part of the Austrian empire, 274 NORWAY. Q. Tell the length of the range, and the heights of those mts. that have figures attached to them. A. The Dofrafield, or Dovrefield Mts. are 1000 ms. long, and 7600 ft. high ; Ural Mts., 1400 ms. long, 4000 ft. high ; Pyrenees, 260 ms. long, 10,000 ft. high : the Alps, 700 ms. long ; Apennines, 700 ms. long, and from 8000 to 11,000 ft. high; Carpathians, 550 ms. long, 8600 ft. high ; Balkan, 700 ms. long. (M. A.) Q. What race of people are in the northern part of Russia ? A. Samoyedes. Q. What three races are partly in Europe, and partly in Asia ? A. Baschkirs, Kalmucks, and Cossacks. DISTANCES. Q. How many miles is it from Iceland to Norway ? A. 850 ms. (M. A.) Q. From Norway to Greenland ? A. 1800 ms. (M. A.) Q. From Scotland to Labrador ? A. 2100 ms. (M. A.) Q. From Ireland to Labrador ? A. 1950 ms. (M. A.) Q. From England to Newfoundland ? A. 2200 ms. (M. A.) Q. From France to Canada ? A. 2800 ms. (M. A.) Q. From France to Nova Scotia ? A. 3000 ms. (M. A.) Q. From Oporto, in Portugal, to New York ? A. 3500 ms. (M. A.) NORWAY. Page 219. — Lesson 151. — Map No. 18. Q. What bounds Norway on the north ? A. Arctic Ocean. Q. South? A. Skager Rack. Q. East ? A. Sweden. Q. West? A. Atlantic Ocean. Q. What mountains on the east ? A. Dofrafield. Q. How long and high are they ? A. 1000 ms. long, and 7600 ft. high. Q. What islands north of the Arctic Circle ? A. LofToden. SWEDEN. 275 Q. Which is the chief river ? A. Glommen. Q. How long is it ? A. 250 ms. (M.A.) Q. What is the population of Bergen ? A. 22,000. (M.A.) Q. Christiania? A. 21,000. (M. A.) Q. Drontheim? A. 10,000. (M.A.) Q. Kongsberg ? A. 8000. (M. A.) Q. Which extends farthest north, Norway or Sweden ? A. Norway. For a further description, see Key, page 224. SWEDEN. Page 221.— Lesson 152.~Map No. 18. Q. What bounds Sweden on the north and west ? A. Dofrafield xMts. Q. East? A. Gulf of Bothnia, and Baltic Sea. Q. South? A. Baltic Sea. Q. Which are the principal rivers of Sweden ? A. Tornea, Kalix, Lulea, Skelleftea, Indai, Luisna, Dal, and Clara. Q. Tell the length of each of these. A. Tornea is 250 ms. long ; Kalix, 250 ; Lulea, 200 ; Skel- leftea, 200; Indal, 150; Luisna, 200; Dal, 300; Clara, 250. (M. A.) Q. The chief lakes ? A. Malar, Wener, and Wetter. Q. How long are the last two ? A. Wener is 80 ms. long ; Wetter, 70. (M. A.) Q. What is the population of Stockholm ? A. 83,000. (M. A.) Q. Gottenburg? A. 29,000. (M. A.) Q. Gene? A. 10,000. (M. A.) Q. Carlscrona? A. 12,000. (M. A.) Q. Calmar? A. 5000. (M. A.) 270 RUSSIA IN EUROPE. Q. Upsal? A. 5000. (M. A.) Q. Fahlun? A. 5000. (M. A.) For a further description, see Key, page 225. RUSSIA IN EUROPE. Page 226.— Lesson 154.— -Map No. 18. ty. What bounds Russia on the north ? A. Arctic Ocean. Q. What seas on the south ? A. Black, and Azov. Q. What sea and gulf on the west ? A. Baltic Sea, and Gulf of Bothnia. Q. What mountains on the east? A. Ural. Q. What rivers form the south-east boundary ? A. Volga and Don. Q. What rivers flow into the White Sea ? A. Mezene, Dwina, and Onega. Q. Into the Gulf of Riga? A. Dun a. Q. The Gulf of Dantzic? A. Vistula. Q. The Sea of Azov ? A. Don. Q. The Black Sea? A. Dnieper, Bog, and Dniester. Q. Tell the length of all these rivers. A. Volga is 2000 ms. long; Don, 1000; Mezene, 400; Dwina, 700 ; Onega, 300 ; Duna, 350 ; Vistula, 550 ; Dnieper, 1000; Bog, 400; Dniester, 500. (M. A.) Q. Which are the three principal lakes? A. Onega, Ladoga, and Peipus. Q. How long is each ? A. Onega is 150 ms. long ; Ladoga, 130 ; Peipus, 90. (M. A.) Q. What is the population of St. Petersburg ? A. 470,000. (M. A.) Q. Moscow? A. 350,000. (M. A.) Q. Kazan? A. 57,000. (M. A.) Q. Cronstadt? A. 45,000. (M. A.) (M. A.) (M. A.) (M. A.) (M. A.) RUSSIA IN EUROPE. 277 Q. Odessa? A. 69,000. q. Riga? A. 67,000. Q. Wilna? A. 54,000. Q. Orel? A. 30,000. Q. Warsaw? A. 141,000. (M. A.) Q. Cracow ? A. 37,000. (M. A.) . Kuen-lun. Q. South-west? .1. Himmaleh. * Nankin, a city of China, in the province of Keang-soo, near the S. bank of the Yang-tse-Kiang, and about 110 ms. from its mouth, lat. 32° 4' N., long. 118° 24' E. j- Vou-tchang, a city of China, capital of the province of Hou-quang, and the chief resort of all the commercial people in the empire. As every branch of trade is carried on here, its port, on the Kian-ku, is always crowded with vessels, the r. being sometimes covered with them to the dis- tance of two leagues. It is 655 ms. S. from Pekin. Lat. 30° 3' N., long. 112° 25' E. 416 EMPIRE OF JAPAN. Q. How high are these? A. Kuen-lun, 16,000 ft. ; Himmaleh, 5£ ms. high. (M. A.) Q. What mountain west of Lassa ? A. Mt. Chouraalarie. Q. How high is it? A. 29,000 ft.— The highest mountain in the world. (M. A.) Q. What river in Little Thibet ? A. Indus. Q. What town is on it ? A. Ladak. Q. What is the population of Jigagungar ? A. 100,000. (M. A.) Q. Of Lassa? A. 24,000. (M. A.) Q. What sea bounds Corea on the west ? A. Yellow. Q. East? A. Sea of Japan. Q. How wide is the Sea of Japan ? A. 600 ms. (M. A.) Q. What country bounds Corea on the north ? A, Mantchooria. Q. What sea south? A. Eastern. For a further description of Corea, see Key, page 353. EMPIRE OF JAPAN. Page 302.— Lesson 198.— Map No. 23. Q. What strait separates Corea from Niphon ? A. Corea. Q. Which is the largest of the Japan Islands ? A. Niphon. Q. The next in extent? A. Jesso. Q. How long is each of these islands ? A. Niphon is 850 ms. long ; Jesso is 320. (M. A.) Q. What strait separates Niphon and Jesso ? A. Matsmay. (M. A.) Q. What island lies north of Jesso ? A. Seghalien. Q. How long is Seghalien ? A. 600 ms. (M. A.) Q. What channel separates it from Mantchooria ? A. Channel of Tartary. (M. A.) EMPIRE OL' JAPAN. 417 ty. What islands lie north-east of Jesso ? A. Kurile. Q. Which is the largest of these ? A. Staten Island. (M. A.) Q. What bounds Japan on the east ? A. Pacific Ocean. Q. How long and wide is the Pacific Ocean ? A. 11,000 ms. long, and 7000 wide. (M. A.) Q. How far from Japan to Mexico ? A. 5100 ms. (M. A.) Q. How many inhabitants has Jedo ?* A. 1,300,000. (M. A.) Q. Miaco?t A. 500,000. (M. A.) Q. Osaca?t A. 150,000. (M. A.) Q. Matsmay? A. 50,000. (M. A.) For a further description, see Key, pages 353-4. * Jedo or Yedo, the cap. of Japan, on the S. E. shore of the Island of Niphon, at the head of the Bay of Jedo, in lat. 36° 39' N., long. 140 E., has long been considered one of the largest cities in the world, ranking in extent and population with Pekin and London. It is surrounded by a ditch and intersected by numerous canals and branches of the River Toniak, which are navigable for vessels of moderate burden. Its streets and squares are nu- merous, and are kept very clean, and some of the former are of great length. Each street is appropriated to persons of one trade only ; lined with covered arcades, and closed at night by gates at each extremity. The houses are mostly two stories high, but built wholly of wood, and destructive fires are very frequent. Jedo has many temples, Buddhist convents, and other large public buildings: the emperor's palace covers a large extent of ground. It has an extensive commerce, but its amount is uncertain. -j- Miaco, or Kio, a large city in the Island of Niphon, in the interior, 160 ins. YV. of Jedo ; lat. 35° 10' N., long. 153° 30' E. It was once the me- tropolis of the whole empire, and is still the ecclesiastical capital, being the residence of the dairi or spiritual sovereign, and the centre of the literature and science of Japan. It is situated in a fertile and spacious plain, surrounded by mountains, covered for the most part with numerous temples, monasteries, burying-places, and pleasure-houses. When in full splendour, this city ap- pears to have been about 20 miles in length and 9 or 10 in breadth. It has extensive manufactures and considerable commerce. J Osaca is a flourishing sea-port on the S. coast of Niphon, 255 miles W, of Jedo ; in lat. 34° 56' N., long. 134° 50' E. It is intersected, like Venice, by numerous canals, which are crossed by bridges of cedar. 418 * AFRICA. AFRICA. Page 305.— Lesson 200.— Map J\ T o. 25. Q. How is Africa bounded? A. It is bounded on the W. by the Atlantic Ocean ; N. by the Mediterranean Sea ; E. by the Red Sea and Indian Ocean ; while its S. touches the great Southern Ocean. (M. A.) Africa is a vast peninsula, comprising nearly a third of the world known to the ancients. Its shape is an irregular pyramid, at the southern extremity diminishing almost to a point; so that it has, properly speaking, only three sides. Africa forms one of the great divisions of the globe ; situated to the S. of Europe, and to the W. and S. W. of Asia. It is separated from the former by the Mediterranean Sea and the Strait of Gibraltar ; the two continents approaching at the latter within about 15 ms. of each other. It is separated from Asia by the Red Sea, at whose southern extremity, the Strait of Babel- mandeb, the shores of the two continents are only 16 ms. apart. But at the most northerly extremity of the Red Sea, Asia and Africa are united by the Isthmus of Suez; the Mediterranean being there about 50 ms. from the Red Sea. The most northerly point of Africa, Cape Bon, or, according to some writers, Ras-el-Kroon, or "Cape Horn," is in about 37° 21' N. lat. ; its most southern, Cape Agulhas, or Cape Needles, is about 34° 50' S. lat. The distance between these two points is nearly 5000 ms. Cape Guardafui, in long. 51° 22' E., is the most easterly point of Africa; and Cape Verde, in long. 17° 32' W., the most westerly. The distance between these capes is about 4500 ms. It contains an area of about 11,000,000 sq. ms. The pop. of this division of the earth is variously estimated at from 50,000,000 to 100,000,000— Mitchell has stated it at 57,000,000. On the whole, Africa seems to be less liberally supplied with moisture than any of the other great divisions of the globe. But while in some parts it has immense tracts of burning desert, in others it is marshy and flooded with water. In those re- gions which are exempt from these extremes, animal and vegetable life appear in remarkable variety and luxuriance. Of the central portion of this continent, little or nothing is known. Q. How is Morocco bounded? A. It is bounded N. by the Mediterranean Sea, and Strait of Gibraltar; E. by Algiers, the Beled-el-Jerid, and the Sahara desert ; S. by the Sahara Desert ; and W. and N. W. by the Atlantic Ocean. (M. A.) Q. Capital? A. Morocco. The Empire of Morocco (called by the natives Moghrib ul Acsa, i. c. the " farthest west ;" the Mauritania Tingitana of the ancient Romans,) is situated in the N.W. part of Africa, between the 28th and 36th degs. of N. lat., and the 1st and 12th of W. long. Length, from N. E. to S.W., above 700 ms. ; greatest breadth, perhaps 300 ms. Area estimated at 190,000 sq. ms. Pop. 6,000,000. AFRICA. 419 Q. How is Algiers bounded ? Jl. It is bounded N. by the Mediterranean Sea ; E. by Tunis ; S. by the Atlas Mts., which separate it from the Beled-el-Jerid, or Country of Dates ; and W. by Morocco, from which it is divided by the Desert of Angad. (M. A.) Q. Capital? A, Algiers. Algiers (called by the Arabs Al-Jez-air, and by the French Algeria) is a territory of N. Africa, forming one of the Barbary States, between 34° and 37° 7' N. lat., and 8° 40' E. and 2° W. long. It includes the greater part of the Numidia and Mauritania Tingitana of the ancients. Length, above 500 ms. ; its breadth, which is greater in the E, than in the W., varies from about 40 to about 200 ms. Area estimated at 90,000 sq. ms. The pop. has been variously estimated at from 1,500,000 to 2,300,000. Q. How is Tunis bounded ? A. It is bounded N. and E. by the Mediterranean Sea and Tripoli ; S. by the Beled-el-Jerid ; and W. by Algiers. (M. A.) Q. Capital? A. Tunis. Tunis (called by the inhabitants Too-nis) is a state or regency of N. Africa, nominally dependent on the Turkish empire, between 33° and 37° 20' N. lat., and 8° 30' and 11° 20' E. long. Length, from N. to S., about 300 ms. ; greatest breadth, from E. to W., near 170 ms. Area, vaguely estimated at about 50,000 sq. ms. Pop., estimated at from 1,000,000 to 1,800,000. Q. How is Tripoli bounded ? A. It is bounded N. and N. E. by the Mediterranean Sea ; S. E. and S. by the Great Desert ; and S.W. and W. by the Beled- el-Jerid and Tunis. (M. A.) Q. Capital? A. Tripoli. Tripoli (Anc. Tripolis) is the most easterly of the Barbary States, be- tween 29° and 33° N. lat., and 10° and 22° E. long* Area, estimated at 100,000 sq. ms. Pop. estimated at from 500,000 to 2,000,000. Barbary is that portion of N. Africa which includes the foregoing states, together with the interior region called Beled-el-Jerid, or Country of Dates. It extends westward from Egypt to the shores of the Atlantic. The area is probably about 570,000 sq. ms., and the pop. 10,000,000. Q. How is Egypt bounded ? A. It is bounded N. by the Mediterranean ; E. by the little r. El Arish, on the border of Palestine, the Desert of Idumea and the Red Sea ; S. by Nubia, its southern limit, from the oldest time, having been fixed at the cataracts of Assouan ; and W. by the Libyan Desert. (M. A.) * This includes the district of Barca, which forms the E. portion of Tripoli. 420 AFRICA. Q. Capital? Ji. Cairo. There have been very discordant statements as to the boundaries of this famous country. There cannot, of course, be any doubt as to its N. limit, which is formed by the Mediterranean ; and it seems to have been generally agreed from a very remote period that its S. limit should be fixed at Syene, now Assouan, or rather at Philse, in lat. 24° 3' 45" N. But the difficult point is to determine its breadth. From Philae to near Cairo, the Nile, in most parts, flows through a narrow valley, bounded on either side by a ridge of hills, or infe- rior mountains: at Cairo these ridges diverge, that on the E. to Suez, and that on the W. in a N.W. direction to the Mediterranean. Some authors identify Egypt with the tract lying between the mountain-chains now referred to ; while others, regarding the Nile as the source of life and vegetation in Egypt, restrict its territory within the limits covered by the inundation of the river. But from the age of the Ptolemies down to the present day, the desert country lying between the valley of the Nile and the Red Sea has been uni- formly included in Egypt. On the W. side the mountain ridge already noticed seems to be its only natural boundary. Still, however, it has been usual to reckon the oases that lie within 100, or even 200 ms. of this limit, as belonging to Egypt. From Cape Bourlos, on the coast, lat. 31° 36' N., to Philae, the distance N. and S. in 70° 32' : about 452 geographical, or 520 English ms. But the distance by water and the extent of the alluvial territory are considerably greater than would appear from this, because of the many and considerable bends of the river. The breadth of the Egyptian coast is 160 ms. ; but in ascending to Cairo (104 ms. from Cape Bourlos) the cultivated tract tapers off to a point, and the rest of the country is chiefly comprised in the narrow valley of the Nile ; which, however, at Beni-souf, 83 (by water) ms. higher, spreads to the W. to form the vale of Fai'oum, a circular valley of great fer- tility and beauty, measuring about. 40 ms. from E. to W., and 30 ms. from N. to S. Thence to Assouan, the valley of the Nile is mostly confined within very narrow limits. The whole cultivable territory of Egypt, including its lateral valleys, has been estimated at 16,000 sq. ms., or about half the area of Ireland. Egypt is naturally divided into — 1. The Delta, or Lower Egypt. 2. The Valley of the Nile, comprising Central and Upper Egypt. 3. The E. De- sert. 4. The W. Desert, and Oases. The political divisions are the Bahari, or Lower Egypt (identical with the Delta) ; the Vostani, or Central \ and the Said, or Upper Egypt. Q. How is Nubia bounded ? Ji. It is bounded N. by Egypt ; E. by the Red Sea ; S. by Abyssinia and the country of the Shilluks ; and W. by the Desert of Libya. (M. A.) Q. Capital? Ji. NewDongola. Nubia (Anc. N. Ethiopia) is an extensive tract of E. Africa, between the S: boundary of Egypt and the N. limit of Abyssinia, between lat. 13° and 24° N., and long. 30° and 39° E. Estimated area, 360,000 sq. ms. Pop. unknown. The country is divided into Lower Nubia, or Nubia Proper, extending from Egypt to the N. frontier of Dongola, arjd thence to the \FRICA. 421 junction of the river Atbara or Tacazze with the Nile : and Upper Nubia, which includes Shendy, Halfay (anc. Meroe), and Sennaar. Q. How is Abyssinia bounded ? A, It is bounded N. by Nubia ; E. by the Red Sea ; S. partly by the Mohammedan kingdom of Adel and the country of the Somaulies, and partly by unknown regions occupied by the bar- barous Galla tribes ; and W. by the country of the Shilluks and other imperfectly known regions.* (M. A.) Q. Capital? A. Gondar. Abyssinia is an extensive country bordering on the Red Sea, the boun- daries of which are but imperfectly known. It stretches from about lat. 9° to 15° 40' N., and from long. 34° to the Red Sea. From W. S. W. to E. N. E. it extends about 600 ms. ; and from E. S. E. to W. N. W., about 400 ms. Area estimated at about 280,000 sq. ms. Pop. variously reckoned at from 2,500,000 to 5,000,000. It was included in the Ethiopia (from alOto^, a man burned by the sun, or of a dark colour} of the ancients. The name Abyssinia, or more properly Habessina, from the Arabic Habesch, signifying a mixture or confusion, has been given to the country by the Arabic and Portuguese geographers, and indicates the supposed Arabic origin of "the people, and their subsequent intermixture with the Africans. The Abyssinians do not use this name ; and either assume that of the provinces in which they live, or call themselves Itjopians, and their country Manghesta Itfopia, or king- dom of Ethiopia, a name given it by the Greeks during their ascendancy at Axum. This country comprised, when it became first known to the Portuguese, 350 years ago, a single state or empire, under the government of an absolute and despotic sovereign, of considerable power and influence. It was repeat- edly visited from time to time, but public curiosity had gradually subsided in regard to this part of the world for almost a century, when it was revived, in the year 1790, by the publication of Bruce's Travels. Many of the statements of this individual were so extraordinary that their authenticity was very ge- nerally doubted : subsequent investigations have, however, confirmed most of the leading features of his work, although some are still considered of doubtful accuracy. The ancient government of Abyssinia is now extinct ; its force has been gradually weakened, partly by the rebellion of the governments of the dif- ferent provinces, and partly by the irruptions of the Galla and other savage hordes, who have conquered and settled some of its finest provinces. The whole region is now split into an endless variety of petty states, the limits of which are perpetually changing, and between which interminable contests constantly prevail. The most important states of Abyssinia at the present time are, Tigre, in the E.; Amhara, in the W. ; and Shoa or Shwa, in the * The greater part of the frontier lands on the W. and S. consists of wild regions occupied by the Galla, who always ravaged, and have recently con- quered a large portion of the Abyssinian monarchy. It is difficult even to guess the dimensions of a region of which there are no fixed limits, mea- surements, or survevs. 36 422 AFRICA. S. The latter seems to be the most flourishing, and to be under a more stable government than any of the others. It has recently excited some at- tention on account of an embassy having been sent to its sovereign in the year 1841 by the British East India Company. Q. How is Liberia bounded ? A. It is bounded N. and N. E. by Senegambia ; E. by Upper Guinea ; and S. and S. W. by the Atlantic Ocean. (M. A.) Q. Capital? A. Monrovia. Liberta is a district on the W. coast of Africa, lying on both sides- of the R. St. Paul, which falls into the Atlantic in about 6° 20' N. lat., and 10° 46' W. long. A portion of this country was purchased by the American Colo- nization Society, in 1821, for the purpose of colonizing such of the African race as had been, or thereafter should be, manumitted in different parts of the United States* Q. How is Ashantee bounded ? A. It is bounded N. by the Mts. of Kong ; E. by Dahomey ; S. b}r the Gold Coast of the Gulf of Guinea ; and W. by the Assinee, a large r., which is usually reckoned the line of demarca- tion between the Gold and Ivory Coast, and forms, for some miles from its mouth, the W. limit of Ashantee. (M. A.) Q. Capital? A. Coomassie. Ashantee is an extensive kingdom of W. Africa, lying along the Gold Coast of Guinea; extending from 4° 37' to 9° 50' N. lat., and from 4° 48' W. to 1° 10' E. long., being about 280 ms. in length, and 250 ms. in breadth. It may contain about 60,000 sq. ms. Bowditch estimates the pop. of Ashantee Proper at 1,000,000 ; and that of the whole empire at about 3,000,000. The men are well made, more muscular on the coast than in the interior, free from the more revolting peculiarities of negro form and feature, and some of them have even aquiline countenances. The higher order of females (those not subject to hard labour) may be said to be handsome, with features rather of an Indian than an African mould. Both sexes are cleanly, washing from head to foot every day, and afterwards anointing themselves with the grease of the shea or butter-tree ; a good cos- metic, and a preservative of the skin in this hot climate. The clothes of the better classes are convenient, and not ungraceful, consisting of immense cloaks, exactly like the Roman toga, manufactured of the most costly silks. * The most contradictory accounts respecting the present condition and prospects of this colony, are to be found in works of a highly respectable character. McCulloch represents them in a very unfavourable light, while Balbi, who appears to base his statements on the testimony of impartial ob- servers, says that they are tolerably prosperous (assez prospere), and that the noble object for which the colony was established — that of diffusing civiliza- tion and Christianity among the benighted Africans — has, to a considerable extent, already been attained. If wc turn from these works to the publica- tions of our own country, we shall find a still more striking discrepancy to prevail. AFRICA. 423 The war-dress substitutes for this a close vest, covered with metal ornaments and scraps of Moorish writing, as spells against danger, loose cotton drawers, and large boots of dull red leather. The superior chiefs have gold breast- plates; and all who can procure them wear gold ornaments in profusion. Some of these are well wrought, others are merely lumps of rock-gold hung to the wrist ; the war cap consists of gold or gilded rams'-horns, supporting an extravagant plume of eagle's feathers. In peace, the head-dress is usually a fillet. The lower orders wear nothing but a piece of cloth fastened round the waist. Bosman enumerates five degrees, or orders of society — the king, the caboceers, the gentry, the traders, and the slaves. Besides the king, how- ever, there is, in fact, but one distinction, that of slave and freeman ; to the latter appertain, of course, all the better employments of war, state, &c. ; to* the former, all the meaner and more laborious occupations, of which the women get much more than their fair share. The caboceers (magistrates of towns and villages) are taken indiscriminately from the gentry ; and these, again, are merely such as have enriched themselves by trade or inheritance, and who, not unfrequently, were born slaves. The occupations of trade are practised alike by the poorer freemen and the better class of slaves. The intercourse between the sexes is on the worst possible footing. Marriage is effected by paying a sum of money to the parents of the girl, and a family feast. The property of the man and woman (if she have any) does not become common. Polygamy is allowed ; the king's wives amounting to the extravagant number of 3333, a mystical number which is carefully kept up, to enable him to reward any distinguished caboceer by the present of a woman, but never exceeded. Few, however, except the richest individuals, have more than one wife, and very many have none. The food of the higher classes is very various ; soup of dried fish, owls, beef, or mutton ; wild hog, deer, and monkey's flesh ! together with the whole host of vegetables which the soil produces. Well-stocked and well-regulated markets are held in the towns, for the supply of these necessaries as well as for articles of clothing and European manufacture. The poorer classes, excepting household slaves, live almost exclusively on fish and dhourrah. The common drink is palm- wine, one species of which is -said to create a ravenous appetite. Q. How is Dahomey bounded ? «#. It is bounded N. by the Mts. of Kong; N. E. and E. by Yarriba and Benin ; S. by the Slave Coast ; and W. by the Rio Volta and Logos Rivers, which separate it from the kingdom of Ashantee. (M. A.) Q. Capital? A. Abomey. Dahomey consists of an immense plain rising gradually from the sea to the Kong Mountains, which are here from 150 to 200 ms. inland. The Volta and Logos Rivers, bound it on the W., but, excepting these, there seems to be no stream of any considerable importance. The country is, however, well watered, and interspersed with small marshes. The soil is wholly allu- vial ; and the surface is covered with a vegetation of unbounded luxuriance ; Oranges, limes, guavas, and other tropical fruits, melons, pine-apples, yams, &c, grow wild ; and maize, millet, and other grains, potatoes, indigo, cotton, sugar, tobacco, and spices are successfully cultivated. In some parts the country is covered with dense forests, the retreat of lions, hyenas, leopards, 424 * AFRICA. elephants, and overgrown serpents. Deer and domestic animals are plentiful. Previously to the early part of the last century this country was divided into a number of petty states. The Dahomans, by whom it was overrun and laid waste, came from the interior of the continent. They are said to be hospitable to strangers, brave and resolute ; and these, if they exist, would appear to make up the whole amount of their good qualities. Their disposition seems, from their conduct, to be a compound of that of the tiger and the spaniel, exhibiting the utmost ferocity and thirst for blood with the most abject ser- vility. All the most arbitrary forms of Eastern despotism seem to be mild and free, when compared with that established in this wretched country. It is singular, too, that this despotism is not founded upon force and terror, nor is it connected with anything timid or effeminate in the character of the people. It rests on a blind and idolatrous veneration for the person of the sovereign, as for that of a superior being. He is the absolute master of the lives and properties of his subjects, and disposes of them at pleasure. It is a crime in the latter to suppose that the king eats, drinks, sleeps, or performs any of the functions of an ordinary mortal. Q. How is Benin bounded ? Ji. It is bounded N. by Yarriba ; E. by the Lower Niger ; S. by the Gulf of Guinea ; and W. by Dahomey. (M. A.) Q. Capital? A. Benin. Bejtin is situated near the E. extremity of the Gulf of Guinea, between 4° and 6° 30' N. lat., and 4° and 8° E. long. Benin is about 250 ms. in length by 200 ms. in extreme width, and contains probably not less than 40,000 sq. ms. On the coast, the country is level, but it rises gradually, till, on the northern frontier, the continuation of the Kong Mountains attains an elevation of 2500 ft. It is well watered by the delta of the Niger. The W. branch of this delta is the stream which has always been called the River of Benin ; farther E. is the main limb, formerly called the Nun ; but demonstrated by Lander to be the Niger. Under the influence of abundant irrigation and a tropical sun, the productions of the earth are very numerous. They do not, however, differ from those of other parts of the same coast, except that wood is rather more abundant. The hippopotamus is more common than in other countries of Guinea ; but, in other respects, the animals of Benin are the same as those of Guinea generally ; and the same remark will apply to the habits and customs of the natives ; the same arts, with the exception of gold working, for gold is not found in Benin, the same government ; the same religion (Fetichism) ; the same festivals, marked by the same disgusting cruelties, are observed here as in Ashantee, with one addi- tional aggravation, namely, the annual sacrifice of human victims to the power of the sea. Benin is well peopled ; the capital contains 15,000 in- habitants, and the town of Warre 5000. Clapperton also found the N. fron- tier, very populous, as did Lander that of the E., upon the banks of the Niger. Previously to the nominal abolition of the slave-trade, this country was the great theatre of that traffic ; and is now said to be carried on to a greater extent than ever. An annual fair is held at Bonny, on the coast, at which not fewer than 20,000 slaves are sold, of whom it is alleged 16,000 are brought from the single district of Eboe, a port of Benin, on the right bank of the Niger. Some few of these are sold to native masters, as the chiefs of Old and New Calabar. But the vast majority are disposed of to AFRICA. 425 foreign traders, and are shipped principally for Brazil and Cuba. A more harmless trade, and to a considerable extent, is carried on in salt, palm oil, and blue coral. Q. How is Congo bounded 1 Ji. It is bounded N. by the R. Congo or Zaire, which separates it from Loango ; S. by the R. Dande, dividing it from Angola ; W. by the S. Atlantic Ocean ; and E. by the Crystal Mts. or Mts. of the Sun, &c. (M. A.) Q. Capital? A. St. Salvador. Congo is a country in Lower Guinea, to which various boundaries have been assigned by the old and more recent travellers. The Portuguese, who discovered it in 1487, included in Congo all the coast of W. Africa from cape Lopez Gonsalvo (Loango), in lat. 0° 37' S., long. 8° 35' E., to cape Negro, in lat. 15° 50' S., long. 11° 55' E. ; for they found the whole of that tract inhabited by negro tribes, resembling each other in every respect, and subject to one paramount chief, called Mani-Congo (Sovereign of Congo) 5 but in process of time this empire became dismembered ; inferior chiefs threw off their allegiance and erected separate kingdoms, which are at present known as Angola, Loango, Benguela, and, lastly, Congo Proper, the subject of this article. According to Ritter, Congo consists of two distinct regions: that next to the sea, or the littoral, is low and fiat, is traversed by many streams, and abounds in sandy deserts, but is elsewhere very fertile. The climate in this region is exceedingly unfavourable ; and pestilential emanations, and swarms of noxious animals, expose the lives of the inhabitants to perpetual danger. The other region consists of the terraces, or acclivities, ascending from the plain to the high table-land in the interior. This is by far the finest part of the country, and the richest, and most populous. The River Zaire, which descends from the interior, has its great cataracts in passing through this region. Government, Population, SfC. — If we may depend on the traditions of the people, who have neither annals nor history, Congo was formerly a powerful empire under a single sovereign, or rather absolute despot. But it is evident from the accounts of the early travellers, that, when first visited by Europeans, the government of Congo did not differ materially from its present form ; and that it consisted of a sort of confederacy of small states under a principal sovereign. It appears, however, pretty certain that the power of the superior monarch has materially declined during the last 200 years. Congo is now split into an infinite number of petty states, each governed by a chenou or chief. These chieftainships would, in Europe, be called fiefs, held under a principal sovereign, called lindy or blindy N' Congo, residing at Banza Congo (St. Salvador). Most of these chiefs affect, however, a nearly total independence ; and being all despots, and frequently at war with each other, and with the principal sovereign, the country is almost always in a state of frightful anarchy. At the death of a chenou, it is not his son, but his brother or maternal uncle that succeeds him. The inhabitants are said by Tuckey to be a mixed race; but the Portu- guese never visited the country in such numbers as to produce any impres- sion on the physical character of the people -, and the Congoese are certainly 36 * 426 AFRICA. one of the least favoured negro varieties. Generally, they seem to be sunk in the lowest state of degradation. They are incorrigibly indolent ; have little or no clothing ; and though they raise Indian corn, agriculture is in the lowest state, and they frequently suffer the extremity of famine. Their religion is the grossest species of Fetichism. The Portuguese having esta- blished missions in different parts of the country, the natives sometimes exhibit in their religion an odious mixture of Christianity and idolatry. They are prone to all sorts of excesses and debauchery, and the women are degraded to the condition of beasts of burden. Still, however, they are not wholly destitute of good qualities ; and are said to be sincere, hospitable, and compassionate. Having been long a principal seat of the slave trade, most of the disorders that prevail are doubtless owing to the enormities growing out of that traffic. This is said to occasion perpetual wars ; the slaves being mostly prisoners taken in battle, or kidnapped on the public roads. The Congoese are said frequently to decapitate their prisoners, and burn their bodies ; and if such barbarity be practised when the prisoners may be sold, the presumption would seem to be that it would become much more prevalent were the traffic put an end to. The country has been represented as very populous. Carli, one of the early missionaries, gravely reports that a king of Congo marched against the Por- tuguese with an army of 900,000 men. But it is evident that a country in the state we have described cannot be thickly peopled ; and, in point of fact, Tuckey states that the capital of a petty state that he visited, did not contain more than 100 huts and 600 persons. In Embomma he found 60 huts, with 500 inhabitants ; and at Inga 70 houses, in which not more than 300 persons resided. His observations, however, in the interior were limited ; and he admits that the upper banks of the Zaire were considerably more populous than those towards the coast ; but still it is certain that the accounts of the extraordinary population of the country have little better foundation than the imagination of the writers. According to the missionaries, the capital of the country, which they divided into six provinces, was built on a mountain about 150 ms. from the sea, and was called by them St. Salvador. They speak in extravagant terms of the beauty and salubrity of the situa- tion. Carli states that it contained 40,000 inhabitants ; and had several Christian churches, and a school under the direction of the Jesuits. But Merolla reports that in 1668 St. Salvador had suffered so much from the ravages of war, that the sovereign had transferred his residence to Lemba, and that the former had become a den of robbers. There are no subsequent accounts of St. Salvador on which it would be safe to place any reliance. Q. How is Angola bounded ? A. It is bounded N. by the Dande R., which separates it from Congo ; E. by the interior kingdom of Matemba ; S. by the Coanza R. ; and W. by the S. Atlantic Ocean. (M. A.) Q. Capital? A. St. Paul de Loando. Angola, Dongo, or Ambonde, a kingdom of the W. coast of Africa, ex- tending from 8° 25' to 9° 20' S. lat, and from 14° to 18° or 19° E. long. On the N. it is separated from Congo by the Dande ; on the S. the Coanza divides it from Benguela ; on the W. it has the Atlantic Ocean ; and on the E. the W. portion of the interior kingdom of Matemba. It lies nearly paral- AFRICA. 427 lei to the equator, being about 350 ms. in length, from E. to W., about 60 ms. in width, from N. to S. ; containing an area of probably 1 7,000 or 18,000 sq. ms. This country is properly a part of Congo, from which, however, it has been politically separated since the middle of the 16th century, when a chief, whose name or title was Angola, made himself independent of the King of Congo, and gave its present designation to his new kingdom, the native name of which was Dongo, or Ambonde. It is very powerful among the neighbouring states, the paramount authority of its monarch being acknow- ledged by several districts, some of them greatly exceeding itself in extent. Physical Character.— Angola is generally mountainous, with few plains, except upon the sea-shore. The land appears, however, to be making ad- vances on the sea, and forming islands, which are wholly of an alluvial and level character ; such is the Isle of Loanda, lying a mile from the coast, and forming, with the Palmareinho, one of the most convenient harbours on the W. coast of Africa. The cape itself is also a plain of the same nature, and very evidently in a state of progress westward. The country is extremely well watered ; the principal streams are the Coanza, Benga, and Danda, which run nearly parallel to each other, and to the equator ; the first and last forming the S. and N. boundary of the country. Population, Customs, fyc The population is dense for a barbarous coun- try, the monarch being called Incue, from the great number of subjects under his command. The pop. is estimated at from 2,000,000 to 3,000,000. The capital, St. Paul de Loanda, contains only 3000. The natives have few of the negro peculiarities in form or feature : they are of ordinary stature, well limbed, and, but for their colour, very like the Portuguese, by whom they are sur- rounded. Blue eyes and red hair are not uncommon among them. Society is divided into four classes, two free and two slaves ; the first two consisting of nobles and husbandmen or artificers ; the others of slaves, native born, and those acquired by war or foreign purchase. Marriage is an extremely simple ceremony, a mere agreement between the husband and the father of the woman. The appearance of the first tooth in children is an important epoch, the infant being then carried from house to house, and gifts extorted from friends and strangers. For the rest, they do not differ much from other negroes. Dancing is a favourite diversion, and a religious rite ; and, like other African people, their ceremonies are defiled with blood and cruelty. Money is of several kinds : marked cloths, the shell of a small fish called simbo, a red wood brought from Matemba, and iron, which last was intro- duced by the Portuguese. The year is divided into 12 months, and the week into 4 days, of which the last is observed as a sabbath. The country is parcelled out into a number of little lordships, each under a magistrate called a sova. The religion of the bulk of the people is Fetichism, differ- ing in nothing from that on the coast of Guinea; but there are many Chris- tian families among the natives, and at one time the Jesuits had converted nearly the whole population, and established a regular form of church go- vernment. But the effect of their labours has now nearly vanished, and the negroes have relapsed into the idolatrous rites of their ancestors. The lan- guage is less barbarous, and more uniform, on this coast than in most other parts of Africa ; the whole country between the Coanza and the Zaire speaks a dialect of the same tongue, which, according to Degrandpre, is extremely musical and flexible; with a perfect syntax, and bearing in some points a re- 428 AFRICA. semblance to the Latin. He imagines that this fact may prove a guide to the obscure history of these countries ; may it not, however, be owing solely to the long intercourse which has existed between the natives and the Chris- tian priests from Portugal and Italy. Q. How is Benguela bounded 1 A. It is bounded by the Coanza R. on the N. ; by part of Ma- temba on the N. E. ; on the S. and E. by unexplored regions ; and on the west by the Atlantic Ocean. (M. A.) \ According to this outline, it extends from 9° 20' to 16° S. lat., and from 12° to 18° 30' E. long., having a mean length of 460 ms., a breadth of 270 ms. and an area of considerably more than 100,000 sq. ms. q. Capital? A. St. Felipe de Benguela. Benguela appears to be mountainous to a considerable extent ; the land rising sometimes so high that a very great degree of cold is experienced ; but, like other African elevations, it rises in masses rather than peaks, and abounds in terraces, table-lands, and valleys, to their very summits. The rivers are numerous, and, as the direction of the mountains is from N. E. to S.W., most of them flow into the Atlantic Ocean. Springs are so abun- dant, that in almost every part of the country water may be found by digging to the depth of two feet. The natural consequence of this abundant mois- ture in tropical countries is observed in Benguela, and nowhere is vegetation more abundant or more varied. Dense forests of cedars, palms, baobab, date-trees, tamarinds, with every other tropical tree, and some that belong to more temperate climates, clothe the sides and tops of the mountains, inter- mixed with vines, bananas, ananas, and all the finest species of tropical fruit. Grain is not very abundant ; but this arises from the want of skill or in- dustry in the natives, since there is no species of corn that might not be successfully cultivated upon some part of the high or low lands. Lions, tigers, elephants, rhinoceroses, hippopotami, and other large animals, are extremely numerous ; in addition to which, the zebra is very commonly met with, and, in short, every wild animal for which Africa is noted is found within the limits of Benguela, The elk (which is also a native here) is particularly prized, from its being supposed that one of its hoofs has power to cure the epilepsy ; deer and antelopes are abundant. Cattle, sheep, and goats, are very numerous, but it does not seem that horses are at all plentiful. Of birds, Battel reports that peacocks are found wild in the interior as numerous as any other kind: that they are accounted sacred and kept tame, about the graves of the great chiefs. The ostrich is also found here, with all the rep- tiles, dangerous and harmless, for which this part of Africa is so much reputed, crocodiles being especially numerous and powerful. The mountains are known to yield copper, sulphur, petroleum, and crystals, and are sup- posed to possess gold and silver. Some of the rivers unquestionably bring down the former, but probably in small quantities, which the natives work into the handles of their hatchets. A large portion of Benguela is inhabited by petty tribes of independent and very savage barbarians, whose habits and manners do not differ from those of other negroes, with the exception of one — the Gagas, Giagas or Iagas, a wandering horde of robbers, which appear to approximate nearer to perfect barbarism than any other, even of the African races. Travellers AFRICA. 429 of 200 years ago describe these savages as follows, and nothing more recent is known of them : — They are of no tribe nor nation, destroy all their own children, and keep up their strength and numbers by stealing those of 12 or 13 years of age from the countries which they overrun. They are bold and skilful warriors, but ruthless cannibals, without the slightest idea of art or industry, so that wherever they encamp, they destroy all around, and then depart to inflict the same desolation on some other district. They appear frequently to cause a famine, where such a calamity would otherwise seem to be impossible, verifying the animated description of the locust : « Before them is a garden, behind them a barren desert." Battel, who was their prisoner for more than two years, has left a full and curious account of these savages, which carries the impress of truth on every line. Benguela was formerly subject to Angola, at least nominally, and was accounted one of the 17 provinces of that kingdom. The Portuguese have long had settle- ments on the coast and the interior, but their power does not seem to extend far beyond their forts. Q. How is Cape Colony bounded ? A. It is bounded N. by the country of the Hottentots, from which it is separated N. W. by the Koussie R. ; E. by CafFraria, from which it is separated by the Great Kei R. ; and S. and W. by the Indian and Atlantic Oceans. (M. A.) Q. Capital? A. Cape Town. Cape of Good Hope (Coloxy of), or Cape Colony, an extensive terri- tory, so called from the above cape, belonging to Great Britain, in S. Africa; comprising the greater portion of the extremity of that continent S. of lat. 29° 30' S., and between long. 17° and 27° 30' E. It has a coast line of about 1150 ms., broken by numerous bays, the principal of which are St. Helena, Saldanha, and Table bays on the W., and False bay, St. Sebastian's, Mossel, Plettenburg, St. Francis, and Algoa bays on the S. coast. Length of the territory, E. to W., about 550 ms. ; average breadth, N. to S., 240 ms., 'giv- ing an area of nearly 130,000 sq. ms. Pop. in 1838, 156,616. Q. How is Mozambique bounded ? A. It is bounded N. by Zanguebar; E. by that part of the In- dian Ocean known as the Channel of Mozambique ; S. E. by Delagoa Bay ; S. by the country of the Boshuanas ; and W. by unexplored regions. (M. A.) Q. Capital? A. Mozambique. This territory, which takes its name from its chief city, extends along the E. coast of Africa for a distance of 1400 ms. Though it has belonged to Portugal since the beginning of the 16th century, it is yet but little known. It formerly extended almost to the equator, but Cape Delgado, in lat. 10° 6' S., is now its N. boundary. Besides the capital, Mozambique, which was once an important city, but is now greatly declined, the Portuguese have a few small settlements along the coast, and in the interior, on the Zambese R. Their authority is, for the most part, merely nominal, and they maintain themselves with difficulty in the inland districts against the native tribes. Nearly all the colonial functionaries, both civil and military, are convicts 430 AFRICA. from Portugal, and their administration is very corrupt. The city of Mo- zambique was visited by Vasco de Gama, in 1498, on his voyage to India. In 1506, Albuquerque made it the cap. of the Portuguese colonies in E. Africa. Q. Where is the Gulf of Sidra ? Ji. It is a spacious gulf of the Mediterranean, between Tripoli and Barca. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Gulf of Guinea ? Ji. It is a spacious gulf of the Atlantic Ocean, on the W. coast of Africa, lying S. of Upper, and W. of Lower Guinea. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Gulf of Aden ? Ji. It is in the N. W. part of Africa, between Berbera and Ara- bia; formed by the Indian Ocean. (M. A.) STRAITS, &C. Q. Where is the Strait of Gibraltar ? Ji. It separates Africa, on the N. W., from Europe, and con- nects the Mediterranean Sea with the Atlantic Ocean. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Strait of Babelmandeb ? Ji. It separates Abyssinia from Arabia, and connects the Red Sea with the Indian Ocean. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Channel of Mozambique ? Ji. It is a channel of the Indian Ocean, on the E. coast of Africa, separating Madagascar from Mozambique. (M. A.) BAYS. Q. Where is Great Fish Bay ? Ji. It is on the W. coast of Africa, formed by the Atlantic Ocean. (M. A.) Lat. 16° 31' S., long. 11° 54' E. Q. Where is Walwisch Bay ? Ji. It is on the W. coast of Africa, S. E. of Great Fish Bay, formed by the Atlantic Ocean. (M. A.) Q. Where is Santa Cruz Bay ? Ji. It is on the W. coast of Africa, S. of Walwisch Bay, formed by the Atlantic Ocean. (M. A.) Q. Where is St. Helena Bay ? Ji. It is on the W. coast of Cape Colony, S. E. of Santa Cruz Bay, formed by the Atlantic Ocean. (M. A.) Q. Where is Delagoa Bay ? Ji. It is on the E. coast of Africa, at the S. extremity of Mo- zambique, formed by the Indian Ocean. (M. A.) Q. Where is Bombetok Bay ? Ji. It is on the W. coast of Madagascar, formed by the Channel of Mozambique. (M. A.) Q. Where is Anton Gils Bay ? Ji. It is on the E. coast of Madagascar, opposite Bombetok Bay, on the W. coast ; formed by the Indian Ocean. (M. A.) AFRICA. 431 Q. Where is Vohemaire Bay ? A. It is on the E. coast of Madagascar, N. of Anton Gils Bay ; formed by the Indian Ocean. (M. A.) CAPES. Q. Where is Cape Bon ? A. It is the most northerly point of Africa. Lat. 37° 21' N., long. 11° 4' E. Q. Where is Cape Guardafui 1 A. It is the most easterly point of Africa. Lat. 1 1° 50' N., long. 51° 22' E. (M. A.) Q. Where is Cape Bassas ? A. It is on the E. coast of Africa, at the N. extremity of Zan- guebar. (M. A.) Q. Where is Cape Delgado ? A. It is on the E. coast of Africa, at the N. extremity of Mo- zambique. Lat. 10° 6' S., long. 40° 50' E. (M. A.) Q. Where is Cape Corrientes ? A. It is the S. E. extremity of Mozambique. Lat. 24° 1' S., long. 35° 51' E. Q. Where is Cape Agulhas ? A. It is the most southerly point of Africa. Lat. 34° 50' S. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Cape of Good Hope ? A. It is a celebrated promontory near the S. W. extremity of the African continent. Lat. 34° 29' S., long. 18° 23' E. (M. A.) Q. Where is Cape Cross ? A. It is on the W. coast of Africa. Lat. 20° 6' S. (M. A.) Q. Where is Cape Frio ? A. It is on the W. coast of Africa. Lat. 18° 37' S. long. 12° 25' E. (M. A.) Q. Where is Cape Palmas ? A. It is the most southerly point of Liberia. Lat. 4° 23' N., long. 7° 38' W. (M. A.) Q. Where is Cape Verde ? A. It is the most westerly point of Africa. Lat 14° 43' N. t long. 17° 32' W. (M. A.) Q. Where is Cape Blanco ? A. It is on the W. coast of Africa. Lat. 20° 46' N., long. 17° V W. (M.A.) Q. Where is Cape Bojador? A. It is a celebrated promontory of the W. coast of Africa, Desert of Sahara ; lat. 26° 12' N., long. 14° 26' W. (M. A.) . Q. Where is Cape Ambro ? A. It forms the northern extremity of Madagascar. (M. A.) Q. Where is Cape St. Mary ? A. It forms the southern extremity of Madagascar. (M. A.) 432 * AFRICA, RIVERS. Q. Where is the River Nile ? t#. It is a great and celebrated r. of N. E. Africa, flowing northerly through Abyssinia, Nubia, and Egypt, and emptying into the Mediterranean Sea by two principal mouths at Rosetta and Damietta, forming an extensive delta. (M. A.) The Nile is formed by the junction of two streams (in 15° 34/ N. iat., and 32° 31' E. long.), of which one, called the Blue River (Bahr-el-Azrek), rises in Abyssinia, in about 11° N. Iat., and 36° 55' E. long; the other, named the White River (Bahr-el-Abiad), has its sources considerably farther W., probably on the N. declivity of the Mts. of the Moon. These branches, which are sometimes denominated the Blue and White Nile, derive their names from the colour of their. respective waters ;. those of the Bahr-el-Abiad being coloured by a fine white clay which is usually suspended in them. The Nile, in the upper part of its course, makes two extensive circuits, which, to- gether, rudely resemble on the Map the form of the letter S ; but below the cataracts, its general direction is almost N., with comparatively few deviations to its entrance in the Mediterranean. The whole length of this r., from the highest sources with which we are acquainted, is estimated at 2800 ms. From its junction with the Tacazze (in 17° 45' N. Iat.) to its termination, a distance of about 1350 ms., the Nile does not receive a single affluent on either side ; an instance which is with- out a parallel in the geography of the globe. Q. Where is the Senegal River ? A. It is a large r. of W. Africa, formed by the union of the Ba-fing (black-water), and the Ba Woolima, which takes place near 14° 10' N. Iat., and 10° 30' W. long. (M. A.) The general course of the r. is at first N. W., and afterwards W. : it en- ters the Atlantic between 16° and 16° 40' N. Iat., and near 16o 30' W. long., a little below the French settlement of St. Louis, after a course estimated at 1200 ms. Till the time of Delisle and D'Anville, the Senegal was considered iden- tical with the Niger of the ancients, but it is now ascertained to be wholly unconnected either with the Quorra, or Niger, or with the Nilotic system of the African continent. Its sources have not been explored ; but Mungo Park ascertained that they were separated from the basin of the Niger by, most probably, the northern prolongation of the Kong range. Q. Where is the Gambia River? Ji. It is a r. of W. Africa, which flows through Senegambia in a westerly direction, and empties itself into the Atlantic, between 13° and 14° N. Iat., and near 16° W. long. (M. A.) The upper course of this r. has not been explored, but, from information obtained from the natives, it is probable that the entire stream has a course of about 700 miles. Q. Where is the Rio Grande? A. It is a r. of W. Africa : it flows W. through Senegambia, and enters the Atlantic Ocean by a wide estuary. (M. A.) This r., as its name imports, was supposed to be of some magnitude ; but AFRICA. 433 Captain Owen found it a mere inlet, receiving some inconsiderable streams. At its mouth occur a number of islands, which, with a group opposite to them, in the open sea, form the Archipelago of the Bissagos. Q. Where is St. Paul's River ? A. It is a r. of W. Africa ; flowing S. W., it forms the boun- dary between Senegambia and Upper Guinea, and after passing through Liberia, it falls into the Atlantic in about 6° 20' N. lat., and 10° 46' W. long. (M. A.) Q. Where is the Niger River ? A. The Niger, or duorra, is a r. in the W. part of Africa, hav- ing its remote sources in the Kong Mts., in about 9° 30' N. lat., and 11° W. long. It thence pursues a general N. E. course to Timbuctoo, below which it turns S. E., and afterwards S. and S. W., and falls into the Gulf of Guinea, by numerous mouths, in about 5° N. lat., and 6° E. long., forming an extensive delta. Its supposed length is about 2700 ms. This river has been rendered celebrated on account of our ignorance of its course and termination, and the various theories which have been formed relative to them. The appellation Niger is unknown to the natives, and is derived from the ancients. Herodotus, 450 years B. C, speaks of it ; but whether it was the river known to the moderns, or some smaller stream in the region of the Atlas, is uncertain; and hardly any geographical question has excited so much controversy, or has been the cause of so much learned disquisition. The upper part of the Niger, called by the natives the Joliba, was first discovered by Mungo Park, who was sent out in 1795 by the African Asso- ciation. He describes it at Sego, the cap. of Bambarra, as " glittering in the morning sun, broad as the Thames at Westminster, and flowing slowly to the eastward." He ascended it as far as Bammakoo, 250 ms. above Sego. In a subsequent journey, made 10 years later, he sailed from San- sanding, a short distance below Sego, down the stream probably 1400 ms. to Boussa, where, unfortunately, he was killed by the natives. Major Laing con- cluded, from information obtained when in Soolimana, that the Niger rises on the N. side of the Kong Mountains, at a height of 1600 ft. above the sea, and at a distance of about 320 ms. E. N. E. from Sierra Leone. Richard Lander, the servant of Captain Clapperton, who died near Saccatoo, pene- trated from the coast in company with his brother John, to Boussa, in 1830 ; thence they sailed with the stream, to the mouth of the river, previously called the Nun, in the bight of Benin ; and thus finally identified the Niger and the Quorra, and put an end to the doubts and theories that existed as to its course and termination. According to Caillie, it is navigable for large canoes within 100 ms. of its source : for 200 ms. below that point it has not been navigated by Europeans; but from Bammakoo to Timbuctoo it has been pretty accurately laid down, both by Park and Caillie. The current of the river is not strong ; and both travellers saw flotillas of canoes of 60 tons and upwards, frequently passing up and down the river, which, in the rainy sea- son, is flooded on both banks to a considerable distance. In about lat. 16° N., the stream expands, forming a lake, called Dibbie or Debo, which is from 12 to 15 ft. deep. Hence to Timbuctoo the valley becomes still wider ; the 37 434 . AFRICA, pasturage of cattle, the tillage of rice, millet, maize, "%